UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
(Mark (Mark One)
xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172021
Or
or
oTRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to             .
Commission file number 000-51404
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Federally Chartered Corporation35-6001443
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)(IRS employer identification number)
 8250 Woodfield Crossing Blvd. Indianapolis, IN46240
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code:
(317) 465-0200
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Not Applicable
Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
NoneNoneNone
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Class B capital stock, par value $100 per share
(Title of class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.o  Yes    x  No
o  Yes    x  No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.o  Yes    x  No
o  Yes    x  No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    x  Yes    o  No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   x  Yes     o No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer"filer," "smaller reporting company," and "smaller reporting"emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
o
Large accelerated filer
oAccelerated filer
Emerging growth company
x
Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
oSmaller reporting company
o Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation on its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.                                Yes    o  No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). o Yes    x  No
Registrant's Class B stock is not publicly traded and is only issued to members of the registrant. Such stock is issued and redeemed at par value, $100 per share, subject to certain regulatory and statutory limits. At June 30, 2017,2021, the aggregate par value of the Class B stock held by members and former members of the registrant was approximately $1.9 billion.$2.5 billion. At February 28, 2018, 20,395,2782022, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock, we had zero outstanding shares of Class A stock and 21,339,442 outstanding shares of Class B stock were outstanding.stock.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: None.




Table of Contents
Page
Number
Glossary ofDefined Terms
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
ITEM 1.BUSINESS
Operating Segments
Funding Sources
Affordable Housing Programs, Community Investment and Affordable Housing ProgramsSmall Business Grants
Use of Derivatives
Supervision and Regulation
Membership
Competition
EmployeesHuman Capital Resources
Available Information
ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS
ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTSNone
ITEM 2.PROPERTIES
ITEM 3.2.LEGAL PROCEEDINGSPROPERTIES
ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURESN/A
ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
ITEM 6.SELECTED FINANCIAL DATARESERVED
ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Executive Summary
Results of Operations and Changes in Financial Condition
Operating Segments
Analysis of Financial Condition
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Off-Balance Sheet ArrangementsCritical Accounting Estimates
Contractual Obligations
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Recent Accounting and Regulatory Developments
Risk Management
 ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURENone
 ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 ITEM 9B.OTHER INFORMATIONNone
 ITEM 10.9C.DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
 ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
 ITEM 15.EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 ITEM 16.FORM 10-K SUMMARYNone







GLOSSARY OFDEFINED TERMS


ABS: Asset-Backed Securities2005 SERP: Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis 2005 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended
Advance:advance: Secured loan to members, former members or Housing Associates
AFS: Available-for-Sale
Agency: GSE and Ginnie Mae
AHP: Affordable Housing Program
AMA: Acquired Member Assets
AOCI: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Bank Act: Federal Home Loan Bank Act of 1932, as amended
bps: basis points
CBSA: Core Based Statistical Areas, refer collectively to metropolitanCARES Act: Coronavirus Aid, Relief and micropolitan statistical areas as defined by the United States Office of Management and BudgetEconomic Security Act
CDFI: Community Development Financial Institution
CE: Credit Enhancement
CFI: Community Financial Institution, an FDIC-insured depository institution with average total assets below an annuallyannually- adjusted limit established by the Finance Agency Director based on the Consumer Price Index
CFPB: Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
CFTC: United States Commodity Futures Trading Commission
Clearinghouse: A United States Commodity Futures Trading Commission-registered derivatives clearing organization
CME: CME Clearing
CMO:Collateralized Mortgage Obligation
CO bond: Consolidated Obligation bond
COVID-19: Coronavirus Disease 2019 and its variants
DB plan:Plan: Pentegra Defined Benefit Pension Plan for Financial Institutions, as amended
DC plan:Plan: Collectively, the Pentegra Defined Contribution Retirement Savings Plan for Financial Institutions, as amended, in effect through October 1, 2020 and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis Retirement Savings Plan, commencing October 2, 2020
DDCP: Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan
Director: Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency
Dodd-Frank Act: Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as amended
EFFR: Effective Federal Funds Rate
Exchange Act: Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
Fannie Mae: Federal National Mortgage Association
FASB: Financial Accounting Standards Board
FCA: United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority
FDIC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FHA: Federal Housing Administration
FHLBank: A Federal Home Loan Bank
FHLBanks: The 11 Federal Home Loan Banks or a subset thereof
FHLBank System: The 11 Federal Home Loan Banks and the Office of Finance
FICO®: Fair Isaac Corporation, the creators of the FICO credit score
Final Membership Rule: Final Rule on FHLBank Membership issued by the Federal Housing Finance Agency effective February 19, 2016
Finance Agency: Federal Housing Finance Agency successor to Finance Board
Finance Board: Federal Housing Finance Board, predecessor to Finance AgencyFINRA: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority
FLA: First Loss Account
FOMC: Federal Open Market Committee
Form 8-K: Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC under the Exchange Act
Form 10-K: Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC under the Exchange Act
Form 10-Q: Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC under the Exchange Act
FRB: Federal Reserve Board
Freddie Mac: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
Frozen SERP: Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, frozen effective December 31, 2004
GAAP: Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America
Ginnie Mae: Government National Mortgage Association
GLB Act: Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, as amended
GSE: United States Government-Sponsored Enterprise
HERA: Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, as amended
Housing Associate: Approved lender under Title II of the National Housing Act of 1934 that is either a government agency or is chartered under federal or state law with rights and powers similar to those of a corporation
HTM: Held-to-Maturity
HUD: United States Department of Housing and Urban Development


JCE Agreement: Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement, as amended, among the 11 FHLBanks
LCH: LCH.Clearnet LLC
LIBOR: London Interbank Offered Rate

3
Table of Contents


LRA: Lender Risk Account
LTV: Loan-to-Value
MAP-21: Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act, enacted on July 6, 2012
MBS: Mortgage-Backed Securities
MCC: Master Commitment Contract
MDC: Mandatory Delivery Commitment
Moody's: Moody's Investor Services
MPF: Mortgage Partnership Finance®
MPP: Mortgage Purchase Program, including Original and Advantage unless indicated otherwise
MRCS: Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock
MVE: Market Value of Equity
NRSRO: Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization
OCC: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
OCI: Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
OIS: Overnight-Indexed Swap
ORERC: Other Real Estate-Related Collateral
OTTI: Other-Than-Temporary Impairment or -Temporarily Impaired (as the context indicates)
PFI: Participating Financial Institution
PMI: Primary Mortgage Insurance
REMIC: Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit
REO: Real Estate Owned
RMBS: Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities
S&P: Standard & Poor's Rating Service
Safety and Soundness Act: Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, as amended
SBA: Small Business Administration
SEC: Securities and Exchange Commission
Securities Act: Securities Act of 1933, as amended
SERP: Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis Collectively, the 2005 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and/or a similar frozen planSERP and the Frozen SERP
SETP: Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis 2016 Supplemental Executive Thrift Plan, as amended and restated
SMI: Supplemental Mortgage Insurance
SOFR: Secured Overnight Financing Rate
TBA: To Be Announced, which represents a forward contract for the purchase or sale of MBS at a future agreed-upon date for an established price
TDR: Troubled Debt Restructuring
TVA: Tennessee Valley Authority
UPB: Unpaid Principal Balance
VaR: Value at Risk
VIE: Variable Interest Entity
WAIR: Weighted-Average Interest Rate



4
Table of Contents



Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
 
Statements in this Form 10-K, including statements describing our objectives, projections, estimates or predictions, may be considered to be "forward-looking statements." These statements may use forward-looking terminology, such as "anticipates," "believes," "could," "estimates," "may," "should," "expects," "will," or their negatives or other variations on these terms. We caution that, by their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk or uncertainty and that actual results either could differ materially from those expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements or could affect the extent to which a particular objective, projection, estimate, or prediction is realized. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties including, but not limited to, the following:


economic and market conditions, including the timing and volume of market activity, inflation or deflation, changes in the value of global currencies, and changes in the financial condition of market participants;
volatility of market prices, interest rates, and indices or the availability of suitable interest rate indices, or other factors, resulting from the effects of, and changes in, various monetary or fiscal policies and regulations, including those determined by the FRBFederal Reserve and the FDIC, or a decline in liquidity in the financial markets, that could affect the value of investments, (including OTTI of private-label RMBS), or collateral we hold as security for the obligations of our members and counterparties;
changes in demand for our advances and purchases of mortgage loans resulting from:
changes in our members' deposit flows and credit demands;
federal or state regulatory developments impacting suitability or eligibility of membership classes;
membership changes, including, but not limited to, mergers, acquisitions and consolidations of charters;
changes in the general level of housing activity in the United States and particularly our district states of Michigan and Indiana, the level of refinancing activity and consumer product preferences; and
competitive forces, including, without limitation, other sources of funding available to our members;
changes in our members' deposit flows and credit demands;
changes in products or services we are able to provide;
federal or state regulatory developments impacting suitability or eligibility of membership classes;
membership changes, including, but not limited to, mergers, acquisitions and consolidations of charters;
changes in the general level of housing activity in the United States and particularly our district states of Michigan and Indiana, the level of refinancing activity and consumer product preferences;
competitive forces, including, without limitation, other sources of funding available to our members; and
changes in the terms and conditions of ownership of our capital stock;
changes in mortgage asset prepayment patterns, delinquency rates and housing values or improper or inadequate mortgage originations and mortgage servicing;
ability to introduce and successfully manage new products and services, including new types of collateral securing advances;
political events, including federal government shutdowns, administrative, legislative, regulatory, or other developments, changes in international political structures and alliances, and judicial rulings that affect us, our status as a secured creditor, our members (or certain classes of members), prospective members, counterparties, GSE's generally, one or more of the FHLBanks and/or investors in the consolidated obligations of the FHLBanks;
national or international health crises, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, including any resurgence of the pandemic, new and evolving pandemic strains, and the effects of health crises on our and our counterparties' operations, member demand, market liquidity, and the global funding markets, and the governmental, regulatory, and fiscal interventions undertaken to stabilize local, national, and global economic conditions;
ability to access the capital markets and raise capital market funding on acceptable terms;
changes in our credit ratings or the credit ratings of the other FHLBanks and the FHLBank System;
changes in the level of government guarantees provided to other United States and international financial institutions;
dealer commitment to supporting the issuance of our consolidated obligations;
ability of one or more of the FHLBanks to repay its portion of the consolidated obligations, or otherwise meet its financial obligations;
ability to attract and retain skilled personnel;
ability to develop, implement and support technology and information systems sufficient to manage our business effectively;
nonperformance of counterparties to uncleared and cleared derivative transactions;
changes in terms of derivative agreements and similar agreements;
loss arising from natural disasters, acts of war, riots, insurrection or acts of terrorism;
changes in or differing interpretations of accounting guidance; and
other risk factors identified in our filings with the SEC. 


Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, additional disclosures may be made through reports filed with the SEC in the future, including our Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K. This Form 10-K, including the Business, sectionRisk Factors and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and notes, which are included in Item 8.

5
Table of Contents



ITEM 1. BUSINESS


As used in this Form 10-K, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "Bank," "we," "us," and "our," and the "Bank" refer to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis or its management. We use acronymsAcronyms and terms used throughout this Item that are defined herein or in the Glossary ofDefined Terms.


Unless otherwise stated, dollar amounts disclosed in this Item 1 are rounded to the nearest million; therefore, dollar amounts of less than one million may not be reflected or, due to rounding, may not appear to agree to the amounts presented in thousands in the Financial Statements and related Notes to Financial Statements. Amounts used to calculate dollar and percentage changes are based on numbers in the thousands. Accordingly, calculations based upon the disclosed amounts (millions) may not produce the same results.


Background Information


The Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis is a regional wholesale bank that serves its member financial institutions in Michigan and Indiana. We are one of 11 regional FHLBanks across the United States, which, along with the Office of Finance, compose the FHLBank System established in 1932. Each FHLBank is a federal instrumentality of the United States of America that is privately capitalized and funded, receives no Congressional appropriations, and operates as an independent entity with its own board of directors, management, and employees.


Our mission is to provide reliable and readily available liquidity to our member institutions into support of housing finance and community investment. Our advance and mortgage purchase programs provide funding to assist members with asset/liability management, interest-rate risk management, mortgage pipelines, and other liquidity needs. In addition to funding, we provide various correspondent services, such as securities safekeeping and wire transfers. We also help to meet the economic and housing needs of communities and families through grants and low-cost advances that help support affordable housing and economic development initiatives.


We are wholly owned by our member institutions. All federally-federally insured depository institutions (including commercial banks, savings associations and credit unions), CDFIs certified by the CDFI Fund of the United States Treasury, certain non-federally insured credit unions, and non-captive insurance companies are eligible to become members of our Bank if they have a principal place of business, or are domiciled, in our district states of Michigan or Indiana. Applicants for membership must meet certainspecific requirements that demonstrate that they are engaged in residential housing finance.

All member institutions are required to purchase a minimum amount of our Class B capital stock as a condition of membership. Only members may own our capital stock, except for stock held by former members or their legal successors holding stock during their stock redemption period. Our capital stock is not publicly-traded;publicly traded; it is purchased by members from us and redeemed or repurchased by us at the stated par value. With our written approval, from us, a member may transfer any of its excess capital stock in our Bankexcess of the required minimum to another member at par value. For additional information regarding our capital plan, see Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.


As a financial cooperative, our members are also our primary customers. We are generally limited to making advances to and purchasing mortgage loans from members; however, by regulation, we are also permitted to make advances to and purchase loans from Housing Associates, but they may not purchase our stock and have no voting rights.members. We do not lend directly to or purchase mortgage loans directly from the general public.
TheOur principal funding source of our funding is the proceeds from the sale to the public of FHLBank debt instruments, known as consolidated obligations, which consist of CO bonds and discount notes. The Office of Finance was established as a joint office of the FHLBanks to facilitate the issuance and servicing of consolidated obligations. The United States government does not guarantee, directly or indirectly, our consolidated obligations, which are the joint and several obligations of all FHLBanks.



6
Table of Contents



Each FHLBank was organized under the authority of the Bank Act as a GSE, i.e.,which is an entity that combines elements of private capital, public sponsorship, and public policy. The public sponsorship and public policy attributes of the FHLBanks include:


an exemption from federal, state, and local taxation, except employment and real estate taxes;
an exemption from registration under the Securities Act (although the FHLBanks are required by federal law to register a class of their equity securities under the Exchange Act);
the requirement that at least 40% of our directors be non-member "independent" directors; that two of these "independent" directors have more than four years of experience representing consumer or community interests in banking services, credit needs, housing, or consumer financial protections; and that the remaining "independent" directors have demonstrated knowledge or experience in auditing or accounting, derivatives, financial management, organizational management, project development or risk management practices, or other expertise established by Finance Agency regulations;
the United States Treasury's authority to purchase up to $4.0 billion of FHLBank consolidated obligations; and
the required allocation of 10% of annual net earnings before interest expense on MRCS to fund the AHP.


As an FHLBank, we seek to maintain a balance between our public policy mission and our goal of providing adequate returns on our members' capital.


The Finance Agency has beenis the federal regulator of the FHLBanks, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, since July 2008.which includes oversight of Common Securitization Solutions, a joint venture owned by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac that facilitates the issuance of their Uniform MBS. The Finance Agency's stated mission is to ensure that the housing GSEs operate in a safe and sound manner so that they serve as a reliable source of liquidity and funding for housing finance and community investment. The Finance Agency's operating expenses with respect to the FHLBanks are funded by assessments on the FHLBanks. No tax dollars are used to support the operations of the Finance Agency relating to the FHLBanks.


Operating Segments


We manage our operations by grouping products and services within two operating segments. The segments identify the principal ways we provide services to our members. These segments reflect our two primary mission assetmission-asset activities and the manner in which they are managed from the perspective of development, resource allocation, product delivery, pricing, credit risk and operational administration.


These operating segments are (i) traditional, which consists of credit products, investments, and correspondent services and deposits; and (ii) mortgage loans, which consist substantially of mortgage loans purchased from our members through our MPP. The revenues, profit or loss, and total assets for each segment are disclosed in Notes to Financial Statements - Note 1815 - Segment Information.


Traditional.


Credit Products. We offer our members a wide variety of credit products, including advances, standby letters of credit, and lines of credit. We approve member credit requests based on our assessment of the member's creditworthiness and financial condition, as well as its collateral position. All credit products must be fully collateralized by a member's pledge of eligible assets.


Our primary credit product is advances. Members utilizeuse advances for a wide variety of purposes including, but not limited to:


funding for single-family mortgages and multi-family mortgages held in portfolio, including both conforming and non-conforming mortgages (as determined in accordance with secondary market criteria);
temporary funding during the origination, packaging, and sale of mortgages into the secondary market;
funding for commercial real estatereal-estate loans and, especially with respect to CFIs, funding for small business, small farm, and small agri-business portfolio loans;
acquiring or holding MBS;
short-term liquidity;
asset/liability and interest-rate risk management;
a cost-effective alternative to holding short-term investments to meet contingent liquidity needs;
a competitively pricedcompetitively-priced alternative source of funds, especially with respect to smaller members with less diverseless-diverse funding sources; and
low-costat-cost funding to help support affordable housing and economic development initiatives.



7
Table of Contents



We offer standby letters of credit, typically for up to 10 years in term, which are rated Aaa by Moody's and AA+ by S&P. Letters of credit are performance contracts that guarantee the performance of a member to a third party and are subject to the same collateralization and borrowing limits that are applicable to advances. Letters of credit may be offered to assist members in facilitating residential housing finance, community lending, asset/liability management, or liquidity. We also offer a standby letter of credit product to collateralize public deposits.


We also offer lines of credit which allow members to fund short-term cash needs without submitting a new application for each funding request.


Advances. We offer a wide array of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate advances, on which interest is generally due monthly. The maturities of advances currently offered typically range from 1 day to 10 years, although the maximum maturity may be longer in some instances. Our primary advance products include:


Fixed-rate Bullet Advances, which have fixed rates throughout the term of the advances. These advances are typically referred to as "bullet" advances because no principal payment is due until maturity. Prepayments prior to maturity may be subject to prepayment fees. These advances can include a feature that allows for delayed settlement.
settlement;
Putable Advances, which are fixed-rate advances that give us an option to terminate the advance prior to maturity.maturity based on a predetermined schedule. We would normally exercise theconsider exercising our option to terminate the advance when interest rates increase.have increased since the origination of the advance. Upon our exercise of the option, the member must repay the putable advance, or convert itbut replacement funding will be available to a floating-rate instrument under the terms establishedmember at the time of the original issuance.
current market rates;
Fixed-rate Amortizing Advances, which are fixed-rate advances that require principal payments either monthly, annually, or based on a specified amortization schedule and may have a balloon payment of remaining principal at maturity.
maturity;
Adjustable-rate Advances, which are sometimes called "floaters," reprice periodically based on a variety of indices, including LIBOR. LIBOR, SOFR and the FHLBanks cost of funds index. While LIBOR-indexed floaters are the most common type of adjustable-rate advanceadvances we extendhave outstanding to our members.members, we no longer offer new LIBOR-indexed adjustable-rate advances. Prepayment terms are agreed to before the advance is extended. Most frequently, no prepayment fees are required if a member prepays an adjustable rateadjustable-rate advance on a reset date, after a pre-determined lock-out period, with the required notification. No principal payment is due prior to maturity.
maturity;
Variable-rate Advances, which reprice daily. These advances may be extended on terms from one day to six months and may be prepaid on any given business day during that term without fee or penalty. No principal payment is due until maturity.
maturity; and
Callable Advances, which are fixed-rate advances that give the member an option to prepay the advance before maturity on call dates with no prepayment fee, which members normally would exercise when interest rates decrease.


We also offer customized advances to meet the particular needs of our members. Our entire menu of advance products is generally available to each creditworthy member, regardless of the member's asset size. Finance Agency regulations require us to price our credit products consistently and without discrimination to any member applying for advances. We are also prohibited from pricing our advances below our marginal cost of matching term and maturity funds in the marketplace, including embedded options, and the administrative cost associated with extending such advances to members. Therefore, advances are typically priced at standard spreads above our cost of funds. Our board-approved credit policy allows us to offer lower rates on certain types of advances transactions. Determinations of such rates are based on factors such as volume, maturity, product type, funding availability and costs, and competitive factors in regard to other sources of funds.


Advances Concentration. Credit risk can be magnified if a lender's portfolio is concentrated in a few borrowers. At December 31, 2017, our top five borrowers accounted for 45% of total advances outstanding, at par. Because of this concentration in advances, we perform frequent credit and collateral reviews on our largest borrowers. In addition, we regularly analyze the implications to our financial management and profitability if we were to lose the business of one or more of these customers.


8
Table of Contents


The following tables present the par value of advances outstanding to our largest borrowers ($ amounts in millions). At our discretion, and provided the borrower meets our contractual requirements, advances to borrowers that are no longer members may remain outstanding until maturity, subject to certain regulatory requirements.
December 31, 2017 Advances Outstanding % of Total
Flagstar Bank, FSB $5,665
 17%
Lincoln National Life Insurance Company 2,900
 8%
Jackson National Life Insurance Company 2,621
 8%
Chemical Bank 2,337
 7%
American United Life Insurance Company 1,671
 5%
Subtotal - largest borrowers 15,194
 45%
Next five largest borrowers 6,802
 19%
Others 12,173
 36%
Total advances, par value $34,169
 100%
     
December 31, 2016 Advances Outstanding % of Total
Lincoln National Life Insurance Company $3,350
 12%
Flagstar Bank, FSB 2,980
 11%
Jackson National Life Insurance Company 2,376
 8%
Tuebor Captive Insurance Company LLC 1,660
 6%
IAS Services LLC 1,650
 6%
Subtotal - largest borrowers 12,016
 43%
Next five largest borrowers 5,601
 20%
Others 10,515
 37%
Total advances, par value $28,132
 100%

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, we did not have gross interest income on advances, excluding the effects of interest-rate swaps, from any one customer that exceeded 10% of our total interest income.

See Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Analysis of Financial Condition - Total Assets - Advances for additional information on advances.

Collateral. All credit products extended to a member must be fully collateralized by the member's pledge of eligible assets. Each borrowing member and its affiliates that hold pledged collateral are required to grant us a security interest in such collateral. All such security interests held by us are afforded a priority by the Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987 over the claims of any party, including any receiver, conservator, trustee, or similar party having rights as a lien creditor, except for claims held by bona fide purchasers for value or by parties that are secured by prior perfected security interests, provided that such claims would otherwise be entitled to priority under applicable law. Moreover, with respect to federally-insured depository institution members, our claims are given certain preferences pursuant to the receivership provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.


With respect to insurance company members, however, Congress provided in the McCarran-Ferguson Act of 1945 that state law generally governs the regulation of insurance and shall not be preempted by federal law unless the federal law expressly regulates the business of insurance. Thus, if a court were to determine that the priority status afforded the FHLBanks under Section 10(e) of the Bank Act conflicts with state insurance law applicable to our insurance company members, the court might then determine that the priority of our security interest would be governed by state law, not Section 10(e). Under these circumstances, the "super lien" priority protection afforded to our security interest under Section 10(e) may not fully apply when we lend to insurance company members. However, our security interests in collateral posted by insurance company members have express statutory protections in the jurisdictions where our members are domiciled. In addition, we monitor applicable states' laws, and take all necessary action to obtain and maintain a prior perfected security interest in the collateral, including by taking possession or control of the collateral when appropriate.


9
Table of Contents


Collateral Status Categories.We take collateral under a blanket, specific listings or possession status depending on the credit quality of the borrower, the type of institution, and our lien position on assets owned by the member (i.e., blanket, specific, or partially subordinated). The blanket status is the least restrictive and allows the member to retain possession of the pledged collateral, provided that the member executes a written security agreement and agrees to hold the collateral for our benefit. Under the specific listings status, the member maintains possession of the specific collateral pledged, but the member generally provides listings of loans pledged with detailed loan information such as loan amount, payments, maturity date, interest rate, LTV, collateral type and FICO® scores, etc. scores. Members under possession status are required to place the collateral in possession with our Bankus or awith an approved third-party custodian in amounts sufficient to secure all outstanding obligations.



8
Table of Contents


Eligible Collateral. Eligible collateral types include certain investment securities, one-to-four family first mortgage loans, multi-family first mortgage loans, deposits in our Bank, certain ORERC assets such(such as commercial MBS, municipal securities, commercial real estate loans and home equity loans,loans), and small business loans or farm real estate loans from CFIs. While we only extend credit based on the borrowing capacity for such approved collateral, our contractual arrangements typically allow us to take other assets as collateral to provide additional protection, including (inprotection. In addition, under the case of members and former members)Bank Act, we have a lien on the borrower's stock in our Bank.Bank as security for all of the borrower's indebtedness.


We have an Anti-Predatory Lending Policy and a Subprime and Nontraditional Residential Mortgage Policy that establish guidelines for any subprime or nontraditional loans included in the collateral pledged to us. Loans that are delinquent or violate those policies do not qualify as acceptable collateral and are required to be removed from any collateral value calculation. With respect toConsistent with the CFPB home mortgage lending rules, adopted by the CFPB for residential loans originated on or after January 10, 2014, we accept loans that comply with or are exempt from the ability-to-pay requirements as collateral.


In order to help mitigate the market, credit, liquidity, operational and business risk associated with collateral, we apply an over-collateralization requirement to the book value or market value of pledged collateral to establish its lending value. Collateral that we have determined to contain a low level of risk, such as United States government obligations, is over-collateralized at a lower rate than collateral that carries a higher level of risk, such as small business loans.loans. Standard requirements range from 100% for deposits (cash) to 140% - 155% for residential mortgages pledged through blanket status. Over-collateralization requirements for eligible securities range from 103% to 190%; less traditional types of collateral have standard over-collateralization ratios up to 360%.


The over-collateralization requirement applied to asset classes may also vary depending on collateral status, sincebecause lower requirements are applied as our levels of information and control over the assets increase. Over-collateralization requirements are applied using market values for collateral in listing and possession status and book value for collateral pledged through blanket status. In no event, however, would market values assigned to whole loan collateral exceed par value. See For more information, see Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Risk Management - Credit Risk Management - Advances for more information. and Other Credit Products.

Collateral Review and Monitoring. We verify collateral balances by performing periodic, on-site collateral audits on our borrowers, which allows us to verify loan pledge eligibility, credit strength and documentation quality, as well as adherence to our Anti-Predatory Lending Policy, our Subprime and Nontraditional Residential Mortgage Policy, and other collateral policies. In addition, on-site collateral audit findings are used to adjust over-collateralization amounts to mitigate credit risk and collateral liquidity concerns.


Investments. We maintain a portfolio of investments, purchased from approved counterparties, members and their affiliates, or other FHLBanks, to provide liquidity, utilize balance sheet capacity and supplement our earnings. Our investment portfolio may only include investments deemed investment quality at the time of purchase.Higher earnings bolster our ability to support affordable housing and community investment.


Our portfolio of short-term investments in highly-rated entities ensures the availability ofare placed with large, high-quality financial institutions with investment-grade long-term credit ratings. Such investments typically include interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, unsecured federal funds to meet our members' credit needs. Our short-term investment portfolio typically includessold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, which are secured by United States Treasuries or agency MBS passthroughs, and unsecured federal funds sold.U.S. Treasury securities. Each may be purchased with either overnight or term maturities.maturities, or in the case of demand deposit accounts, redeemed at any time during business hours. In the aggregate, the FHLBanks may represent a significant percentage of the federal funds sold market at any one time, although each FHLBank manages its investment portfolio separately.


Our liquidity portfolio also includes investments in U.S. Treasury securities.

The longer term investment portfoliolonger-term investments typically generatesgenerate higher returns and may consist of (i) securities issued by the United States government, its agencies, and certain GSEs, and (ii) MBS and ABS issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae that derive credit enhancement from their relationship with the United States government, and (iii) other MBS, ABS, CMOs and REMICs rated AAA or equivalent by at least two NRSROs at the time of purchase.Agency MBS.



10
Table of Contents


All unsecured investments including those with our members or their affiliates, are subject to certain selection criteria. Each unsecured counterparty must be approved and has an exposure limit, which is computed in the same manner regardless of the counterparty's status as a member, affiliate of a member or unrelated party. These criteria determine the permissible amount and maximum term of the investment. SeeFor more information, see Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Risk Management - Credit Risk Management - Investments for more information..



9
Table of Contents


Under Finance Agency regulations, except for certain investments authorized under state trust law for our retirement plans, we are prohibited from investing in the following types of securities:


instruments, such as common stock, that represent an equity ownership in an entity, other than stock in small business investment companies, or certain investments targeted to low-income persons or communities;
instruments issued by non-United States entities, other than those issued by United States branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks;
non-investment grade debt instruments, other than certain investments targeted to low-income persons or communities and instruments that were downgraded after their purchase;
whole mortgages or other whole loans, except for:
those acquired under the MPP or the MPF Program;
certain investments targeted to low-income persons or communities; and
certain foreign housing loans authorized under Section 12(b) of the Bank Act; and
those acquired under an AMA program, such as MPP;
certain investments targeted to low-income persons or communities; and
certain foreign housing loans authorized under Section 12(b) of the Bank Act; and
non-United States dollar denominated securities.


In addition, we are prohibited by a Finance Agency regulation and Advisory Bulletin, as well as internal policy, from purchasing certain types of investments, such as interest-only or principal-only stripped MBS, CMOs REMICs or ABS;and REMICs; residual-interest or interest-accrual classes of CMOs, REMICs ABS and MBS; and CMOs or REMICs with underlying collateral containing pay option/negative amortization mortgage loans, unless those loans or securities are guaranteed by the United States government, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae.


Finance Agency regulation further provides that the total book value of our investments in MBS and ABS must not exceed 300% of our total regulatory capital, consisting of Class B stock, Class A stock, if any, retained earnings, and MRCS, as of the day we purchase the investments, based on the capital amount most recently reported to the Finance Agency. If the outstanding balances of our investments in MBS and ABS exceed the limitation at any time, but were in compliance at the time we purchased the investments, we would not be considered out of compliance with the regulation, but we would not be permitted to purchase additional investments in MBS or ABS until these outstanding balances were within the capital limitation. Generally, our goal is to maintain these investments near the 300% limit.


Deposit Products. Deposit products provide a small portion of our funding resources, while also giving members a high-quality asset that satisfies their regulatory liquidity requirements.resources. We offer several types of deposit products to our members and other institutions including overnight and demand deposits. We may accept uninsured deposits from:


our members;members, which they can use to help satisfy their liquidity requirements;
institutions eligible to become members;
any institution for which we are providing correspondent services;
interest-rate swap counterparties;
other FHLBanks; or
other federal government instrumentalities.


Mortgage Loans. Mortgage loans held for portfolio consist substantially of residential mortgage loans purchased from our members through our MPP and participating interests purchasedMPP. We may also purchase or participate in 2012-2014 from the FHLBank of Topeka in residential mortgage loans that were originated by certain of its members under the MPF Program.other AMA programs. These programs help fulfill the FHLBank System's housing mission and provide an additional source of liquidity to FHLBank members that choose to sell mortgage loans into the secondary market rather than holding them in their own portfolios. TheseAMA programs are considered AMA, a core mission activity of the FHLBanks, as defined by Finance Agency regulations. For additional information, please refer to Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Analysis of Financial Condition - Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio.



11
Table of Contents


Mortgage Purchase Program.


Overview. We purchase mortgage loans directly from our members through our MPP. Members that participate in the MPP are known as PFIs. By regulation, we are not permitted to purchase loans directly from any institution that is not a member or Housing Associate of the FHLBank System, and we may not use a trust or other entity to purchase the loans. We purchase conforming, medium- or long-term, fixed-rate, fully amortizing, level payment loans predominantly for primary, owner-occupied, detached residences, including single-family properties, and two-, three-, and four-unit properties. Additionally, to a lesser degree, we purchase loans for primary, owner-occupied, attached residences (including condominiums and planned unit developments), and second/vacation homes, and investment properties.homes.



10
Table of Contents


Our mortgage loan purchases are governed by the Finance Agency's AMA regulation. Further, while the regulation does not expressly limit us to purchasing fixed-rate loans, before purchasing adjustable-rate loans we would need to analyze whether such purchases would require Finance Agency approval under its New Business Activity regulation. Such regulation provides that any material change to an FHLBank's business activity that results in new risks or operations needs to be pre-approved by the Finance Agency.


Under Finance Agency regulations, all pools of mortgage loans currently purchased by us, other than government-insured mortgage loans, must have sufficient credit enhancement to be rated by us as at least investment grade. In accordance with such regulations, we limitWe operate our credit enhancement model and methodology accordingly to estimate the poolsamount of credit enhancement required for those pools. Other than for FHA mortgage loans, thatthe PFIs provide or arrange for the credit enhancement. In this way, the PFIs share the credit risk with us on conventional mortgage loans. We manage the interest-rate risk, prepayment option risk, and liquidity risk.

Our original MPP, which we will purchaseceased offering for conventional loans in 2010, relied on credit enhancement from LRA and SMI to those withachieve an implied NRSRO credit rating of at least BBB.AA based on a NRSRO model in compliance with Finance Agency regulations. In 2010, we began offering Advantage MPP for new conventional MPP loans, which utilizes an enhanced fixed LRA account for credit enhancement consistent with Finance Agency regulations, instead of utilizing a spread LRA with coverage from SMI providers. The only substantive difference between the two programs is the credit enhancement structure. Upon implementation of Advantage MPP, the original MPP was phased out and is no longer being used for acquisitions of new conventional loans. Under Advantage MPP, the funds in the LRA are established at the time of loan purchase. As a result, at the time of pool closing, the LRA is sufficient to cover expected losses in excess of the borrower's equity and PMI, if any, on a pool basis.


In 2012 - 2014, we purchased participating interests from the FHLBank of Topeka in mortgage loans originated by certain of its PFIs through their participation in the MPF Program.

Mortgage Standards.All loans we purchase must meet the guidelines for our MPP or be specifically approved as an exception based on compensating factors. Our guidelines generally meet or exceed the underwriting standards of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. For example, the maximum LTV ratio for any conventional mortgage loan at the time of purchase is 95%, and borrowers must meet certain minimum credit scores depending upon the type of property or loan. In addition, we will not knowingly purchase any loan that violates the terms of our Anti-Predatory Lending Policy or our Subprime and Nontraditional Residential Mortgage Policy. Furthermore, we require our members to warrant to us that all of the loans pledged or sold to us are in compliance with all applicable laws, including prohibitions on anti-predatorypredatory lending. All loans purchased through our MPP with applications dated on or after January 10, 2014 must qualify as "Safe-Harbor Qualified Mortgages" under CFPB rules.


Under our guidelines, a PFI must:


be an active originator of conventional mortgages and have servicing capabilities, if applicable, or use a servicer that we approve;
advise us if it has been the subject of any adverse action by either Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac; and
along with its parent company, if applicable, meet the capital requirements of each state and federal regulatory agency with jurisdiction over the member's or parent company's activities.


Mortgage Loan Concentration. Our board of directors has established a limit that restricts the current outstanding balance (as determined at the last reported month end balance) of MPP loans previously purchased from any one PFI to 50%of the total MPP portfolio balance.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, no mortgage loans outstanding previously purchased from any one PFI contributed interest income that exceeded 10% of our total interest income. See Item 1A. Risk Factors - A Loss of Significant Borrowers, PFIs, Acceptable Loan Servicers or Other Financial Counterparties Could Adversely Impact Our Profitability, Our Ability to Achieve Business Objectives, Our Ability to Pay Dividends or Redeem or Repurchase Capital Stock, and Our Risk Concentration for additional information.

Credit Enhancement.FHA mortgage loans are backed by insurance provided by the United States government and, therefore, no additional credit enhancements (such as an LRA or SMI) are required.


For conventional mortgage loans, the credit enhancement required to reach the minimum credit rating is determined by using an NRSROa credit risk model. The model is used to evaluate each MCC or pool of MCCs to ensure the LRA percentage as credit enhancement is sufficient. The model evaluates the characteristics of the loans the PFIs actually delivered for the likelihood of timely payment of principal and interest. The model's results are based on numerous standard borrower and loan attributes, such as the LTV ratio loan purpose (suchand borrower's credit score, as purchase of home, refinance, or cash-out refinance), type of documentation, incomewell as housing market factors, such as the Home Price Index and debt expense ratios and credit scores.zip code. Based on the credit assessment, we are required to hold risk-based capital to help mitigate the potential credit risk in accordance with the Finance Agency regulations.



12
11
Table of Contents



Our original MPP, which we ceased offering for conventional loans in November 2010, relied on credit enhancement from LRA and SMI to achieve an implied credit rating of at least AA based on an NRSRO model in compliance with Finance Agency regulations. In November 2010, we began offering MPP Advantage for new conventional MPP loans, which utilizes an enhanced fixed LRA for additional credit enhancement, resulting in an implied credit rating of at least BBB, consistent with Finance Agency regulations, instead of utilizing coverage from an SMI provider. The only substantive difference between the two programs is the credit enhancement structure. For both the original MPP and MPP Advantage, the funds in the LRA are established in an amount sufficient to cover expected losses in excess of the borrower's equity and PMI, if any, and used to pay losses on a pool basis.

Credit losses on defaulted mortgage loans in a pool are paid fromabsorbed by these sources, until they are exhausted, in the following order:


borrower's equity;
PMI, if applicable;
LRA;
SMI, if applicable; and
our Bank.

LRA. We use either a "spread LRA" or a "fixed LRA" for credit enhancement. The spread LRA is used in combination with SMI for credit enhancement of conventional mortgage loans purchased under our original MPP, and the fixed LRA is used for all acquisitions of conventional mortgage loans under MPP Advantage.Advantage MPP.


Original MPP. The spread LRA is funded through a reduction to the net yield earned on the loans, and the corresponding purchase price paid to the PFI reflects our reduced net yield. The LRA for each pool of loans is funded monthly at an annual rate ranging from 6 to 20 bps, depending on the terms of the MCC, and is used to pay loan loss claims or is held until the LRA accumulates to a required "release point." The release point is 20 to 85 bps of the then outstanding principal balances of the loans in that pool, depending on the terms of the original contract. If the LRA exceeds the required release point, the excess amount is eligible for return to the PFI(s) that sold us the loans in that pool, generally subject to a minimum five-year lock-out period after the pool is closed to acquisitions.


MPP Advantage. Advantage MPP. The LRA for Advantage MPP Advantage differs from our original MPP in that the funding of the fixed LRA occurs at the time we acquire the loan and is based on the principal amount purchased. Depending on the terms of the MCC, the LRA funding amount varies between 110 bps and 120 bps of the principal amount. LRA funds not used to pay loan losses may be returned to the PFI subject to a releaseretention schedule detailed in each MCC based on the original LRA amount. NoPer the retention schedule, no LRA funds are returned to the PFI for the first five years after the pool is closed to acquisitions. We absorb any losses in excess of available LRA funds.

SMI. For pools of loans acquired under our original MPP, we have credit protection from loss on each loan, where eligible, through SMI, which provides insurance to cover credit losses to approximately 50% of the property's original value, depending on the SMI contract terms, and subject, in certain cases, to an aggregate stop-loss provision in the SMI policy. Some MCCs that equal or exceed a contract amount of $35 million of total initial principal to be sold on a "best-efforts" basis include an aggregate loss/benefit limit or "stop-loss" that is equal to the total initial principal balance of loans under the MCC multiplied by the stop-loss percentage (ranges from 200 - 400 bps), as is then in effect, and represents the maximum aggregate amount payable by the SMI provider under the SMI policy for that pool. Even with the stop-loss provision, the aggregate of the LRA and the amount payable by the SMI provider under an SMI stop-loss contract will be equal to or greater than the amount of credit enhancement required for the pool to have an implied NRSRO credit rating of at least AA at the time of purchase. Non-credit losses, such as uninsured property damage losses that are not covered by the SMI, can be recovered from the LRA to the extent that there are releasable LRA funds available. We absorb any non-credit losses greater than the available LRA. We do not have SMI coverage on loans purchased under MPP Advantage.Advantage MPP.


Pool Aggregation. We offer pool aggregation under our MPP. Our pool aggregation program is designed to reduce the credit enhancement costs to small and mid-size PFIs. PFIsUnder pool aggregation, a PFI's loans are allowed to pool their loanspooled with similar pools of loans originated by other PFIs to create aggregate pools of approximately $100 million original UPB or greater. The combination of small and mid-size PFIs' loans into one pool also assists in the evaluation of the amount of LRA needed for the overall credit enhancement.



13


Conventional Loan Pricing. We consider the cost of the credit enhancement (LRA and SMI, if applicable) when we formulate conventional loan pricing. Each of these credit enhancement structures is accounted for, not only in our expected return on acquired mortgage loans, but also in the risk review performed during the accumulation/pooling process. The pricing of each structure is dependent on a number of factors and is specific to the PFI or group of PFIs.


We typically receive a 0.25% fee on cash-out refinancing transactions with LTVs between 75% and 80%. Our current guidelines do not allow cash-out refinance loans above 80% LTV. We also adjust the market price we pay for loans depending upon market conditions. We continue to evaluate the scope and rate of such fees as they evolve in the industry. We do not pay a PFI any fees other than the servicing fee when the PFI retains the servicing rights.





Servicing. We do not service the mortgage loans we purchase. PFIs may elect to retain servicing rights for the loans sold to us, or they may elect to sell servicing rights to an MPP-approved servicer.


Those PFIs that retain servicing rights receive a monthly servicing fee and may be required to undergo a review by a third-party quality control contractor that advises the PFIs of any deficiencies in servicing procedures or processes and then notifies us so that we can monitor the PFIs' performance. The PFIs that retain servicing rights can sell those rights at a later date with our approval. Servicing activities, whether retained or released, are subject to review by our master servicer, BNY Mellon. If we deem servicing to be inadequate, we can require that the servicing of those loans be transferred to a servicer that is acceptable to us.


The servicers are responsible for all aspects of servicing, including, among other responsibilities, the administration of any foreclosure and claims processes from the date we purchase the loan until the loan has been fully satisfied. Our MPP was designed to require loan servicers to foreclose and liquidate in the servicer's name rather than in our name. As the servicer progresses through the process from foreclosure to liquidation, we are paid in full for all unpaid principal and accrued interest on the loan through the normal remittance process.


It is the servicer's responsibility to initiate loss claims for losses on the loans. No payments fromIf a loss is expected, no claims are settled until we have reviewed and approved the LRA (other than excess amounts released to the PFI over a period of time in accordance with each MCC) or SMI are made prior to the claims process.claim. For loans that are credit-enhanced with SMI, if it is determined that a loss is covered,covered, the SMI provider pays the claim in full and seeks reimbursement from the LRA funds. The SMI provider is entitled to reimbursement for credit losses from funds available in the LRA that are equal to the aggregate amounts contributed to the LRA less any amounts paid for previous claims and any amounts that have been released to the PFI from the LRA or paid to us to cover prior claims. If the LRA has been depleted but is still being funded, based on our contractual arrangement, we and/or the SMI provider are entitled to reimbursement from those funds as they are received, up to the full reimbursable amount of the claim. These claim payments would be reflected as additional deductions from the LRA as they were paid. See For more information, see Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Risk Management - Credit Risk Management - Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio - MPPfor additional information..


Housing Goals. Goals.TheBank Act requires the Finance Agency to establish low-income housing goals for mortgage purchases. Under its housing goals regulation, theThe Finance Agency may establish low-income housingissued a final FHLBank Housing Goals rule in 2020. The rule establishes two goals for FHLBanksany FHLBank that acquire,acquires mortgages in any calendar year, more than $2.5 billion of conventional mortgages through an AMA program.program during a year: (i) a prospective target of 20% of the number of an FHLBank’s total AMA mortgage purchases for its purchases of mortgage loans to very low-income families, low-income families, or families in low-income areas; and (ii) a separate small-member participation housing goal with a target level of 50% of an FHLBank’s total AMA users. The rule provides that an FHLBank may request Finance Agency approval of alternative target levels for either or both of these goals. If we exceed this volume threshold and fail to meet any affordable housingone or both goals, established by the Finance Agency that were determined by the Director to have been feasible, we may be required to submit a housing plan to the Finance Agency.

In 2016 The rule took effect August 24, 2020, and 2015, our conventional mortgage purchase volume exceeded $2.5 billion. Theenforcement will phase in through December 31, 2023. During the phase-in period, the Finance Agency determined with respect to those two years, however, that it wouldwill monitor and report our housing goals performance, but will not require us to submitimpose a housing plan which could otherwise have been required underremedy if we fail to meet either or both of the regulation.housing goal target levels.


Funding Sources


The primary source of funds for each of the FHLBanks is the sale of consolidated obligations, which consist of CO bonds and discount notes. The Finance Agency and the United States Secretary of the Treasury oversee the issuance of this debt in the capital markets. Finance Agency regulations govern the issuance of debt on our behalf and authorize us to issue consolidated obligations through the Office of Finance, under Section 11(a) of the Bank Act. No FHLBank is permitted to issue individual debt without the approval of the Finance Agency.



14


While the primary liability for consolidated obligations issued to provide funds for a particular FHLBank rests with that FHLBank, consolidated obligations are the joint and several obligations of all of the FHLBanks under Section 11(a). Although each FHLBank is a GSE, consolidated obligations are not obligations of, and are not guaranteed by, the United States government. Consolidated obligations are backed only by the financial resources of all of the FHLBanks. Our consolidated obligationsthe FHLBanks and are rated Aaa by Moody's and AA+ by S&P.


Consolidated Obligation Bonds. CO bonds satisfy term funding requirements and are issued with a variety of maturities and terms under various programs. The maturities of these securities may range from 43 months to 30 years,but the maturities are not subject to any statutory or regulatory limit. CO bonds can be fixedfixed- or adjustable rateadjustable-rate and callable or non-callable. Those issued with adjustable-rate payment terms use a variety of indices for interest rate resets, including LIBOR, Federal Funds,EFFR, United States Treasury Bill, Constant Maturity Swap, Prime Rate, SOFR, and others. CO bonds are issued and distributed through negotiated or competitively bid transactions with approved underwriters or selling group members.




Consolidated Obligation Discount Notes. We also issue discount notes to provide short-term funds. These securities can have maturities that range from one day to one year, and are offered daily through a discount note selling group and other authorized securities dealers. Discount notes are generally sold below their face values and are redeemed at par when they mature.


Office of Finance. The issuance of consolidated obligations is facilitated and executed by the Office of Finance, which also services all outstanding debt, provides information on capital market developments to the FHLBanks, and manages our relationship with the NRSROs with respect to consolidated obligations. The Office of Finance also prepares and publishes the FHLBanks' combined quarterly and annual financial reports.


As the FHLBanks' fiscal agent for debt issuance, the Office of Finance can control the timing and amount of each issuance. Through its oversight of the United States financial markets, the United States Treasury can also affect debt issuance for the FHLBanks. See For more information, see Item 1. Business - Supervision and Regulation - Government Corporations Control Act for additional information..


Affordable Housing Programs, Community Investment and Affordable Housing ProgramsSmall Business Grants


Each FHLBank is required to set aside 10% of its annual net earnings before interest expense on MRCS to fund its AHP, subject to an annual FHLBank System-wide minimum of $100 million. If the FHLBanks' aggregate 10% contribution were less than $100 million, each FHLBank would be required to contribute an additional pro-rata amount. The proration would be based on the net earnings of each FHLBank in relation to the net earnings of all FHLBanks for the previous year, up to the Bank's annual net earnings. The FHLBanks' aggregate contribution exceeded the minimum of $100 million in 2021 and 2020.

If we determine that our required AHP contributions are adversely affecting our financial stability, we may apply to the Finance Agency for a temporary suspension of our contributions. We did not file an application in 2021 or 2020.

Through our AHP, we may provide cash grants or interest subsidies on advances to our members, which are, in turn, provided to awarded projects or qualified individuals to finance the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of very low- to moderate-income owner-occupied or rental housing. Our AHP includes the following:


Competitive Program, which is the primary grant program to finance the purchase, construction or rehabilitation of housing for individuals with incomes at or below 80% of the median income for the area, and to finance the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of rental housing, with at least 20% of the units occupied by, and affordable for, very low-income households. Each year, 65% of our annual available AHP funds are granted through this program. AHP-related advances, of which none were outstanding at December 31, 2021 or 2020, are also part of this program.

Set-Aside Programs, which include 35% of our annual available AHP funds, are administered through the following:

Homeownership Opportunities Program, which provides assistance with down payments and closing costs to first-time homebuyers;
Neighborhood Impact Program, which provides rehabilitation assistance to homeowners to help improve neighborhoods;
Accessibility Modifications Program, which provides funding for accessibility modifications and minor home rehabilitation for eligible senior homeowners or owner-occupied households with one or more individuals having a permanent disability; and
Disaster Relief Program, which may be activated at our discretion in cases of federal or state disaster declarations for rehabilitation or down payment assistance targeted to low- or moderate-income homeowner disaster victims.


Homeownership Opportunities Program, which provides assistance with down payments and closing costs to first-time homebuyers;
Neighborhood Impact Program, which provides rehabilitation assistance to homeowners to help improve neighborhoods;
Accessibility Modifications Program, which provides funding for accessibility modifications and minor home rehabilitation for eligible senior homeowners or owner-occupied households with one or more individuals having a permanent disability; and
Disaster Relief Program, which may be activated at our discretion in cases of federal or state disaster declarations for rehabilitation or down payment assistance targeted to low- or moderate-income homeowner disaster victims. The disaster relief program was not activated in 2021.

In addition, we offer a variety of specialized advance programs to support housing and community development needs. Through our Community Investment Program ("CIP"), we offer advances to our members involved in community economic development activities benefiting low- or moderate-income families or neighborhoods. These funds can be used for the development of housing, infrastructure improvements, or assistance to small businesses or businesses that are creating or retaining jobs in the member's community for low- and moderate-income families. These advances typically have maturities ranging from overnight to 20 yearsand are priced at our cost of funds plus reasonable administrative expenses. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had $873 million and $753 million, respectively, of outstanding principal on CIP-related advances.



We also offer small business grants under our Elevate program, which is designed to support the growth and development of small businesses in Michigan and Indiana by providing funding for capital expenditures, workforce training, or other business-related needs. The total amounts (in thousands) awarded in 2021, 2020 and 2019 were $520, $503 and $392, respectively.



Community Mentors is an annual community engagement and economic development leadership program which includes a workshop and accompanying implementation grant of $10 thousand to one Indiana and one Michigan community which is awarded following an application process.

Use of Derivatives


Derivatives are an integral part of our financial management strategies to manage identified risks inherent in our lending, investing and funding activities and to achieve our risk management objectives. Finance Agency regulations and our Enterprise Risk Management Policyrisk management policies establish guidelines for the use of derivatives. Permissible derivatives include interest-rate swaps, swaptions, interest-rate cap and floor agreements, calls, puts, futures, and forward contracts. We are only permitted to execute derivative transactions to manage interest-rate risk exposure inherent in otherwise unhedged asset or liability positions, hedge embedded options in assets and liabilities including mortgage prepayment risk positions, hedge any foreign currency positions, and act as an intermediary between our members and interest-rate swap counterparties. We are prohibited from trading in or the speculative use of these instruments.


Our use of derivatives is the primary way we align the preferences of investors for the types of debt securities they want to purchase and the preferences of member institutions for the types of advances they want to hold and the types of mortgage loans they want to sell. See For more information, see Notes to Financial Statements - Note 118 - Derivatives and Hedging Activitiesand Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk for more information. - Use of Derivative Hedges.


Supervision and Regulation


Our business is subject to extensive regulation and supervision. The laws and regulations to which we are subject cover all key aspects of our business, and directly and indirectly affect our product and service offerings, pricing, competitive position, strategic plan, relationship with members and third parties, capital structure, cash needs and uses, and information security. As discussed throughout this Form 10-K, such regulations can have a significant effect on key drivers of our results of operations.

The Bank Act. We are supervised and regulated by the Finance Agency, an independent agency in the executive branch of the United States government, established by HERA.


Under the Bank Act, the Finance Agency's responsibility is to ensure that, pursuant to regulations promulgated by the Finance Agency, each FHLBank:


carries out its housing finance mission;
remains adequately capitalized and able to raise funds in the capital markets; and
operates in a safe and sound manner.


The Finance Agency is headed by a Director, who is appointed to a five-year term by the President of the United States, with the advice and consent of the Senate. The Director appoints a Deputy Director for the Division of Enterprise Regulation, a Deputy Director for the Division of FHLBank Regulation, and a Deputy Director for Housing Mission and Goals, who oversees the housing mission and goals of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, as well as the housing finance and community and economic development mission of the FHLBanks. HERA also established the Federal Housing Finance Oversight Board, comprised of the Secretaries of the Treasury and HUD, the Chair of the SEC, and the Finance Agency Director. The Federal Housing Finance Oversight Board functions as an advisory body to the Finance Agency Director. The Finance Agency's operating expenses are funded by assessments on the FHLBanks, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. As such, no tax dollars or other appropriations support the operations of the Finance Agency or the FHLBanks. In addition to reviewing our submissions of monthly and quarterly information on our financial condition and results of operations, the Finance Agency conducts annual on-site examinations and performs periodic on- and off-site reviews in order to assess our safety and soundness.


The United States Treasury receives a copy of the Finance Agency's annual report to Congress, monthly reports reflecting the FHLBank System's securities transactions, and other reports reflecting the FHLBank System's operations. Our annual financial statements are audited by an independent registered public accounting firm in accordance with standards issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, as well as the government auditing standards issued by the United States Comptroller General. The Comptroller General has authority under the Bank Act to audit or examine the Finance Agency and the FHLBank System and to decide the extent to which they fairly and effectively fulfill the purposes of the Bank Act. The Finance Agency's Office of Inspector General also has investigation authority over the Finance Agency and the FHLBank System.


GLB Act Amendments


Each FHLBank is required to the Bank Act. The GLB Act amended the Bank Act to require that each FHLBank maintain a capital structure comprised of Class A stock, Class B stock, or both. A member can redeem Class A stock upon six months' prior written notice to its FHLBank. A member can redeem Class B stock upon five years' prior written notice to its FHLBank. Class B stock has a higher weighting than Class A stock for purposes of calculating the minimum leverage requirement applicable to each FHLBank.


16



The Bank Act requires that each FHLBank maintain permanent capital and total capital in sufficient amounts to comply with specified, minimum risk-based capital and leverage capital requirements. From time to time, for reasons of safety and soundness, the Finance Agency may require one or more individual FHLBanks to maintain more permanent capital or total capital than is required by the regulations. Failure to comply with these requirements or the minimum capital requirements could result in the imposition of operating agreements, cease and desist orders, civil money penalties, and other regulatory action, including involuntary merger, liquidation, or reorganization as authorized by the Bank Act.


HERA Amendments to the Bank Act. In addition to establishing the Finance Agency, HERA eliminated regulatory authority to appoint directors to our board. HERA also eliminated regulatory authority to cap director fees (subject to the Finance Agency's review of reasonableness of such compensation), but placed additional controls over executive compensation.

Government Corporations Control Act. We are subject to the Government Corporations Control Act, which provides that, before we can issue and offer consolidated obligations to the public, the Secretary of the United States Treasury must prescribe the form, denomination, maturity, interest rate, and conditions of the obligations; the way and time issued; and the selling price.


Furthermore, this Act provides that the United States Comptroller General may review any audit of the financial statements of an FHLBank conducted by an independent registered public accounting firm. If the Comptroller General undertakes such a review, the results and any recommendations must be reported to Congress, the Office of Management and Budget, and the FHLBank in question. The Comptroller General may also conduct a separate audit of any of our financial statements.


Federal Securities Laws. Our shares of Class B stock are registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act, and we are generally subject to the information, disclosure, insider trading restrictions, and other requirements under the Exchange Act, with certain exceptions. Our capital plan authorizes us to also issue Class A stock, but we have not issued any such stock. We are not subject to the registration provisions of the Securities Act. We have been, and continue to be, subject to all relevant liability provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.


Federal and State Banking Laws. We are generally not subject to the state and federal banking laws affecting United States retail depository financial institutions. However, the Bank Act requires the FHLBanks to submit reports to the Finance Agency concerning transactions involving loans and other financial instruments that involve fraud or possible fraud. In addition, we are required to maintain an anti-money laundering program, under which we are required to report suspicious transactions to the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network pursuant to the Bank Secrecy Act and the USA Patriot Act.


We contract with third-party compliance firms to perform certain services on our behalf to assist us with our compliance with these regulations as they are applicable to us. Finance Agency regulations require that we monitor and assess our third-party firms' performance of the services. As we identify deficiencies in our third-party firms' performance, we seek to remediate the deficiencies. Under certain circumstances, we are required to notify the Finance Agency about the deficiencies and our response to assure our compliance with these regulations.

As a wholesale secured lender and a secondary market purchaser of mortgage loans, we are not, in general, directly subject to the various federal and state laws regarding consumer credit protection, such as anti-predatory lending laws. However, as non-compliance with these laws could affect the value of these loans as collateral or acquired assets, we require our members to warrant that all of the loans pledged or sold to us are in compliance with all applicable laws. Federal law requires that, when a mortgage loan (defined to include any consumer credit transaction secured by the principal dwelling of the consumer) is sold or transferred, the new creditor shall, within 30 days of the sale or transfer, notify the borrower of the following: the identity, address and telephone number of the new creditor; the date of transfer; how to contact an agent or party with the authority to act on behalf of the new creditor; the location of the place where the transfer is recorded; and any other relevant information regarding the new creditor. In accordance with this statute, we provide the appropriate notice to borrowers whose mortgage loans we purchase under our MPP and have established procedures to ensure compliance with this notice requirement. In the case of the participating interests in mortgage loans we purchased from the FHLBank of Topeka under the MPF Program, the FHLBank of Chicago (as the MPF Provider) issued the appropriate notice to the affected borrowers and established its own procedures to ensure compliance with the notice requirement.


Regulatory Enforcement Actions. While examination reports are confidential between the Finance Agency and an FHLBank, the Finance Agency may publicly disclose supervisory actions or agreements that the Finance Agency has entered into with an FHLBank. We are not subject to any such Finance Agency actions, and we are not aware of any current Finance Agency actions with respect to other FHLBanks that willcould have a material adverse effect on our financial results.






Membership


Our membership territory is comprised of the states of Michigan and Indiana. In 2017, we gained 4 new members and lost 16 members (10 depositories as a result of in-district mergers and consolidations as well as 6 captive insurance companies), for a net loss of 12 members.

The following table presents the composition of our members by type of financial institution.
Type of Institution December 31, 2017 % of Total December 31, 2016 % of Total
Commercial banks and savings associations 201
 53% 210
 53%
Credit unions 123
 32% 121
 31%
Insurance companies 55
 14% 60
 15%
CDFIs 3
 1% 3
 1%
Total member institutions 382
 100% 394
 100%


Type of InstitutionDecember 31, 2021% of TotalDecember 31, 2020% of Total
Commercial banks and savings associations168 48 %176 49 %
Credit unions128 37 %129 36 %
Insurance companies48 14 %50 14 %
CDFIs%%
Total member institutions348 100 %359 100 %

In 2021, no new members were added and 11 members merged, consolidated, or terminated. There was no significant impact on our business as a result of the reduction in membership.

Competition


We operate in a highly competitive environment. Member demandDemand for advances is affected by, among other factors, the cost and availability of other sources of funds,liquidity for our members, including deposits.customer deposits, brokered deposits, reciprocal deposits and public funds. We compete with other suppliers of wholesale funding, both secured and unsecured. OtherSuch other suppliers may include the United States government, the Federal Reserve Banks, corporate credit unions, the Central Liquidity Facility, investment banks, commercial banks, and in certain circumstances other FHLBanks. An example of this occurs when a financial holding company has subsidiary banks that are members of different FHLBanks and can, therefore, choose to take advances from the FHLBank with the best terms. LargerLarge institutions may also have access to all of these alternatives as well as independent access to the national and global credit markets. TheAlso, the availability of alternative funding sources to members, such as growth in deposits from members' banking customers, can be affected bysignificantly influence the demand for advances and can vary as a varietyresult of several factors, including legislative or regulatory changes, market conditions, membermembers' creditworthiness, regulatory restrictions, and collateral availability and valuation.of collateral.


Likewise, our MPP is subject to significant competition. The most directDirect competition for mortgage purchases of mortgages comes from other buyers or guarantors of government-guaranteed or conventional, conforming, fixed-rate mortgage loans, such as Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. In addition, PFIs face increased origination competition from originators that are not our members.


We also compete with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and other GSEs as well as corporate, sovereign, and supranational entities for funds raised through the issuance of debt instruments.CO bonds and discount notes. Increases in the supply of competing debt products may, in the absence of increases in demand, typically result in higher debt costs to us or lesser amounts of debt issued on our behalf at the same cost than otherwise would be the case.





Human Capital Resources

The Bank’s human capital is a significant contributor to the successful achievement of our strategic business objectives. In managing the Bank’s human capital, we focus on our workforce profile and the various associated programs and philosophies.

Workforce Profile.

Our workforce is substantially comprised of corporate office-based employees, with our operations in Indianapolis, Indiana and limited activities in a newly-established hub in Detroit, Michigan.As of December 31, 2017, we2021, the Bank had 238237 full-time and 2 part-time employees, of which 61% were male and 3 part-time39% were female, while 75% were non-minority and 25% were minority.

Our workforce historically has included a large number of longer-tenured employees. EmployeesAs of December 31, 2021, the average tenure of the Bank’s employees was 8.2 years. There are not represented by ano collective bargaining unit.agreements with our employees.



We seek to attract, develop, and retain talented employees to achieve our strategic business objectives, enhance business performance and provide a reasonable risk-return balance for our cooperative members, both as users of our products and as shareholders, tailored to our status and risk appetite as a housing GSE. We strive to both develop talent from within and supplement talent with external hires. We believe that developing talent internally results in institutional strength and continuity and promotes loyalty and commitment in our employee base, while adding new employees contributes to new ideas, continuous improvement, and our goals of a diverse and inclusive workforce.

Total Rewards.

We recognize and reward performance through a combination of competitive total rewards and development opportunities, including the following:

Cash compensation
Salaries and wages; and
Incentive opportunities;
Benefits and perquisites
Medical, dental, and vision insurance;
Wellness incentive credit opportunities to reduce the net cost of medical insurance to qualifying participants;
Life, long-term disability, and other insurance coverages;
401(k) retirement savings plan for which the Bank matches certain contributions;
Pension benefits or additional, non-elective defined contributions by the Bank;
Health Savings Account and Flexible Spending Accounts; and
Additional voluntary benefit opportunities
Wellness programs
Employee assistance program;
Health coaching;
Interactive education sessions; and
An online portal to inspire fitness and health goals;
Employee engagement
Employee resource groups; and
Cultural and inclusion initiatives;
Work/Life balance
100% paid salary continuation for short-term disability, parental and military leave, bereavement, jury duty, and certain court appearances;
Hybrid workforce model; and
Vacation, illness, personal, holiday, and certain volunteer opportunities;
Development
Training focused on leadership development, employee engagement, and skill enhancement;
Educational assistance programs and student loan repayment assistance;
Internal educational and development opportunities; and
Fee reimbursement for external educational and development programs;
Management succession planning.
Our board and executive leadership actively engage in succession planning, with a defined plan for our President-CEO, Executive Vice Presidents, and Senior Vice Presidents.




Performance Management.
AvailableInformation

Our performance management framework includes establishing individual performance goals tailored to reflect business and development objectives while also reflecting the Bank’s Guiding Principles for our corporate culture, periodic performance check-ins, and annual performance reviews. Overall annual performance ratings are calibrated and salary adjustments are differentiated for our highest performers.

We are committed to the health, safety, and wellness of our employees. In response to the continuing COVID-19 pandemic, we have continued significant operating environment changes, safety protocols and procedures that we have determined are in the best interest of our employees and members, and which comply with government regulations. In addition, the majority of our employees continue to work remotely to support safety protocols.

Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Program.

Our Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion program is a strategic business priority. Our Senior Vice President – Chief Human Resources and Diversity, Equity, & Inclusion Officer is a member of our executive management team, reports directly to our President-CEO, and serves as a liaison to the board of directors. We recognize that diversity increases capacity for innovation and creativity, that equity recognizes the essential contributions of all of our employees, and that inclusion allows us to leverage the unique perspectives of all employees and strengthens our retention efforts. We evaluate inclusive behaviors as part of our annual performance management process.

Our commitment is demonstrated through the development and execution of a three-year Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Strategic Plan ("DEI Strategic Plan"). The DEI Strategic Plan focuses on Workforce, Workplace, Community, Supplier Diversity, and Capital Markets and includes quantifiable metrics to measure the program's success, which are reported regularly to senior management and the board of directors. We consider learning an important component of our DEI Strategic Plan, so we offer a range of opportunities for our employees to connect and grow personally and professionally through our Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Council, cultural awareness events, and employee resource groups.

AvailableInformation

Our Annual, Quarterly and QuarterlyCurrent Reports on Forms 10-K, and 10-Q, together with our Current Reports on Formand 8-K, are filed with the SEC through the EDGAR filing system. A link to EDGAR is available through our public website at www.fhlbi.com by selecting "News" and then "Investor Relations."


We have a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers ("Code of Ethics") that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer. We additionally have a Code of Conduct that is applicable to all directors, officers, and employees and the membersConflict of ourInterest Policy for Affordable Housing Advisory Council.Council Members, a Code of Conduct and Conflict of Interest Policy for Directors, and a Code of Conduct and Conflict of Interest Policy for Employees and Contractors (collectively, the "Codes of Conduct"). The Code of Ethics and Codes of Conduct isare available on our website by scrolling to the bottom of any web page on www.fhlbi.com and then selecting "Corporate Governance" in the navigation menu.


Our 20182022 Targeted Community Lending Plan describes our plan to address the credit needs and market opportunities in our district states of Michigan and Indiana. It is available on our website at www.fhlbi.comby selecting "Resources" andwww.fhlbi.com/materials under "Bulletins, Publications, and Presentations".Presentations."


Our Audit Committee operates under aThe written chartercharters adopted by the board of directors that was most recently amended on March 24, 2017. Thefor its Audit, Committee charter isExecutive/Governance, and Human Resources Committees are available on our website by scrolling to the bottom of any web page on www.fhlbi.com and then selecting "Corporate Governance" in the navigation menu. These charters were most recently amended by the board of directors as to the Audit Committee on March 19, 2021, as to the Executive/Governance Committee on January 21, 2022, and as to the Human Resources Committee on January 22, 2021.


We provide our website address and the SEC's website address solely for information. Except where expressly stated, information appearing on our website and the SEC's website is not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Anyone may also request a copy of any of our public financial reports, our Code of Ethics, our Codes of Conduct, or our 20182022 Targeted Community Lending Plan through our Corporate Secretary at FHLBank of Indianapolis, 8250 Woodfield Crossing Boulevard, Indianapolis, IN 46240, (317) 465-0200.





ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
 
We use acronyms and terms throughout this Item that are defined herein or in the Glossary ofDefined Terms.


We have identified the following risk factors that could have a material adverse effect on our Bank. There may be other risks and uncertainties, including those discussed elsewhere in this Form 10-K, that are not described in these risk factors.


Business Risk - Economic

The COVID-19 Pandemic and Related Developments Have Resulted in Substantial Economic Uncertainty and Financial Market Disruptions As Well As Significant Strategic and Operational Challenges.

Economic Uncertainty.The COVID-19 pandemic and related developments, including governmental and public actions taken in response, such as shelter-in-place, stay-at-home or similar orders, travel restrictions and business shutdowns, have resulted in substantial uncertainty about the overall economic environment and could continue to do so. Despite significant improvements in the overall U.S. economy since the outbreak of the pandemic, considerable uncertainty remains. The uncertainty results from a myriad of factors including: possibilities of virus resurgence from further variants; vaccination rates; inflation; and supply chain disruptions. These factors could slow the timing and weaken the strength of the economic recovery or result in an economic downturn. A slower or weak economic recovery or economic downturn could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, ability to pay dividends and redeem or repurchase capital stock.

Financial Market Disruptions.This same uncertainty has resulted in highly volatile financial markets and resultant financial market disruptions, characterized by sharp changes to interest rates and spreads and availability of funds from time to time, and it may continue to do so. While these disruptions have been short-lived and have not materially affected us, there can be no guarantee that this will continue. Longer disruptions may adversely affect us in many ways including reduced market access to funding and increased costs of funding. The potential impact of the realization of such risks is discussed under "The Inability to Access Capital Markets on Acceptable Terms Could Adversely Affect Our Liquidity, Operations, Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and the Value of Membership in Our Bank." Prolonged financial market disruptions may also result in decreased valuations of and reduced market and book yields on our assets.

Strategic Challenges.Federal relief efforts designed to support the residential mortgage finance market during the pandemic have provided alternative sources of liquidity to our members, reducing their need for advances, and our advances balances have decreased as a result. Further, the Federal Reserve materially increased its holdings of Agency MBS, thereby increasing GSE purchase prices for conforming mortgages and reducing demand for our MPP. A prolonged reduction in demand for our products and services could adversely affect us in the same way as competition may adversely affect us as discussed under "Competition Could Negatively Impact Advances, the Supply of Mortgage Loans for our MPP, Our Access to Funding and Our Earnings."

Operational Challenges.Our ordinary operations have been impacted by the various public orders and restrictions issued in response to the pandemic. Examples of these include shelter-in-place, stay-at-home or similar orders, travel restrictions and business shutdowns. These have resulted in work-from-home arrangements, for us as well as for many of our members, dealers and other third-party service providers. These actions, together with the direct and indirect effect of COVID-19 infections (such as staffing disruptions), have resulted in and are expected to continue to result in significant operational challenges, including increased operational risks and risks of cybersecurity breaches. The potential impacts of the realization of such risks are discussed under "A Cybersecurity Event; Interruption in Our Information Systems; Unavailability of, or an Interruption of Service at, Our Main Office or Our Backup Facilities; or Failure of or an Interruption in Information Systems of Third-Party Vendors or Service Providers Could Adversely Affect Our Business, Risk Management, Financial Condition, Results of Operations, and Reputation.."

The pandemic has also resulted in disruptions to the labor market and could continue to do so. This could adversely affect us as discussed under "The Inability to Identify Eligible Nominees for our Board of Directors and to Attract and Retain Key Personnel Could Adversely Affect Our Operations, Our Results of Operations, and Our Ability to Satisfy our Mission."




Economic Conditions and Policy, Global Political or Economic Events, a Major Natural Disaster, or Widespread Health Crises Could Have an Adverse Effect on Our Business, Liquidity, Financial Condition, and Results of Operations.

Our business, liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations are sensitive to general domestic and international business and economic conditions, such as changes in the money supply, inflation, volatility in both debt and equity capital markets, and the strength of the local economies in which we conduct business.

Our business and results of operations are significantly affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the United States government and its agencies, including the Federal Reserve through its regulation of the supply of money and credit in the United States. The Federal Reserve's policies either directly or indirectly influence the yield on interest-earning assets, volatility of interest rates, prepayment speeds, the cost of interest-bearing liabilities and the demand for advances and for our debt. For example, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the FOMC has maintained a target range of 0.00% to 0.25% for the federal funds rate since March 15, 2020 and increased its holdings of U.S. Treasuries and Agency MBS, thereby lowering Agency MBS yields and increasing GSE purchase prices for conforming mortgages. These actions have adversely affected us through lower yields on our investments, higher costs of debt, and disruption of member demand for our products although the Federal Reserve has recently indicated its plans to raise the federal funds target range and taper net asset purchases.

By way of further example, we, together with the other FHLBanks, currently play a predominant role as lenders in the federal funds market; therefore, any disruption in the federal funds market or any related regulatory or policy change may adversely affect our cash management activities, results of operations, and reputation.

Additionally, we are affected by the global economy through member ownership and investments, and through capital markets exposures. Global political, economic, and business uncertainty has led to increased volatility in capital markets and has the potential to drive volatility in the future. One example of this has been realized through the COVID-19 pandemic as discussed under "The COVID-19 Pandemic and Related Developments Have Resulted in Substantial Economic Uncertainty and Financial Market Disruptions As Well As Significant Strategic and Operational Challenges." Another example has been realized through the geopolitical instability brought about by ongoing hostilities between Russia and Ukraine, which have led to economic and trade disruptions as well as sanctions. These and related developments have increased volatility in certain capital markets, which could lead to overall greater volatility in global capital markets particularly should the hostilities continue for an extended period with further resulting disruptions and sanctions.

Likewise, a major natural disaster or other catastrophic event, whether caused by climate change or otherwise, another health crisis, as well as international responses to such events, could increase economic uncertainties and lead to further global capital market volatility, lower credit availability, and weaker economic growth. Our members, counterparties and vendors could experience similar negative effects. As a result, our business could be exposed to unfavorable market conditions, lower demand for mission-related assets, increased risk of credit losses, lower earnings, or reduced ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.

We Are Directly Impacted by the Condition of the Housing and Mortgage Markets Especially Those Markets' Conditions in Our District.

Of particular note among business and economic conditions, our business and results of operations are sensitive to the condition of the housing and mortgage markets. Adverse trends in the mortgage lending sector, including declines in home prices or loan performance, could reduce the value of collateral securing our advances and the fair value of our MBS. Such reductions in value would increase the possibility of under-collateralization, thereby increasing the risk of loss in case of a member's failure. Also, deterioration in the residential mortgage markets could negatively affect the value of our MPP portfolio, resulting in an increase in the allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans and possible additional realized losses if we were forced to liquidate our MPP portfolio.

Our district is comprised of the states of Michigan and Indiana. Increases in unemployment and foreclosure rates or decreases in job or income growth rates in either state could result in less demand for mission-related assets and in turn, adversely affect our profitability and results of operations. For more information, see Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Executive Summary - Business Environment.




Business Risk - Legislative and Regulatory

Changes in the LegalLegislative and Regulatory Environment for FHLBanks, Our Members, Our Debt Underwriters and Investors, or Other Housing GSEs or Our Members May Adversely Affect Our Business, Demand for Products, the Cost of Debt Issuance, and the Value of FHLBank MembershipMembership.


We could be materially adversely affected by: the adoption of new or revised laws, policies, regulations or accounting guidance; new or revised interpretations or applications of laws, policies, or regulations by the Finance Agency, its Office of Inspector General, the SEC, the CFTC, the CFPB, the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Comptroller General, the FASB or other federal or state financial regulatory bodies; or judicial decisions that alter the present regulatory environment. Likewise, whenever federal elections result in changes in the executive branch or in the balance of political parties’ representation in Congress, there is increased uncertainty as to potential administrative, regulatory and legislative actions that may materially adversely affect our business.


Members.Changes impacting the environment in which our members provide financial products and services could negatively impact their ability to take full advantage of our products and services, their desire to maintain membership in our Bank, or our ability to rely on their pledged collateral.

Products and Services.Changes that restrict the growth or alter the risk profile of our current businesslimit or prohibit the creation of new products or services could negatively impact our earnings.earnings and reduce the value of FHLBank membership. For example, our earnings could be negatively impacted by legislative or regulatory changes that (i) reduce demand for advances or limit advances we make to our members, (ii) further restrict the products and services we are able to provide to our members or how we do business with our members and counterparties, (iii) further restrict the types, characteristics or volume of mortgages that we may purchase through our MPP or otherwise reduce the economic value of MPP to our members, or (ii)(iv) otherwise require us to change the composition of our assets and liabilities. In addition, the regulatory environment affecting our members could be changed in a manner that would negatively impact their abilityAny resulting inability to take full advantage of ouradapt products and services to evolving industry standards and member preferences in a highly competitive and regulated environment, while managing our ability to rely on their pledgedexpenses, could harm our business.

Assets and Collateral.Changes that impact the value of assets we acquire and the collateral or their desire to maintain membership inwe accept could increase our Bank. Changes to the regulatory environment that affect our debt underwriters, particularly revised capital and liquidity requirements, could also adversely affect our costrisk of issuing debt in the capital markets. Similarly, regulatory actions or public policy changes, including those that give preference to certain sectors, business models, regulated entities, or activities, could negatively impact us.credit loss. For example, changes in the status of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac during the next phases of their conservatorship or as a result of legislative or regulatory changes, may impact funding costs for the FHLBanks, which could negatively affect our business and results of operations.In addition, negative news articles, industry reports, and other announcements pertaining to GSEs, including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or any of the FHLBanks, could cause an increase in interest rates on all GSE debt, as investors may perceive these issuers or their debt instruments as bearing increased risk.

The Finance Agency requires the FHLBanks to maintain sufficient liquidity through short-term investments in an amount at least equal to an FHLBank's cash outflows under two hypothetical scenarios for the treatment of maturing advances. This regulatory guidance is designed to provide sufficient liquidity to protect against temporary disruptions in the capital marketsCFPB has issued rules that affect the FHLBanks' access to funding. To satisfy these two scenarios, we maintain balances in shorter-term investments, which may earn lower interest rates than alternate investment options. In certain circumstances we may also need to fund shorter-term advances with short-term discount notes that have maturities beyond those of the related advances, thus increasing our short-term advance pricing or reducing net income through lower net interest spreads. To the extent these increased prices make our advances less competitive, advance levels and net interest income may be negatively affected. In addition, issuance of new regulatory liquidity requirements or guidance in the future could substantially change the amount and characteristics of liquidity that we are required to maintain, which could adversely affect our business, profitability and results of operations.

The CFPB rules include standards for mortgage lenders to follow during the loan approval process to determine whether a borrower has the ability to repayrepay. Failure to satisfy those standards provides the mortgage loan. The Dodd-Frank Act provides defenses to foreclosure and causes of action for damages ifborrower with certain rights that could impede or prevent the mortgage lender does not meet the standardsfrom foreclosing in the CFPB rules. Aevent of the borrower’s default. Any party that acquires the loan from the lender could be similarly impeded or prevented from foreclosing. We accept mortgage loans as collateral and purchase mortgage loans under AMA programs, particularly MPP. Our risk of credit loss would tend to be higher on mortgage loans that did not comply with the CFPB’s standards given the possibility of the related borrower can assert these defenses and causes of action against the original mortgage lender and against purchasers and other assignees ofto impede or prevent us from realizing upon the mortgage loan which would include us if we werein the event of default. Accordingly, the CFPB’s rules could increase our risk of credit loss. The possible impacts of the realization of an increased risk of credit loss are discussed under "An Increase in Our Exposure to purchase a loan under our AMA programs or if we were to direct a servicer to foreclose on mortgage loan collateral. In addition, mortgage lenders unable to sell mortgage loans (whether because they are not qualified mortgages or otherwise) would be expected to retain such loans as assets. If we were to make advances secured, in part, by non-safe harbor qualified mortgagesCredit Losses Could Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition and subsequently liquidate such collateral, we could be subject to these defenses to foreclosure or causesResults of action for damages by mortgage borrowers.This risk, in turn, could reduce the value of our advances collateral, potentially reducing our likelihood of full repayment on our advances if we were required to sell such collateral.Operations."





Regulatory reform since the most recent financial crisis has tended to increase the amount of margin collateral that we must provide to collateralize certain kinds of financial transactions, and has broadened the categories of transactions for which we are required to post margin. ForAs another example, the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulatory reform has increased the margin we must provide for cleared and uncleared derivative transactions, and Financial Industry Regulatory AuthorityFINRA Rule 4210, willwhich is currently proposed to take effect on October 26, 2022, would require us to exchange margin on certain MBS transactions beginning in June 2018.transactions. Materially greater margin requirements - due to Dodd-Frank Act derivatives regulatory reform, Financial Industry Regulatory AuthorityFINRA Rule 4210, or otherwise - could adversely affect the availability and pricing of our derivative transactions, making such trades more costly and less attractive as risk management tools. New and expanded margin requirements on derivatives and MBS could also change our risk exposure to our counterparties and may require us to further enhance further our systems and processes.

ProvisionsLiquidity and Capital.Changes impacting liquidity or capital could adversely affect our results of the Dodd-Frank Act may indirectly affect us due to its effects on our members.operations. For example, this law establishes a solvency framework to address the failure of a financial institution, which could include one or more of our members or financial counterparties. Because the Dodd-Frank Act requires several regulatory bodies to carry out its provisions, its full effect remains uncertain until after the required reports to Congress are issued and implementing regulations are adopted.

Solvency frameworks comparable to the Dodd-Frank Act have been enacted by several members of the European Union pursuant to the European Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive ("BRRD") developed by the Financial Stability Board. We engage in financial transactions with counterparties which are domiciled in countries that have adopted the BRRD. The failure of any such counterparty could subject our transactions with such party to the BRRD solvency framework, the results of which may not be wholly predictable.

In addition, the federal banking regulators are undertaking rulemaking from the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision. The FDIC, OCC, and FRB have established new minimum capital standards for financial institutions that incorporate (which in some cases may further strengthen) the Basel III regulatory capital reforms. Similarly, in 2014, the FRB, OCC and FDIC jointly adopted a rule that incorporates (and in some cases increases) Basel III liquidity requirements. The liquidity coverage ratio ("LCR") rule requires certain non-banking financial organizations ("Covered Organizations") to maintain sufficient amounts of high quality liquid assets ("HQLA") to withstand a 30-day run on the Covered Organization following severe economic stress, based on certain assumptions about outflow rates for HQLAs. If the Covered Organization qualifies as an "advanced approaches" banking organization, the HQLA requirements are also applied on a consolidated basis to each United States-based banking subsidiary of such Covered Organization with more than $10.0 billion in assets. HQLAs must be unencumbered, although they may be pledged as part of a blanket lien to a U.S. central bank or GSE, as long as they do not currently support credit or access to payment services extended to the Covered Organization by such central bank or GSE. HQLAs are divided into three classes or levels. FHLBank consolidated obligations are considered "Level 2A" liquidity assets; as such they can be counted for liquidity purposes, butwe are subject to a 15% haircut andvarious liquidity requirements, which may constrain our ability to invest excess cash flow in higher yielding assets from time to time. If liquidity requirements are capped at 40%increased, we could be further restrained from otherwise investing in higher yielding assets thereby adversely affecting our earnings. Similarly, we are subject to various capital requirements. If such requirements are increased, it could result in the realization of the liquidity requirement. This haircut could make it more costly for any Covered Organizationrisks discussed under "A Failure to hold consolidated obligations, which could reduce demand for them. On the other hand, these changes appearMeet Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements Could Affect Our Ability to have increased demand for FHLBank advances from the largest depository institution members of the FHLBank System, but do not appear to have affectedPay Dividends, Redeem or Repurchase Capital Stock, Retain Existing Members and Attract New Members."

Growth.Changes may either directly or indirectly restrict our members. The LCR rule provisions became fully effective as of January 1, 2017.

The combined effect of these new and amended rules may create unanticipated risks as well.growth. For example, it is thoughtthe Finance Agency could issue an order requiring us to constrain our growth in acquisition of assets via MPP.

Risk Management.Changes that constrain the largest membersway we manage risk could adversely affect our earnings. For example, a Finance Agency advisory bulletin set forth limits for funding gaps and possible asset and liability mismatches. These limits could adversely affect our net interest margin and, in turn, our dividend rate.


Underwriters and Investors.Changes affecting our debt underwriters and investors, particularly revised capital and liquidity requirements, could also adversely affect our cost of issuing debt in the FHLBank System have increased their advances levels to meet new Basel III regulatory requirements. Atcapital markets. For example, the same time, changes to SEC guidance pertaining to primeSEC’s implementation of money market funds appearsfund reforms from 2010 to have2016 resulted in a significant increase in demand for U.S. government funds and agency debt, as well as FHLBank discount notes. These developments could influence regulatory guidance, particularly with respect to liquidity. We cannot predict what effects, if any, these developments will have onincluding the FHLBank SystemFHLBanks’ short-term consolidated obligations. The holding of the FHLBanks’ consolidated obligations by money market funds, as a whole or upon our Bank, nor can we predict what additional regulatory actions may be takenpercentage of the total outstanding consolidated obligations, generally increased as a result.result of these reforms until recent periods. While demand from these investors benefited our ability to access short-term funding at attractive costs, this demand could change if money market investor risk and return preferences and money market regulatory requirements shift over time. A decrease in this demand could, due to the FHLBanks’ concentration in money market investors, lead to significant investor outflows and unfavorable market conditions.


See Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Recent Accounting and Regulatory Developments - Legislative and Regulatory Developments for more information.




Economic Conditions and Policy Could Have an Adverse Effect on Our Business, Liquidity, Financial Condition, and Results of Operations

OurOther Housing GSEs.Changes impacting other housing GSEs, including those that give preference to certain sectors, business liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations are sensitive to general domestic and international business and economic conditions, such asmodels, regulated entities, assets, or activities, could negatively impact us. For example, changes in the money supply, inflation, volatility in both debtstatuses of Fannie Mae and equity capital markets, andFreddie Mac as a result of legislative or regulatory changes, may impact funding costs for the strength of the local economies inFHLBanks, which we conduct business.

Ourcould negatively affect our business and results of operationsoperations.In addition, negative news articles, industry reports, and other announcements pertaining to GSEs, including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or the FHLBanks, could cause an increase in interest rates on all GSE debt, as investors may perceive these issuers or their debt instruments as bearing increased risk.

FHLBank Membership.Changes that reduce the benefits of FHLBank membership or restrict the eligibility for FHLBank membership could negatively impact our earnings.

A Failure to Meet Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements Could Affect Our Ability to Pay Dividends, Redeem or Repurchase Capital Stock, Retain Existing Members and Attract New Members.

We are significantly affectedrequired to maintain sufficient capital to meet specific minimum requirements established by the fiscalFinance Agency. If we violate any of these requirements or if our board or the Finance Agency determines that we have incurred, or are likely to incur, losses resulting, or expected to result, in a charge against capital, we would not be able to redeem or repurchase any capital stock while such charges are continuing or expected to continue, even if the statutory redemption period had expired for some or all of such stock. Violations of, or regulator-mandated adjustments to, our capital requirements could also restrict our ability to pay dividends, lend, invest, or purchase mortgage loans or participating interests in mortgage loans, or other business activities. Moreover, the Finance Agency could set varying expectations for FHLBanks’ capital levels in ways that have potentially negative impacts on FHLBanks’ business activities. Additionally, the Finance Agency could direct us to call upon our members to purchase additional capital stock to meet our minimum regulatory capital requirements. Members may be unable or unwilling to satisfy such calls for additional capital, thereby adversely affecting their ability to continue doing business with us and monetary policies of the United States government and its agencies, including the FRB through its regulation of the supply of money and credit in the United States. The FRB's policies either directly or indirectly influence the yield on interest-earning assets, volatility of interest rates, prepayment speeds, the cost of interest-bearing liabilities and the demand for our debt. 

The FOMC continuestheir desire to maintain its policy of reinvesting principal payments from its holdings of agency debt and agency MBS in agency MBS and of rolling over maturing United States Treasury securities at auction. These policies are intended to help maintain accommodative financial conditions. However, the FRB's continuing substantial participation in both short-term and MBS markets could adversely affect us through lower yields on our investments, higher costs of debt, and disruption of member demand for our products.

Additionally, we are affected by the global economy through member ownership and investments, and through capital markets exposures. Global political, economic, and business uncertainty has led to increased volatility in capital markets and has the potential to drive volatility in the future. Continued economic uncertainties could lead to further global capital market volatility, lower credit availability, and weaker economic growth. As a result, our business could be exposed to unfavorable market conditions, lower demand for mission-related assets, lower earnings, or reduced abilityremain as members. Moreover, failure to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock. 

Our business and results of operations are sensitive to the condition of the housing and mortgage markets, as well as general business and economic conditions. Adverse trends in the mortgage lending sector, including declines in home prices or loan performance trends, could reduce the value of collateral securing member credit and the fair value of our MBS. This change could increase the possibility of under-collateralization, increasing the risk of loss in case of a member's failure, or could increase the risk of loss on our MBS because of additional credit impairment charges. Also, deterioration in the residential mortgage markets could negatively affect the value of our MPP portfolio, resulting in an increase in the allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans and possible additional realized losses if we were forced to liquidate our MPP portfolio.

Our district is comprised of the states of Michigan and Indiana. Increases in unemployment and foreclosure rates or decreases in job or income growth rates in either state could result in less demand for mission-related assets and therefore lower earnings. See Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Executive Summary -Economic Environment for more information.

A Failure or Interruption in Our Information Systems, Information Systems of Third-Party Vendors or Service Providers; Unavailability of, or an Interruption of Servicestock at Our Main Office or Our Backup Facilities;par, or a Cybersecurity Event Could Adversely Affect Our Business, Risk Management, Financial Condition, Results of Operations, and Reputation

We rely heavily on our information systems and other technology to conduct and manage our business, which inherently involves large financial transactions withcall upon our members and other counterparties. Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. These computer systems, software and networks are vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, damage, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code and other events that could potentially jeopardize the confidentiality of such information or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. In addition, our operations rely on the availability and functioning of our main office, our business resumption center and other facilities. There is no assurance that our business continuity plans, including our security measures, will provide fully effective security or prevent a failure or interruption in our operations. If we experience a significant failure or interruption in our business continuity, disaster recovery or certain information systems, or a significant cybersecurity event, we may be unablepurchase additional stock to conduct and manage our business functions effectively, we may incur significant expenses in remediating such incidents, and we may suffer reputational harm. Moreover, any of these occurrences could result in increased regulatory scrutiny of our operations.




Despite our policies, procedures, controls and initiatives, some operational risks are beyond our control, and the failure of other parties to adequately address their operational risks could adversely affect us. In addition to internal computer systems, we outsource certain communication and information systems and other critical services to third-party vendors and service providers, including the Office of Finance, derivatives clearing organizations, and loan servicers. Compromised security at any of those third parties could expose us to cyber attacks or other breaches. If one or more of these key external parties were not able to perform their functions for a period of time, at an acceptable service level, or with increased volumes, our business operations could be constrained, disrupted, or otherwise negatively affected. In addition, any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems, or any disruption of service, could result in failures or interruptions in our ability to conduct and manage our business effectively, including, without limitation, our advances, MPP, funding and hedging activities. There is no assurance that such failures or interruptions will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed by us or the third parties on which we rely. Any failure, interruption, or breach could significantly harm our customer relations and business operations, which could negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchaserestore capital, stock.

We have purchased participating interests in MPF Program mortgage loans that the FHLBank of Topeka acquired from its PFIs. In its role as MPF Provider, the FHLBank of Chicago provides the infrastructure and operational support for the MPF Program and is responsible for publishing and maintaining the MPF Origination, Underwriting and Servicing Guides, which detail the requirements PFIs must follow in originating or selling and servicing MPF Program mortgage loans. If the FHLBank of Chicago changes or ceases to operate the MPF Program or experiences a failure or interruption in its information systems and other technology in its operation of the MPF Program, our MPF business could be adversely impacted, which could negatively affect our financial condition, profitability and cash flows. In the same way, we could be adversely affected if any of the FHLBank of Chicago's third-party vendors that are engaged in the operation of the MPF Program were to experience operational or technical difficulties.

The Inability to Access Capital Markets on Acceptable Terms Could Adversely Affect Our Liquidity, Operations, Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and the Value of Membership in Our Bank

Our primary source of funds is the sale of consolidated obligations in the capital markets. Our ability to obtain funds through the sale of consolidated obligations depends in part on prevailing conditions in the capital markets, such as investor demand and liquidity, and on dealer commitment to inventory and support our debt. Severe financial and economic disruptions in the past, and the United States government's measures to mitigate their effects, including increased capital requirements on dealers' inventory and other regulatory changes affecting dealers, have changed the traditional bases on which market participants value GSE debt securities and consequently could affect our funding costs and practices, which could make it more difficult for us to attract new members.

The formula for calculating risk-based capital includes factors that depend on interest rates and more expensiveother market metrics outside our control and could cause our minimum requirement to issueincrease to a point exceeding our debt. Any further disruptioncapital level. Further, if our retained earnings were to become inadequate, the Finance Agency could initiate restrictions consistent with those associated with a failure of a minimum capital requirement.

Restrictions on the Redemption, Repurchase, or Transfer of the Bank's Capital Stock Could Result in an Illiquid Investment for the debt market could have an adverse impact onHolder.

Under the GLB Act, Finance Agency regulations, and our interest spreads, opportunitiescapital plan, our capital stock may be redeemed upon the expiration of a five-year redemption period, subject to call and reissue existing debtcertain conditions. In addition, subject to applicable law, we may elect to repurchase some or roll over maturing debt,all of the excess capital stock of a shareholder at any time at our sole discretion.

There is no guarantee, however, that we will be able to redeem shareholders' capital stock, even at the end of the prescribed redemption period, or abilityto repurchase their excess capital stock. If a redemption or repurchase of capital stock would cause us to fail to meet our minimum regulatory capital requirements, Finance Agency regulations and our capital plan would prohibit the Finance Agency's mandatesredemption or repurchase. Restrictions on FHLBank liquidity.the redemption or repurchase of our capital stock could result in an illiquid investment for holders of our stock. In addition, because our capital stock may only be owned by our members (or, under certain circumstances, former members and certain successor institutions), and our capital plan requires our approval before a member or nonmember shareholder may transfer any of its capital stock to another member or nonmember shareholder, we cannot provide assurance that we would allow a member or nonmember shareholder to transfer any excess capital stock to another member or nonmember shareholder at any time.




Business Risk - Strategic

A Loss of Significant Borrowers, PFIs, Acceptable Loan Servicers or Other Financial Counterparties Could Adversely Impact Our Profitability, Our Ability to Achieve Business Objectives, Our Ability to Pay Dividends or Redeem or Repurchase Capital Stock, and Our Risk ConcentrationConcentration.

Significant Borrowers.The loss of any large borrower or PFI could adversely impact our profitability and our ability to achieve business objectives. The loss of a large borrower or PFIThis could result from a variety of factors, including acquisition, consolidation of charters within a bank holding company, a member's loss of market share, to non-depository institutions, resolution of a financially distressed member, or regulatory changes.changes relating to FHLBank membership. As the financial industry continues to consolidate into a smaller number of December 31, 2017,institutions, this could lead to further loss of large members and a related decrease in our top two borrowers,membership and significant loss of business.

For example, in April 2021, Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., the parent company of Flagstar Bank, FSB ("Flagstar"), historically one of our largest and Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, held $5.7most active borrowers, announced it had reached an agreement to merge with another institution and, pursuant to the agreement, Flagstar would merge with a non-member depository. On the effective date of the Flagstar merger, the successor bank would not be eligible for membership in our Bank. At December 31, 2021, Flagstar had advances outstanding totaling $3.0 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively, or a total11% of 25% ofthe Bank's total advances outstanding, at par. As a result, as with the loss of any large borrower, the consummation of the expected Flagstar merger could have a material adverse effect upon our future results of operations.


AtOur largest borrower had advances outstanding at December 31, 2017, 28%2021 totaling $3.1 billion, or 12% of our total advances outstanding, par valueat par. If advances are concentrated in a smaller number of MPPmembers, our risk of loss resulting from a single event could become greater. Loss of other large advance borrowers, without replacement of such advances by existing or new members, would be expected to reduce our interest income and profitability accordingly.

Significant PFIs.During the year ended December 31, 2021, our top-selling PFI sold us mortgage loans had beentotaling $218 million, or 10% of the total mortgage loans purchased from two PFIs. One of theseby the Bank in 2021. Our larger PFIs originatesoriginate mortgages on properties in several states, while the other PFI originates mortgages on properties principally in Michigan.states. We also purchase mortgage loans from many smaller PFIs that predominantly originate mortgage loans on properties in Michigan and Indiana. Therefore, ourOur concentration of MPP loans on properties in Michigan and Indiana could continue to increase over time, as we do not currently limit such concentration.


Loan Servicers.We do not service the mortgage loans we purchase. PFIs may elect to retain servicing rights for the loans sold to us, or they may elect to sell servicing rights to an MPP-approved servicer. Federal banking regulations and Dodd-Frank Act capital requirements are causing mortgage servicing rights to be transitioned to non-depository institutions, which may reduce the availability of buyers of mortgage servicing rights. A scarcity of mortgage servicers could adversely affect our results of operations.





Financial Counterparties.The number of counterparties that meet our internal and regulatory standards for derivative, repurchase, federal funds sold, TBA, and other financial transactions, such as broker-dealers and their affiliates, has decreased over time. SinceIn addition, since the Dodd-Frank Act, however, the requirements for posting margin or other collateral to financial counterparties has tended to increase, both in terms of the amount of collateral to be posted and the types of transactions for which margin is now required. Continuing consolidation in the financial services industry has also reduced the number of high-quality counterparties available to us. These factors tend to increase the risk exposure that we have to any one counterparty, and as such may tend to increase our reliance upon each of our counterparties. A failure of any one of our major financial counterparties, or continuing market consolidation, could affect our profitability, results of operations, and ability to enter into additional transactions with existing counterparties without exceeding internal or regulatory risk limits.


Competition Could Negatively Impact Advances, the Supply of Mortgage Loans for our MPP, Our Access to Funding and Our Earnings.

We operate in a highly competitive environment. Demand for advances is affected by, among other factors, the cost and availability of other sources of liquidity for our members, including customer deposits, brokered deposits, reciprocal deposits and public funds. We compete with other suppliers of wholesale funding, both secured and unsecured. Such other suppliers may include the United States government, the Federal Reserve Banks, corporate credit unions, the Central Liquidity Facility, investment banks, commercial banks, and in certain circumstances other FHLBanks. Large institutions may also have independent access to the national and global credit markets. Also, the availability of alternative funding sources to members, such as growth in deposits from members' banking customers, can significantly influence the demand for advances and can vary as a result of several factors, including legislative or regulatory changes, market conditions, members' creditworthiness, and availability of collateral. By way of example, certain regulatory responses to the COVID-19 pandemic have greatly increased our competitive environment with attendant risks and adverse effects as discussed in "Economic Conditions and Policy, Global Political or Economic Events, a Major Natural Disaster, or Widespread Health Crises Could Have an Adverse Effect on Our Business, Liquidity, Financial Condition, and Results of Operations."



Likewise, our MPP is subject to significant competition. Direct competition for purchases of mortgages comes from other buyers of conventional, conforming, fixed-rate mortgage loans, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

In addition, PFIs face increased origination competition from originators that are not our members. Increased competition can result in a smaller share of the mortgages available for purchase through our MPP and, therefore, lower earnings.

We also compete with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and other GSEs as well as corporate, sovereign, and supranational entities for funds raised through the issuance of CO bonds and discount notes. Increases in the supply of competing debt products may, in the absence of increases in demand, result in higher debt costs to us or lesser amounts of debt issued at the same cost than otherwise would be the case. There can be no assurance that our supply of funds through issuance of consolidated obligations will be sufficient to meet our future operational needs.

Downgrades of Our Credit Rating, the Credit Rating of One or More of the Other FHLBanks, or the Credit Rating of the Consolidated Obligations Could Adversely Impact Our Cost of Funds, Our Ability to Access the Capital Markets, and/or Our Ability to Enter Into Derivative Instrument Transactions on Acceptable TermsTerms.


The FHLBanks' consolidated obligations are rated Aaa/P-1 with a stable outlook by Moody's and AA+/A-1+ with a stable outlook by S&P. Rating agencies may from time to time changelower a rating or issue negative reports. Because each FHLBank has joint and several liability for all FHLBank consolidated obligations, negative developments at any FHLBank may affect these credit ratings or result in the issuance of a negative report regardless of an individual FHLBank's financial condition and results of operations. In addition, because of the FHLBanks' GSE status, the credit ratings of the respective FHLBanks are generally influenced by the sovereign credit rating of the United States.


Based on the credit rating agencies' criteria, downgrades to the United States' sovereign credit rating and outlook may occur. As a result, similar downgrades in the credit ratings and outlook on the FHLBanks and the FHLBanks' consolidated obligations may also occur, even though they are not obligations of the United States.


Uncertainty remains regarding possible longer-term effects resulting from rating actions. Any future downgrades in ourthe credit ratings and outlook, especially a downgrade to an S&P AA rating or equivalent, could result in higher funding costs, additional collateral posting requirements for certain derivative instrument transactions, or disruptions in our access to capital markets. To the extent that we cannot access funding when needed on acceptable terms to effectively manage our cost of funds, our financial condition and results of operations and the value of membership in our Bank may be negatively affected.


The Inability to Identify Eligible Nominees for our Board of Directors and to Attract and Retain Key Personnel Could Adversely Affect Our Operations, Our Results of Operations, and Our Ability to Satisfy our Mission.

Board of Directors.The talent and experience of our board of directors is critical to our ability to satisfy our mission given the global nature and resulting, ever-growing complexities of the finance industry. However, our directors are subject to legal requirements that could disqualify prospective nominees that would otherwise have the talent and experience necessary for the role. For example, at least 40% of our board of directors' seats must be held by independent directors, who must meet certain specialized and narrow eligibility requirements (including citizenship, residency and expertise) but are subject to specific term limits. We currently have eight independent directors on our board. One of the independent directors will be term-limited as of December 31, 2022, and two others will be term-limited as of December 31, 2023. All three have served as directors of the Bank for 13 or more years. Thus, the term limits will result in our inability to re-nominate those directors resulting in the board's loss of their talent and experience. While our board has established and maintains a Succession Planning Committee to assist it with respect to succession planning for directorships, such legal requirements may challenge our ability to find prospective nominees who have specific expertise and specialized skills that meet the eligibility requirements.

Key Personnel.We rely on key personnel for many of our functions and have a relatively small workforce, given the size and complexity of our business. Our ability to attract and retain personnel with the required technical expertise and specialized skills is important for us to manage our business and conduct our operations successfully. However, competition for such personnel from within the financial services industry, including for risk management professionals, and from businesses outside the financial services industry, including the technology industry, have challenged and may continue to challenge our ability to recruit and retain such personnel. For example, we have experienced and continue to experience higher employee turnover and increased competition in hiring and retaining skilled key personnel due to the significant disruptions and changes to the U.S. labor market that have resulted from the COVID-19 pandemic. Failure to attract and retain skilled key personnel, or failure to develop and implement an effective succession plan, could adversely affect our business and operations and, in turn, our results of operations.



Credit Risk

An Increase in Our Exposure to Credit Losses Could Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition and Results of OperationsOperations.


We are exposed to credit losses fromrisk as part of our normal business operations through member products, mortgage servicers, investment securities and unsecured counterparties.counterparty obligations. Periods of economic downturn, and periods of economic and financial disruptions and uncertainties, may increase credit risk. As an example, the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in possible increases to our credit risk, as discussed under “The COVID-19 Pandemic and Related Developments Have Resulted in Substantial Economic Uncertainty and Financial Market Disruptions As Well As Significant Strategic and Operational Challenges.”


Member Products.


Advances.If a member fails and the appointed receiver or rehabilitator (or another applicable entity) does not either (i) promptly repay all of the failed institution's obligations to our Bankus or (ii) properly assign or assume the outstanding advances, we may be required to liquidate the collateral pledged by the failed institution. The proceeds realized from the liquidation may not be sufficient to fully satisfy the amount of the failed institution's obligations plus the operational cost of liquidation, particularly if market price and interest-rate volatility adversely affect the value of the collateral. Price volatility could also adversely impact our determination of over-collateralization requirements, which could ultimately cause a collateral deficiency in a liquidation scenario. In some cases, we may not be able to liquidate the collateral for the value assigned to it or in a timely manner. Any of these scenarios could cause us to experience a credit loss, which in turn could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.


A deterioration of residential or commercial real estate property values could further affect the mortgages pledged as collateral for advances.In order to remain fully collateralized, we may require members to pledge additional collateral when deemedwe deem it necessary. If members are unable to fully collateralize their obligations with us, our advances could decrease further, negatively affecting our results of operations or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.


Mortgage Loans.Since the inception of the MPP, we have acquired only traditional fixed-rate loans with fixed terms of up to 30 years. If delinquencies in our fixed-rate mortgages increase and residential property values decline, we could experience reduced yields or losses exceeding the protection provided by the LRA and SMI credit enhancement, and CE obligations, as applicable, on mortgage loans purchased through our MPP or the participating interests in MPF Program loans acquired from the FHLBank of Topeka or another MPF FHLBank.that we have purchased.





We are the beneficiary of third-party PMI and SMI (where applicable)coverage on conventional mortgage loans that we acquire through our MPP, upon whichand we rely in part on such coverage to reduce the risk of losses on those loans. As a result of actions by their respective state insurance regulators, however, certain of our PMI providers are payingmay pay less than 100% of the claim amounts. The remaining amounts are deferred until the funds are available or the PMI provider is liquidated. It is possible that insurance regulators may impose restrictions on the ability of our other PMI/SMI providers to pay claims. If our PMI/SMI providers further reduce the portion of mortgage insurance claims they will pay to us or further delay or condition the payment of mortgage insurance claims, or if additional adverse actions are taken by their state insurance regulators, we could experience higher losses on mortgage loans.


Mortgage Servicers.We are also exposed to credit losses from servicers forof mortgage loans that we have purchased under our MPP or through participating interests in mortgage loans purchased from other FHLBanks under the MPF Program if they fail to perform their contractual obligations.


Investment Securities. Securities. The MBS market continues to face uncertainty over the potential changes in the Federal ReserveReserve's holdings of MBS and the effect of existing,any new or proposed governmental actions. FutureAdditionally, future declines in the housing price forecast,prices, as well as other factors, such as increased loan default rates and loss severities and decreased prepayment speeds, may result in additional OTTI charges or unrealized losses, on private-label RMBS, which could adversely affect our operating results, or ability to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.financial condition.


We are also exposed to credit losses from third-party providers of credit enhancements on the MBS investments that we hold in our investment portfolios, including mortgage insurers, bond insurers and financial guarantors. Our results of operations could be adversely impacted if one or more of these providers fails to fulfill its contractual obligations to us.

Unsecured Counterparties. Counterparty Obligations.We assume unsecured credit risk when entering into money market transactions and financial derivatives transactions with domestic and foreign counterparties or through derivatives clearing organizations. A counterparty default could result in losses if our credit exposure to that counterparty is not fully collateralized or if our credit obligations associated with derivative positions are over-collateralized. The insolvency or other inability of a significant counterparty, including a clearing organization, to perform its obligations under such transactions or other agreements could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, as well as our ability to engage in routine derivative transactions. If we are unable to transact additional business with those counterparties, our ability to effectively use derivatives could be adversely affected, which could impair our ability to manage some aspects of our interest-rate risk.




Moreover, our ability to engage in routine derivatives, funding and other transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of financial institutions that transact business with our counterparties. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty and/or other relationships. Consequently, financial difficulties experienced by one or more financial services institutions could lead to market-wide disruptions that may impair our ability to find suitable counterparties for routine business transactions.


Providing Financial Support to Other FHLBanks Could Negatively Impact the Bank's Liquidity, Earnings and Capital and Our Members.

We are jointly and severally liable with the other FHLBanks for the consolidated obligations issued on behalf of the FHLBanks through the Office of Finance. If another FHLBank were to default on its obligation to pay principal and interest on any consolidated obligations, the Finance Agency may allocate the outstanding liability among one or more of the remaining FHLBanks on a pro-rata basis or on any other basis the Finance Agency may determine. In addition to possibly making payments due on consolidated obligations under our joint and several liability, we may voluntarily or involuntarily provide financial assistance to another FHLBank in order to resolve a condition of financial distress. Such assistance could negatively affect our financial condition, our results of operations and the value of membership in our Bank. Moreover, a Finance Agency regulation provides each FHLBank to contribute at least 10% of its annual net earnings before interest expense on MRCS subject to an FHLBank System-wide annual minimum contribution to AHP of $100 million. If the required contribution is increased or we become liable for a pro-rata share of the System's annual minimum contribution, our prior year's net earnings could be reduced or eliminated. Thus, these requirements could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends to our members or to redeem or repurchase capital stock.

Market Risk

Changes in Response to the Replacement of the LIBOR Benchmark Interest Rate Could Adversely Affect Our Business, Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Cessation of the Use of LIBOR. A portion of our assets and liabilities remain directly or indirectly indexed to LIBOR. The one-week and two-month U.S. dollar LIBOR settings and all non-U.S. dollar LIBOR settings ceased to be provided by any administrator and were no longer representative as of January 1, 2022. The remaining U.S. dollar LIBOR settings will either cease to be provided by any administrator or no longer be representative immediately after June 30, 2023. Although the FCA has indicated that it does not expect the remaining U.S. dollar LIBOR settings to become unrepresentative before the cessation date, there is no assurance that any of them will continue to be published or be representative through any particular date.

We have endeavored to identify and amend our financial instruments and contracts that may require adding or adjusting fallback language, including advances, investments and derivatives. Despite these efforts, the contractual consequences of LIBOR cessation for some existing LIBOR-indexed instruments may not be clear.

During 2021, we fully ceased purchasing investments or entering into financial instruments that reference LIBOR and mature after December 31, 2021. In addition, we have altered our hedging and interest-rate risk management strategies. Although the last of our consolidated obligations indexed to LIBOR matured in 2021, a portion of our assets remain indexed to LIBOR, with continuing exposure. As a result, we could experience disruptions in our access to funding; higher funding costs; increased basis risk; or lower overall demand or increased costs for advances. These developments could negatively affect the composition of our balance sheet, capital stock levels, asset mix and net income. As LIBOR has been a principal floating-rate benchmark in the financial markets, its cessation has affected, and will continue to affect, the financial markets generally and our business, financial condition, and results of operations.




Adoption of SOFR. We continue to take steps to adopt SOFR, the alternative to U.S. dollar LIBOR recommended by the Alternative Reference Rates Committee for our relevant products, services and financial instruments. Since 2018, market activity in SOFR-linked financial instruments has continued to develop; however, the market transition from LIBOR to SOFR or another alternate reference rate has been and is expected to continue to be complicated, including the development of term and credit adjustments to accommodate differences between LIBOR and SOFR or any other alternate reference rate as well as other market conventions. In addition, the overnight Treasury repurchase market underlying SOFR has experienced and could continue to experience disruptions from time to time, which has resulted and may continue to result in unexpected fluctuations in SOFR. The introduction of alternate reference rates also creates challenges in hedging and asset-liability management and may result in additional basis risk and increased volatility. While market activity in SOFR- linked financial instruments has continued to develop, the progress has been uneven and there can be no guarantee that SOFR will become widely accepted and used across market segments and financial products in a timely manner and any other alternative reference rate may or may not be developed. Further, a robust member demand for SOFR-linked advances has yet to develop. Any disruption in the market transition towards SOFR or another alternate reference rate could result in increased financial, operational, legal or reputational risks to us.

Changes in Interest Rates or Changes in the Differences Between Short-Term Rates and Long-Term Rates Could Have an Adverse Effect on Our EarningsEarnings.


Our ability to prepare for changes in interest rates, or to hedge related exposures such as basis risk, significantly affects the success of our asset and liability management activities and our level of net interest income.


The effect of interest rate changes can be exacerbated by prepayment and extension risk,risks, which isare the riskrisks that mortgage-based investments will be refinanced by borrowers in low interest-rate environments or will remain outstanding longer than expected at below-market yields when interest rates increase. Decreases in interest rates typically cause mortgage prepayments to increase, which may result in increased premium amortization expense and a decrease in the yield of our mortgage assets as we experience a return of principal that we must re-invest in a lower rate environment. While these prepayments would reduce the asset balance, our balance of consolidated obligations may remain outstanding. Conversely, increases in interest rates typically cause mortgage prepayments to decrease or mortgage cash flows to slow, possibly resulting in the debt funding the portfolio to mature and the replacement debt to be issued at a higher cost, thus reducing our interest spread.

A flattening or inverted yield curve, in which the difference between short-term interest rates and long-term interest rates is lower or negative, respectively, relative to prior market conditions, will tend to reduce, and has reduced, the net interest margin on new loans added to the MPP portfolio. Until such time as the yield curve becomes steeper, we may continue to earn lower spread income from that portfolio.



Although derivatives are used to mitigate market risk, they also introduce the potential for short-term earnings volatility, principally due to basis risk because we must use the OIS curve instead of the LIBOR curve as the discount rate to estimate the fair values of collateralized LIBOR-based derivatives while many of the hedged items currently on the balance sheet are still valued using the LIBOR curve. Additionally, our U.S. Treasury liquidity portfolio is economically hedged with OIS interest rate swaps and may introduce income volatility due to non-symmetrical changes in U.S. Treasury rates and OIS swap rates.

Liquidity Risk

The Inability to Access Capital Markets on Acceptable Terms Could Adversely Affect Our Liquidity, Operations, Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and the Value of Membership in Our Bank.

Our primary source of funds is the sale of consolidated obligations in the capital markets. Our ability to obtain funds through the sale of consolidated obligations depends in part on prevailing conditions in the capital markets, such as investor demand and liquidity, and on dealer commitment to inventory and support our debt. Changes to the regulatory environment that affect investors and dealers of consolidated obligations have affected, and will continue to affect, our ability to access the capital markets on acceptable terms as discussed under "Changes in the Legislative and Regulatory Environment for FHLBanks, Our Members, Our Debt Underwriters and Investors, or Other Housing GSEs May Adversely Affect Our Business, Demand for Products, the Cost of Debt Issuance, and the Value of FHLBank Membership." Any further disruption in the debt market could have an adverse impact on our interest spreads, opportunities to call and reissue existing debt or roll over maturing debt, or our ability to satisfy the Finance Agency's liquidity requirements.





In prior years, adverse conditionsOperational Risk

A Cybersecurity Event; Interruption in the housing and mortgage markets, along with a large dropOur Information Systems; Unavailability of, or an Interruption of Service at, Our Main Office or Our Backup Facilities; or Failure of or an Interruption in market interest rates, allowed us to call a portionInformation Systems of our debt and reissue it at a lower cost, resulting in mortgage spreads that were wider than historic norms and, consequently, higher earnings. More recently, however, we have had fewer opportunities to achieve those wider spreads in that manner. In addition, the outstanding balance of the investment securities that were purchased at higher spreads, as well as the earnings from those investments, have been decreasing. Going forward, we expect these trends to continue to have a moderating effect on our earnings.

Changes toThird-Party Vendors or Replacement of the LIBOR Benchmark Interest RateService Providers Could Adversely Affect Our Business, Risk Management, Financial Condition, and Results of Operations, and Reputation.


ManyCybersecurity.We rely heavily on our information systems and other technology to conduct and manage our business, which inherently involves large financial transactions with our members and other counterparties. Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information, both in our and third parties' computer systems and networks, including those of backup service providers. These computer systems, software and networks are vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, damage, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code and other events that could potentially jeopardize the confidentiality of such information or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations, either directly or through a third party. We have not experienced a disruption in our information systems that has had a material adverse effect on us. However, as malicious threat tactics continue to become more pervasive and more sophisticated, and as regulatory scrutiny of cybersecurity risk management increases, we are required to implement more advanced mitigating controls, which increases our costs. Moreover, if we experience a significant cybersecurity event, either directly or through a third party, we may suffer significant financial or data loss; be unable to conduct and manage our business functions effectively; incur significant expenses in remediating such incidents; and suffer reputational harm. Any such occurrence could result in increased regulatory scrutiny of our assets and liabilities are indexed to LIBOR. On July 27, 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority ("FCA"), a regulator of financial services firms and financial markets in the United Kingdom, announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. The FCA has indicated it will support the LIBOR indices through 2021 to allow for an orderly transition to an alternative reference rate. Further, in the United States, efforts to identify a set of alternative U.S. dollar reference interest rates include proposals by the Alternative Reference Rates Committee of the FRB and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Other financial services regulators and industry groups are evaluating the possible phase-out of LIBOR and the development of alternate interest rate indices or reference rates.

The transition from LIBOR-referenced assets and liabilities to assets and liabilities indexed to a new reference rate also carries risks. The infrastructure necessary to manage hedging in the alternative reference rate still needs to be built out, and the transition in the markets, and adjustments in our systems, could be disruptive, with disruptions potentially beginning before the currently-planned phase-out of FCA's support of LIBOR. A mechanism does not yet exist to convert the credit and tenor features of LIBOR into any proposed replacement rate, nor has a market been established which could facilitate such conversion. Moreover, there is no guarantee that, if such a market were created and functioning at the time of the transition, the transition will be successful. Similarly, the transition from one reference rate to another could have accounting effects. For example, such transition could have an effect on our hedge effectiveness, which could affect our results of operations. Additionally, our risk management measuring, monitoring and valuation tools factor in LIBOR as a reference rate. Disruptions in the market for LIBOR, and its regulatory framework, could have unanticipated effects on our risk management activities as well.

Given the large volume of LIBOR-based mortgages and financial instruments, the basis adjustment to the replacement floating rate will receive extraordinary scrutiny, but whether the net impact is positive or negative cannot yet be ascertained. We expect that other market participants, including our member institutions, derivatives clearing organizations, and other financial counterparties are also monitoring the LIBOR transition, but we cannot predict how such institutions will react to the transition, or what effects such reactions will have on us. We are not able to predict at this time whether LIBOR will cease to be available after 2021, whether the alternative rates the FRB proposes to publish will become market benchmarks in place of LIBOR, whether the transitions to the new reference rates will be successful, or what the impact of such a transition will be on the Bank's business, financial condition or results of operations.

Competition Could Negatively Impact Advances, the Supply of Mortgage Loans for our MPP, Our Access to Funding and Our Earnings

We operate in a highly competitive environment. Demand for advances is affected by, among other factors, the cost and availability of other sources of liquidity for our members, including deposits. We compete with other suppliers of wholesale funding, both secured and unsecured. Such other suppliers may include the United States government, the Federal Reserve Banks, corporate credit unions, the Central Liquidity Facility, investment banks, commercial banks, and in certain circumstances other FHLBanks. Large institutions may also have independent access to the national and global credit markets. The availability of alternative funding sources to members can significantly influence the demand for advances and can vary as a result of several factors, including market conditions, members' creditworthiness, and availability of collateral. Lower demand for advances could negatively impact our earnings.

Likewise, our MPP is subject to significant competition. The most direct competition for purchases of mortgages comes from other buyers of conventional, conforming, fixed-rate mortgage loans, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. In addition, PFIs face increased origination competition from originators that are not members of our Bank. Increased competition can result in a smaller share of the mortgages available for purchase through our MPP and, therefore, lower earnings.




We also compete with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and other GSEs as well as corporate, sovereign, and supranational entities for funds raised through the issuance of CO bonds and discount notes. Increases in the supply of competing debt products may, in the absence of increases in demand, result in higher debt costs to us or lesser amounts of debt issued at the same cost than otherwise would be the case. There can be no assurance that our supplyor any third parties' cybersecurity controls will timely detect or prevent all cybersecurity incidents. Although we carry cybersecurity insurance, its coverage may not be broad enough or adequate to cover losses we may incur if a significant cybersecurity event occurs.

Information Systems; Facilities; Unavailability or Interruption of funds throughService.In addition, our operations rely on the availability and functioning of our main office, our business resumption center and other facilities. If we experience a significant failure or interruption in our business continuity, disaster recovery or certain information systems, we may be unable to conduct and manage our business functions effectively; incur significant expenses in remediating such incidents; and suffer reputational harm. Moreover, any of these occurrences could result in increased regulatory scrutiny of our operations.

Office of Finance.The Office of Finance is a joint office of the FHLBanks established to facilitate the issuance and servicing of consolidated obligations, among other activities. A failure or interruption of the Office of Finance's services as a result of breaches, cyber attacks, or technological outages (either in the Office of Finance or certain of its third party service providers, including those of backup service providers) could constrain or otherwise negatively affect our business operations, including disruptions to our access to funding through the sale of consolidated obligations. Moreover, any operational failure of the Office of Finance or of its third party providers could expose us to the risk of loss of data or confidential information, or other harm, including reputational damage.

Other Third Parties.Despite our policies, procedures, controls and initiatives, some operational risks are beyond our control, and the failure of other parties to adequately address their performance standards and operational risks could adversely affect us. In addition to internal computer systems, we outsource certain communication and information systems and other services critical to our business infrastructure, and regulatory compliance to third-party vendors and service providers, including derivatives clearing organizations, loan servicers, and the Federal Reserve as to funds transfers.

Compromised security or operational errors at any third party with whom we conduct business, or at any third party's contractors, could expose us to cyber attacks, other breaches or service failures or interruptions. If one or more of these external parties were not able to perform their functions for a period of time, at an acceptable service level, or with increased volumes, our business operations could be constrained, disrupted, or otherwise negatively affected. In addition, any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems, any disruption of service, or any external party's failure to perform its contractual obligations could result in failures or interruptions in our ability to conduct and manage our business effectively, including, without limitation, our advances, MPP, funding, hedging activities and regulatory compliance. There is no assurance that such failures or interruptions will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be sufficienttimely detected or adequately addressed by us or the third parties on which we rely. Any failure, interruption, or breach could significantly harm our customer relations and business operations, which could negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, or ability to meet our future operational needs.pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock.





A Failure of the Business and Financial Models and Related Processes Used to Evaluate Various Financial Risks and Derive Certain Estimates in Our Financial Statements Could Produce Unreliable Projections or Valuations, which Could Adversely Affect Our Business, Financial Condition, Results of Operations and Risk ManagementManagement.


We are exposed to market, business and operational risk, in part due to the significant use of business and financial models when evaluating various financial risks and deriving certain estimates in our financial statements. Our business could be adversely affected if these models fail to produce reliable projections or valuations. These models, which rely on various inputs including, but not limited to, loan volumes and pricing, market conditions for our consolidated obligations, interest-rate spreads and prepayment speeds, implied volatility of options contracts, and cash flows on mortgage-related assets, require management to make critical judgments about the appropriate assumptions that are used in the determinations of such risks and estimates and may overstate or understate the value of certain financial instruments, future performance expectations, or our level of risk exposure. Our models could produce unreliable results for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to, invalid or incorrect assumptions underlying the models, the need for manual adjustments in response to rapid changes in economic conditions, incorrect coding of the models, incorrect data being used by the models or inappropriate application of a model to products or events outside the model's intended use. In particular, models arecan be less dependable when the economic environment is outside of historical experience, as has been the case in recent years. See Item 7. Management's Discussion and AnalysisBy way of Financial Condition and Resultsexample, one model’s predictions of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates and Risk Management -Operational Risk Management for more information.

A Prolonged Delayprepayment speeds has proven to be inaccurate in the Initiationcurrent economic environment. While we take steps to review and validate our models to minimize inaccuracies, there can be no assurance that all inaccuracies will be identified timely. The reliance on inaccurate models could result in unreliable projections or Completion of Foreclosure Proceedings on Mortgage Loans May Have an Adverse Effect on Our Business, Financial Conditionvaluations, which could result in sub-optimal strategies and, Results of Operations

The processing of foreclosures continues to be slow in certain states due to prolonged foreclosure proceedings resulting from changes in state foreclosure laws, court procedures, post-foreclosure application of state eviction laws and the pipeline of foreclosures resulting from these delays. In addition, inadequate court budgets in certain states could further delay the processing of foreclosures. The foregoing factors continue to have a noticeable effect on the scheduling and enforcement of court-ordered foreclosure sales.

A prolonged delay of mortgage foreclosure proceedings may have adverse effects on our mortgage investments' income and expenses and the market value of the underlying collateral, which couldturn, adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and risk management.

Natural Disasters, Including those Resulting from Significant Climate Change, Could Adversely Affect Our Business and Our Members.

Regions in which we operate are subject to natural disasters, including risks from hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, wild fires, drought and other natural disasters. Climate change is increasing the frequency, intensity and duration of these weather events. These natural disasters could destroy or damage our assets or collateral that members have pledged to us; disrupt our business; increase the probability of power or other outages; negatively affect the livelihood of borrowers of our members; or otherwise cause significant economic dislocation in the affected regions. Any of these situations may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.


A Failure to Meet Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements Could Affect Our Ability to Pay Dividends, Redeem or Repurchase Capital Stock, and Attract New Members

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
We are required to maintain sufficient capital to meet specific minimum requirements established by the Finance Agency. If we violate any of these requirements or if our board or the Finance Agency determines that we have incurred, or are likely to incur, losses resulting, or expected to result, in a charge against capital, we would not be able to redeem or repurchase any capital stock while such charges are continuing or expected to continue, even if the statutory redemption period had expired for some or all of such stock. Violations of our capital requirements could also restrict our ability to pay dividends, lend, invest, or purchase mortgage loans or participating interests in mortgage loans, or other business activities. Additionally, the Finance Agency could direct us to call upon our members to purchase additional capital stock to meet our minimum regulatory capital requirements. Members may be unable or unwilling to satisfy such calls for additional capital, thereby adversely affecting their ability to continue doing business with us.

None.
The formula for calculating risk-based capital includes factors that depend on interest rates and other market metrics outside our control and could cause our minimum requirement to increase to a point exceeding our capital level. Further, if our retained earnings were to become inadequate, the Finance Agency could initiate restrictions consistent with those associated with a failure of a minimum capital requirement.




The Dodd-Frank Act requires certain financial companies with total consolidated assets of more than $10.0 billion and that are regulated by a primary federal financial regulatory agency to conduct annual stress tests to determine whether the companies have the capital necessary to absorb losses under adverse economic conditions. The Finance Agency has implemented annual stress testing for the FHLBanks. We must report the results of our stress tests to the Finance Agency and the FRB on an annual basis, and we must also publicly disclose a summary of stress test results for the "severely adverse" scenario on an annual basis.

The severity of the hypothetical scenarios devised by the Finance Agency and the FRB and employed in these stress tests is not defined by law or regulation, and is thus subject to the regulators' discretion. Nonetheless, the results of the stress testing process may affect our approach to managing and deploying capital. The stress testing and capital planning processes may, among other things, require us to increase our capital levels, modify our business strategies, or decrease our exposure to various asset classes.

The stability of our capital is also important in maintaining the value of membership in our Bank. Failure to pay dividends or redeem or repurchase stock at par, or a call upon our members to purchase additional stock to restore capital, could make it more difficult for us to attract new members or retain existing members.

Restrictions on the Redemption, Repurchase, or Transfer of the Bank's Capital Stock Could Result in an Illiquid Investment for the Holder

Under the GLB Act, Finance Agency regulations, and our capital plan, our capital stock may be redeemed upon the expiration of a five-year redemption period, subject to certain conditions. Capital stock may become subject to redemption following the redemption period after a member (i) provides a written redemption notice to the Bank; (ii) gives notice of intention to withdraw from membership; (iii) attains nonmember status by merger or acquisition, charter termination, or other involuntary membership termination; or (iv) has its Bank capital stock transferred by a receiver or other liquidating agent for that member to a nonmember entity. In addition, we may elect to repurchase some or all of the excess capital stock of a shareholder at any time at our sole discretion.

There is no guarantee, however, that we will be able to redeem shareholders' capital stock, even at the end of the prescribed redemption period, or to repurchase their excess capital stock. If a redemption or repurchase of capital stock would cause us to fail to meet our minimum regulatory capital requirements, Finance Agency regulations and our capital plan would prohibit the redemption or repurchase. Moreover, only capital stock that is not required to meet a member's membership capital stock requirement or to support a member or nonmember shareholder's outstanding activity with the Bank (excess capital stock) may be redeemed at the end of the redemption period. Restrictions on the redemption or repurchase of our capital stock could result in an illiquid investment for holders of our stock. In addition, because our capital stock may only be owned by our members (or, under certain circumstances, former members and certain successor institutions), and our capital plan requires our approval before a member or nonmember shareholder may transfer any of its capital stock to another member or nonmember shareholder, we cannot provide assurance that we would allow a member or nonmember shareholder to transfer any excess capital stock to another member or nonmember shareholder at any time.

Providing Financial Support to Other FHLBanks Could Negatively Impact the Bank's Liquidity, Earnings and Capital and Our Members

We are jointly and severally liable with the other FHLBanks for the consolidated obligations issued on behalf of the FHLBanks through the Office of Finance. If another FHLBank were to default on its obligation to pay principal and interest on any consolidated obligations, the Finance Agency may allocate the outstanding liability among one or more of the remaining FHLBanks on a pro rata basis or on any other basis the Finance Agency may determine. In addition to possibly making payments due on consolidated obligations under our joint and several liability, we may voluntarily or involuntarily provide financial assistance to another FHLBank in order to resolve a condition of financial distress. Such assistance could negatively affect our financial condition, our results of operation and the value of membership in our Bank. Moreover, a Finance Agency regulation provides for an FHLBank System-wide annual minimum contribution to AHP of $100 million, and we could be liable for a pro rata share of that amount (based on the FHLBanks' combined net earnings for the previous year), up to 100% of our net earnings for the previous year. Thus, our ability to pay dividends to our members or to redeem or repurchase capital stock could be affected by the financial condition of one or more of the other FHLBanks.




ITEM 2. PROPERTIES


We own an office building containing approximately 117,000 square feet of office and storage space at 8250 Woodfield Crossing Boulevard, Indianapolis, IN, of which we use approximately 65,000108,200 square feet. We lease or hold for lease to various tenants the remaining 52,0008,800 square feet. We also lease office space in Detroit, MI, which is used for community and member engagement, and in Anderson, IN, which is used for business resumption activities in the event of a loss of or a disruption to the primary facility.

We also maintain two leased off-site backup facilities of approximately 6,800 square feet and 200 square feet, respectively, thatgeographically dispersed, co-located data centers which are on electrical distribution grids that are separate from each other and from our office building. In addition, we maintain a third leased off-site backup facility that we plan to begin using as our business resumption center in 2018. See Itembuildings. For more information, see Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Risk Management - Operational Risk Management for additional information..


In the opinion of management, our physical properties are suitable and adequate. All of our properties are insured to approximately replacement cost. In the event we were to need more space, our lease terms with tenants generally provide the ability to move tenants to comparable space at other locations at our cost for moving and outfitting any replacement space to meet our tenants' needs.


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS


In the ordinary course of business, we may from time to time become a party to lawsuits involving various business matters. We are unaware of any lawsuits presently pending which, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.


ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.



ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES


We use acronyms and terms throughout this Item that are defined herein or in the Glossary of Terms.Defined Terms.


No Trading Market


Our Class B capital stock is not publicly traded, and there is no established market for such stock. Members may be required to purchase additional shares of Class B stock from time to time in order to meet minimum stock purchase requirements under our capital plan. Our Class B stock may be redeemed, at a par value of $100 per share, up to five years after we receive a written redemption request by a member, subject to regulatory limits and the satisfaction of any ongoing stock purchase requirements applicable to the member. We may repurchase shares held by members in excess of their required holdings at our discretion at any time in accordance with our capital plan.

Our Class B common stock is registered under the Exchange Act.Act and may be purchased, sold, redeemed and repurchased only at par. Because our shares of capital stock are "exempt securities" under the Securities Act, purchases and sales of stock by our members are not subject to registration under the Securities Act.


Depending on the class of capital stock, it may be redeemed either six months (Class A Common Stock) or five years (Class B Common Stock) after we receive a written request by a member, subject to regulatory limits and to the satisfaction of any ongoing stock investment requirements applying to the member under our capital plan. We may repurchase shares held by members in excess of their required holdings at our discretion at any time in accordance with our capital plan.
Capital Structure

Our capital plan was amended and restated effective September 26, 2020. The amended plan continues to provide for two sub-series of Class B capital stock: Class B-1 and Class B-2. Under the amended plan, Class B-1 stock is held by our members to satisfy their membership stock requirements, while Class B-2 stock is held to satisfy members’ activity-based stock requirements. However, Class B-1 stock is automatically reclassified as Class B-2 as needed to help fulfill the member’s activity-based stock requirement, and the member may be required to purchase additional Class B-2 stock in order to fully meet that requirement. In addition, excess Class B-2 stock is automatically reclassified as Class B-1. The amended plan does not require that stock under redemption be converted or reclassified from one class to another. By contrast, under our prior capital plan in effect through September 25, 2020, Class B-1 was stock held by our members that was not subject to a redemption request, and Class B-2 stock consisted solely of required stock that was subject to a redemption request.

Under our capital plan, PFIs may opt in to an activity-based stock requirement in connection with their sales of mortgage loans to us under Advantage MPP. PFIs may elect this stock requirement each time they enter into an MCC with us based on the outstanding principal balance of loans purchased. As of December 31, 2021, such Class B-2 stock issued and outstanding totaled $65 million.

Our capital plan also permits the board of directors to authorize the issuance of Class A stock. Under the plan, Class A stock may be used at the member’s election, in lieu of Class B-2 stock, to satisfy the member’s activity-based stock requirement. Class A stock is subject to the same redemption requirements and limitations as Class B stock, except the applicable redemption period for Class A stock is six months. As of December 31, 2021, the board of directors had not authorized the issuance of Class A stock.

Number of Shareholders


As of February 28, 2018,2022, we had 392357 shareholders and $2.0$2.1 billion par value of regulatory capital stock, which includes Class B common stock and MRCS issued and outstanding. As of February 28, 2022, we had no Class A stock outstanding.


Dividends


A cooperative enterprise enjoys the benefits of an integrated customer/shareholder base; however, there are certain tensions inherent in our membership structure that are unusual and unique to the FHLBanks. Because only member institutions and certain former members can own shares of our capital stock and, by statute and regulation, stock can be issued and repurchased only at par, there is no open market for our stock and no opportunity for stock price appreciation. As a result, return on equity can be received only in the form of dividends. 

DividendsWe may, but are not required to, be paidpay dividends on our Class B capital stock. OurDividends are authorized by our board of directors may declare and pay dividends in either cash or capital stock or a combination thereof, subject to Finance Agency regulations. Dividends are non-cumulative and may be paid in cash or capital stock out of current net earnings, or from unrestricted retained earnings, or from restricted retained earnings after that balance exceeds 1.5% of the average balance of our outstanding consolidated obligations for the previous quarter. No dividend may be declared or paid if we are or would be, as a result of such payment, in violation of our minimum capital requirements. Moreover, we may not pay dividends if any principal or interest due on any consolidated obligation issued on behalf of any of the FHLBanks has not been paid in full or, under certain circumstances, if we fail to satisfy liquidity requirements under applicable Finance Agency regulations.



Under theseFinance Agency regulations, stock dividends cannot be paid if our excess stock is greater than 1% of our total assets. At December 31, 2017,2021, our excess stock was 0.54%1.40% of our total assets.assets.






Our board of directors' decisions to declare dividends are influenced byUnder our financial condition, overall financial performance and retained earnings, as well as actual and anticipated developments incapital plan, the overall economic and financial environment including the level of interest rates and conditions in the mortgage and credit markets. In addition, our board of directors considers several other factors, including our risk profile, regulatory requirements, our relationship with our members andmay declare a dividend rate on Class B-2 stock that equals or exceeds the stability of our current capital stock position and membership.

Our capital plan provides for two sub-series of Class B capital stock:rate on Class B-1 andstock. Similarly, the board of directors may declare a dividend rate on Class B-2.A stock that equals or exceeds the rate on Class B-1 is stock held by our members that is not subject to a redemption request, while Class B-2 is required stock that is subject to a redemption request. Class B-1 shareholders receive a higher dividend than Class B-2 shareholders. The Class B-2 dividend is presently equal to 80% of the amount of the Class B-1 dividend and can only be changed by an amendment to our capital plan with approval of the Finance Agency. stock.

The amount of the dividend to be paid is based on the average number of shares of each sub-series held by a member during the dividend payment period (applicable quarter).

For more information, see Notes to Financial Statements - Note 1512 - Capital and Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources - Capital Resources.


We are exempt from federal, state, and local taxation, except for employment and real estate taxes. Despite our tax-exempt status, any cash dividends paid by us to our members are taxable dividends to the members, and our members do not benefit from the exclusion for corporate dividends received. The preceding statement is for general information only; it is not tax advice. Members should consult their own tax advisors regarding particular federal, state, and local tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing of our Class B stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable law.

We paid quarterly cash dividends as set forth in the following table ($ amounts in thousands).
  Class B-1 Class B-2
By Quarter Paid Dividend on Capital Stock Interest Expense on MRCS Total 
Annualized Dividend Rate (1)
 Dividend on Capital Stock Interest Expense on MRCS Total 
Annualized Dividend Rate (1)
2018                
Quarter 1 (2)
 $11,481
 $1,014
 $12,495
 2.50% $6
 $20
 $26
 2.00%
Quarter 1 (2)
 19,518
 1,723
 21,241
 4.25% 10
 34
 44
 3.40%
                 
2017                
Quarter 4 $18,564
 $1,724
 $20,288
 4.25% $11
 $44
 $55
 3.40%
Quarter 3 17,373
 1,703
 19,076
 4.25% 14
 52
 66
 3.40%
Quarter 2 15,803
 1,701
 17,504
 4.25% 15
 52
 67
 3.40%
Quarter 1 
 15,545
 1,824
 17,369
 4.25% 19
 54
 73
 3.40%
                 
2016                
Quarter 4 $14,966
 $1,844
 $16,810
 4.25% $11
 $57
 $68
 3.40%
Quarter 3 14,637
 1,804
 16,441
 4.25% 
 74
 74
 3.40%
Quarter 2 14,384
 1,930
 16,314
 4.25% 
 87
 87
 3.40%
Quarter 1 15,797
 29
 15,826
 4.25% 
 98
 98
 3.40%

(1)
Reflects the annualized dividend rate on all of our average capital stock outstanding in Class B-1 and Class B-2, respectively, regardless of its classification for financial reporting purposes as either capital stock or MRCS. The Class B-2 dividend is paid at 80% of the amount of the Class B-1 dividend.
(2)
Our board of directors declared a cash dividend of 4.25% (annualized) on our Class B-1 capital stock and 3.40% (annualized) on our Class B-2 capital stock. In addition, our board of directors declared a supplemental cash dividend of 2.50% (annualized) on our Class B-1 capital stock and 2.00% (annualized) on our Class B-2 capital stock.






ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA[Reserved]

We use acronyms and terms throughout this Item that are defined herein or in the Glossary of Terms. The following table should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes and the discussion set forth in Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The table presents a summary of selected financial information derived from audited financial statements as of and for the years ended as indicated ($ amounts in millions).
  As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
Statement of Condition:
          
Advances $34,055
 $28,096
 $26,909
 $20,789
 $17,337
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net 10,356
 9,501
 8,146
 6,820
 6,168
Cash and investments (1)
 17,628
 16,008
 15,347
 14,090
 14,099
Total assets 62,349
 53,907
 50,608
 41,853
 37,764
           
Discount notes 20,358
 16,802
 19,251
 12,568
 7,435
CO bonds 37,896
 33,467
 27,862
 25,503
 26,584
Total consolidated obligations 58,254
 50,269
 47,113
 38,071
 34,019
           
MRCS 164
 170
 14
 16
 17
           
Capital stock 1,858
 1,493
 1,528
 1,551
 1,610
Retained earnings (2)
 976
 887
 835
 777
 730
AOCI 112
 56
 23
 47
 22
Total capital 2,946
 2,436
 2,386
 2,375
 2,362
           
Statement of Income:
          
Net interest income $262
 $198
 $196
 $184
 $223
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 
 
 
 (1) (4)
Net OTTI credit losses 
 
 
 
 (2)
Other income (loss), excluding net OTTI credit losses (6) 6
 10
 13
 71
Other expenses 82
 78
 72
 68
 68
AHP assessments 18
 13
 13
 13
 25
Net income $156
 $113
 $121

$117

$203
        

  
Selected Financial Ratios:
          
Net interest margin (3)
 0.45% 0.39% 0.44% 0.47% 0.56%
Return on average equity 5.88% 4.92% 5.13% 4.72% 8.82%
Return on average assets 0.26% 0.22% 0.27% 0.30% 0.51%
Weighted average dividend rate (4)
 4.25% 4.25% 4.12% 4.18% 3.50%
Dividend payout ratio (5)
 43.05% 53.87% 52.48% 58.96% 28.37%
Total capital ratio (6)
 4.72% 4.52% 4.71% 5.68% 6.25%
Total regulatory capital ratio (7)
 4.81% 4.73% 4.70% 5.60% 6.24%
Average equity to average assets 4.47% 4.46% 5.23% 6.29% 5.75%

(1)
Consists of cash, interest-bearing deposits, securities purchased under agreements to resell, federal funds sold, AFS securities, and HTM securities.
(2)
Includes restricted and unrestricted retained earnings.
(3)
Net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
(4)
Dividends paid in cash during the year divided by the average amount of Class B capital stock eligible for dividends under our capital plan, excluding MRCS.
(5)
Dividends paid in cash during the year divided by net income for the year. The ratio for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes a supplemental dividend of 2.0% related to 2013 results.
(6)
Capital stock plus retained earnings and AOCI expressed as a percentage of total assets.
(7)
Capital stock plus retained earnings and MRCS expressed as a percentage of total assets.




ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


Presentation 


This discussion and analysis by management of the Bank's financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and related Notes to Financial Statements contained in this Form 10-K.


As used in this Item, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "Bank", "we," "us," and "our," and the "Bank" refer to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis or its management. We use acronymsAcronyms and terms used throughout this Item that are defined herein or in the Glossary ofDefined Terms.


Unless otherwise stated, amounts disclosed in this section of the Form 10-KItem are rounded to the nearest million; therefore, dollar amounts of less than one million may not be reflected and,or, due to rounding, may not appear to agree to the amounts presented in thousands in the Financial Statements and related Notes to Financial StatementsStatements. Amounts used to calculate dollar and percentage changes are based on numbers in the thousands. Accordingly, calculationscalculations based upon the disclosed amounts (millions) may not produce the same results.


Executive Summary
 
Overview. WeAs an FHLBank, we are a regional wholesale bank that serves as a financial intermediary between the capital markets and our members. The Bank is structured as a financial cooperative. Therefore, it is generally designed to expand and contract in asset size as the needs of our members and their communities change. We primarily make secured loans in the form of advances to our members and purchase whole mortgage loans from our members. Additionally, we purchase other investments and provide other financial services to our members. 

Our principal source of funding is the proceeds from the sale to the public of FHLBank debt instruments, called consolidated obligations, which are the joint and several obligation of all FHLBanks. We obtain additional funds from deposits, other borrowings, and the sale ofby issuing capital stock to our members. As an FHLBank, we are generally designed to expand and contract in asset size as the needs of our members and their communities change over time.


Our primary source of revenue is interest earned on advances,advances, mortgage loans, and long- and short-term investments.investments, including MBS.
 
Our net interest income is primarily determined by the spread between the interest rate earned on our assets and the interest rate paid on our share of the consolidated obligations. A substantial portion of net interest income may also be derived from deploying our interest-free capital. We use funding and hedging strategies to manage the related interest-rate risk.


Due to our cooperative structure and wholesale nature, we typically earn a narrow net interest spread. Accordingly, our net income is relatively low compared to our total assets and capital.


We group our products and services within two operating segments: traditional and mortgage loans.loans.


EconomicFor more background information on the Bank, see Item 1. Business.




Business Environment.

The Bank’sBank's financial performance is influenced by a number of national and regionalseveral key economic and market factors, including fiscal and monetary policies, the strength of the housing markets and the level and volatility of market interest rates, inflationrates.

Economy and Financial Markets. U.S. real gross domestic product ("GDP") increased at an annual rate of 7.0% in the fourth quarter of 2021 after increasing at an annual rate of 2.3% in the third quarter of 2021, as reported by the Bureau of Economic Analysis. The acceleration in the fourth quarter was led by an upturn in exports as well as accelerations in inventory investment and consumer spending. However, in some parts of the country, COVID-19 cases resulted in continued restrictions and disruptions in the operations of establishments. In addition, government assistance payments in the form of forgivable loans to businesses, grants to state and local governments, and social benefits to households all decreased as provisions of several federal programs expired or deflation, monetary policies, and the strength of housing markets.tapered off.


In January 2022, the Bureau of Labor Statistics reported that the U.S. unemployment rate had declined to 3.9% in December 2017 FOMC meeting,2021, compared to 6.7% in December 2020. Employment growth continued in leisure and hospitality, professional and business services, retail trade, and transportation and warehousing.

Inflation has become a huge challenge to economic growth. The annual inflation rate for the U.S. in 2021 was 7.0%, the highest since 1982, as reported by the U.S. Department of Labor.

Conditions in U.S. Housing Markets. The seasonally adjusted annual rate of U.S. existing home sales declined by 8% in 2021, compared to 2020, attributed to low housing inventory levels and higher home prices. However, U.S. existing home sales unexpectedly increased in January, but investors purchasing in cash are squeezing out first-time buyers from the housing market amid record low inventory and higher prices. The surge in sales of existing homes also reflected buyers rushing to close contracts in anticipation of mortgage rates increasing.

Sales of new U.S. homes retreated in January after a flurry of purchases at the end of 2021, indicating the increases in mortgage rates may be starting to restrain demand. While underlying demand for new homes remains solid, fueled in part by record low inventory in the resale market, the highest mortgage rates since mid-2019 present a headwind. Higher materials costs are also contributing to housing price inflation and sidelining many prospective buyers. A further moderation in sales may help builders chip away at construction backlogs that are still elevated due to supply and transportation delays.

Interest Rate Levels and Volatility. The level and volatility of interest rates and credit spreads were affected by several factors during 2021, principally the continued economic recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic and efforts in response by the Federal Reserve to maintain low short-term interest rates and facilitate liquidity. Overall economic conditions and financial regulation also continue to be influencing factors.

Since March 15, 2020, the FOMC increasedhas maintained a target range for the federal funds rate of 0.0% to 0.25%, noting that the COVID-19 pandemic had harmed communities and disrupted economic activity in many countries, including the United States. At its meeting in January 2022, the FOMC maintained the federal funds target range, by 0.25%and signaled that it would continue the process of gradually tapering its purchases of Treasury securities and Agency MBS, as expected. This was the third increaseeconomic recovery remains broadly on track. However, in 2017, for a total of 1.25% sinceresponse to inflation concerns, the tightening cycle began. Several more rate increases are expected by the market during 2018. The FOMC has been ableindicated that it expects to take a slow and consistent approach to increasing short-term rates as expanding economic activity and a strong labor market have been accompanied by low inflation. The FOMC is still maintaining an accommodative monetary policy, but has begun to reduce its portfolio holdings accumulated during its long quantitative easing cycle. Since 2009,raise the Federal Reserve has purchased and accumulated over $4 trillion of securities, primarily U.S. Treasury and MBS. The Federal Reserve will continue to reinvest some of the cash flow generated, but intends to reduce its holdings over time. Subsequent totarget range for the federal funds target and short-term rate increases,beginning in March.

The following table presents certain key interest rates on longer-maturity U.S. treasuries have increased less thanfor both the twelve-month averages for 2021 and 2020 and at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Twelve-Month AverageDecember 31,
2021202020212020
Federal Funds Effective0.08 %0.36 %0.07 %0.09 %
SOFR0.04 %0.36 %0.05 %0.07 %
Overnight LIBOR0.08 %0.37 %0.06 %0.08 %
1-week OIS0.08 %0.36 %0.08 %0.09 %
3-month LIBOR0.16 %0.65 %0.21 %0.24 %
3-month U.S. Treasury yield0.04 %0.35 %0.04 %0.07 %
2-year U.S Treasury yield0.26 %0.39 %0.73 %0.12 %
10-year U.S. Treasury yield1.44 %0.89 %1.51 %0.92 %



The averages of short-term interest rates resultingwere significantly lower during 2021, compared to 2020, impacting the Bank's results of operations, primarily by decreasing both interest income and interest expense. However, longer-term interest rates, while still relatively low, increased in a higher and flattening yield curve.





Real U.S. Gross Domestic Product ("GDP") increased by an annualized rate of 2.5%2021 compared to 2020. Changes in the fourth quartershort- and long-term interest rates also impacted the fair values of 2017, moderately lower than the 3.2% increase during the 3rd quarter. The growth deceleration for the quarter has been attributed to a downturn in private inventory investmentcertain assets and increased imports, which is a subtraction in the calculation of GDP. However, this growth marks the current economic expansion at 102 months, compared to a long-term average of 47 months. On an annual basis, real GDP was up 2.3% for all of 2017, according to the advance estimate by the Bureau of Economic Analysis, compared to 1.5% in 2016. Personal consumption expenditures, non-residential fixed investment, and government spending have led GDP growth throughout the year. Strong consumer spending, led by a rebound in the retail sector in the fourth quarter, has been a primary growth factor. The energy sector has experienced a rebound and construction spending remains strong. Manufacturing growth, particularly in light vehicles, has begun to slow in the last quarter of 2017.

Indiana and Michigan’s preliminary unemployment rates for December 2017 improved to 3.4% and 4.7%, respectively. The strong labor market, marked by a 4.1% national unemployment rate in January 2018, has shown regular improvements since the peak unemployment rate of 10% in October 2009. Despite strong continued job growth, wage growth has remained muted throughout most of this expansion cycle. The U.S. economy has produced over two million jobs annually for eachliabilities of the past five years; however, many of those jobs are part-time or seasonal positions offering lower wages and low or no benefits. This is the likely cause of muted inflation levels despite strong employment and GDP figures through most of the economic cycle. However, markets were surprised with the release of the January 2018 Employment Situation report. The unemployment rate remained unchanged, but wages were up 2.9% from a year earlier, marking the fastest rate of wage growth since 2009.Bank.


The housing market has remained strong, showing continued strong price growth, particularly in the starter-home market. Researchers from Zillow, Mortgage Bankers Association, National Association of Realtors and Redfin all forecast that inventories of entry-level homes will remain tight and prices will continue to rise throughout 2018. They all also project rising mortgage rates, contributing to overall less affordable housing than we have enjoyed in recent years.

Indiana University’s Business Research Center projects the average economic growth rate for Indiana to virtually match the rate of national growth through 2020. Personal income growth in the state has lagged national growth levels, though the unemployment rate has been better. Personal income growth through 2020 is forecast to grow at an annual rate of 4.4%. The University of Michigan Research Seminar in Quantitative Economics has reported continued growth in personal income and real disposable income for the state in the past three years and projects continuing improvement in 2018. Michigan is entering its ninth year of economic expansion. Job growth has outpaced the national level through 2016, slowing to an annual rate of +0.9% in the first three quarters of 2017. Projected job growth through 2019 is expected to increase by 1.2%.

Impact on Operating Results. Market interest rates and trends affect yields and margins on earning assets, including advances, purchased mortgage loans, and our investment portfolio, which contribute to our overall profitability. Additionally, market interest rates drive mortgage origination and prepayment activity, which can lead to both favorable and unfavorablenet interest margin volatility in our MPP and MBS portfolios. A flat or inverted yield curve, in which the difference between short-term interest rates and long-term interest rates is low, or negative, respectively, can have an unfavorable impact on our net interest margins. A steep yield curve, in which the difference between short-term and long-term interest rates is high, can have a favorable impact on our net interest margins. The level of interest rates also directly affects our earnings on assets funded by our interest-free capital.


Lending and investing activity by our member institutions is a key driver for our balance sheet and income growth. Such activity is a function of both prevailing interest rates and economic activity.activity, including local economic factors, particularly relating to the housing and mortgage markets. Positive economic trends couldcan drive interest rates higher, which couldcan impair growth of the mortgage market. A less active mortgage market couldcan affect demand for advances and activity levels in our mortgage program.Advantage MPP. However, borrowing patterns between our insurance company and depository members tend tocan differ during various economic and market conditions, thereby easing the potential magnitude of core business fluctuations during business cycles. Member demand for liquidity during stressed market conditions can lead to advances growth.


Local economic factors, particularly relating to the housing and mortgage markets, influence demand for advances and MPP sales activity by our member institutions.





Results of Operations and Changes in Financial Condition
 
Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 20172021 and 2016.2020. The following table presents the comparative highlights of our results of operations ($ amounts in millions).
 Years Ended December 31,
Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income20212020$ Change% Change
Net interest income$252 $263 $(11)(4)%
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses— — — 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses252 263 (11)(4)%
Other income (loss)(34)(55)21 
Other expenses113 109 
Income before assessments105 99 %
AHP assessments11 11 — 
Net income94 88 %
Total other comprehensive income (loss)28 38 (10)
Total comprehensive income$122 $126 $(4)(3)%
  Years Ended December 31,    
Comparative Highlights 2017 2016 $ Change % Change
Net interest income $262
 $198
 $64
 33%
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 
 
 
  
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 262
 198
 64
 33%
Other income (loss) (6) 6
 (12)  
Other expenses 82
 78
 4
  
Income before assessments 174
 126
 48
 38%
AHP assessments 18
 13
 5
  
Net income 156
 113
 43
 38%
Total other comprehensive income (loss) 55
 33
 22
  
Total comprehensive income $211
 $146
 $65
 44%


The increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 20172021 compared to 2016the prior year was primarily due to lower but still accelerated amortization of mortgage purchase premiums resulting from higher prepayments on mortgage loans and net hedging gains on qualifying fair-value hedging relationships, substantially offset by lower earnings on the portion of the Bank's assets funded by its capital and lower net interest income as a result ofresulting from the decline in average asset growth and higher spreads, partially offset by net losses on derivatives and hedging activities.balances.


The increasedecrease in total other comprehensive incomeOCI for the year ended December 31, 20172021 compared to 2016the prior year was primarily due to largerlower unrealized gains on non-OTTI AFS securities.securities, partially offset by a change in net pension benefits.


The return on assets and return on equity for the year ended December 31, 2021 was 0.15% and 2.64%, respectively, compared to 0.13% and 2.67%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 20162020 and 2015. The following table presents the comparative highlights2019. A comparison of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is contained in the corresponding Item 7in our 2020 Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 10, 2021.




Adjusted Net Income, a Non-GAAP Financial Measure. The Bank reports its results of operations in accordance with GAAP. Management believes that a non-GAAP financial measure may also be useful to shareholders and other stakeholders as a key measure of its operating performance. Such measure can also provide additional insights into period-to-period comparisons of the Bank's operating results beyond its GAAP results, which are impacted by temporary changes in fair value and other factors driven by market volatility that hinder consistent performance measurement. As a result, the Bank is reporting adjusted net income as a non-GAAP financial measure.

Adjusted net income represents GAAP net income adjusted to exclude: (i) the mark-to-market adjustments and other transitory effects from derivatives and trading/hedging activities, (ii) interest expense on MRCS, (iii) realized gains and losses on sales of investment securities, and (iv) at the discretion of management, other eligible non-routine transactions. These adjustments reflect (i) the temporary nature of fair-value and certain other hedging gains (losses) due to the Bank's practice of holding its financial instruments to maturity, (ii) the treatment of interest on MRCS as dividends, (iii) the impact of the sale of investment securities, primarily for liquidity purposes or to reduce exposure to LIBOR-indexed instruments, the gains (losses) on which arise from accelerating the recognition of future income (expense), and (iv) any other eligible non-routine transactions that management determines can provide additional insights into period-to-period comparisons of the Bank’s operating results beyond its GAAP results.

Non-GAAP financial measures are not audited. In addition, non-GAAP financial measures have no standardized measurement prescribed by GAAP and may not be comparable to similar non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. While the Bank believes that adjusted net income is helpful in understanding the Bank's performance, this measure has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analyses of earnings reported in accordance with GAAP.

The following table presents a reconciliation of the Bank's GAAP net income to adjusted net income ($ amounts in millions).:

  Years Ended December 31,    
Comparative Highlights 2016 2015 $ Change % Change
Net interest income $198
 $196
 $2
 1%
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 
 
 
  
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 198
 196
 2
 1%
Other income (loss) 6
 10
 (4)  
Other expenses 78
 72
 6
  
Income before assessments 126
 134
 (8) (6%)
AHP assessments 13
 13
 
  
Net income 113
 121
 (8) (7%)
Total other comprehensive income (loss) 33
 (24) 57
  
Total comprehensive income $146
 $97
 $49
 51%
Years Ended December 31,
Reconciliation of Net Income20212020
GAAP net income$93.9 $87.9 
Adjustments to exclude:
Fair-value hedging (gains) losses (1)
(8.4)12.2 
Amortization/accretion of (gains) losses on active and discontinued fair-value hedging relationships (2)
37.9 (0.1)
Trading (gains) losses, net of economic hedging gains (losses) (3)
32.8 11.0 
Net unrealized losses on other economic hedges
1.2 1.2 
Interest expense on MRCS2.6 8.6 
Net realized gains on sales of investment securities— (0.5)
Total adjustments66.1 32.4 
AHP assessments on adjustments(6.4)(2.4)
Adjusted net income (non-GAAP measure)$153.6 $117.9 


The decrease(1)    Changes in fair value on hedged items (attributable to the risk being hedged) and associated derivatives in qualifying hedging relationships.
(2)    Gains (losses) resulting from cumulative basis adjustments on hedged items.
(3)    Includes both (i) unrealized (gains) losses on trading securities and (ii) realized (gains) losses on maturities of trading securities.

Adjusted net income for the year ended December 31, 20162021 was $153.6 million, an increase of $35.7 million compared to 2015the prior year. The increase was primarily due to higher other expensesinterest spreads, lower accelerated amortization of mortgage purchase premiums and higher earnings (excluding net gains and losses) on trading securities, partially offset by lower earnings on the portion of the Bank's assets funded by its capital and lower net proceedsinterest income resulting from litigation settlements related to certain private-label RMBS, partially offset by higher net interest income.the decline in average asset balances.


The increase in total other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily due to unrealized gains on non-OTTI AFS securities in 2016 compared to unrealized losses on those securities in 2015.







Changes in Financial Condition for the Year Ended December 31, 2017. 2021. The following table presents the comparative highlights of our changes in financial condition ($ amounts in millions).

Condensed Statements of Condition December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 $ Change % ChangeCondensed Statements of ConditionDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020$ Change% Change
Advances $34,055
 $28,096
 $5,959
 21%Advances$27,498 $31,347 $(3,849)(12)%
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net 10,356
 9,501
 855
 9%Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net7,616 8,516 (900)(11)%
Cash and investments (1)
 17,628
 16,008
 1,620
 10%
Other assets 310
 302
 8
 2%
Cash and short-term investments (1)
Cash and short-term investments (1)
7,048 5,627 1,421 25 %
Investment securities and other assets (2)
Investment securities and other assets (2)
17,843 20,435 (2,592)(13)%
Total assets $62,349
 $53,907
 $8,442
 16%Total assets$60,005 $65,925 $(5,920)(9)%
        
Consolidated obligations $58,254
 $50,269
 $7,985
 16%Consolidated obligations$54,478 $59,950 $(5,472)(9)%
MRCS 164
 170
 (6) (3%)MRCS50 251 (201)(80)%
Other liabilities 985
 1,032
 (47) (5%)Other liabilities1,921 2,274 (353)(16)%
Total liabilities 59,403
 51,471
 7,932
 15%Total liabilities56,449 62,475 (6,026)(10)%
Capital stock 1,858
 1,493
 365
 24%Capital stock2,246 2,208 38 %
Retained earnings (2)(3)
 976
 887
 89
 10%1,177 1,137 40 %
AOCI 112
 56
 56
 98%AOCI133 105 28 26 %
Total capital 2,946
 2,436
 510
 21%Total capital3,556 3,450 106 %
Total liabilities and capital $62,349
 $53,907
 $8,442
 16%Total liabilities and capital$60,005 $65,925 $(5,920)(9)%
        
Total regulatory capital (3)
 $2,998
 $2,550
 $448
 18%
Total regulatory capital (4)
Total regulatory capital (4)
$3,473 $3,596 $(123)(3)%

(1)
Includes cash, interest-bearing deposits, securities purchased under agreements to resell, federal funds sold, AFS securities, and HTM securities.
(2)
Includes restricted retained earnings at December 31, 2017 and 2016 of $183 million and $152 million, respectively.
(3)
Total capital less AOCI plus MRCS.


The increase in total(1)    Includes cash, interest-bearing deposits, securities purchased under agreements to resell, and federal funds sold.
(2)    Includes trading, AFS and HTM securities.
(3)    Includes restricted retained earnings at December 31, 2021 and 2020 of $287 million and $268 million, respectively.
(4)    Total capital less AOCI plus MRCS.

Total assets at December 31, 2017 compared to2021 were $60.0 billion, a net decrease of $5.9 billion, or 9%, from December 31, 2016 was2020, driven primarily attributableby a net decrease in advances.

Advances outstanding at December 31, 2021, at carrying value, totaled $27.5 billion, a net decrease of $3.8 billion, or 12%, from December 31, 2020. The par value of advances to an increase in advances outstanding.depository institutions - comprising commercial banks, savings institutions and credit unions - and insurance companies decreased by 17% and 3%, respectively.


Mortgage loans held for portfolio at December 31, 2021 totaled $7.6 billion, a net decrease of $900 million, or 11%, from December 31, 2020, as principal payments by borrowers significantly outpaced the Bank's purchases from its members during the period.

The increase in total liabilities was attributable toliquidity portfolio, which consists of cash and short-term investments as well as U. S. Treasury securities, at December 31, 2021 totaled $10.9 billion, a net increase inof $273 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2020. Cash and short-term investments increased by $1.4 billion, or 25%, to $7.0 billion. U.S. Treasury securities, classified as trading securities, decreased by $1.1 billion, or 23%, to $3.9 billion. As a result, cash and short-term investments represented 64% of the liquidity portfolio at December 31, 2021, while U.S. Treasury securities represented 36%.

The Bank's consolidated obligations to fund our asset growth.outstanding at December 31, 2021 totaled $54.5 billion, a net decrease of $5.5 billion, or 9%, from December 31, 2020, which reflected reduced funding needs associated with the net decrease in the Bank's total assets.


Total capital at December 31, 2021 was $3.6 billion, a net increase of $106 million or 3%, from December 31, 2020.

The increase in totalBank's regulatory capital-to-assets ratio at December 31, 2021, was 5.79%, which exceeds all applicable regulatory capital was primarily as a resultrequirements.






Outlook. We believe that our financial performance will continue to provide reasonable, risk-adjusted returns for our members across a wide range of business, financial, and economic environments.


EventsDuring 2021, demand for advances declined due to the unprecedented level of liquidity injected by the Federal Reserve, excess deposits held by our members, alternative sources of wholesale funds available to our members, continued consolidation in the capital and housing markets in the last several years have provided opportunities for us to generate spreads well above historical levels on certain types of transactions. Lower-cost debt issuances have allowed us to enjoy higher spreads on advances, MPP, MBS and other investments over the past three years, in particular. However, we anticipate spreads normalizing across the balance sheet in coming quarters.

During recent years,financial services industry involving our advances business has experienced solid growth in both depository and insurance sectors. However, continued consolidation among our depository members, and the run-off from our captive insurance company advances willimpacts of governmental relief efforts in response to the pandemic. We expect these factors to continue to pressure overalldampen demand for advances levels. Althoughin 2022. In addition, we believe thatexpect the consummation of the merger of Flagstar Bank, historically one of our largest and most active borrowers, into a non-member depository institution, which is anticipated to result in repayment of their outstanding advances. As a result, we expect total advances outstanding to decline in 2022 by about 10%.

In spite of rising mortgage interest rates, we expect our member institutions could continuemortgage loan balance outstanding to slightly increase we anticipate more modest growthin 2022 due to continuing strong demand by our members to participate in our total advances balance in coming quarters.Advantage MPP and lower levels of prepayments.


The steady growthmerger of our mortgage loans held for portfolio over the past several years reflects MPP Advantage purchases outpacing mortgage repayments. Factors that impact the volume of mortgage loans purchased include interest rates, competition, the general level of housing activity in the United States, the level of mortgage refinancing activity, and consumer product preferences. Interest rates areFlagstar Bank is expected to continuereduce the amount of liquidity we need to trend upward, which may lead to slowing mortgage market activity, particularly refinancing activity, and a resulting decline in mortgage purchase volume.maintain. However, the impact of a decline in purchase volume would be eased by a slower pace of portfolio attrition. We anticipate modest growth in our purchased mortgage portfolio in 2018.


35



Our investment securities portfolio continued to increase through 2017 as a result of purchases of GSE debentures and agency MBS, while our private-label RMBS portfolio continues to run off. Wewe expect to continue to increasemaintain relatively high levels of liquidity to be able to timely support our members' needs.

We continue to seek to maintain investments in MBS holdings in 2018, along with an increasing levelup to 300% of non-MBS short-term liquid investments. The Financetotal regulatory capital. Other long-term investments, such as Agency has announced that it intendsdebentures, are likely to issue new minimum regulatory liquidity requirements for the FHLBanks in a separate rulemaking or guidance that may increase the Bank's liquidity requirements in the near future. A significant increase in required liquidity could cause a change in the mix of our investment portfolio and have an adverse impact on our earnings and capital adequacy.decline.


Access to debt markets has been reliable. Institutional investors, driven by increased liquidity preferences, risk aversion, andreliable, while the effects of money market fund reform, increased the market demand for FHLBank debt, which led to advantageous funding opportunities in 2017. The cost of our consolidated obligations decreased significantly in 2018 will depend on2021, compared to 2020. Going forward, we expect the cost to increase, with the extent of the increase dependent upon several factors, including the direction and level of market interest rates, competition from other issuers of agencyAgency debt, changes in the investment preferencesreferences of potential buyers of agencyAgency debt securities, global demand, pricing in the interest-rate swap market, and other technical market factors. As LIBOR continues to phase out, our adjustable-rate funding continues to be replaced by SOFR-indexed CO bonds.


In additionOverall interest spreads were higher in 2021, compared to having embedded prepayment options2020, and basis risk exposure, whichare expected to increase both our market riskin 2022, in spite of the expected increase in funding costs. Advance and earnings volatility, theinvestment spreads are expected to be flat while mortgage-related spreads are expected to widen due to anticipated lower amortization of purchasedpurchase premiums on mortgage assets could also cause volatility in our earnings. However, we do not anticipate any major changes in the composition of our statement of condition that would increase earnings sensitivity to changes in the market environment. 

resulting from lower prepayments. We will continue to engage in various hedging strategies and use derivatives to assist in mitigating the volatility of earnings and the MVE that arises from the maturity structure of our financial assets and liabilities. Although derivatives are used to mitigate market risk, they also introduce the potential for short-term earnings volatility, in part due to basis risk sincerisk.

In light of our inherently low interest margins as a cooperative, we must use the OIS curve in place of the LIBOR rate curve as the discount ratecontinue to estimate the fair values of collateralized LIBOR-based interest-rate-related derivatives while the hedged items are still valued using the LIBOR rate curve.

We strive to keep our operating expense ratios relatively low while maintaining adequate systems, supportwe resume many pandemic-restricted business activities and staffing. We expect operating expenses to continue to increase modestly through 2019 as we continue to strategically invest in technology to enhance our operating and risk management systems and member service capabilities. As a result, we expect a moderate increase in our operating expenses in 2022.


As a result of all of the foregoing factors, we have forecasted net income in 2022 to be slightly lower than net income in 2021.

Our board of directors' decisionsdirectors seeks to declare dividends are influenced byreward our financial condition,members with a competitive, risk-adjusted return on their investment, particularly those who actively utilize our products and services. On February 22, 2022, our board of directors declared a cash dividend on Class B-2 activity-based stock at an annualized rate of 3.25% and on Class B-1 non-activity-based stock at an annualized rate of 1.00%, resulting in a spread between the rates of 2.25 percentage points. The overall financial performanceweighted-average annualized rate paid was 2.31%. While the overall dividend rate in 2022 will depend on many factors, we expect the board to continue to maintain a meaningful spread between the rates on activity-based stock and retained earnings, as well as actual and anticipated developments in the overallnon-activity-based stock.

The ultimate effects of economic and financial environmentmarkets activity, including fiscal and monetary policies, the strength of the housing markets and the level and volatility of market interest rates continue to evolve and conditions inare highly uncertain and, therefore, the mortgage and credit markets. In addition,future impact on our board considers several other factors, including our risk profile, regulatory requirements, our relationship with our members and the stability of our current capital stock position and membership.business is difficult to predict.









Analysis of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 20162021 and 2015.2020.


Net Interest Income.Income.Net interest income, which is primarily the interest income on advances, mortgage loans held for portfolio, short-term investments, and investment securities less the interest expense on consolidated obligations and interest-bearing deposits, is our primary source of earnings. 

The decrease in net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the prior year was primarily due to lower earnings on the portion of the Bank's assets funded by its capital and the decline in average asset balances, partially offset by lower amortization of mortgage purchase premiums resulting from lower prepayments on mortgage loans and net hedging gains on qualifying fair-value hedging relationships.

For the hedging relationships that qualified for hedge accounting, the differences between those changes in fair value (i.e. hedge ineffectiveness) are recorded in net interest income and resulted in net hedging gains of $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to net hedging losses of $12 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The gains and losses for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were primarily due to marginal mismatches in durations on, and the increase in volume of, swapped GSE MBS, particularly Fannie Mae Delegated Underwriting and Servicing ("DUS"). As a result of issuing floating-rate consolidated obligations to fund these MBS purchases instead of swapped fixed-rate consolidated obligations, our funding and operational costs were reduced, but there was less offsetting hedge ineffectiveness, resulting in higher unrealized hedging gains or losses. However, to mitigate the volatility, during 2020 we began implementing a strategy of terminating certain interest-rate swaps associated with the MBS DUS and entering into hedging relationships with new interest-rate swaps, a strategy we continued in 2021.

Our net gains (losses) on derivatives fluctuate due tovolatility in the overall interest-rate environment as we hedge our asset or liability risk exposures. In general, we hold derivatives and associated hedged items to the maturity, call, or put date. Therefore, due to timing, nearly all of the cumulative net gains and losses for these financial instruments will generally reverse over the remaining contractual terms of the hedged item. However, there may be instances when we terminate these instruments prior to the maturity, call or put date, which may result in a realized gain or loss. For more information, see Notes to Financial Statements - Note 8 - Derivatives and Hedging Activities.




The following table presents average daily balances, interest income/expense, and average yieldsyields/cost of funds of our major categories of interest-earning assets and their funding sources ($ amounts in millions).

Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
2017 2016 2015 202120202019
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Yield
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Yield
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Yield
Average
Balance
Interest
Income/
Expense (1)
Average
Yield/Cost of Funds (1)
Average
Balance
Interest
Income/
Expense (1)
Average
Yield/Cost of Funds (1)
Average
Balance
Interest
Income/
Expense (1)
Average
Yield/Cost of Funds (1)
Assets:                 Assets:
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell$4,919
 $50
 1.02% $4,215
 $17
 0.40% $3,698
 $4
 0.12 %Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell$7,026 $0.06 %$5,716 $23 0.39 %$6,246 $141 2.26 %
Investment securities (1)
12,621
 240
 1.90% 11,872
 182
 1.53% 10,012
 149
 1.48 %
Advances (2)
31,209
 406
 1.30% 25,974
 220
 0.85% 22,988
 127
 0.55 %
Mortgage loans held for
portfolio (2)
9,922
 315
 3.17% 8,792
 274
 3.12% 7,734
 264
 3.42 %
Other assets (interest-earning) (3)
364
 5
 1.47% 313
 2
 0.63% 213
 
 (0.17)%
Investment securities (2)
Investment securities (2)
19,264 180 0.93 %19,984 265 1.32 %16,465 419 2.54 %
Advances (3)
Advances (3)
28,609 115 0.40 %32,919 329 1.00 %31,969 813 2.54 %
Mortgage loans held for portfolio (3)(4)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio (3)(4)
7,852 169 2.15 %9,927 231 2.33 %11,252 358 3.17 %
Other assets (interest-earning) (5)
Other assets (interest-earning) (5)
734 0.07 %1,470 0.38 %1,091 22 2.02 %
Total interest-earning assets59,035
 1,016
 1.72% 51,166
 695
 1.36% 44,645
 544
 1.22 %Total interest-earning assets63,485 470 0.74 %70,016 853 1.22 %67,023 1,753 2.62 %
Other assets (4)
444
     326
     378
    
Other assets (6)
Other assets (6)
612 (22)179 
Total assets$59,479
     $51,492
     $45,023
    Total assets$64,097 $69,994 $67,202 
                 
Liabilities and Capital:                 Liabilities and Capital:
Interest-bearing deposits$555
 5
 0.86% $597
 1
 0.12% $706
 
 0.01 %Interest-bearing deposits$1,609 — 0.01 %$1,384 0.21 %$673 13 1.92 %
Discount notes20,116
 182
 0.91% 16,129
 64
 0.40% 12,617
 19
 0.16 %Discount notes15,012 0.06 %22,868 117 0.51 %19,392 440 2.27 %
CO bonds (2)
35,302
 560
 1.59% 31,662
 425
 1.34% 28,546
 328
 1.15 %
CO bonds (3)
CO bonds (3)
43,033 206 0.48 %41,105 462 1.12 %42,994 1,050 2.44 %
MRCS167
 7
 4.22% 152
 7
 4.35% 15
 1
 3.53 %MRCS174 1.49 %290 2.96 %236 12 5.02 %
Other borrowingsOther borrowings— — — %— — — %— 2.28 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities56,140
 754
 1.34% 48,540
 497
 1.02% 41,884
 348
 0.83 %Total interest-bearing liabilities59,828 218 0.36 %65,647 590 0.90 %63,297 1,515 2.39 %
Other liabilities679
     653
     782
    Other liabilities708 1,052 790 
Total capital2,660
     2,299
     2,357
    Total capital3,561 3,295 3,115 
Total liabilities and capital$59,479
     $51,492
     $45,023
    Total liabilities and capital$64,097 $69,994 $67,202 
                 
Net interest income  $262
     $198
     $196
  Net interest income$252 $263 $238 
                 
Net spread on interest-earning assets less interest-bearing liabilities    0.38%     0.34%     0.39 %Net spread on interest-earning assets less interest-bearing liabilities0.38 %0.32 %0.23 %
                 
Net interest margin (5)(7)
    0.45%     0.39%     0.44 %0.40 %0.38 %0.35 %
                 
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities1.05
     1.05
     1.07
    Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities1.06 1.07 1.06 


(1)
Consists of AFS and HTM securities. The average balances of investment securities are based on amortized cost; therefore, the resulting yields do not reflect changes in the estimated fair value of AFS securities that are included as a component of OCI, nor do they reflect OTTI-related non-credit losses. Interest income/expense includes the effect of associated derivative transactions.
(2)
Interest income/expense and average yield include all other components of interest, including the impact of net interest payments or receipts on derivatives in qualifying hedge relationships, amortization of hedge accounting adjustments, and prepayment fees on advances.
(3)
Consists of interest-bearing deposits, loans to other FHLBanks (if applicable), and grantor trust assets that are carried at estimated fair value. Includes the rights or obligations to cash collateral, except for variation margin payments characterized as daily settled contracts.
(4)
Includes changes in the estimated fair value of AFS securities and the effect of OTTI-related non-credit losses on AFS and HTM securities.
(5)
Net interest income expressed as a percentage of the average balance of interest-earning assets. 

(1)    Includes hedging gains (losses) on qualifying fair-value hedging relationships. Excludes impact of purchase discount (premium) recorded through mark-to-market gains (losses) on trading securities and net interest settlements on derivatives hedging trading securities.
(2)    Consists of trading, AFS and HTM securities. The average balances of AFS securities are based on amortized cost; therefore, the resulting yields do not reflect changes in the estimated fair value that are a component of OCI. Interest income/expense and average yield/cost of funds include all other components of interest, including the impact of net interest payments or receipts on derivatives in qualifying hedging relationships and amortization of hedge accounting basis adjustments. Excludes net interest payments or receipts on derivatives in economic hedging relationships.
(3)    Interest income/expense and average yield/cost of funds include all other components of interest, including the impact of net interest payments or receipts on derivatives in qualifying hedge relationships, amortization of hedge accounting basis adjustments, and prepayment fees on advances. Excludes net interest payments or receipts on derivatives in economic hedging relationships.
(4)    Includes non-accrual loans.
(5)    Consists of interest-bearing deposits and loans to other FHLBanks (if applicable). Includes the rights or obligations to cash collateral, except for variation margin payments characterized as daily settled contracts.
37
39
Table of Contents




(6)    Includes changes in the estimated fair value of AFS securities and grantor trust assets.
(7)    Net interest income expressed as a percentage of the average balance of interest-earning assets. 

Changes in both volume and interest rates determine changes in net interest income and net interest margin. Changes in interest income and interest expense that are not identifiable as either volume-related or rate-related, but are attributable to both volume and rate changes, have been allocated to the volume and rate categories based upon the proportion of the volume and rate changes. The following table presents the changes in interest income and interest expense by volume and rate ($ amounts in millions).
 Year Ended December 31,
 2021 vs. 2020
ComponentsVolumeRateTotal
Increase (decrease) in interest income:   
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell$$(22)$(18)
Investment securities(6)(79)(85)
Advances(38)(176)(214)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio(46)(16)(62)
Other assets (interest-earning)(2)(2)(4)
Total(88)(295)(383)
Increase (decrease) in interest expense:   
Interest-bearing deposits(3)(2)
Discount notes(30)(78)(108)
CO bonds20 (276)(256)
MRCS(3)(3)(6)
Total(12)(360)(372)
Increase (decrease) in net interest income$(76)$65 $(11)

  Years Ended December 31,
  2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
Components Volume Rate Total Volume Rate Total
Increase (decrease) in interest income:  
  
  
      
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell $3
 $30
 $33
 $1
 $12
 $13
Investment securities 16
 42
 58
 15
 18
 33
Advances 51
 135
 186
 18
 75
 93
Mortgage loans held for portfolio 36
 5
 41
 34
 (24) 10
Other assets (interest earning) 
 3
 3
 
 2
 2
Total 106
 215
 321
 68
 83
 151
Increase (decrease) in interest expense:  
  
  
      
Interest-bearing deposits 
 4
 4
 
 1
 1
Discount notes 19
 99
 118
 7
 38
 45
CO bonds 53
 82
 135
 38
 59
 97
MRCS 
 
 
 6
 
 6
Total 72
 185
 257
 51
 98
 149
Increase (decrease) in net interest income $34
 $30
 $64
 $17
 $(15) $2
Yields.Yields/Cost of Funds. The average yield on total interest-earning assets for the year ended December 31, 20172021, including the impact of net hedging gains/losses but excluding certain impacts of trading securities, was 1.72%0.74%, an increasea decrease of 3648 bps compared to 2016,2020, resulting primarily from increasesdecreases in market interest rates that led to higherlower yields on advances and investment securities.all of our interest-earning assets. The average cost of funds of total interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 20172021, including the impact of net hedging gains/losses but excluding certain impacts of trading securities, was 1.34%0.36%, an increasea decrease of 3254 bps from the prior year due to higherlower funding costs on consolidated obligations.all of our interest-bearing liabilities. The net effect was an increase in the net interest spread of 6 bps to 0.38% for the year ended December 31, 20172021 from 0.34%0.32% for the year ended December 31, 2016.2020.


The average yield on total interest-earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 1.36%, an increase of 14 bps compared to 2015, resulting primarily from increases in market interest rates that led to higher yields on advances and investment securities, partially offset by lower yields on mortgage loans. The decrease in the yields on mortgage loans was due to an increase in prepayments of our higher-yielding MPP loans, resulting in accelerated amortization of purchase premiums on our newer loans. The cost of total interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 1.02%, an increase of 19 bps from the prior year due to higher funding costs on consolidated obligations and accelerated amortization of concession fees associated with the exercise of our call option on certain CO bonds that funded our mortgage portfolios and which were reissued at a lower cost. The net effect was a reduction in the net interest spread to 0.34% for the year ended December 31, 2016 from 0.39% for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Average Balances. The average balances outstanding of interest-earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased2021 decreased by 9% compared to 2016, largely due tothe prior year. The average balances of advances and to a lesser extent, mortgage loans and investment securities. The average amount of advances outstanding increased by 20%, generally due to members' higher funding needs. The average amount of mortgage loans held for portfolio outstanding increaseddecreased by 13% due to higher purchases from members under MPP Advantage. Additionally, the increase in the average balances of investment securities was due primarily to purchases of agency MBS.and 21%, respectively, reflecting paydowns by our borrowers. The increasedecrease in average interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2017,2021, compared to 2016,the prior year, was due to an increasea decrease in consolidated obligations to funddiscount notes outstanding which reflected the increasesreduced funding needs associated with the net decrease in the average balances of all interest-earning assets.

The average balances of total interest-earning assets, for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased compared to 2015, largely due to advances, investment securities and mortgage loans. The average amountnet of advances outstanding increased by 13%, generally due to members' higher funding needs. The increase in the average balances of investment securities was due primarily to purchases of GSE debentures and agency MBS. Additionally, the average amount of mortgage loans held for portfolio outstanding increased by 14% due to higher purchases from members under MPP Advantage. The increase in average interest-bearing liabilities, for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to 2015, was due to an increase in consolidated obligations to fund the increases in the average balances of all interest-earning assets.decreased by 16%.


38
Table of Contents



Provision for (Reversal of) Credit Losses. TheThe change in the provisionprovisions for (reversal of) credit losses for the year ended December 31, 20172021 compared to 2016the prior year was insignificant.

40
Table of Contents


The change in the provision for (reversal of) credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015 was due to a lower reversal of estimated MPP losses resulting from modeling updates.

Other Income (Loss).Income.The following table presents a comparison of the components of other income ($ amounts in millions). 

  Years Ended December 31,
Components 2017 2016 2015
Total OTTI losses $
 $
 $
Non-credit portion reclassified to (from) other comprehensive income 
 
 
Net OTTI credit losses 
 
 
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities (9) 2
 3
Other      
Litigation settlements, net (1)
 1
 
 5
Other miscellaneous 2
 4
 2
Total other income (loss) $(6) $6
 $10
 Years Ended December 31,
Components20212020
Net realized gains from sale of available-for-sale securities$— $
Net unrealized gains (losses) on trading securities (1)
(15)(37)
Net realized gains (losses) on trading securities (2)
(33)23 
Net gains (losses) on trading securities(48)(14)
Net gains (losses) on derivatives hedging trading securities15 
Net interest settlements on derivatives (3)
(9)(47)
Net gains (losses) on other derivatives not designated as hedging instruments(2)(4)
Net gains (losses) on derivatives(48)
Change in fair value of investments indirectly funding our SERP
Other, net
Total other income (loss)$(34)$(55)


(1)
See Notes to Financial Statements - Note 20 - Commitments and Contingencies and Item 3. Legal Proceedings for additional information on litigation settlements.

(1)    Includes impact of purchase discount (premium) recorded through mark-to-market gains (losses). Excludes impact of associated derivatives.
(2)    Includes, at maturity, 100% of original discount (premium) as gain (loss). Excludes impact of associated derivatives.
(3)    Generally offsetting interest income on trading securities is included in interest income.

The net decrease in total other incomeloss for the year ended December 31, 20172021 compared to 20162020 was due primarily due to lower net interest settlements on the derivatives associated with trading securities, partially offset by higher net losses on derivatives and hedging activities.trading securities, net of associated derivatives.


The decrease in total other income for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily due to lower net proceeds from litigation settlements related to certain of our private-label RMBS.

OTTI Losses.As described in detail in Notes to Financial Statements - Note 6 - Other-Than-Temporary Impairment, OTTI credit losses recorded on private-label RMBS are derived from projections of the future cash flows of the individual securities. These projections are based on a number of assumptions and expectations, which are updated on a quarterly basis. OTTI losses over the past several years have been insignificant due to the continuing economic recovery, particularly in the housing market, and its favorable impact on housing prices.

Net Gains (Losses) on DerivativesTrading Securities. We purchase fixed-rate U.S. Treasury securities to enhance our liquidity. These securities are classified as trading securities and Hedging Activities. Our netare recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in other income. Such changes include the impact of purchase discount (premium) recorded through mark-to-market gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities fluctuate due tovolatility in the overall interest-rate environment as we hedge our asset or liability risk exposures. In general, we hold derivatives and associated hedged items to the maturity, call, or put date. Therefore, due to timing, nearly allthese securities. There are a number of the cumulative net gains and losses for these financial instruments will generally reverse over the remaining contractual terms of the hedged item. However, there may be instances when we terminate these instruments prior to the maturity, call or put date. Terminating the financial instrument or hedging relationship may result in a realized gain or loss. See Notes to Financial Statements - Note 11 - Derivatives and Hedging Activities for more information.

The Bank uses interest-rate swaps to hedge the risk of changes infactors that affect the fair value of certain of its advances, consolidated obligations and AFSthese securities, due toincluding changes in market interest rates. These hedging relationships are designated as fair value hedges. Changes in the estimated fair value of the derivative and, to the extent these relationships qualify for hedge accounting, changes in the fair value of the hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk are recorded in earnings. The estimated fair values are based on a wide range of factors, including current and projected levels of interest rates, credit spreadsthe passage of time, and volatility.


39
Table of Contents



For those hedging relationships These trading securities are economically hedged, so that qualified for hedge accounting,over time the differences betweengains (losses) on these securities will be generally offset by the change in the estimated fair value of the hedged items and the change in the estimated fair value of the associated interest-rate swaps, i.e., hedge ineffectiveness, resulted in a net loss of $7 millionderivatives, except for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to a net gain of $4 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. any purchase discount/premium.

The losses for the year ended December 31, 2017 were primarily due to marginal mismatches in durations on, and the increase in volume of, swapped GSE MBS, particularly Fannie Mae Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (DUS) MBS. There is less offsetting hedge ineffectiveness on the related funding due to the increased issuance of floating rate notes.

To the extent these hedges do not qualify for hedge accounting, or cease to qualify because they are determined to be ineffective, only the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in earnings with no offsetting change in the fair value of the hedged item.

For derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting (economic hedges),following table presents the net interest settlements and the changes in the estimated fair valueimpact of the derivatives are recorded in net gains (losses)these trading securities on derivatives and hedging activities. For economic hedges, the Bank recorded a net loss of $2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively and a net loss of $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.


40
Table of Contents



The tables below present the net effect of derivatives on net interest income and other income (loss), within the net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities, by type of hedge and hedged itembefore assessments ($ amounts in millions).

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Advances Investments Mortgage Loans CO Bonds Discount Notes Other Total
Net interest income:              
Amortization/accretion of hedging activities (1)
 $
 $2
 $(1) $
 $
 $
 $1
Net interest settlements (2)
 (31) (48) 
 16
 
 
 (63)
Total net interest income (31) (46) (1) 16
 
 
 (62)
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities:              
Gains (losses) on fair-value hedges (1) (4) 
 (2) 
 
 (7)
Gains (losses) on derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting (3)
 
 
 (1) 
 (1) 
 (2)
Other (4)
 


 
 
 
 
 
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities (1) (4) (1) (2) (1) 
 (9)
Total net effect of derivatives and hedging activities $(32) $(50) $(2) $14
 $(1) $
 $(71)
               
Year Ended December 31, 2016              
Net interest income:              
Amortization/accretion of hedging activities (1)
 $
 $9
 $(2) $
 $
 $
 $7
Net interest settlements (2)
 (91) (94) 
 17
 
 
 (168)
Total net interest income (91) (85) (2) 17
 
 
 (161)
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities:              
Gains (losses) on fair-value hedges 1
 (1) 
 4
 
 
 4
Gains (losses) on derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting (3)
 
 
 (2) 
 
 
 (2)
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities 1
 (1) (2) 4
 
 
 2
Total net effect of derivatives and hedging activities $(90) $(86) $(4) $21
 $
 $
 $(159)
               
Year Ended December 31, 2015              
Net interest income:              
Amortization/accretion of hedging activities (1)
 $
 $12
 $(1) $(4) $
 $
 $7
Net interest settlements (2)
 (155) (98) 
 57
 
 
 (196)
Total net interest income (155) (86) (1) 53
 
 
 (189)
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities:              
Gains (losses) on fair-value hedges 2
 (4) 
 6
 
 
 4
Gains (losses) on derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting (3)
 
 
 (3) 2
 
 
 (1)
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities 2
 (4) (3) 8
 
 
 3
Total net effect of derivatives and hedging activities $(153) $(90) $(4) $61
 $
 $
 $(186)
Years Ended December 31,
Earnings Components of Trading Securities20212020
Net interest income (1)
$46 $65 
Other income:
Net unrealized gains (losses)(15)(37)
Net realized gains (losses)(33)23 
Net interest settlements on derivatives(9)(52)
Change in fair value of derivatives15 
Other income (loss), net(42)(63)
Net impact of trading securities on income before assessments$$


(1)    Includes an estimate of associated interest expense.


(1)
Represents the amortization/accretion of fair value hedge accounting adjustments for both current and terminated hedge positions.
(2)
Represents interest income/expense on derivatives in qualifying hedge relationships. Excludes the interest income/expense of the respective hedged items, which fully offset the interest income/expense of the derivatives, except to the extent of any hedge ineffectiveness.
(3)
Includes net interest settlements on derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting. See Notes to Financial Statements - Note 11 - Derivatives and Hedging Activities for additional information.
(4)
Consists of price alignment amounts on derivatives for which variation margin payments are characterized as daily settled contracts.

41
Table of Contents




Other Expenses. The following table presents a comparison of the components of other expenses ($ amounts in millions).

 Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
Components 2017 2016 2015Components20212020
Compensation and benefits $48
 $46
 $43
Compensation and benefits$61 $61 
Other operating expenses 26
 25
 22
Other operating expenses30 32 
Finance Agency and Office of Finance expenses 7
 6
 6
Finance Agency and Office of FinanceFinance Agency and Office of Finance12 10 
Other 1
 1
 1
Other10 
Total other expenses $82
 $78
 $72
Total other expenses$113 $109 


The increase in total other expenses for the year ended December 31, 20172021 compared to 20162020 was due primarily to increases in compensationour proportionate share of Finance Agency and benefits, primarily driven by salary increases and higher head count. The increase in headcount was primarily due to strengthening our information security, business continuity and risk management capabilities and reducing our reliance on contractual resources.

The increase in total other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015 was driven primarily by increases in compensation and benefits and other operating expenses. The increase in compensation and benefits was due to merit increases, higher head count, and higher incentive compensation achievement. The increase in other operating expenses was primarily due to higher professional fees and services.

Office of Finance Expenses.costs and accelerated amortization of net actuarial loss due to settlements under our SERP.

The FHLBanks fund the costs of the Office of Finance as a joint office that facilitates issuing and servicing consolidated obligations, preparation ofprepares the FHLBanks' combined quarterly and annual financial reports, and performs certain other functions. For each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021 and 2015,2020, our assessments to fund the Office of Finance totaled approximately $4 million, $3$6 million and $3$5 million, respectively.


Finance Agency Expenses.EachFHLBank is assessed a portion of the operating costs of our regulator, the Finance Agency. We have no direct control over these costs. For each of the years ended December 31, 20172021 and 2020, our portion totaled $6 million and $5 million, 2016 and 2015, our Finance Agency assessments totaled approximately $3 million.respectively.


AHP Assessments. The FHLBanks are required to set aside annually, in the aggregate, the greater of $100 million or 10% of their net earnings to fund the AHP. For purposes of the AHP calculation, net earnings is defined as income before assessments, plus interest expense related to MRCS, if applicable. For each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021 and 2015,2020, our AHP expense was approximately $18 million, $13 million, and $13 million, respectively.$11 million. Our AHP expense fluctuates in accordance with our net earnings.


If we experienced a net loss during a quarter but still had net earnings for the year to date, our obligation to the AHP would be calculated based on our year-to-date net earnings. If we experienced a net loss for a full year, we would have no obligation to the AHP for the year, since our required annual contribution is limited to annual net earnings.

If the FHLBanks' aggregate 10% contribution were less than $100 million, each FHLBank would be required to contribute an additional pro rata amount. The proration would be based on the net earnings of each FHLBank in relation to the net earnings of all FHLBanks for the previous year, up to the Bank's annual net earnings. There was no shortfall in 2017, 2016 or 2015.

If we determine that our required AHP contributions are adversely affecting our financial stability, we may apply to the Finance Agency for a temporary suspension of our contributions. We did not make such an application in 2017, 2016 or 2015.

Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).Total other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $55 million, $33 million and $(24) million, respectively. Total other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 consisted substantially of unrealized gains on non-OTTI AFS securities. Total other comprehensive lossOCI for the year ended December 31, 20152021 consisted primarilysubstantially of decreases ingains under our SERP, due to a plan amendment and accelerated amortization of net actuarial loss to other expenses due to settlements, and net unrealized gains on AFS securities. Total OCI for the fair valueyear ended December 31, 2020 consisted substantially of net unrealized gains on AFS securities, partially offset by net actuarial loss on our SERP. The unrealized gains on AFS securities primarily agency AFS securities,resulted from changes in interest rates, credit spreads and to a lesser extent, an increase in the amortized cost basis of OTTI AFS MBS not offset by an increase in the fair value.volatility.



42
Table of Contents




Operating Segments
 
Our products and services are grouped within two operating segments:traditional and mortgage loans.
 
Traditional. The traditional segment consists of (i) credit products (including advances, standby letters of credit, and lines of credit), (ii) investments (including federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell, AFS securitiesinterest-bearing demand deposit accounts, and HTMinvestment securities), and (iii) and correspondent services and deposits. The following table presents the financial performance of our traditional segment ($ amounts in millions).

 Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
Traditional 2017 2016 2015Traditional20212020
Net interest income $193
 $144
 $128
Net interest income$230 $254 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 
 
 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses— — 
Other income (loss) (5) 7
 13
Other income (loss)(33)(52)
Other expenses 70
 66
 62
Other expenses97 93 
Income before assessments 118
 85
 79
Income before assessments100 109 
Total assessments 12
 9
 8
AHP assessmentsAHP assessments10 12 
Net income $106
 $76
 $71
Net income$90 $97 


The increasedecrease in net income for the traditional segment for the year ended December 31, 20172021 compared to 2016the prior year was substantially due to higherlower earnings on the portion of Bank's assets funded by its capital and lower net interest income primarily as a result of higher yields on and higherresulting from the decline in average asset balances, of advances and investments outstanding, partially offset by higher funding costs. This net increase was partially offset by higher expenses and net losseshedging gains on derivatives andqualifying fair-value hedging activities.relationships.


The increase in net income for the traditional segment for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015 was due to higher net interest income primarily as a result of higher yields on and higher average balances of advances and investments outstanding, partially offset by higher funding costs. This net increase was partially offset by lower net proceeds from litigation settlements related to certain private-label RMBS.

Mortgage Loans. The mortgage loans segment includes (i)consists substantially of mortgage loans purchased from our members through our MPP and (ii) participating interests purchased in 2012 - 2014 from the FHLBank of Topeka in mortgage loans originated by certain of its PFIs under the MPF Program. MPP. The following table presents the financial performance of our mortgage loans segment ($ amounts in millions). 

 Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
Mortgage Loans 2017 2016 2015Mortgage Loans20212020
Net interest income $69
 $54
 $68
Net interest income$22 $
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 
 
 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses— — 
Other income (loss) (1) (1) (3)Other income (loss)(1)(3)
Other expenses 12
 12
 10
Other expenses16 16 
Income before assessments 56
 41
 55
Total assessments 6
 4
 5
Net income $50
 $37
 $50
Income (loss) before assessmentsIncome (loss) before assessments(10)
AHP assessments (credit)AHP assessments (credit)(1)
Net income (loss)Net income (loss)$$(9)


The increase in net income for the mortgage loans segment for the year ended December 31, 20172021 compared to 2016the prior year was due to higher net interest income resulting from an increase in the average outstanding balancelower but still accelerated amortization of mortgage loans held for portfolio, a decrease in amortization of concession fees on called consolidated obligations, and a decrease in amortization of purchasedpurchase premiums resulting from lower but still elevated MPP loan prepayments.


The decrease in net income for the mortgage loans segment for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily due to a decrease in net interest income resulting from higher prepayments of MPP loans, which caused accelerated amortization of purchased premiums on our newer loans. The decrease also resulted from higher funding costs and the accelerated amortization of concession fees associated with the exercise of our call option on certain CO bonds funding our mortgage loan portfolio which were reissued at a lower cost. Partially offsetting this decrease was an increase in the average outstanding balance of mortgage loans held for portfolio.

43
Table of Contents




Analysis of Financial Condition
 
Total Assets. The table below presents the comparative highlights of our major asset categories ($ amounts in millions).

 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Major Asset Categories Carrying Value % of Total Carrying Value % of TotalMajor Asset CategoriesCarrying Value% of TotalCarrying Value% of Total
Advances $34,055
 55% $28,096
 52%Advances$27,498 46 %$31,347 48 %
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net 10,356
 17% 9,501
 18%Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net7,616 13 %8,516 13 %
Cash and short-term investments 4,601
 7% 4,128
 8%Cash and short-term investments7,048 12 %5,627 %
Investment securities 13,027
 21% 11,880
 22%
Trading securitiesTrading securities3,947 %5,095 %
Other investment securitiesOther investment securities13,474 22 %14,846 22 %
Other assets (1)
 310
 % 302
 %
Other assets (1)
422 — %494 — %
Total assets $62,349
 100% $53,907
 100%Total assets$60,005 100 %$65,925 100 %

(1)
Includes accrued interest receivable, premises, software and equipment, derivative assets and other miscellaneous assets.


(1)    Includes accrued interest receivable, premises, software and equipment, derivative assets and other miscellaneous assets.

Total assets were $62.3 billion as of December 31, 2017, an increase2021 were $60.0 billion, a decrease of 16%$5.9 billion, or 9%, compared to December 31, 2016. This increase of $8.4 billion was2020, primarily duedriven by net decreases in advances outstanding to an increase in advances.members. The mix of our assets at December 31, 2021 changed compared to December 31, 2020 in that advances as a percent of total assets changed slightly during 2017,declined from 48% to 46% while cash and short-term investments increased from 9% to 12%, reflecting primarily due to the growth inpaydowns of short-term advances.


Under the Finance Agency's Prudential Management and Operations Standards, if our non-advance assets were to grow by more than 30% over the six calendar quarters preceding a Finance Agency determination that we have failed to meet any of these standards, the Finance Agency would be required to impose one or more sanctions on us, which could include, among others, a limit on asset growth, an increase in the level of retained earnings, and a prohibition on dividends or the redemption or repurchase of capitalcapital stock. Through the six-quarter period ended December 31, 2017,2021, our growth in non-advance assets did not exceed 30%.


Advances. In general, advances fluctuate in accordance with our members' funding needs, primarily determined by their deposit levels, mortgage pipelines, loan growth, investment opportunities, available collateral, other balance sheet strategies, and the cost of alternative funding options.


Advances at December 31, 2021 at carrying value totaled $34.1$27.5 billion, at December 31, 2017, a net increasedecrease of 21%$3.8 billion, or 12%, compared to December 31, 2016,2020. The unprecedented level of liquidity injected by the Federal Reserve, excess deposits held by our members, alternative sources of wholesale funds available to our members, continued consolidation in spitethe financial services industry involving our members, and the impacts of governmental relief efforts in response to the 10% decline inCOVID-19 pandemic continue to dampen overall demand for advances.

Our advances outstandingportfolio is well-diversified with advances to captive insurers. In accordance with the Final Membership Rule, by February 19, 2017, the memberships of the six captive insurers that were admitted as members on or after September 12, 2014 were terminated and all of their outstanding advances were fully repaid.

Advances to depository members - comprising commercial banks and savings institutions, and credit unions, - increased by 42%. Advances toand insurance company members (excluding captive insurance companies) increased by 8%. The significant increase in advances to depository members resulted in a change in the mix of advances by member type during the year. companies. Advances to depository institutions, as a percent of total advances outstanding increased from 47%at par value, were 54% at December 31, 2016 to 55% at December 31, 2017,2021, while advances to all insurance companies decreased from 53% to 45% at those dates.were 46%.



44
Table of Contents




The table below presents advances outstanding by type of financial institution ($ amounts in millions).

 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Borrower Type Par Value % of Total Par Value % of TotalBorrower TypePar Value% of TotalPar Value% of Total
Depository institutions:        Depository institutions:
Commercial banks and saving institutions $15,818
 46% $10,805
 39%
Commercial banks and saving institutions (1)
Commercial banks and saving institutions (1)
$12,199 45 %$14,749 48 %
Credit unions 2,901
 9% 2,385
 8%Credit unions2,199 %2,548 %
Former members - depositoriesFormer members - depositories225 %268 %
Total depository institutions 18,719
 55% 13,190
 47%Total depository institutions14,623 54 %17,565 57 %
        
Insurance companies:        Insurance companies:
Captive insurance companies (1)(2)
 
 % 56
 %263 %288 %
Captive insurance companies (2)
 3,020
 9% 3,310
 12%
Other insurance companies 12,389
 36% 11,482
 41%Other insurance companies12,419 45 %12,832 42 %
Former members - insurance companiesFormer members - insurance companies— %— %
Total insurance companies 15,409
 45% 14,848
 53%Total insurance companies12,687 46 %13,126 43 %
     
  
Total members 34,128
 100% 28,038
 100%
CDFIsCDFIs— — %— — %
        
Former members 41
 % 94
 %
        
Total advances $34,169
 100% $28,132
 100%
Total advances outstandingTotal advances outstanding$27,310 100 %$30,691 100 %

(1)
Membership terminated by February 19, 2017.
(2)
Membership must terminate no later than February 19, 2021.

(1)     Includes advances outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020 of $3.0 billion, or 11%, and $4.6 billion, or 15%, of total advances outstanding, respectively, to Flagstar. The parent company of Flagstar announced a merger pursuant to which Flagstar would merge with a non-member depository. On the effective date of Flagstar's merger, any outstanding advances will be required to be repaid at their respective maturity dates. For more information on how this anticipated merger could negatively affect the Bank, see Item 1A. Risk Factors - A Loss of Significant Borrowers, PFIs, Acceptable Loan Servicers or Other Financial Counterparties Could Adversely Impact Our Profitability, Our Ability to Achieve Business Objectives, Our Ability to Pay Dividends or Redeem or Repurchase Capital Stock, and Our Risk Concentration.

(2)     Captive insurance companies that were admitted as FHLBank members prior to September 12, 2014, and did not meet the definition of "insurance company" or fall within another category of institution that is eligible for FHLBank membership under the Final Membership Rule, had their memberships terminated on February 19, 2021. The outstanding advances to one captive insurer are not required to be repaid prior to their various maturity dates through 2024.
45
Table of Contents




Our advanceadvances portfolio includes fixed- and variable-rate advances, as well as callable or prepayable and putable advances. For prepayablePrepayable advances the advance canmay be prepaid on specified dates without incurring repayment or termination fees. All other advances may only be prepaid by the borrower paying a fee that is sufficient to make us financially indifferent to the prepaymentprepayment.


45
Table of the advance.Contents



The following table presents the par value of advances outstanding by product type and contractual maturity dates,redemption term, some of which contain call or put options ($ amounts in millions).

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Product Type and Redemption TermPar Value % of TotalPar Value % of Total
Fixed-rate:
Without call or put options
Due in 1 year or less$7,670 29 %$10,023 33 %
Due after 1 through 5 years5,708 21 %6,753 22 %
Due after 5 through 15 years752 %1,243 %
Thereafter— %— %
Total14,132 53 %18,021 59 %
Callable or prepayable
Due in 1 year or less— — %— — %
Due after 1 through 5 years— %— %
Due after 5 through 15 years— %— %
Thereafter— — %— — %
Total— %— %
Putable
Due in 1 year or less— — %— — %
Due after 1 through 5 years2,289 %1,700 %
Due after 5 through 15 years5,747 21 %5,552 18 %
Thereafter— — %— — %
Total8,036 29 %7,252 24 %
Other (1)
Due in 1 year or less50 — %32 — %
Due after 1 through 5 years64 — %102 — %
Due after 5 through 15 years24 — %34 — %
Thereafter— %— %
Total141 — %172 — %
Total fixed-rate22,316 82 %25,452 83 %
Variable-rate:
Without call or put options
Due in 1 year or less18 — %24 — %
Due after 1 through 5 years167 %— — %
Due after 5 through 15 years— — %— — %
Thereafter— — %— — %
Total185 %24 — %
Callable or prepayable
Due in 1 year or less126 — %36 — %
Due after 1 through 5 years2,831 10 %3,099 11 %
Due after 5 through 15 years1,297 %1,380 %
Thereafter555 %700 %
Total4,809 17 %5,215 17 %
Total variable-rate4,994 18 %5,239 17 %
Total advances$27,310 100 %$30,691 100 %

(1)    Includes fixed-rate amortizing/mortgage matched advances.
46
Table of Contents


  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Product Type and Contractual Maturity Par Value % of Total Par Value % of Total
Fixed-rate:        
Fixed-rate (1)
        
Due in 1 year or less $15,950
 47% $11,386
 41%
Due after 1 year 6,880
 20% 7,245
 26%
Total 22,830
 67% 18,631
 67%
         
Callable or prepayable        
Due in 1 year or less 
 % 4
 %
Due after 1 year 28
 % 28
 %
Total 28
 % 32
 %
         
Putable        
Due in 1 year or less 28
 % 43
 %
Due after 1 year 1,825
 5% 901
 3%
Total 1,853
 5% 944
 3%
         
Other (2)
        
Due in 1 year or less 127
 % 31
 %
Due after 1 year 295
 1% 565
 2%
Total 422
 1% 596
 2%
         
Total fixed-rate 25,133
 73% 20,203
 72%
         
Variable-rate:        
Variable-rate (1)
        
Due in 1 year or less 37
 % 59
 %
Due after 1 year 2,193
 7% 2,346
 8%
Total 2,230
 7% 2,405
 8%
         
Callable or prepayable        
Due in 1 year or less 793
 2% 1,076
 4%
Due after 1 year 6,013
 18% 4,448
 16%
Total 6,806
 20% 5,524
 20%
         
Total variable-rate 9,036
 27% 7,929
 28%
         
Total advances $34,169
 100% $28,132
 100%

(1)
Includes advances without call or put options and callable advances whose lockout dates have not yet passed.
(2)
Includes hybrid, fixed-rate amortizing/mortgage matched advances.

Callable advances with lockout dates that have not yet passed have not been classified as callable or prepayable, but instead as either fixed- or variable-rate. If the lockout dates were ignored, total callable or prepayable advances would total $8.9 billion or 26%, and $7.8 billion or 28%, of advances outstanding, at par, at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Advances due in one year or less, increased from 45%as a percentage of the total outstanding at par, decreased from 33% at December 31, 20162020 to 50% of the total outstanding, at par,29% at December 31, 2017, reflecting members' increased demand for short-term funding. However, longer-term advances also grew during the year.2021. See Notes to Financial Statements - Note 75 - Advances for more information.Advances.



46
Table of Contents



Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio.We purchase mortgage loans from our members to support our housing mission, provide an additional source of liquidity to our members, diversify our assets, and generate additional earnings. In general, our volume of mortgage loans purchased is affected by several factors, including interest rates, competition, the general level of housing and refinancing activity in the United States, consumer product preferences, our balance sheet capacity and risk appetite, and regulatory considerations.


In 2010, we began offering MPP Advantage for new conventional MPP loans, which utilizes an enhanced fixed LRA account for credit enhancement consistent with Finance Agency regulations, instead of utilizing coverage from SMI providers. The only substantive difference between our original MPP and MPP Advantage for conventional mortgage loans is the credit enhancement structure. Upon implementation of MPP Advantage, the original MPP was phased out and is no longer being used for acquisitions of new conventional loans. See Item 1. Business - Operating Segments - Mortgage Loans for more detailed information about the credit enhancement structures for our original MPP and MPP Advantage.

In 2012 - 2014, we purchased participating interests from the FHLBank of Topeka in mortgage loans originated by certain of its PFIs through their participation in the MPF Program.

To continue to meet the needs of our members and maintain an appropriate level of mortgage loans held for portfolio on our statement at December 31, 2021, at carrying value, totaled $7.6 billion, a net decrease of condition, in$900 million, or 11%, from December 2016, we agreed31, 2020, as principal repayments by borrowers significantly outpaced the Bank's purchases from its members. For the year ended December 31, 2021, purchases of mortgage loans under Advantage MPP totaled $2.2 billion, while MPP and MPF program repayments totaled $2.8 billion. In addition to sell a 90% participatinglow interest in a $100 million MCCrates, Federal Reserve purchases of certain newly acquired MPP loans to the FHLBank of Atlanta. Principal settled in December 2016 totaled $72 million,Fannie Mae and the remaining $18 million settled in January 2017.Freddie Mac MBS encouraged refinancing activity by borrowers.


A breakdown of the UPB of mortgage loans held for portfolio by primary product type is presented below ($ amounts in millions).
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Product TypeUPB% of TotalUPB% of Total
MPP:
Conventional Advantage$6,875 93 %$7,529 90 %
Conventional Original300 %417 %
FHA155 %218 %
Total MPP7,330 99 %8,164 98 %
MPF Program:
Conventional79 %123 %
Government25 — %36 — %
Total MPF Program104 %159 %
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio$7,434 100 %$8,323 100 %
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Product Type UPB % of Total UPB % of Total
MPP:        
Conventional Advantage $8,608
 85% $7,412
 80%
Conventional Original 850
 8% 1,096
 12%
FHA 361
 4% 422
 4%
Total MPP 9,819
 97% 8,930
 96%
MPF Program:        
Conventional 243
 2% 288
 3%
Government 62
 1% 75
 1%
Total MPF Program 305
 3% 363
 4%
         
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio $10,124

100% $9,293
 100%


The increase infollowing table presents the UPB of mortgage loans held for portfolio was due to purchases under MPP Advantage exceeding repaymentsby redemption term ($ amounts in millions).

Redemption TermDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Due in 1 year or less$288 $311 
Due after 1 through 5 years1,216 1,317 
Due after 5 through 15 years2,990 3,361 
Thereafter2,940 3,334 
Total UPB7,434 8,323 
Other adjustments (1)
182 193 
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio7,616 8,516 
Allowance for credit losses— — 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net$7,616 $8,516 

(1)    Consists of outstanding MPPpremiums, discounts and MPF Program loans. Over time, the aggregate outstanding balancehedging adjustments.


47
Table of mortgage loans purchased under our original MPP and MPF Program will continue to decrease.Contents



We have established and maintainmaintain an allowance for loancredit losses based on our best estimate of probableexpected losses over the loss emergence period, which we have estimatedremaining life of each loan. The following table presents the components of the allowance for credit losses, including the credit enhancement waterfall for MPP ($ amounts in millions).

Components of AllowanceDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
MPP expected losses remaining after borrower's equity, before credit enhancements$2.4 $10.3 
Portion of expected losses recoverable from credit enhancements:
PMI(0.5)(2.3)
LRA (1)
(1.3)(6.8)
SMI(0.4)(1.0)
Total portion recoverable from credit enhancements(2.2)(10.1)
Allowance for unrecoverable PMI/SMI��� — 
Allowance for MPP credit losses0.2 0.2 
Allowance for MPF Program credit losses0.1 0.1 
Allowance for credit losses$0.3 $0.3 

(1)    Amounts recoverable are limited to be 24 months. Our estimate of MPP(i) the expected losses remaining after borrowers'borrower's equity and PMI and (ii) the remaining balance in each pool's portion of the LRA. The remainder of the total LRA balance is available to cover any losses not yet expected and to distribute any excess funds to the PFIs.

Consistent with other lenders in the mortgage loan industry, we developed a loan forbearance program for our MPP in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Under the forbearance program, our servicers could agree to reduce or suspend the borrower's monthly payments for a specified period. We issued additional guidelines to provide delegated authority to our servicers so they could extend forbearance periods and establish qualified forbearance resolution plans within our established parameters. We also authorized the suspension of foreclosure sales (with certain exceptions) through July 31, 2021, suspension of evictions through September 30, 2021 and, for borrowers under loss mitigation agreements related to the COVID-19 pandemic, the suspension of any negative credit reporting and the waiver of late fees. Beginning January 1, 2022, forbearances are still available but before credit enhancements, was $5 million atservicers are required to seek our approval on a case by case basis.

All qualifying COVID-19-related loan modifications considered to be formal, i.e. the legal terms of the loan were changed, are excluded from TDR classification and existing accounting policies and the loans are returned to current status upon modification. As of December 31, 20172021 and $92020, the UPB of conventional loans with formal COVID-19-related modifications totaled $30 million, ator 0.4%, and $12 million, or 0.2%, respectively, of our total conventional loans outstanding.

We have continued to apply our existing accounting policies for past due, non-accrual, and charge-offs resulting from COVID-19-related loan modifications considered to be informal, i.e. the legal terms of the loan were not changed. Based on information from our mortgage servicers, as of December 31, 2016. The decrease from2021 and 2020, the UPB of conventional loans in an informal forbearance arrangement totaled $21 million and $112 million, respectively, or 0.3% and 1.4%, respectively, of our total conventional loans outstanding. As of December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017 was primarily the result of a smaller delinquent2021, no informal COVID-19-related loan populationmodifications were classified as TDRs. For more information on informal and improvements in third-party modeled values. After consideration of the portion recoverable under the associated credit enhancements, the resulting allowance for MPP loan losses was $750 thousand at December 31, 2017 and 2016. See formal forbearances, see Notes to Financial Statements - Note 91 - Allowance for Credit Losses, Item 7. Management's Discussion and AnalysisSummary of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - CriticalSignificant Accounting Policies.

Our MPP was designed to require loan servicers to foreclose loans and Estimates,liquidate properties in the servicer's name rather than in the Bank's name. Therefore, we do not take title to any foreclosed property or enter into any other legal agreement under which the borrower conveys all interest in the property to the Bank to satisfy the loan. Upon completion of a triggering event (short sale, deed in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosure sale or post-sale confirmation or ratification, as applicable), the servicer is required to remit to us the full UPB andRisk Management - Credit Risk Management - Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio - accrued interest at the next feasible remittance. Upon receipt of the full UPB and accrued interest, the mortgage loan is derecognized from the statement of condition. As a result of these factors, we do not classify as REO any foreclosed properties collateralizing MPP for more information.

During the third quarter of 2017, major hurricanes caused substantial damage to property in several states loans that were previously recorded on the southeastern coastsstatement of condition.

As the servicer progresses through the process from foreclosure to liquidation, the Bank is paid in full and the servicer files a claim against the various credit enhancements for reimbursement of losses incurred. The claim is then reviewed and paid as appropriate under the various credit enhancement policies or guidelines. At December 31, 2021, principal previously paid in full by our MPP servicers totaling less than $1 million remains subject to potential claims by those servicers for any losses resulting from past or future liquidations of the United States. In response to those hurricanes,underlying properties. An estimate of the Bank communicated to its mortgage loan servicers that special relief would be availablelosses is included in the MPP allowance for borrowers in Federal Emergency Management Agency ("FEMA") designated disaster areas. Under this relief, mortgage loan servicers are authorized to grant forbearance or temporarily suspend mortgage payments for up to 90 days for borrowers whose income is adversely affected by the disaster or for borrowers whose property is located in a FEMA designated disaster area. Mortgage loan servicers were also directed to suspend collections and foreclosure proceedings in these areas for 90 days. Based on the circumstances of individual borrowers, additional forbearance time may be granted.credit losses.



47
48
Table of Contents




The Bank has sought to analyzeIn the potential impactcase of a delay in receiving final payoff from the hurricanes onservicer beyond the Bank’ssecond remittance cycle after a triggering event, we reclassify the amount owed from mortgage loans held for portfolio. Because all orto a portion of any incurred losses would be covered by the credit enhancements in place and because there is no concentration of the Bank's loans in the affected states, we do not expect that any net losses resultingseparate amount receivable from the hurricanes will have a material effect on the Bank’s financial condition or results of operations. Based on the limited information currently available, we did not record any additional allowanceservicer. The receivable is then evaluated for loan losses as of December 31, 2017. If additional information becomes available indicating that any losses are probable and the amount of the loss canexpected to be reasonably estimated, we will record an appropriate addition to the allowance at that time.recovered.


Cash and Investments.We maintain our investment portfolio for liquidity purposes, to use balance sheet capacity and to supplement our earnings. The earnings on our investments bolster our capacity to meet our commitments to affordable housing and community investments and to cover operating expenses. The following table presents a comparison of the components of our cash and investments at carrying value ($ amounts in millions).
  December 31,
Components of Cash and Investments 2017 2016 2015
Cash and short-term investments:      
Cash and due from banks $55
 $547
 $4,932
Interest-bearing deposits 660
 150
 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 2,606
 1,781
 
Federal funds sold 1,280
 1,650
 
Total cash and short-term investments 4,601
 4,128
 4,932
       
Investment securities:      
AFS securities:      
GSE and TVA debentures 4,404

4,715

3,481
GSE MBS 2,507

1,076

269
Private-label RMBS 218

269

319
Total AFS securities 7,129

6,060

4,069
HTM securities:  

 



GSE debentures 



100
Other U.S. obligations - guaranteed MBS 3,299

2,679

2,895
GSE MBS 2,553

3,082

3,268
Private-label RMBS and ABS 46
 59
 83
Total HTM securities 5,898
 5,820
 6,346
Total investment securities 13,027
 11,880
 10,415
       
Total cash and investments, carrying value $17,628
 $16,008
 $15,347


ComponentsDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Cash and short-term investments:
Cash and due from banks$868 $1,812 
Interest-bearing deposits100 100 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell3,500 2,500 
Federal funds sold2,580 1,215 
Total cash and short-term investments7,048 5,627 
Trading securities:
U.S. Treasury obligations3,947 5,095 
Total trading securities3,947 5,095 
Other investment securities:
AFS securities:
GSE and TVA debentures2,697 3,503 
GSE multifamily MBS6,463 6,642 
Total AFS securities9,160 10,145 
HTM securities:  
Other U.S. obligations single-family MBS2,626 2,623 
GSE single-family MBS816 1,196 
GSE multifamily MBS872 882 
Total HTM securities4,314 4,701 
Total investment securities17,421 19,941 
Total cash and investments, carrying value$24,469 $25,568 

Cash and Short-Term Investments.Cash andshort-term investments at December 31, 2021 totaled $7.0 billion, an increase of $1.4 billion, or 25%, from December 31, 2020. Cash and short-term investments as a percent of total assets at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 totaled 12% and 9%, respectively. The total outstanding balance and composition of our short-term investment portfolio isinvestments are influenced by our liquidity needs, regulatory requirements, actual and anticipated member advance activity, market conditions and the availability of short-term investments at attractive interest rates, relative to our cost of funds. See Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources for more information.


Cash andshort-term investments totaled $4.6 billionTrading Securities. The Bank purchases U.S. Treasury securities as trading securities to enhance its liquidity. Such securities outstanding at December 31, 2017,2021 totaled $3.9 billion, a decrease of $1.1 billion, or 23%, from December 31, 2020. As a result, the liquidity portfolio at December 31, 2021 totaled $10.9 billion, an increase of 11% compared to $273 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2016. However, cash and short-term investments as a percent of total assets were 7%2020.

Other Investment Securities.AFS securities at December 31, 2017 compared to 8% at2021 totaled $9.2 billion, a net decrease of $1.0 billion, or 10%, from December 31, 2016.2020. The decrease resulted primarily from maturities of GSE debentures exceeding purchases of MBS.


Cash and short-term investments totaled $4.1 billion at December 31, 2016, a decrease of 16% compared to December 31, 2015. Cash and short-term investments as a percent of total assets were 8% at December 31, 2016 compared to 10% at December 31, 2015. The concentration of cash at December 31, 2015 was due to a lack of short-term investments that met our minimum return thresholds on that date.

Investment Securities.AFS securities totaled $7.1 billion at December 31, 2017, a net increase of 18% compared to $6.1 billion at December 31, 2016. Because regulatory capital increased during 2017 as a result of additional capital stock issued to support advance growth, we purchased additional GSE MBS to maintain a ratio of MBS and ABS to total regulatory capital of up to 300%.

Net unrealized gains on AFS securities totaled $122 million at December 31, 2017, an2021 totaled $152 million, a net increase of $55$15 million compared to December 31, 2016,2020, primarily due to changes in interest rates, credit spreads and volatility, and higher volume.volatility.


HTM securities at December 31, 2021 totaled $4.3 billion, a net decrease of $387 million, or 8%, from December 31, 2020. The decrease was due to repayments of HTM securities exceeding purchases.

48
49
Table of Contents




AFS securities totaled $6.1 billion at December 31, 2016, a net increase of 49% compared to $4.1 billion at December 31, 2015. The increase resulted from purchases of GSE debentures and MBS, partially offset by principal paydowns of private-label RMBS. See Notes to Financial Statements - Note 4 - Available-for-Sale Securities for more information.

HTM securities totaled $5.9 billion at December 31, 2017, relatively unchanged from December 31, 2016. At December 31, 2017, the estimated fair value of our HTM securities in an unrealized loss position totaled $2.8 billion, a decrease of 19% from $3.4 billion at December 31, 2016, primarily due to changes in interest rates, credit spreads and volatility. The associated unrealized losses decreased from $23 million at December 31, 2016 to $12 million at December 31, 2017.

HTM securities totaled $5.8 billion at December 31, 2016, a decrease of 8% compared to $6.3 billion at December 31, 2015, primarily due to principal paydowns. See Notes to Financial Statements - Note 5 - Held-to-Maturity Securities for more information.

Interest-Rate Payment Terms. Our AFS and HTMinvestment securities are presented below at amortized cost by MBS and non-MBS and interest-rate payment terms ($ amounts in millions).    
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Interest-Rate Payment TermsEstimated Fair Value% of TotalEstimated Fair Value% of Total
Trading Securities:
U.S. Treasury obligations fixed-rate$3,947 100 %$5,095 100 %
Total trading securities$3,947 100 %$5,095 100 %
Amortized Cost% of TotalAmortized Cost% of Total
AFS Securities (1):
Total non-MBS fixed-rate$2,652 29 %$3,463 35 %
Total MBS fixed-rate6,356 71 %6,545 65 %
Total AFS securities$9,008 100 %$10,008 100 %
HTM Securities:
MBS:  
Fixed-rate$218 %$283 %
Variable-rate4,096 95 %4,418 94 %
Total MBS4,314 100 %4,701 100 %
Total HTM securities$4,314 100 %$4,701 100 %
AFS and HTM securities:
Total fixed-rate$9,226 69 %$10,291 70 %
Total variable-rate4,096 31 %4,418 30 %
Total AFS and HTM securities$13,322 100 %$14,709 100 %
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Interest-Rate Payment Terms Amortized Cost % of Total Amortized Cost % of Total
AFS Securities:        
Total non-MBS fixed rate $4,357
 62% $4,693
 78%
MBS:        
Fixed-rate 2,463
 35% 1,061
 18%
Variable-rate 187
 3% 239
 4%
Total MBS 2,650
 38% 1,300
 22%
         
Total AFS securities $7,007
 100% $5,993
 100%
         
HTM Securities:        
MBS and ABS:  
    
  
Fixed-rate $1,141
 19% $1,512
 26%
Variable-rate 4,757
 81% 4,308
 74%
Total MBS and ABS 5,898
 100% 5,820
 100%
         
Total HTM securities $5,898
 100% $5,820
 100%


(1)    Carrying value is equal to estimated fair value.
Our purchases of MBS AFS in 2017 were substantially fixed rate and our purchases of MBS HTM in 2017 were substantially variable rate, which caused the changes in the
The mix of fixed- vs. variable-rate AFS and HTM securities at December 31, 2021 changed slightly from December 31, 20162020, primarily due to December 31, 2017.principal payments on fixed-rate MBS. However, all of the fixed-rate AFS securities are swapped to effectively create variable-rate securities, consistent with our balance sheet strategies to manage interest-rate risk.



49
50
Table of Contents




Issuer Concentration. As of December 31, 2017, we held securities classified as AFS and HTM from the following issuers with a carrying value greater than 10% of our total capital. The MBS issuers listed below include one or more trusts established as separate legal entities by the issuer. Therefore, the associated carrying and estimated fair values are not necessarily indicative of our exposure to that issuer ($ amounts in millions).
  December 31, 2017
Name of Issuer Carrying Value Estimated Fair Value
Non-MBS:    
Fannie Mae debentures $1,621
 $1,621
Federal Farm Credit Bank debentures 1,906
 1,906
Freddie Mac debentures 701
 701
MBS:    
Freddie Mac 1,191
 1,206
Fannie Mae 3,869
 3,876
Ginnie Mae 3,299
 3,299
Subtotal 12,587
 12,609
All other issuers 440
 439
Total investment securities $13,027
 $13,048

Investments by Year of Redemption.The following table provides, by year of redemption, carrying values and yields for AFS and HTM securities as well as carrying values for short-term investmentsof December 31, 2021 ($ amounts in millions).

    Due after Due after    
  Due in one year five years Due after  
  one year through through ten  
Investments or less five years  ten years years Total
AFS securities:          
GSE and TVA debentures $84
 $2,337
 $1,792
 $191
 $4,404
GSE MBS (1)
 
 
 2,507
 
 2,507
Private-label RMBS (1)
 
 
 
 218
 218
Total AFS securities 84
 2,337
 4,299
 409
 7,129
           
HTM securities:          
Other U.S. obligations - guaranteed MBS (1)
 
 
 1
 3,298
 3,299
GSE MBS (1)
 
 1,020
 503
 1,030
 2,553
Private-label RMBS and ABS (1)
 1
 
 7
 38
 46
Total HTM securities 1
 1,020
 511
 4,366
 5,898
           
Total investment securities 85
 3,357
 4,810
 4,775
 13,027
           
Short-term investments:          
Interest-bearing deposits 660
 
 
 
 660
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 2,606
 
 
 
 2,606
Federal funds sold 1,280
 
 
 
 1,280
Total short-term investments 4,546
 
 
 
 4,546
           
Total investments, carrying value $4,631
 $3,357
 $4,810
 $4,775
 $17,573
           
Yield on AFS securities 3.77% 1.69% 2.58% 4.56%  
Yield on HTM securities 3.59% 3.37% 1.76% 1.80%  
Yield on total investment securities 3.77% 2.20% 2.50% 2.04%  
Due afterDue after
Due inone yearfive yearsDue after
one yearthroughthroughten
Investmentsor lessfive years ten yearsyearsTotal
AFS Securities:
GSE and TVA debentures$582 $1,524 $591 $— $2,697 
GSE MBS (1)
— 1,049 5,280 134 6,463 
Total AFS securities582 2,573 5,871 134 9,160 
HTM Securities:
Other U.S. obligations - guaranteed MBS (1)
— — — 2,626 2,626 
GSE MBS (1)
— 20 461 1,207 1,688 
Total HTM securities— 20 461 3,833 4,314 
Total AFS and HTM securities, carrying value$582 $2,593 $6,332 $3,967 $13,474 
Yield on AFS securities (2)
2.05 %2.36 %2.64 %1.71 %
Yield on HTM securities (2)
— %0.54 %0.42 %0.91 %

(1)
Year of redemption on our MBS and ABS is based on contractual maturity. Their actual maturities will likely differ from contractual maturities as borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations with or without prepayment fees.


(1)    Year of redemption on our MBS is based on contractual maturity. Their actual maturities will likely differ from contractual maturities as borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations with or without prepayment fees.
(2)    The percentageweighted average yields on AFS and HTM securities are calculated as the sum of non-MBSeach debt security using the period end balances multiplied by the coupon rate adjusted by the impact of amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts, divided by the total debt securities in the applicable AFS or HTM portfolio. The result is then multiplied by 100 to express it as a percentage.

At December 31, 2021, based on contractual maturities, AFS and HTM securities due in one year or less decreased to 2% at December 31, 2017 from 21% at December 31, 2016, and the percentagewere 5%, due after one year through five years increased to 53% at December 31, 2017 from 39% at December 31, 2016. The percentagewere 19%, due after 5 years through 10 years increased to 41%were 47%, and due after 10 years were 29%.

Total Liabilities. Total liabilities at December 31, 20172021 were $56.4 billion, a net decrease of $6.0 billion, or 10%, from 37%December 31, 2020, substantially due to a decrease in consolidated obligations.

Deposits (Liabilities).Total deposits at December 31, 2016. The changes were due to reinvestments in longer-term securities during 2017.

50
Table2021 were $1.4 billion, a net decrease of Contents



See Notes to Financial Statements - Note 4 - Available-for-Sale Securities$9 million, or 1%, Note 5 - Held-to-Maturity Securities and Note 6 - Other-Than-Temporary Impairment for more information about our investments. See Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Risk Management - Credit Risk Management - Investments for more information on the credit quality of our investments.

Total Liabilities. Total liabilities were $59.4 billion atfrom December 31, 2017, an increase of 15% compared to December 31, 2016, substantially due to an increase in consolidated obligations.

Deposits (Liabilities).Total deposits were $565 million at December 31, 2017, an increase of 8% compared to December 31, 2016.2020. These deposits representprovide a relatively small portion of our funding. The balances of these accounts can fluctuate from period to period and vary depending upon such factors as the attractiveness of our deposit pricing relative to the rates available on alternative money market instruments, members' preferences with respect to the maturity of their investments, and members' liquidity.

The following table presents the average amount of, and the average rate paid on, each category of deposits that exceeds 10% of average total deposits ($ amounts in millions).
  Years Ended December 31,
Category of Deposit 2017 2016 2015
Interest-bearing overnight deposits:      
Average balance $125
 $176
 $291
Average rate paid 0.75% 0.14% 0.01%
Interest-bearing demand deposits:      
Average balance $379
 $415
 $414
Average rate paid 0.71% 0.09% 0.01%

We had no individual timeuninsured term deposits in amounts of $100 thousand or moreoutstanding at December 31, 20172021 or 2016.2020. For details on the average balances and average rates paid, see Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Results of Operations and Changes in Financial Condition - Analysis of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.


51
Table of Contents


Consolidated Obligations.The overall balance of our consolidated obligations fluctuates in relation to our total assets and the availability of alternative sources of funds. The carrying value of consolidated obligations outstanding at December 31, 2021 totaled $54.5 billion, a net decrease of $5.5 billion, or 9%, from December 31, 2020, which reflected reduced funding needs associated with the net decrease in the Bank's total assets.

The composition of our consolidated obligations can fluctuate significantly based on comparative changes in their cost levels, supply and demand conditions, demand for advances, and our overall balance sheet management strategy. Discount notes are issued to provide short-term funds, while CO bonds are generally issued to provide a longer-term mix of funding.

The carrying value Some CO bonds are issued with terms which permit us to repay them when more favorable funding opportunities emerge. During 2021 and 2020, the Bank applied a variety of strategies to effectively manage the balance and structure of its consolidated obligations outstanding at December 31, 2017 totaled $58.3 billion, a net increase of $8.0 billion or 16% from December 31, 2016, which included an increase in discount notesas market conditions and CO bonds to fund our asset growth.levels changed.


The following table presents a breakdown by term of our consolidated obligations outstanding ($ amounts in millions).

 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
By Term Par Value % of Total Par Value % of TotalBy TermPar Value% of TotalPar Value% of Total
Consolidated obligations due in 1 year or less:        Consolidated obligations due in 1 year or less:
Discount notes $20,394
 35% $16,820
 34%Discount notes$12,118 22 %$16,620 28 %
CO bonds 14,021
 24% 16,234
 32%CO bonds14,357 26 %31,127 52 %
Total due in 1 year or less 34,415
 59% 33,054
 66%Total due in 1 year or less26,475 48 %47,747 80 %
Long-term CO bonds 23,962
 41% 17,274
 34%Long-term CO bonds28,193 52 %12,119 20 %
Total consolidated obligations $58,377
 100% $50,328
 100%Total consolidated obligations$54,668 100 %$59,866 100 %


SEC guidance limiting the ability of prime money market funds to invest in commercial paper created a pricing advantage for FHLBank funding and led to increased demand for FHLBank debt instruments by money market funds.



51
Table of Contents



The table below presents certain information for each categorymix of our funding has changed significantly. The percentage of consolidated obligations due in 1 year or less decreased from 80% at December 31, 2020 to 48% at December 31, 2021 as we took advantage of market opportunities to replace maturing short-term borrowings for which the average balance outstanding during each year exceeded 30%debt with long-term callable debt at favorable terms. As a result, long-term CO bonds increased from 20% of capitaltotal consolidation obligations at year end ($ amounts in millions).
  

Discount Notes
 CO Bonds With Original Maturities of One Year or Less
Short-term Borrowings 2017 2016 2015 2017 2016 2015
Outstanding at year end $20,358
 $16,802
 $19,252
 $6,795
 $7,499
 $7,632
Weighted average rate at year end 1.22% 0.51% 0.31% 1.26% 0.66% 0.28%
Daily average outstanding for the year $20,116
 $16,129
 $12,617
 $6,315
 $8,656
 $8,484
Weighted average rate for the year 0.91% 0.40% 0.16% 0.91% 0.52% 0.19%
Highest outstanding at any month end $22,413
 $19,511
 $19,252
 $7,279
 $10,247
 $10,164

December 31, 2020 to 52% at December 31, 2021. We continue to seek to maintain a sufficient liquidity and funding balance between our financial assets and financial liabilities.

Additionally, the FHLBanks work collectively to manage FHLB System-wide liquidity and funding and jointly monitor System-wide refinancing risk. In managing and monitoring the amounts of assets that require refunding, the FHLBanks may consider contractual maturities of the financial assets, as well as certain assumptions regarding expected cash flows (i.e., estimated prepayments and scheduled amortizations). See Notes to Financial Statements - Note 4 - Available-for-Sale Securities, Note 5 - Held-to-Maturity Securities, Note 7 - Advances, and Note 13 - Consolidated Obligations for more detailed information regarding contractual maturities of certain of our financial assets and liabilities.


Derivatives.We classify interest-rate swaps as derivative assets or liabilities according to the net estimated fair value of the interest-rate swaps with each counterparty. Asof December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, we had derivative assets, net of collateral held or posted, including accrued interest, with estimated fair values of $128$220 million and $135$283 million, respectively, and derivative liabilities, net of collateral held or posted, including accrued interest, with estimated fair values of $3 $12 million and $25$23 million, respectively. The estimated fair values are based on a wide range of factors, including current and projected levels of interest rates, credit spreads and volatility. Increases and decreases in the fair value of derivatives are primarily caused by changes in the derivatives' respective underlying interest-rate indices.



52
Table of Contents


The volume of derivative hedges is often expressed in terms of notional amounts, which is the amount upon which interest payments are calculated. The following table presents the notional amounts by type of hedged item regardless of whether or not it is in a qualifying hedge relationship ($ amounts in millions).

Hedged Item December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016Hedged ItemDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Advances $11,296
 $9,382
Advances$21,084 $16,573 
Investments 7,238
 6,244
Investments13,356 15,035 
Mortgage loans 144
 548
Mortgage loans194 361 
CO bonds 13,524
 8,865
CO bonds21,177 17,473 
Discount notes 298
 773
Discount notes— 950 
Total notional $32,500
 $25,812
Total notional$55,811 $50,392 


The increase in the total notional amount during the year-ended December 31, 2021 of $5.4 billion, or 11%, was substantially due to an increase in derivatives hedging advances and CO bonds, driven primarily by market opportunities.

The following table presents the cumulative impact of fair-value hedging basis adjustments on our statement of condition ($ amounts in millions).

December 31, 2021AdvancesInvestmentsCO BondsTotal
Cumulative fair-value hedging basis adjustments on hedged items$179 $206 $248 $633 
Estimated fair value of associated derivatives, net(179)116 (249)(312)
Net cumulative fair-value hedging basis adjustments$— $322 $(1)$321 

The gains on both the cumulative basis adjustments on the hedged items and the estimated fair values of associated derivatives resulted from our strategy of terminating certain interest-rate swaps associated with the MBS DUS and entering into short-cut hedging relationships with new interest-rate swaps.

Total Capital. Total capital at December 31, 2017 was $2.92021 was $3.6 billion, a net increase of $510$106 million, or 21%3%, compared tofrom December 31, 2016. This increase was2020, substantially due primarily to additionalnet income and proceeds from the issuance of capital stock issued to members in connection with the increase in advances. Retained earnings growthmember advance activity, partially offset by cash dividends on, and to a lesser extent, other comprehensive income also contributed to the increase.redemptions/repurchases of, capital stock.


The following table presents a percentage breakdown of the components of GAAP capital.

Components December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016ComponentsDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Capital stock 63% 61%Capital stock63 %64 %
Retained earnings 33% 37%Retained earnings33 %33 %
AOCI 4% 2%AOCI%%
Total GAAP capital 100% 100%Total GAAP capital100 %100 %


The changes in the components of GAAP capital at December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020 were primarily due to redemptions/repurchases of capital stock.

The following table presents a reconciliation of GAAP capital to regulatory capital ($ amounts in millions).

Reconciliation December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016ReconciliationDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Total GAAP capital $2,946
 $2,436
Total GAAP capital$3,556 $3,450 
Exclude: AOCI (112) (56)Exclude: AOCI(133)(105)
Add: MRCS 164
 170
Add: MRCS50 251 
Total regulatory capital $2,998
 $2,550
Total regulatory capital$3,473 $3,596 


52
53
Table of Contents




Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Liquidity.We manage our liquidity in order to be able to satisfy our members' needs for short- and long-term funds, repay maturing consolidated obligations, redeem or repurchase excess stock and meet other financial obligations. We are required to maintain liquidity in accordance with the Bank Act, certain Finance Agency regulations and related policies established by our management and board of directors.


Our primary sources of liquidity are holdings of liquid assets, comprised of cash, and short-term investments, and trading securities, as well as the issuance of consolidated obligations.

Our cash and short-term investments portfolio totaled $4.6 billion at December 31, 2017.2021 totaled $7.0 billion. Our short-term investments generally consist of high-quality financial instruments, many of which mature overnight. We manage our short-term investment portfolio in response to economic conditionsOur trading securities at December 31, 2021 totaled $3.9 billion and market events and uncertainties.consisted solely of U.S. Treasury securities. As a result, the overallour liquidity portfolio at December 31, 2021 totaled $10.9 billion, or 18% of total assets. The level of our short-term investment portfolio may fluctuate accordingly.liquidity fluctuates and is influenced by regulatory requirements, actual and anticipated member advance activity and market conditions.


Historically, our status as a GSE and favorable credit ratings have provided us with excellent access to capital markets. Our consolidated obligations are not obligations of, and they are not guaranteed by, the United States government, although they have historically received the same credit rating as the United States government bond credit rating. The rating has not been affected by rating actions taken with respect to individual FHLBanks. During the year ended December 31, 2017,2021, we maintained sufficient access to funding; our net proceeds from the issuance of consolidated obligations totaled $239.9 billion.$334.3 billion.


In addition, by statute, the United States Secretary of the Treasury may acquire our consolidated obligations up to an aggregate principal amount outstanding of $4.0 billion. TheThis statutory authority provided by this statute may be exercised only if alternative means cannot be effectively employed to permit us to continue to supply reasonable amounts of funds to the mortgage market, and the ability to supply such funds is substantially impaired because of monetary stringency and a high level of interest rates. Any funds borrowed would be repaid at the earliest practicable date. As of this date, this authority has notnever been exercised.


ToHowever, to protect us against temporary disruptions in access to the debt markets, in response to increased capital market volatility, the Finance Agency currently requires us to: (i) maintain contingent liquidity sufficient to meet liquidity needs that shall,cover, at a minimum, cover five20 calendar days of inability to accessissue consolidated obligations in the debt markets;obligations; (ii) have available at all times an amount greater than or equal to our members' current deposits invested in specific assets; (iii) maintain, in the aggregate, unpledged qualifying assets in an amount at least equal to our participation in total consolidated obligations outstanding; and (iv) maintain, through short-term investments, an amount at least equal to our anticipated cash outflows under two hypothetical adverse scenarios.We anticipate our liquidity will continue to meet or exceed the Finance Agency's standards going forward.


To support member deposits, the Bank Act requires us to have at all times a liquidity deposit reserve in an amount equal to the current deposits received from our members invested in (i) obligations of the United States, (ii) deposits in eligible banks or trust companies, or (iii) advances with a maturity not exceeding five years. The following table presents our excess liquidity deposit reserves ($ amounts in millions).
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Liquidity deposit reserves$29,540 $33,574 
Less: total deposits1,366 1,375 
Excess liquidity deposit reserves$28,174 $32,199 



  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Liquidity deposit reserves $32,016
 $26,945
Less: total deposits 565
 524
Excess liquidity deposit reserves $31,451
 $26,421


We must maintain assets that are free from any lien or pledge in an amount at least equal to the amount of our consolidated obligations outstanding from among the following types of qualifying assets:


cash;
obligations of, or fully guaranteed by, the United States;
advances;
mortgages that have any guaranty, insurance, or commitment from the United States or any agency of the United States; and
investments described in Section 16(a) of the Bank Act, which include, among others, securities that a fiduciary or trustee may purchase under the laws of the state in which the FHLBank is located.






The following table presents the aggregate amount of our qualifying assets to the total amount of our consolidated obligations outstanding ($ amounts in millions).
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Aggregate qualifying assets$59,662 $65,532 
Less: total consolidated obligations outstanding54,478 59,950 
Aggregate qualifying assets in excess of consolidated obligations$5,184 $5,582 
Ratio of aggregate qualifying assets to consolidated obligations1.10 1.09 
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Aggregate qualifying assets $62,093
 $53,670
Less: total consolidated obligations outstanding 58,254
 50,269
Aggregate qualifying assets in excess of consolidated obligations $3,839
 $3,401
     
Ratio of aggregate qualifying assets to consolidated obligations 1.07
 1.07


We also maintain a contingency liquidity plan designed to enable us to meet our obligations and the liquidity needs of our members in the event of short-term capital market disruptions, or operational disruptions at our Bank and/or the Office of Finance.


New or revised regulatory guidance from the Finance Agency could continue to increase the amount and change the characteristics of liquidity that we are required to maintain. We have not identified any other trends, demands, commitments, or events that are likely to materially increase or decrease our liquidity. However, as discussed in our Outlook, the Finance Agency has announced that it intends to issue new minimum regulatory liquidity requirements for the FHLBanks in a separate rulemaking or guidance that may increase the Bank's liquidity requirements in the near future.


Changes in Cash Flow.The cash flows fromour assets and liabilities support our mission to provide our members with competitively priced funding, a reasonable return on their investment in our capital stock, and support for community investmentinvestment activities. The balances of our assets and liabilities can vary significantly in the normal course of business due to the amount and timing of cash flows, which are affected by member-driven activities and market conditions. However, our net cash flows from operations have been stable. Net cash provided by operating activities was $264 million for the year ended December 31, 2017,2021 was $444 million, compared to $239 millionnet cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 20162020 of $318 million. The net increase in cash provided of $762 million was substantially due to the fluctuation in variation margin payments on cleared derivatives. Such payments are treated by the clearinghouses as daily settled contracts.

Capital Resources. Our financial strategies are generally designed to enable us to safely expand and $251 millioncontract our assets, liabilities, and capital in response to changes in our member base and in our members' credit needs. Our capital generally grows
when members are required to purchase additional capital stock as they increase their advances borrowings or other business
activities with us and from the consistent accumulation of retained earnings. We may also repurchase excess capital stock from our members as business activities with them decline. In addition, in order to meet internally established thresholds or to meet our regulatory capital requirement, we, at the discretion of our board of directors, could undertake capital preservation initiatives such as: (i) voluntarily reducing or eliminating dividend payments; (ii) suspending excess capital stock repurchases; or (iii) raising capital stock holding requirements for the year ended December 31, 2015.our members.


Capital Resources.


Total Regulatory Capital. A The following table provides a breakdown of our outstanding capital stock categorized by type of member institution, and MRCS is provided in the following table ($ amounts in millions).
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
By Type of Member Institution Amount % of Total Amount % of Total
Depository institutions:        
Commercial banks and savings institutions $945
 47% $691
 41%
Credit unions 240
 12% 212
 14%
Total depository institutions 1,185
 59% 903
 55%
Insurance companies 673
 33% 590
 35%
CDFIs 
 % 
 %
Total capital stock, putable at par value 1,858
 92% 1,493
 90%
         
MRCS:        
Captive insurance companies (1)

 
 % 3
 %
Captive insurance companies (2)
 152
 7% 152
 9%
Former members (3)
 12
 1% 15
 1%
Total MRCS 164
 8% 170
 10%
         
Total regulatory capital stock $2,022
 100% $1,663
 100%
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
By Type of Member InstitutionAmount% of TotalAmount% of Total
Capital Stock:
Depository institutions:
Commercial banks and savings institutions$1,126 49 %$1,108 45 %
Credit unions309 13 %298 12 %
Total depository institutions1,435 62 %1,406 57 %
Insurance companies811 35 %802 33 %
CDFIs— — %— — %
Total capital stock, putable at par value2,246 97 %2,208 90 %
MRCS:
Captive insurance companies (1)
12 %31 %
Other former members38 %220 %
Total MRCS50 %251 10 %
Total regulatory capital stock$2,296 100 %$2,459 100 %

(1)
Memberships terminated by February 19, 2017.
(2)
Memberships must terminate no later than February 19, 2021.
(3)
Balances at December 31, 2017 and 2016 include $3 million and $6 million, respectively, of MRCS that had reached the end of the five-year redemption period but will not be redeemed until the associated credit products and other obligations are no longer outstanding.






Our remaining(1)    Represents captive insurance company members that do not meet the new definition of "insurance company" or fall within another category of institution that is eligible for FHLBankcompanies whose membership shall have their membershipswas terminated no later thanon February 19, 2021. Upon termination, allOn that date, we repurchased their excess stock of their outstanding Class B capital stock$18 million. The remaining balance will not be repurchased or redeemed in accordance withuntil the Final Membership Rule.associated credit products and other obligations are no longer outstanding.


Excess Capital Stock. Excess capital stock is capital Capital stock that is not required as a condition of membership or to support outstanding obligations of members or former members to us.us is considered excess capital stock under our capital plan. In general, the level of excess capital stock fluctuates with our members' level of advances.credit products and, to the extent members have opted-in to AMA activity-based stock requirements, principal amounts of MDCs.


The following table presents the composition of our excess capital stock ($ amounts in millions).

Components December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016ComponentsDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Member capital stock not subject to outstanding redemption requests $302
 $238
Member capital stock not subject to outstanding redemption requests$798 $605 
Member capital stock subject to outstanding redemption requests 4
 2
Member capital stock subject to outstanding redemption requests14 — 
MRCS 31
 25
MRCS28 225 
Total excess capital stock $337
 $265
Total excess capital stock$840 $830 
    
Excess capital stock as a percentage of regulatory capital stock 17% 16%
Excess stock as a percentage of regulatory capital stockExcess stock as a percentage of regulatory capital stock37 %34 %


Finance Agency rules limit the ability of an FHLBank to issue excess stock under certain circumstances, including when itsThe increase in total excess stock exceeds 1%during the year ended December 31, 2021 resulted from the net reduction in advances outstanding, substantially offset by repurchases of total assetsexcess MRCS.

In September 2021, we repurchased $181 million par value of excess MRCS held by former members or if the issuancetheir successors-in-interest. In addition, we repurchased $11.3 million par value of excess stock would cause total excess stock to exceed 1% of total assets. Our excess stock at December 31, 2017 was 0.5% of our total assets. Therefore, we are currently permitted to issue new excess stock to members and distribute stock dividends, should we choose to do so, subject to these regulatory limitations.outstanding repurchase requests.




Under our capital plan, the Bank is required to repurchase excess stock if its regulatory capital ratio as of the last day of any month exceeds a specific ratio established by the board of directors from time to time, currently 5.75%, by at least 25 bps. As a result, the current threshold for repurchase is a regulatory capital ratio of 6.0%. Our regulatory capital ratio at December 31, 2021 was 5.79%. Excess stock must be repurchased under these circumstances only to the extent required to reduce the Bank's regulatory capital ratio to the specific ratio which was used to calculate the repurchase obligation, currently 5.75%. Otherwise, we are not required to redeem or repurchase excess stock from a member until five years (or, in the case of Class A stock, six months) after the earliest of (i) termination of the membership, (ii) our receipt of notice of voluntary withdrawal from membership, or (iii) the member's request for redemption of its excess stock. At our discretion, we may also voluntarily repurchase, and have repurchased from time to time, excess stock without a member request, upon approval of our board of directors and with 15 days' notice to the member in accordance with our capital plan.


Our regulatory capital ratio exceeded 6.0% at January 31, 2022. As a result, to comply with our capital plan, we executed excess stock repurchases in February 2022 totaling $166.8 million.

Statutory and Regulatory Restrictions on Capital Stock Redemption.In accordance with the Bank Act, each class of FHLBank stock is considered putable by the member. However, there are significant statutory and regulatory restrictions on our obligation to redeem, or right to repurchase, the outstanding stock, including the following:


We may not redeem or repurchase any capital stock if, following such action, we would fail to satisfy any of our minimum capital requirements. By law, no FHLBankcapital stock may be redeemed or repurchased at any time at which we are undercapitalized.
We may not redeem or repurchase any capital stock without approval of the Finance Agency if either our board of directors or the Finance Agency determines that we have incurred, or are likely to incur, losses resulting, or expected to result, in a charge against capital while such charges are continuing or expected to continue.


Additionally, we may not redeem or repurchase shares of capital stock from any member if (i) the principal or interest due on any consolidated obligation has not been paid in full when due; (ii) we fail to certify in writing to the Finance Agency that we will remain in compliance with our liquidity requirements and will remain capable of making full and timely payment of all of our current obligations; (iii) we notify the Finance Agency that we cannot provide the foregoing certification, project that we will fail to comply with statutory or regulatory liquidity requirements or will be unable to timely and fully meet all of our obligations; (iv) we actually fail to comply with statutory or regulatory liquidity requirements or to timely and fully meet all of our current obligations; or (v) we enter or negotiate to enter into an agreement with one or more FHLBanks to obtain financial assistance to meet our current obligations.


If, during the period between receipt of a stock redemption notification from a member and the actual redemption (which may last indefinitely if any of the restrictions on capital stock redemption discussed above have occurred), the Bank is liquidated, merged involuntarily, or mergesmerged upon our board of directors' approval or consent with one or more other FHLBanks, the consideration for the stock or the redemption value of the stock will be established after the settlement of all senior claims. Generally, no claims would be subordinated to the rights of our shareholders.


55




Our capital plan permits us, at our discretion, to retain the proceeds of redeemed or repurchased stock if we determine that there is an existing or anticipated collateral deficiency related to a member'sany obligations of the member to us until the member delivers other collateral to us, such obligations have been satisfied or the anticipated collateral deficiency is otherwise resolved to our satisfaction.


If the Bank were to be liquidated, after payment in full to our creditors, our shareholders would be entitled to receive the par value of their capital stock as well as retained earnings, if any, in an amount proportional to the shareholder's allocation of total shares of capital stock at the time of liquidation. In the event of a merger or consolidation, our board of directors must determine the rights and preferences of our shareholders, subject to any terms and conditions imposed by the Finance Agency.


Capital Distributions.We may, but are not required Our board of directors seeks to payreward our members with a competitive, risk-adjusted return on their investment, particularly those who actively utilize our products and services. Our board of directors' decision to declare dividends onis influenced by our capital stock. Dividends are non-cumulativefinancial condition, overall financial performance and may be paid in cash or Class B capital stock out of current net earnings or from unrestricted retained earnings, as authorized bywell as actual and anticipated developments in the overall economic and financial environment including the level of interest rates and conditions in the mortgage and credit markets. In addition, our board of directors considers several other factors, including our risk profile, regulatory requirements, our relationship with our members and subject to Finance Agency regulations. No dividend may be declared or paid if we are or would be, as a result of such payment, in violationthe stability of our minimumcurrent capital requirements. Moreover, we may not pay dividends if any principal or interest due on any consolidated obligation issued on behalfstock position and membership.



The following table summarizes our weighted-average dividend rate and dividend payout ratio.

Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
Weighted-average dividend rate (1)
2.44 %3.66 %5.31 %
Dividend payout ratio (2)
57.67 %86.97 %73.13 %

(1)    Dividends paid in full or,cash during the year divided by the average amount of Class B stock eligible for dividends under certain circumstances, if we fail to satisfy liquidity requirements under applicable Finance Agency regulations. See our capital plan, excluding MRCS.
(2)    Dividends paid in cash during the year divided by net income for the year.

On February 22, 2022, our board of directors declared a cash dividend on Class B-2 activity-based stock at an annualized rate of 3.25% and on Class B-1 non-activity-based stock at an annualized rate of 1.00%, resulting in a spread between the rates of 2.25 percentage points. The overall weighted-average annualized rate paid was 2.31%. The dividends were paid in cash on February 23, 2022. For more information on our capital plan and dividend payments, see Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities for more information.Securities.


On February 20, 2018, our board of directors declared a cash dividend of 4.25% (annualized) on our Class B-1 capital stock and 3.40% (annualized) on our Class B-2 capital stock. In addition, our board of directors declared a supplemental cash dividend of 2.50% (annualized) on our Class B-1 capital stock and 2.00% (annualized) on our Class B-2 capital stock.

Restricted Retained Earnings.WeIn accordance with the JCE agreement, we allocate 20% of our net income each quarter to a restricted retained earnings account until the balance of that account equals at least 1% of the average balance of outstanding consolidated obligations for the previous quarter. These restricted retained earnings will not be available from which to pay dividends except to the extent the restricted retained earnings balance exceeds 1.5% of our average balance of outstanding consolidated obligations for the previous quarter. We do not expect either level to be reached for several years.


Adequacy of Capital.In addition to possessing the authority to prohibit stock redemptions, our board of directors has the right to require our members to make additional capital stock purchases as needed to satisfy statutory and regulatory capital requirements.


Our board of directors has a statutory obligation to review and adjust member capital stock requirements in order to comply with our minimum capital requirements, and each member must comply promptly with any such requirement. However, a member could reduce its outstanding business with us as an alternative to purchasing stock.


We are required to maintain a ratio of total regulatory capital stock to total assets, measured on a daily average basis at month end, of at least two percent.

Our board of directors assesses the adequacy of our capital every quarter, prior to the declaration of our quarterly dividend, by reviewing various measures set forth in our capital policy.Capital Markets Policy. We developed our capital policyCapital Markets Policy based on guidance from the Finance Agency.


We must maintain sufficient permanent capital to meet the combined credit risk, market risk and operationsoperational risk components of the risk-based capital requirement.


Permanent capital is defined as the amount of our Class B stock (including MRCS) plus our retained earnings. We are required to maintain permanent capital at all times in an amount equal to our risk-based capital requirement, which includes the following components:

Credit risk, which represents the sum of our credit risk charges for all assets, off-balance sheet items and derivative contracts, calculated using the methodologies and risk weights assigned to each classification in the regulations;
Market risk, which represents the sum of the market value of our portfolio at risk from movements in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, and equity prices that could occur during periods of market stress, and the amount by which the market value of total capital is less than 85% of the book value of total capital; and
Operations risk, which represents 30% of the sum of our credit risk and market risk capital requirements.



Credit risk, which represents the sum of our credit risk charges for all assets, off-balance sheet items and derivative contracts, calculated using the methodologies and risk weights assigned to each classification in the regulations;
Market risk, which represents the sum of the market value of our portfolio at risk from movements in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, and equity prices that could occur during periods of market stress, and the amount by which the market value of total capital is less than 85% of the book value of total capital; and
Operational risk, which represents 30% of the sum of our credit risk and market risk capital requirements.






As presented in theThe following table we were in compliance with thepresents our risk-based capital requirement in relation to our permanent capital at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 ($ amounts in millions).

Risk-Based Capital Components December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016Risk-Based Capital ComponentsDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Credit risk $360
 $346
Credit risk$155 $158 
Market risk 336
 239
Market risk684 327 
Operations risk 208
 176
Operational riskOperational risk252 146 
Total risk-based capital requirement $904
 $761
Total risk-based capital requirement$1,091 $631 
    
Permanent capital $2,998
 $2,550
Permanent capital$3,473 $3,596 


The increase in our total risk-based capital requirement was primarily caused by an increase in both the credit risk and market risk components. The increase in credit risk was mainly the result of longer maturities of our GSE debentures while the increase in market risk wascomponent due to changes in portfolio composition andthe market environment, including changes in interest rates, CO bond-swap basis, volatility, option-adjusted spreads and volatility, and an update of the vendor prepayment model used in market risk modeling.balance sheet composition. The operationsoperational risk component is calculated as 30% of the credit and market risk components. Our permanent capital components.at December 31, 2021 remained well in excess of our total risk-based capital requirement.


By regulation, the Finance Agency may mandate us to maintain a greater amount of permanent capital than is generally required by the risk-based capital requirements as defined, in order to promote safe and sound operations. In addition, a Finance Agency rule authorizes the Director to issue an order temporarily increasing the minimum capital level for an FHLBank if the Director determines that the current level is insufficient to address such FHLBank's risks. The rule sets forth several factors that the Director may consider in making this determination.


Under the Dodd-Frank Act, as implemented by the Finance Agency, each FHLBank is required to perform an annual stress test to assess the potential impact of various financial and economic conditions on capital adequacy. Our annual stress test was completed and published in November 2017, based on our financial condition as of December 31, 2016, using the methodology prescribed by the Finance Agency. Our stress test results demonstrated our capital adequacy under the severely adverse economic scenario defined by the Finance Agency.

The Finance Agency has established four capital classifications for the FHLBanks - adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized - and implemented the prompt corrective action provisions of HERA that apply to FHLBanks that are not deemed to be adequately capitalized.undercapitalized. The Finance Agency determines our capital classification on at least a quarterly basis. If we are determined to be other than adequately capitalized, we would become subject to additional supervisory authority by the Finance Agency. Before implementing a reclassification, the Finance Agency Director would be required to provide us with written notice of the proposed action and an opportunity to respond. The Finance Agency's most recent determination is that we hold sufficient capital to be adequately capitalized and meet both our minimum capital and risk-based capital requirements. See For more information, see Notes to Financial Statements - Note 1512 - Capital for more information..



57
TableFor details of Contents



Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The following table summarizes our off-balance-sheet arrangements (notional $ amounts in millions).
Types December 31, 2017
Letters of credit outstanding 
 $224
Unused lines of credit (1)
 1,084
Commitments to fund additional advances (2)
 4
Commitments to fund or purchase mortgage loans, net (3)
 71
Unsettled CO bonds, at par 28

(1)
Maximum line of credit amount is $50 million.
(2)
Generally for periods up to six months.
(3)
Generally for periods up to 91 days.

A standby letter of credit is a financing arrangement between us and one of our members for which we charge a fee. If we are required to make payment on a beneficiary's draw, the payment amount is converted into a collateralized advance to the member. The original terms of these standby letters of credit, including related commitments, range from 3 months to 20 years. Lines of credit allow members to fund short-term cash needs (up to one year) without submitting a new application for each request for funds.

Our MPP was designed to require loan servicers to foreclose and liquidate in the servicer's name rather than in our name. As the servicer progresses through the process from foreclosure to liquidation, we are paid in full for all unpaid principal and accrued interest on the loan through the normal remittance process and the servicer files a claim against the various credit enhancements for reimbursement of losses incurred. The claim is then reviewed and paid as appropriate under the various credit enhancement policies or guidelines. Subsequently, the servicer may submit claims to us for any remaining losses. At December 31, 2017, principal previously paid in full by our MPP servicers totaling $2 million remains subject to potential claims by those servicers for any losses resulting from past or future liquidations of the underlying properties. An estimate of the losses is included in the MPP allowance for loan losses. See see Notes to Financial Statements - Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 9 - Allowance for Credit Losses for more information. See Notes to Financial Statements - Note 2017 - Commitments and Contingencies for information on additional commitments and contingencies.Contingencies.


Contractual Obligations

The following table presents the payments due or expiration terms by specified contractual obligation type ($ amounts in millions).
December 31, 2017 < 1 year 1 to 3 years 3 to 5 years > 5 years Total
Contractual obligations:          
Long-term debt (1)
 $14,021
 $14,242
 $4,093
 $5,627
 $37,983
Operating leases 
 1
 
 1
 2
Benefit payments (2)
 3
 6
 9
 4
 22
MRCS (3)
 8
 
 4
 152
 164
Total $14,032
 $14,249
 $4,106
 $5,784
 $38,171

(1)
Includes CO bonds reported at par and based on contractual maturities but excludes discount notes due to their short-term nature. See Notes to Financial Statements - Note 13 - Consolidated Obligations for more information on consolidated obligations.
(2)
Amounts represent actuarial estimates of future benefit payments in accordance with the provisions of our SERP. See Notes to Financial Statements - Note 17 - Employee and Director Retirement and Deferred Compensation Plansfor more information.
(3)
See Notes to Financial Statements - Note 15 - Capital for more information.


58
Table of Contents



Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make a number of judgments, estimates, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities (if applicable), and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period.expenses. We review these estimates and assumptions based on historical experience, changes in business conditions and other relevant factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Changes in estimates and assumptions have the potential to significantly affect our financial position and results of operations. In any given reporting period, our actual results may differ from the estimates and assumptions used in preparing our financial statements.


We determined that fourconsider two of our accounting policies and estimates areto be critical because they require management to make particularly difficult, subjective, and/or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These accounting policies pertain to:


Derivatives and hedging activities (see (for more information, see Notes to Financial Statements - Note 118 - Derivatives and Hedging Activitiesfor more detail));
and
Fair value estimates (see (for more information, see Notes to Financial Statements - Note 1916 - Estimated Fair Valuesfor more detail);
).
Provision for credit losses (see Notes to Financial Statements - Note 9 - Allowance for Credit Lossesfor more detail); and
OTTI (see Notes to Financial Statements - Note 6 - Other-Than-Temporary Impairmentfor more detail).


We believe the application of our accounting policies on a consistent basis enables us to provide financial statement users with useful, reliable and timely information about our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.




Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities. All derivatives are recorded inon the statement of condition at their estimated fair values.values. Changes in the estimated fair value of our derivatives are recorded in current period earnings regardless of how changes in the estimated fair value of the assets or liabilities being hedged may be treated. Therefore,earnings. Therefore, even though derivatives are used to mitigate market risk, derivatives introduce the potential for earnings volatility. Specifically, a mismatch can exist between the timing of income and expense recognition from assets or liabilities and the income effects of derivative instruments positioned to mitigate the market risk associated with those assets or liabilities. Therefore, during periods of significant changes in interest rates and other market factors, our earnings may experience greater volatility.


The accounting guidance related to derivative accounting is complex and contains strict documentation requirements. The
details of each designated hedging relationship must be formally documented at the inception of the arrangement, including the
risk management objective, hedging strategy, hedged item, specific risk being hedged, the derivative instrument and how
effectiveness is being assessed. In all cases involving a fair-value hedge of a recognized asset, liability or firm commitment, the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate.

Generally, we striveendeavor to use derivatives that effectively hedge specific assets or liabilities and qualify for fair-value hedge accounting. Fair-value hedge accounting allows forTo qualify, the hedging instrument must be expected to be "highly effective" in offsetting changes in the estimated fair value of the associated hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. A fair-value hedge relationship is considered highly effective only if certain specified criteria are met.

For hedging relationships that qualify for hedge accounting and are designated as fair-value hedges, the change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk in the hedged item to also beis recorded in current period earnings, thereby providing an offset to the change in fair value of the derivative. Any difference in the change in fair value of the derivative and the change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk represents "hedge ineffectiveness". If a fair-value hedging relationship qualifies for the shortcut method of hedge accounting, the change in the fair value of the derivative is considered perfectly effective in offsetting the change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk and, as a result, no ineffectiveness is recorded in earnings. To qualify for shortcut accounting treatment, a number of strict conditions must be met.


When applying the shortcut method, we document at hedge inception a quantitative method to assess hedge effectiveness if we would later determine its application was not or is no longer appropriate. By documenting a quantitative method at inception, the risk associated with inappropriately applying the shortcut method is reduced as the quantitative method can be applied, if certain qualifying criteria are met, without having to dedesignate the hedge relationship as of the date it was determined the hedge no longer qualified for the shortcut method.

Derivatives that are in fair-value hedging relationships but do not qualify for the shortcut method are accounted for using a long-haul method, either the total contractual coupon or benchmark component method. For more information on the long-haul methods and techniques used by the Bank, see Notes to Financial Statements - Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

If a hedge fails the effectiveness test at inception, we do not apply hedge accounting. If the hedge fails the effectiveness test during the life of the relationship, we discontinue hedge accounting prospectively.

Although substantially all of our derivatives qualify for fair-value hedge accounting, we treat all derivatives that do not qualify for fair-value hedge accounting as economic hedges for asset/liability management purposes.

The changes infair values of our interest-rate related derivatives and hedged items are determined using standard valuation techniques such as discounted cash-flow analysis, which utilizes market estimates of interest rates and volatility, and comparisons to similar instruments. As such, the estimated fair valueuse of these economic hedges are recorded in other income (loss) as net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities with no offsetting fair value adjustments for the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments.

The use of estimates based on market prices to determine the derivative's estimated fair value can have a significant impact on current period earnings for all hedges, both thoseearnings. Although changes in fair-value hedging relationships and those in economic hedging relationships. Although this estimation and valuation processestimated fair value can cause earnings volatility during the periods the derivative instruments are held, the estimation and valuation process for hedges that qualify for fair-value hedge accounting, doessuch changes do not have any net long-term economic effect or result in any net cash flows if the derivative and the hedged item are held to maturity. Since these estimated fair values eventually return to zero (or par value) on the maturity date, the effect of such fluctuations throughout the hedge periodlife of the hedging relationship is usually only a timing issue.



As of December 31, 2021, the Bank’s derivatives portfolio included $37.6 billion (notional amount) that was accounted for using a long-haul method, substantially the total contractual coupon method, $8.8 billion (notional amount) that was accounted for using the shortcut method, and $9.2 billion (notional amount) that did not qualify for hedge accounting. By comparison, at December 31, 2020, the Bank’s derivatives portfolio included $36.9 billion (notional amount) that was accounted for using the long-haul method, $3.3 billion (notional amount) that was accounted for using the shortcut method, and $10.2 billion (notional amount) that did not qualify for hedge accounting.

59
60
Table of Contents




Fair Value Estimates. We report certain assets and liabilities on the statement of condition at estimated fair value, including investments classified as trading, AFS, grantor trust assets, and all derivatives. "Fair value" is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e., an exit price).date. We are required to consider factors specific to the asset or liability, the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability, and the participants with whom we would transact in that market. In general, the transaction price will equal the exit price and, therefore, represents the fair value of the asset or liability at initial recognition.


Estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices or market-based prices, if such prices are available. If quoted market prices or market-based prices are not available, estimated fair values are determined based on valuation models that use either:
 
discounted cash flows, using market estimates of interest rates and volatility; or 
dealer prices on similar instruments.


For external pricingvaluation models, we review the vendors' pricingvaluation processes, methodologies, and control procedures for reasonableness. For internal pricingvaluation models, the underlying assumptions are based on management's best estimates for:
 
discount rates;
prepayments;
market volatility; and
other factors.


The assumptions used in both external and internal pricingvaluation models could have a significant effect on the reported fair values of assets and liabilities, including the related income and expense. The use of different assumptions, as well as changes in market conditions, could result in materially different values. We continue to refine our valuation methodologies as markets and products develop and the pricing for certain products becomes more or less transparent.


We categorize our financial instruments reported at estimated fair value into a three-level hierarchy. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency (observable or unobservable) of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our market assumptions. Level 1 instruments are those for which inputs to the valuation methodology are observable and are derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that we can access on the measurement date. Level 2 instruments are those for which inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly, and include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities. Finally, level 3 instruments are those for which inputs are unobservable or are unable to be corroborated by external market data.


To the extent possible, we use observable inputs in our valuation models. However, as certain markets continue to remain illiquid, we may utilize more unobservable inputs if they better reflect market values. With respect to our private-label RMBS, we concluded that, overall, the inputs used to determine fair value are unobservable (i.e., level 3). We have sufficient information to conclude that level 3 is appropriate based on our knowledge of the dislocation of the private-label RMBS market and the distribution of prices received from multiple third-party pricing services, which is generally wider than would be expected if observable inputs were used.

Provision for Credit Losses.

Mortgage Loans Acquired under the MPP. Our loan loss allowance policy requires management to determine if it is probable that impairment has occurred in the mortgage loan portfolio as of the statement of condition date and whether the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Losses shall not be recognized before it is probable that they have been incurred, even though it may be probable based on past experience that losses will be incurred in the future. Probable impairment occurs when management determines, using current and historical information and events, that it is likely that not all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will be collected by the Bank.

We have developed a systematic approach for reviewing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Using this methodology, we perform a review designed to identify probable impairment as well as determine a reasonable estimate of loss, if any. This review consists of a separate review of (i) performing conventional loans collectively evaluated for impairment, (ii) delinquent conventional loans collectively evaluated for impairment, and (iii) certain other conventional loans individually evaluated for impairment. FHA loans are government-guaranteed and, consequently, we have determined that no allowance for losses is necessary for such loans.


60
Table of Contents



For performing conventional loans current to 179 days past due and collectively evaluated for impairment, our analysis incorporates the use of a recognized third-party credit and prepayment model to estimate potential ranges of credit loss exposure. The loss projection is based upon distinct underlying loan characteristics, including loan vintage (year of origination), geographic location, credit support features and other factors, and a projected migration of loans through the various stages of delinquency.

For delinquent conventional loans past due 180 days or more and collectively evaluated for impairment, we evaluate the pools based on current and historical information and events.

Certain conventional mortgage loans that are impaired, primarily TDRs, are specifically identified for purposes of calculating the allowance for loan losses. The measurement of the allowance for individually evaluated loans considers loan-specific attribute data similar to loans evaluated on a collective basis.

Our allowance for loan losses also includes specifically identified probable claims by servicers for any remaining losses of principal on delinquent loans that were previously paid in full by the servicers, and thus no longer included in the UPB on the statement of condition. We individually evaluate the properties included in this balance and obtain HUD statements, sales listings or other evidence of current expected liquidation amounts.

Our allowance for loan losses also compares, or benchmarks, our estimated losses on conventional mortgage loans, after credit enhancements, to actual losses occurring in the portfolio. Further, the third-party credit and prepayment model serves as a secondary review of the allowance for loan losses determined using the systematic approach. The projected losses from the model have historically been lower than our estimate of loan losses under the systematic approach.

These estimates require significant judgments, especially considering the inability to readily determine the fair value of all underlying properties and the uncertainty in other macroeconomic factors that make estimating defaults and severity imprecise. Because of variability in the data underlying the assumptions made in the process of determining the allowance for loan losses, estimates of the portfolio's inherent risks will change as warranted by changes in the economy. The degree to which any particular change would affect the allowance for loan losses would depend on the severity of the change.

We considered an adverse scenario whereby we used a haircut on our underlying collateral values of 20% for delinquent conventional loans, including individually evaluated loans. We consider such a haircut to represent the most distressed scenario that is reasonably possible to occur over the loss emergence period of 24 months. In this distressed scenario, while holding all other assumptions constant, our estimated incurred losses remaining after borrowers' equity, but before credit enhancements, would increase by approximately $3.1 million. However, such increase would be substantially offset by credit enhancements. Therefore, the allowance for loan losses continues to be based upon our best estimate of the probable losses over the loss emergence period that would not be recovered from the credit enhancements.


61
Table of Contents



Other-Than-Temporary Impairment. We evaluate our AFS and HTM investment securities on a quarterly basis to determine if any unrealized losses are other-than-temporary. Our evaluation is based in part on the creditworthiness of the issuers, and in part on the security's underlying collateral and expected cash flows. An OTTI has occurred if our cash flow analysis determines that a credit loss exists, i.e., the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the security’s amortized cost, irrespective of whether management will be required to sell such security.

The following table presents the significant modeling assumptions used to determine whether any of our private-label RMBS and ABS was OTTI during the year ended December 31, 2017, as well as the related current credit enhancement ($ amounts in millions).
    
Significant Modeling Assumptions (1)
 
Current Credit Enhancement (3)
Classification (2)
 UPB Prepayment Rates Default Rates Loss Severities 
Private-label RMBS:          
Total Prime $262
 13% 7% 22% 4%
Total Alt-A 
 11% 6% 11% 11%
Total private-label RMBS $262
 13% 7% 22% 4%
           
Home equity loan ABS:          
Total subprime - home equity loans (4)
 $1
 7% 29% 39% %

(1)
Weighted average based on UPB.
(2)
The classification (prime, Alt-A or subprime) is based on the model used to project the cash flows for the security, which may not be the same as the rating agency's classification at the time of origination.
(3)
Credit enhancement is defined as the percentage of subordinated tranches, excess spread, and over-collateralization, if any, in a security structure that will generally absorb losses before we will experience a loss on the security. A credit enhancement percentage of zero reflects a security that has no remaining credit support and is likely to have experienced an actual principal loss.
(4)
Modeling assumptions assume no payout from monoline bond insurers.

In addition to evaluating our private-label RMBS under a best estimate scenario, we perform a cash flow analysis for each of these securities under a more stressful housing price scenario. This more stressful scenario is primarily based on a short-term housing price forecast that is 5% lower than the best estimate scenario, followed by a recovery path with annual rates of housing price growth that are 33% lower than the best estimate.

The actual OTTI-related credit losses recognized in earnings for the three months ended December 31, 2017 totaled $0. Under the more stressful scenario, the estimated OTTI-related credit losses for the same period totaled $0. The adverse scenario and associated results do not represent our current expectations and, therefore, should not be construed as a prediction of our future results, market conditions or the performance of these securities. Rather, the results from this hypothetical adverse scenario provide a measure of the credit losses that we might incur if home price declines (and subsequent recoveries) are more adverse than those projected in our OTTI evaluation.

Additional information regarding OTTI of our private-label RMBS and ABS is provided in Notes to Financial Statements - Note 6 - Other-Than-Temporary Impairment herein.

62
Table of Contents



Recent Accounting and Regulatory Developments
 
Accounting Developments. See Notes to Financial Statements - Note 2 - Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Guidance forFor a description of how recent accounting developments may impact our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.flows, see Notes to Financial Statements - Note 2 - Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Guidance.


Legislative and Regulatory Developments.


Finance Agency Proposed RulePandemic-Related Developments. Executive and legislative branches of the federal and state governments and their agencies have continued to take steps to provide relief in connection with the continuing COVID-19 pandemic. For example, on Capital Requirements.March 11, 2021, President Biden signed into law the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, which provided an additional $1.9 trillion dollars for COVID-19 pandemic relief. Among other appropriations, the legislation allocated $7.25 billion in additional funds to support the Paycheck Protection Program ("PPP"). This legislation also expanded eligibility for the PPP to include certain nonprofit organizations and digital news services. Since the legislation did not expand the PPP application deadline beyond March 31, 2021, the PPP Extension Act of 2021 was signed into law on March 30, 2021, which extended the application deadline to May 31, 2021. As another example, on June 25, 2021, the Federal Reserve announced a final extension of its Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity Facility ("PPPLF") by an additional month to July 30, 2021. The PPPLF provides collateralized Paycheck Protection Program loan liquidity to eligible Federal Reserve member financial institutions to facilitate PPP loan originations at such financial institutions. The extension allowed additional processing time for banks, CDFIs, and other financial institutions to pledge to the facility any PPP loans approved by the SBA through the June 30, 2021 expiration of the PPP program. Additionally, the Federal Reserve continued to purchase agency securities throughout the year resulting in increased competition from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for purchases of mortgage loans via MPP.
61
Table of Contents


These and other forms of pandemic-related relief have provided alternative sources of liquidity for members which has tended to reduce their needs for advances, which is reflected in the decline in advances balances we experienced during the year ended December 31, 2021. Pandemic-related relief may continue to suppress members’ demand for advances if such relief continues to provide alternative sources of liquidity. Similarly, the increased competition from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac facilitated by the Federal Reserve’s purchases of agency securities has resulted in fewer opportunities for us to purchase mortgage loans from our members.

Executive and legislative branches of the federal and state governments and their agencies may take further steps to provide relief in connection with the continuing COVID-19 pandemic. While many relief programs and actions are temporary in nature, as with the existing relief efforts, they may have a direct or indirect impact on us or our members. Those impacts could, in turn, result in reduced demand for advances and/or heightened competition for mortgage loan purchases. We are unable to predict whether any such actions may be taken.

Other Legislative Developments.

Affordable Housing and Community Investment. Legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Senate and House of Representatives that, if enacted in its proposed form, would require us to set aside higher percentages of our earnings for our AHP than is currently required. As part of the subsequent congressional budget reconciliation process, a legislative proposal is under consideration that would require us to increase our contribution for our AHP to 15% of our earnings for the preceding year. We cannot predict whether legislation increasing our required contribution will be enacted and, if it is enacted, the amount of the increase or the period over which it would be increased. An increased required contribution to our AHP would result in less net income being available for other purposes.

Other Regulatory Developments.

FHLBank Membership Supervisory Letter. On July 3, 2017,September 9, 2021, the Finance Agency published a proposed rule to adopt, with amendments, the Finance Board regulations pertaining to the capital supervisory letter addressing certain FHLBank membership issues, including:

requirements for de novo CDFIs;
automatic transfer of membership;
large non-member institutions merging with small member institutions;
membership applicant’s compliance with financial condition requirements, and
the FHLBanks. The proposed rule would carry over mostdefinition of the existing regulations without material change, but would substantively revise the credit risk component of the risk-based capital requirement, as well as the limitations on extensions of unsecured credit and derivative exposure. The main revisions would remove requirements that the FHLBanks calculate credit-risk capital charges and unsecured credit limits based on ratings issued by an NRSRO, and instead would require that the FHLBanks establish and use their own internal rating methodology. With respect to derivatives, the proposed rule would impose a new capital charge for cleared derivatives, which under the existing rule do not carry a capital charge, and would change the way that the capital charge and risk limits are calculated for uncleared derivatives, in both cases to align with the Dodd-Frank Act’s clearing mandate and derivatives reforms. The proposed rule also would revise the percentages used in the regulation’s tables to calculate credit-risk capital charges for advances and for non-mortgage assets. insurance company.

The Finance Agency proposesissued the letter to retainprovide uniform guidance regarding these identified membership issues. The guidance could result in:

fewer opportunities for nowFHLBank membership; and/or
ineligibility for continued membership by certain entities, most notably CDFIs, insurance companies and large institutions that have acquired small members.

Accordingly, the percentages usedguidance could result in the tablesreduced opportunities for us to calculate capital chargesgrow our membership and, in turn, fewer opportunities to provide our financial services.

Regulatory Interpretation on Eligibility of Mortgage Participations as Collateral for mortgage-related assets, and to address at a later date the methodology for residential mortgage assets. While a March 2009 regulatory directive pertaining to certain liquidity matters would remain in place,FHLBank Advances. On October 4, 2021, the Finance Agency published a regulatory interpretation on the eligibility of mortgage loan participations as collateral for FHLBank advances, which interpretation became effective on December 13, 2021. The interpretation provides the Finance Agency’s views on whether an FHLBank can accept mortgage loan participations as collateral to secure advances that cannot be readily liquidated in the form in which they are to be pledged. The interpretation rescinds prior guidance to the contrary and concludes that participations for which there would be a known impediment to liquidation are not eligible collateral for advances. The interpretation also proposesprovides that known impediments to rescind certain minimum regulatory liquidity requirements and address these liquidity requirementsliquidation include, among other possible reasons, instances when such participations:

are not in salable form; and/or
lack a new regulatory directive.viable secondary market.


We submittedare evaluating the potential impact of the interpretation on the Bank, but it would lead to a joint comment letter withdecrease in the other FHLBanksamount of collateral that is eligible to be pledged to us by our members.

62
Table of Contents


Fair Housing and Fair Lending Enforcement. On July 9, 2021, the Finance Agency published a policy statement on fair lending to communicate the Finance Agency’s general position on monitoring and information gathering, supervisory examinations, and administrative enforcement related to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, and the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act. On August 31, 2017.12, 2021, the Finance Agency and the Department of Housing and Urban Development announced they had entered into a memorandum of understanding regarding fair housing and fair lending enforcement. Under the memorandum of understanding, the two agencies will focus on enhancing their enforcement of the Fair Housing Act, and their oversight of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the FHLBanks. We continue to evaluate the proposed rulemonitor these actions and guidance as they evolve and to evaluate their potential impact.

Amendment to FINRA Rule 4210: Margining of Covered Agency Transactions. FINRA amended Rule 4210 delaying the processeffectiveness of converting frommargining requirements for covered agency transactions until April 26, 2022 (from the current rule on capital requirements tooriginal effective date of January 26, 2022). On March 3, 2022, the SEC approved a new final rule. At this time, we do not expect this rule, if adopted as proposed, to materially affect our financial condition or results of operations. However, we expect that any final rule could require us to make changes to our systems, which could carry operational and other risks.

Information Security Management Advisory Bulletin. On September 28, 2017, the Finance Agency issued Advisory Bulletin 2017-02, which supersedes previous guidance on an FHLBank’s information security program. The advisory bulletin describes three main components of an information security program and reflects the expectation that each FHLBank will use a risk-based approach to implement its information security program. The advisory bulletin contains expectations related to (i) governance, including guidance related to roles and responsibilities, risk assessments, industry standards, and cyber-insurance; (ii) engineering and architecture, including guidance on network security, software security, and security of endpoints; and (iii) operations, including guidance on continuous monitoring, vulnerability management, baseline configuration, asset life cycle, awareness and training, incident response and recovery, user access management, data classification and protection, oversight of third parties, and threat intelligence sharing.

We do not expect this advisory bulletin to materially affect our financial condition or results of operations, but we anticipate that it may result in increased costs relating to enhancements to our information security program.

FRB, FDIC and OCC Final Rules on Mandatory Contractual Stay Requirements for Qualified Financial Contracts ("QFCs").On September 12, 2017, the FRB published a final rule, effective November 13, 2017, requiring certain global systemically important banking institutions ("GSIB") regulated by the FRB to amend their covered QFCs to limit a counterparty’s immediate termination or exercise of default rights under the QFCs in the event of bankruptcy or receivership of the GSIB or an affiliate of the GSIB. Covered QFCs include derivatives, repurchase agreements (known as "repos") and reverse repos, and securities lending and borrowing agreements. On September 27, 2017, and November 29, 2017, the FDIC and OCC respectively adopted final rules that are both substantively identicalfurther delay to the FRB rule, botheffectiveness of these margin requirements until October 26, 2022. Once the margining requirements are effective, January 1, 2018, with respect to QFCs entered into with certain FDIC- and OCC-supervised institutions.

Although we are not a covered entity under these rules, as a counterparty to covered entities under QFCs, we may be required to amend QFCscollateralize our transactions that are covered agency transactions, which include TBAs. These collateralization requirements could have the effect of reducing the overall profitability of engaging in covered agency transactions, including TBAs. Further, any collateralization requirements would expose us to credit risk from our counterparties to such transactions.

CFTC and Other Derivatives Developments. The Dodd-Frank Act mandated the U.S. federal regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market and granted joint regulatory authority to the SEC and the CFTC over derivatives. The SEC and CFTC have completed most of their rules to implement the Dodd-Frank Act's requirements. Pursuant thereto, our derivatives operations have become subject to, among other things, recordkeeping, reporting and documentation requirements. In addition, certain non-cleared derivatives entered into with FRB-regulated GSIBs or applicable FDIC-as part of our derivatives operations have become subject to two-way variation margin requirements and OCC-supervised institutions.may become subject to two-way initial margin requirements beginning in 2022. These rules may impactmargining requirements are expected to increase the cost and reduce the availability of non-cleared derivatives. Collectively, the Dodd-Frank Act requirements have increased the direct and indirect costs of our ability to terminate business relationships with covered entitieshedging and related activities and could adversely impact the amount we recoverincrease them further in the event of the bankruptcy or receivership of a covered entity. However, we do not expect these final rules to materially affect our financial condition or results of operations.future.





63
Table of Contents




OCC, FRB, FDIC, Farm Credit Administration, and Finance Agency Proposed Rule on Margin and Capital Requirements for Covered Swap Entities. On February 21, 2018, OCC, FRB, FDIC, Farm Credit Administration, and the Finance Agency published a joint proposed amendment to each agency’s final rule on Margin and Capital Requirements for Covered Swap Entities ("Swap Margin Rules") to conform the definition of "eligible master netting agreement" in such rules to the FRB’s, OCC’s, and FDIC’s final QFC rules, and to clarify that a legacy swap will not be deemed to be a covered swap under the Swap Margin Rules if it is amended to conform to the QFC Rules.

Comments on the proposed rule are due by April 23, 2018. We continue to evaluate the proposed rule, but we do not expect this rule, if adopted substantially as proposed, to materially affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Risk Management


We have exposure to a number of risks in pursuing our business objectives. These risks may be broadly classified as market, credit, liquidity, operational, and business. Market risk is discussed in detail in Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.


Active risk management is an integral part of our operations because these risks are an inherent part of our business activities. We manage these risks by, among other actions, setting and enforcing appropriate limits and developing and maintaining internal policies and processes to ensure an appropriate risk profile. In order to enhance our ability to manage Bank-wide risk, our risk management function is alignedstructured to segregate risk measurement, monitoring, and evaluation from our business units where risk-taking occurs through financial transactions and positions.


The Finance Agency establisheshas established certain risk-related compliance requirements. In addition, our board of directors has established a Risk Appetite Statement that summarizes the amounts, levels and types of enterprise-wide risk that our management is authorized to undertake in pursuit of achieving our mission and executing our strategic plans. The Risk Appetite Statement incorporates high level qualitative and quantitative risk limits and tolerances from our Enterprise Risk Management Policy, which serves as a key policy to address our exposures to market, credit, liquidity, operational and business risks, and from various other key risk-related policies approved by our board of directors, including the Operational Risk Management Policy, the Model Risk Management Policy, the Credit Policy, the Capital Markets Policy, and thethe Enterprise Information Security Policy.


Effective risk management programs include not only conformance of specific risk management practices to the Enterprise Risk Management Policy and other key risk-related policy requirements, but also the active involvement of our board of directors. Our board of directors has established a Risk Oversight Committee that provides focus, direction and accountability for our risk management process. Further, pursuant to the Enterprise Risk Management Policy, the following internal management committees focus on risk management, among other duties:


Executive Management Committee
Facilitates planning, coordination and communication among our operating divisions and the other committees;
Focuses on leadership, teamworkcollaboration and our resources to best serve organizational priorities; and
Generally oversees the following committees' activities.
Member Services Committee
Focuses on new and existing member services and products and oversees the effectiveness of the risk mitigation framework for member services and products; and
Promotes cross-functional communication and exchange of ideas pertaining to member products offered to achieve financial objectives established by the board of directors and senior management while remaining within prescribed risk parameters.
Capital Markets Committee
Focuses on the Bank'sour investment, hedging, and funding activities as they relate to financial performance, risk profile and the Bank'sour strategic direction; and
Deliberates proposed strategies to meet funding needs and achieve financial performance objectives established by the board of directors and senior management, while remaining within established risk control parameters.
IT Steering Committee
Monitors our technology-related activities, strategies, risk positions and issues; and
Promotes cross-functional communication and exchange of ideas pertaining to the technology directions and actions undertaken to achieve our strategic and financial objectives.

Risk Committee
Oversees the identification, monitoring, measurement, evaluation and reporting of risks;
Promotes cross-functional communication and exchange of ideas pertaining to oversight of our risk profile in accordance with guidelines and objectives established by our board of directors and senior management; and
Oversees the actions of the Information Security Steering Committee, which oversees our Information Security Program, which includes enterprise information security, cybersecurity, and physical security.
Asset Liability Committee
Evaluates the impact of macro-economic, interest rate and financial market conditions on the Bank's financial performance and capital levels; and
Determines enterprise-level asset-liability management strategies.
64
Table of Contents




Strategy Risk Management Committee
Provides strategic direction in the management of key risk exposures and risk policies, and adjudicates strategic risk issues as they arise (credit, market, liquidity, advance lending, AMA, investment portfolio, treasury, operations, regulatory and reputation); and
Identifies and understands current and emerging risks and opportunities - makescourse corrections as circumstances and events dictate.

Each of the committees is responsible for overseeing its respective business activities in accordance with specified policies, in addition to ongoing consideration of pertinent risk-related issues.


We have a formal process for the assessment of Bank-wide risk and risk-related issues. Our risk assessment process is designed to identify and evaluate material risks, including both quantitative and qualitative aspects, which could adversely affect achievement of our financial performance objectives and compliance with applicable requirements. Business unit managers play a significant role in this process, as they are best positioned to understandidentify and identifyunderstand the risks inherent in their respective operations. These assessments evaluate the inherent risks within each of the key processes as well as the controls and strategies in place to manage those risks, identify primary weaknesses, and recommend actions that should be undertaken to address the identified weaknesses. The results of these assessments are summarized in an annual risk assessment report, which is reviewed by senior management and our board of directors. 


Credit Risk Management. Credit risk is the risk that members or other counterparties may be unable to meet their contractual obligations to us, or that the values of those obligations will decline as a result of deterioration in the members' or other counterparties' creditworthiness. Credit risk arises when our funds are extended, committed, invested or otherwise exposed through actual or implied contractual agreements. We face credit risk on advances and other credit products, investments, mortgage loans, derivative financial instruments, and AHP grants. 


The most important step in the management of credit risk is the initial decision to extend credit. We also manage credit risk by following established policies, evaluating the creditworthiness of our members and counterparties, and utilizing collateral agreements and settlement netting. Periodic monitoring of members and other counterparties is performed whenever we are exposed to credit risk.
Advances and Other Credit Products.We manage our exposure to credit risk on advances primarily through a combination of our security interests in assets pledged by our borrowers and ongoing reviews of our borrowers' financial strength. Credit analyses are performed on existing borrowers, with the frequency and scope determined by the financial strength of the borrower and/or the amount of our credit products outstanding to that borrower. We establish limits and other requirements for advances and other credit products.


Section 10(a) of the Bank Act prohibits us from making an advance without sufficient collateral to fully secure the advance. Security is provided via thorough underwriting and establishing a perfectedperfecting our position in eligible assets pledged by the borrower as collateral before an advance is made by filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in the appropriate jurisdictions.made. Each member's collateral reporting requirement is based on its collateral status, which reflects its financial condition and type of institution, and our review of conflicting liens, with our level of control increasing when a borrower'smember's financial performance deteriorates. We continually evaluate the quality and value of collateral pledged to support advances and work with members to improve the accuracy of valuations.


As ofAt December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, advances outstanding to our insurance company members represented 45% represented 46% and 53%43%, respectively, of our total advances outstanding, at par. We believe that advances outstanding to our insurance company members and the relative percentage of their advances to the total could increase, based upon the significant portion of total financial assets held by insurance companies in our district. Although insurance companies represent significant growth opportunities for our credit products, they have different risk characteristics than our depository members. Some of the ways we mitigate this risk include requiring insurance companies to deliver collateral to us or our custodian and using industry-specific underwriting approaches as part of our ongoing evaluation of our insurance company members' financial strength.


A captive insurance company insures risks of its parent, affiliated companies and/or other entities under common control. We generally require captive insurance company members to, among other requirements: (i) pledge the collateral free of other encumbrances, (ii) collateralize all obligations to us, including prepayment fees, accrued interest and any outstanding AHP or MPP obligations, (iii) obtain our prior approval before pledging whole loan collateral, and (iv) provide annual audit reports of the member entity and its ultimate parent, as well as quarterly unaudited financial statements.

65
Table of Contents



Borrowing Limits. Generally, we maintain a credit productsproducts borrowing limit of 50%40% of a depository member's adjusted assets, defined as total assets less borrowings from all sources.assets. As of December 31, 2017,2021, we had no advances outstanding to a depository member whose total credit products exceeded 50%40% of its adjustedtotal assets.


On March 18, 2016, our board of directors modified the initialThe borrowing limit for our insurance company members (excluding captive insurance companies) tois 25% of their total general account assets less money borrowed. assets. As of December 31, 2021, we had no advances outstanding to an insurance company member whose total credit products exceeded 25% of their general account assets.

The credit products borrowing limit for our non-depository CDFI members is 25% of their total restricted assets. As of December 31, 2021, we had no advances outstanding to a non-depository CDFI member whose total credit products exceeded 25% of their total unrestricted assets.


65
Table of Contents


Credit extensions to insurance company membersa member whose total credit products exceed thisthe applicable threshold require an additional approval by our Bank as provided in our credit policy. The approval is based upon a number of factors that may include the member's financial condition,condition, collateral quality, business plan and earnings stability. We also monitor these members more closely on an ongoing basis. As of December 31, 2017, we had advances outstanding, at par, of $325 million to one of our insurance company members whose total credit products exceeded 25% of their general account assets, net of money borrowed.

Effective February 19, 2016, new or renewed credit extensions to captive insurance companies that became members prior to September 12, 2014 are subject to certain restrictions relating to maturity dates and cannot exceed 40% of the member's total assets. As of December 31, 2017, one such captive insurance company member's total credit products exceeded the percentage limit. Therefore, no new or renewed credit extensions have been extended to this member. We may impose additional restrictions on extensions of credit to our members including captive insurance companies, at our discretion.


Concentration. Our credit risk is magnified due to the concentration of advances in a few borrowers. As of December 31, 2017,2021, our top borrower held 17%12% of total advances outstanding, at par, and our top five borrowers held 45%43% of total advances outstanding, at par. As a resultThe following tables present the par value of advances outstanding to our largest borrowers ($ amounts in millions).
December 31, 2021Advances Outstanding% of Total
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company$3,130 12 %
Flagstar Bank, FSB3,000 11 %
Jackson National Life Insurance Company2,017 %
Old National Bank1,903 %
Forethought Life Insurance Company1,592 %
Subtotal - five largest borrowers11,642 43 %
Next five largest borrowers5,511 20 %
Others10,157 37 %
Total advances, par value$27,310 100 %

Because of this concentration in advances, we perform frequent credit and collateral reviews on our largest borrowers. In addition, we regularly analyze the implications to our financial management and profitability if we were to lose the business of one or more of these borrowers.

At our discretion, and provided the borrower meets our contractual requirements, advances to borrowers that are no longer members may remain outstanding until maturity, subject to certain regulatory requirements.

For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we did not have gross interest income on advances, excluding the effects of interest-rate swaps, from any one borrower that exceeded 10% of our total interest income.
 
Collateral Requirements. We generally require all borrowers to execute a security agreement that grants us a blanket lien on substantially all assets of the member. Our agreements with borrowers require each borrowing entity to fully secure all outstanding extensions of credit at all times, including advances, accrued interest receivable, standby letters of credit, correspondent services, certain AHP transactions, and all indebtedness, liabilities or obligations arising or incurred as a result of a member transacting business with our Bank.us. We may also require a member to pledge additional collateral to cover exposure resulting from any applicable prepayment fees on advances.


The assets that constitute eligible collateral to secure extensions of credit are set forth in Section 10(a) of the Bank Act. In accordance with the Bank Act, we accept the following assets as collateral:


fully disbursed, whole first mortgages on improved residential property, or securities representing a whole interest in such mortgages;
securities issued, insured, or guaranteed by the United States government or any agencyAgency thereof (including, without limitation, MBS issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae);
cash or deposits in an FHLBank; and
ORERC acceptable to us if such collateral has a readily ascertainable value and we can perfect our interest in the collateral.


Additionally, for any CFI, as defined in accordance with the Bank Act, we may also accept secured loans for small business, agricultural and community development activities.




66
Table of Contents




In addition to our internal credit risk management policies and procedures, Section 10(e) of the Bank Act affords priority of any security interest granted to us, by a member or such member's affiliate, over the claims or rights of any other party, including any receiver, conservator, trustee, or similar entity that has the rights of a lien creditor, except for claims held by bona fide purchasers for value or by parties that are secured by prior perfected security interests, provided that such claims would otherwise be entitled to priority under applicable law. Moreover, with respect to federally-insured depository institution borrowers, our claims are given certain preferences pursuant to the receivership provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. With respect to insurance company members, however, Congress provided in the McCarran-Ferguson Act of 1945 that state law generally governs the regulation of insurance and shall not be preempted by federal law unless the federal law expressly regulates the business of insurance. Thus, if a court were to determine that the priority provision of Section 10(e) of the Bank Act conflicts with state insurance law applicable to our insurance company members, the court might then determine that the priority of our security interest would be governed by state law, not Section 10(e). Under these circumstances, the "super lien" priority protection afforded to our security interest under Section 10(e) may not fully apply when we lend to such insurance company members.However, we monitor applicable states' laws, and our security interests in collateral posted by insurance company members have express statutory protections in the jurisdictions where our members are domiciled. In addition, we take all necessary action under applicable state law to obtain and maintain a prior perfected security interest in the collateral, including by taking possession or control of the collateral as appropriate.


Collateral Status. When an institution becomes a member, of our Bank, we assign the member to a collateral status after the initial underwriting review. The assignment of a member to a collateral status category reflects, in part, our philosophy of increasing our level of control over the collateral pledged by the member, when warranted, based on our underwriting conclusions and a review of our lien priority. Some members pledge and report collateral under a blanket lien established through the security agreement, while others are placed on specific listings or possession status or a combination of the three via a hybrid status. We take possession of all collateral posted by insurance companies to further ensure our position as a first-priority secured creditor. MembersA depository institution member may elect a more restrictive collateral status to receive a higher lendable value for their collateral.


The primary features of these three collateral status categories are:


Blanket:


only certain financially sound depository institutions are eligible;
institutions that have granted a blanket lien to another creditor are ineligible;may be eligible if an inter-creditor or subordination agreement is executed;
review and approval by credit services management is required;
member retains possession of eligible whole loan collateral pledged to us;
member executes a written security agreement and agrees to hold such collateral for our benefit; and
member provides periodic reports of all eligible collateral.


Specific Listings:


applicable to depository institutions that demonstrate potential weakness in their financial condition or seek lower over-collateralization requirements;
may be available to institutions that have granted a blanket lien to another creditor if an inter-creditor or subordination agreement is executed;
member retains possession of eligible whole loan collateral pledged to us;
member executes a written security agreement and agrees to hold such collateral for our benefit; and
member provides loan level detail on the pledged collateral on at least a monthly basis.


Possession:


applicable to all insurance companies, non-depository CDFI's, Housing Associates, and those depository institutions demonstrating less financial strength than those approved for specific listings;
required for all de novo institutions and institutions that have granted a blanket lien to another creditor but have not executed an inter-creditor or subordination agreement;
safekeeping for securities pledged as collateral can be with us or a third-party custodian that we have pre-approved;
original notes and other documents related to whole loans pledged as collateral are held with a third-party custodian that we have pre-approved;
member executes a written security agreement; and
member provides loan level detail on the pledged collateral on at least a monthly basis.


67
Table of Contents




Collateral Valuation. In order to mitigate the market, credit, liquidity, operational and business risk associated with collateral, we apply an over-collateralization requirement to the book value or market value of pledged collateral to establish its lendable value. Collateral that we have determined to contain a low level of risk, such as United States government obligations, is over-collateralized at a lower rate than collateral that carries a higher level of risk, such as small business loans. The over-collateralization requirement applied to asset classes may vary depending on collateral status, sincebecause lower requirements are applied as our levels of information and control over the assets increase.


We have made changes to, and continue to update, our internal valuation model to gain greater consistency between model-generated valuations and observed market prices, resulting in adjustments to lendable values on whole loan collateral. We routinely engage outside pricing vendors to benchmark our modeled pricing on residential and commercial real estate collateral, and we modify valuations where appropriate.


The following table provides information regarding credit products outstanding with member and non-member borrowers based on their reporting status, at December 31, 2017, along with their corresponding collateral balances.balances at December 31, 2021. The table only lists collateral that was identified and pledged by members and non-membersborrowers with outstanding credit products, at December 31, 2017, and therefore does not include all assets against which we have liens via our security agreements and Uniform Commercial Code filingsinterests ($ amounts in millions).
Collateral Types
Collateral Status# of Borrowers1st lien ResidentialORERC/CFISecurities/DeliveryTotal Collateral
Lendable Value (1)
Credit Outstanding (2)
Blanket72 $9,614 $7,719 $1,849 $19,182 $12,926 $5,713 
Specific listings60 21,981 4,607 3,982 30,570 23,714 7,639 
Possession26 6,066 12,314 6,778 25,158 18,091 12,950 
Hybrid (3)
3,820 1,389 302 5,511 3,503 1,420 
Total162 $41,481 $26,029 $12,911 $80,421 $58,234 $27,722 
    Collateral Types      
Collateral Status # of Borrowers 1st lien Residential ORERC/CFI Securities/Delivery Total Collateral 
Lendable Value (1)
 
Credit Outstanding (2)
Blanket 56
 $7,675
 $6,624
 $
 $14,299
 $8,908
 $3,943
Specific listings 77
 16,685
 2,683
 2,995
 22,363
 16,411
 10,238
Possession 31
 4,805
 10,683
 9,788
 25,276
 18,397
 15,650
Hybrid (3)
 36
 7,306
 3,072
 2,313
 12,691
 8,667
 4,562
Total 200
 $36,471
 $23,062
 $15,096
 $74,629
 $52,383
 $34,393


(1)
Lendable Value is the borrowing capacity, based upon collateral pledged after a market value has been estimated (excluding blanket-pledged collateral) and an over-collateralization requirement has been applied.
(2)
Credit outstanding includes advances (at par value), lines of credit used, and letters of credit.
(3)
Hybrid collateral status is a combination of any of the others: blanket, specific listings and possession.

(1)     Lendable Value is the borrowing capacity, based upon collateral pledged after a market value has been estimated (excluding blanket-pledged collateral) and an over-collateralization requirement has been applied.
(2)     Credit outstanding includes advances (at par value), lines of credit used, and standby letters of credit.
(3)     Hybrid collateral status is a combination of any of the others: blanket, specific listings and possession.

Collateral Review and Monitoring. Our agreements with borrowers allow us, at any time and in our sole discretion, to require substitution of collateral, adjust the over-collateralization requirements applied to collateral, or refuse to make extensions of credit against any collateral, require substitution of collateral, or adjust the over-collateralization requirements applied to collateral. We also may require borrowers to pledge additional collateral regardless of whether the collateral would be eligible to originate a new extension of credit. Our agreements with our borrowers also afford us the right, in our sole discretion, to declare any borrower to be in default if we deem ourthe Bank to be inadequately secured.


Credit services management continually monitors members' collateral status and may require a member to change its collateral status based upon deteriorating financial performance, results of on-site collateral verification reviews, or a high level of borrowings as a percentage of its assets. The blanket lien created by the security agreement remains in place regardless of a member's collateral status.


The Bank conductsWe conduct regular on-sitecollateral verification reviews of loan collateral pledged by members to confirm the existence of the pledged collateral, confirm that the collateral conforms to our eligibility requirements, and score the collateral for concentration and credit risk. Based on the results of such on-sitecollateral verification reviews, a member may have its over-collateralization requirements adjusted, limitations may be placed on the amount of certain asset types accepted as collateral or, in some cases, the member may be changed to a more stringent collateral status. We may conduct a review of any borrower's collateral at any time.


Credit Review and Monitoring. We monitor the financial condition of all member and non-member borrowers by reviewing certain available financial data, such as regulatory call reports filed by depository institution borrowers, regulatory financial statements filed with the appropriate state insurance department by insurance company borrowers, SEC filings, and rating agency reports, to ensure that potentially troubled institutions are identified as soon as possible. In addition, we have the ability to obtain borrowers' regulatory examination reports and, when appropriate, may contact borrowers' management teams to discuss performance and business strategies. We analyze this information on a regular basis and use it to determine the appropriate collateral status for a borrower.our borrowers.



68
Table of Contents




We use models to assign a quarterly financial performance measure for all depository institution borrowers. This measure, combined with other credit monitoring tools and the level of a member's usage of credit products, determines the frequency and depth of underwriting analysis for these institutions.


Investments. We are also exposed to credit risk through our investment portfolios.portfolio. Our policies restrict the acquisition of investments to high-quality, short-term money market instruments and high-quality long-term securities.


Short-Term Investments. Our short-term investment portfolioinvestments typically includesinclude securities purchased under agreements to resell, which are secured by United States Treasuries. Although we are permitted to purchase these securities for terms of up to 275 days, most mature overnight. Our short-term investments can also include federal funds sold, which can be overnight or term placements of our funds. We place these funds with large, high-quality financial institutions with investment-grade long-term credit ratings on an unsecured basis for terms of up to 275 days.days, though most mature overnight. Our short-term investment portfolioinvestments also typically includes securities purchased under agreements to resell,include interest-bearing demand deposit accounts which are secured by United States Treasuries or Agency MBS passthroughs. Although wecommercial deposit accounts generally opened with large, high-quality domestic financial institutions. The funds within these accounts are permitted to purchase these securitiesavailable for terms of up to 275 days, most mature overnight.withdrawal at any time during business hours.


We monitor counterparty creditworthiness, ratings, performance, and capital adequacy in an effort to mitigate unsecured credit risk on the short-term investments, with an emphasis on the potential impacts of changes in global economic conditions. As a result, we may limit or suspend exposure to certain counterparties.


Finance Agency regulations include limits on the amount of unsecured credit we may extend to a private counterparty or to a group of affiliated counterparties. This limit isThese regulations require, among other things, that we calculate credit risk capital charges and unsecured credit limits based on a percentage of eligible regulatory capital and the counterparty's long-term NRSRO credit rating. Under these regulations, (i) the level of eligible regulatory capital is determined as the lesser of our total regulatory capital or the eligible amount of regulatory capital of the counterparty; (ii) the eligible amount of regulatory capital is then multiplied by a stated percentage; and (iii) the percentage that we may offer for term extensions of unsecured credit ranges from 1% to 15% based on the counterparty's NRSRO credit rating. The calculation of term extensions of unsecured credit includes on-balance sheet transactions, off-balance sheet commitments and derivative transactions.own internal rating methodology.


The Finance Agency regulationregulations also permitspermit us to extend additional unsecured credit for overnight and term federal funds sold up to a total unsecured exposure to a single counterparty of 2% to 30% of the eligible amount of regulatory capital, based on our internal credit rating of the counterparty's credit rating.counterparty.


Additionally, we are prohibited by Finance Agency regulation from investing in financial instruments issued by non-United States entities other than those issued by United States branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks. Our unsecured credit exposures to United States branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks include the risk that, as a result of political or economic conditions in a country, the counterparty may be unable to meet its contractual repayment obligations.obligations. During the year ended December 31, 2017,2021, our unsecured investment credit exposure to United States branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks was limited to federal funds sold. Our unsecured credit exposures to domestic counterparties and United States subsidiaries of foreign commercial banks include the risk that these counterparties have extended credit to foreign counterparties.


The following table presents the unsecured investment credit exposuresexposure to private counterparties, categorized by the domicile of the counterparty's ultimate parent, based on the lowest of the counterparty's NRSRO long-term credit ratings, stated in terms of the S&P equivalent. The table does not reflect the foreign sovereign government's credit rating ($ amounts in millions).

December 31, 2021December 31, 2021AAATotal
DomesticDomestic$— $100 $100 
AustraliaAustralia910 — 910 
CanadaCanada— 1,170 1,170 
NetherlandsNetherlands— 500 500 
December 31, 2017 AA A Total
Domestic $
 $1,160
 $1,160
Australia 780
 
 780
Total unsecured credit exposure $780
 $1,160
 $1,940
Total unsecured credit exposure$910 $1,770 $2,680 



Trading Securities. Our liquidity portfolio includes U.S. Treasury securities, which are direct obligations of the U.S. government and are classified as trading securities.


69
Table of Contents




Long-Term InvestmentsOther Investment Securities. Our long-term investments include MBS guaranteed by the housing GSEs (Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac), other U.S. obligations - guaranteed MBS (Ginnie Mae), and debentures issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the TVA and the Federal Farm Credit Banks.


Our long-term investments also include private-label RMBS and ABS, which are directly or indirectly secured by underlying mortgage loans. Investments in private-label RMBS and ABS may be purchased as long as the investments are rated with an S&P equivalent rating of AAA at the time of purchase. However, we are subject to credit risk on these investments. To mitigate that risk, each of the private-label RMBS and ABS contains one or more of the following forms of credit protection:

Subordination - represents the structure of classes of the security, where subordinated classes absorb any credit losses before senior classes;
Excess spread - the average coupon rate of the underlying mortgage loans in the pool is higher than the coupon rate on the MBS and the spread differential may be used to offset any losses that may be realized;
Over-collateralization - the total outstanding balance of the underlying mortgage loans in the pool is greater than the outstanding MBS balance and the excess collateral is available to offset any losses that may be realized; and
Insurance wrap - a third-party bond insurance company guarantees timely payment of principal and interest to certain classes of the security.

Our private-label RMBS and ABS are backed by collateral located only in the United States and the District of Columbia. The top five states, by percentage of collateral located in those states as of December 31, 2017, were California (65%), New York (7%), Florida (4%), Connecticut (3%), and Virginia (2%).

A Finance Agency regulation provides that the total amount of our investments in MBS, and ABS, calculated using amortized historical cost excluding the impact of certain derivatives adjustments, must not exceed 300% of our total regulatory capital, as of the day we purchase the securities, based on the capital amount most recently reported to the Finance Agency. TheseIf our outstanding investments totaled 288%in MBS exceed the limitation at any time, but were in compliance at the time we purchased the investments, we would not be considered out of total regulatory capital at December 31, 2017.compliance with the regulation, but we would not be permitted to purchase additional investments in MBS until these outstanding investments were within the limitation. Generally, our goal is to maintain these investments near the 300% limit in order to enhance earnings and capital for our members and diversify our revenue stream. However, when our ratio exceeds 300%, as it did on December 31, 2021, the opportunity to further enhance our earnings will not be available until we are again permitted to purchase these investments.


70
Table of Contents




The following table presents the carrying values of our investments, excluding accrued interest, grouped by credit rating and investment category. Applicable rating levels are determined using the lowest relevant long-term rating from S&P Moody's and Fitch Ratings, Inc.,Moody's, each stated in terms of the S&P equivalent. Rating modifiers are ignored when determining the applicable rating level for a given counterparty or investment. Amounts reported do not reflect any subsequent changes in ratings, outlook, or watch status ($ amounts in millions).

         Below  
         Investment  
December 31, 2017 AAA AA A BBB Grade 
Total 
December 31, 2021December 31, 2021AAA
Total
Short-term investments:      
      Short-term investments: 
Interest-bearing deposits $
 $
 $660
 $
 $
 $660
Interest-bearing deposits$$100$100
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 
 2,606
 
 
 
 2,606
Securities purchased under agreements to resell3,5003,500
Federal funds sold 
 780
 500
 
 
 1,280
Federal funds sold9101,6702,580
Total short-term investments 
 3,386
 1,160
 
 
 4,546
Total short-term investments4,4101,7706,180
Long-term investments:            
Trading securities:Trading securities:
U.S. Treasury obligationsU.S. Treasury obligations3,9473,947
Total trading securitiesTotal trading securities3,9473,947
Other investment securities:Other investment securities:
GSE and TVA debentures 
 4,404
 
 
 
 4,404
GSE and TVA debentures2,6972,697
GSE MBS 
 5,060
 
 
 
 5,060
GSE MBS8,1508,150
Other U.S. obligations - guaranteed RMBS 
 3,299
 
 
 
 3,299
Other U.S. obligations - guaranteed RMBS2,6262,626
Private-label RMBS and ABS 

4

16

2

242

264
Total long-term investments 

12,767

16

2

242

13,027
Total other investment securitiesTotal other investment securities13,47313,473
            
Total investments, carrying value $
 $16,153
 $1,176
 $2
 $242
 $17,573
Total investments, carrying value$21,830$1,770$23,600
            
Percentage of total % 92% 7% % 1% 100%Percentage of total93 %%100 %
            
December 31, 2016            
Short-term investments:      
      
Interest-bearing deposits $
 $
 $150
 $
 $
 $150
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 
 1,781
 
 
 
 1,781
Federal funds sold 
 660
 990
 
 
 1,650
Total short-term investments 
 2,441
 1,140
 
 
 3,581
Long-term investments:            
GSE and TVA debentures 
 4,715
 
 
 
 4,715
GSE MBS 
 4,158
 
 
 
 4,158
Other U.S. obligations - guaranteed RMBS 
 2,679
 
 
 
 2,679
Private-label RMBS and ABS 

7

19

5

297

328
Total long-term investments 

11,559

19

5

297

11,880
            
Total investments, carrying value $
 $14,000
 $1,159
 $5
 $297
 $15,461
            
Percentage of total % 91% 7% % 2% 100%

Private-label RMBS and ABS. Private-label RMBS and ABS are classified as prime, Alt-A or subprime based on the originator's classification at the time of origination or based on classification by an NRSRO upon issuance. Because there is no universally accepted definition of prime, Alt-A or subprime underwriting standards, such classifications are subjective. All private-label RMBS and ABS were rated with an S&P equivalent rating of AAA at the date of purchase.



71
70
Table of Contents




Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio.

MPP. We are exposed to credit risk on the loans purchased from our PFIs through the MPP. Each loan we purchase must meet the guidelines for our MPP or be specifically approved as an exception based on compensating factors. For example, the maximum LTV ratio for any conventional mortgage loan purchased is 95%, and the borrowers must meet certain minimum credit scores depending upon the type of loan or property.
 
Credit Enhancements.Credit enhancements for conventional loans include (in order of priority):


PMI (when applicable);
LRA; and
SMI (as applicable) purchased by the seller from a third-party provider naming us as the beneficiary.

PMI.For a conventional loan, PMI, if applicable, covers losses or exposure down to approximately an LTV ratio between 65%65% and 80% based upon the original appraisal, original LTV ratio, term, and amount of PMI coverage. As of December 31, 2017,2021, we had PMI coverage on $1.6 billion$695 million or 17%10% of our conventional MPP mortgage loans, which included coverage of $1.2$1.4 million on seriously delinquent loans, i.e., 90 days or more past due or in the process of foreclosure, of $4.7 million.
of $3.9 million.

LRA. We use either a "spread LRA" or a "fixed LRA" for credit enhancement. The spread LRA was used in combination with SMI for credit enhancement of conventional mortgage loans purchased under our original MPP, and the fixed LRA is used for credit enhancement of conventional mortgage loans purchased under MPP Advantage.Advantage MPP. At this time, substantially all of the additions are from Advantage MPP, Advantage, and substantially all of the claims paid and distributions are from the original MPP.


The following table presents the changes in the LRA for original MPP and Advantage MPP Advantage ($ amounts in millions).

 2017 20162021
LRA Activity Original Advantage Total Original Advantage TotalLRA ActivityOriginalAdvantageTotal
Liability, beginning of year $8
 $118
 $126
 $9
 $83
 $92
Liability, beginning of year$$203 $207 
Additions 1
 24
 25
 1
 35
 36
Additions— 25 25 
Claims paid (1) 
 (1) (1) 
 (1)Claims paid— — — 
Distributions to PFIs (1) 
 (1) (1) 
 (1)Distributions to PFIs— (1)(1)
Liability, end of year $7
 $142
 $149
 $8
 $118
 $126
Liability, end of year$$227 $231 

SMI. Losses that exceed available LRA funds are covered by SMI (for original MPP loans) up to a severity of approximately 50% of the original property value of the loan, depending on the SMI contract terms. We absorb any losses in excess of available LRA funds and SMI.


Our current SMI providers are Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation and Enact Mortgage Insurance (formerly known as Genworth Mortgage Insurance Corporation.Corporation). For pools of loans acquired under the original MPP, we entered into the insurance contracts directly with the SMI providers, including a contract for each pool or aggregate pool. Pursuant to Finance Agency regulation, the PFI must be responsible for all expected creditlosses on the mortgages sold to us. Therefore, the PFI was the purchaser of the SMI policy, and we are designated as the beneficiary. The premiums are the PFI's obligation. As an administrative convenience, we collect the SMI premiums from the monthly mortgage remittances received from the PFIs or their designated servicer and remit them to the SMI provider.

Credit Risk Exposure to SMI Providers.As of December 31, 2017,2021, we were the beneficiary of SMI coverage, under our original MPP, on conventional mortgage pools with a total UPB of $851$300 million.

The lowest credit rating from S&P and Moody's stated in terms of the S&P equivalent, for each of our SMI companies is BBB+ for Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation and BB for Enact Mortgage Insurance. We evaluate the recoverability related to PMI and SMI for mortgage loans that we hold, including insurance companies placed under enhanced supervision of state regulators. We also evaluate the recoverability of outstanding receivables from our PMI and SMI providers related to outstanding and unpaid claims.



72
71
Table of Contents




The following table presents the lowest credit rating from S&P, Moody's and Fitch Ratings, Inc., stated in terms of the S&P equivalent, for our SMI companies and the estimated SMI exposure as of December 31, 2017 ($ amounts in millions).
Mortgage Insurance Company Credit Rating SMI Exposure
Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation BBB $2
Genworth Mortgage Insurance Corporation BB+ 1
Total   $3

See Notes to Financial Statements - Note 9 - Allowance for Credit Losses for our estimates of recovery associated with the expected amount of our claims for all providers of these policies in determining our allowance for loan losses.

MPF Program. Credit risk arising from AMA activities under our participation in mortgage loans originated under the MPF Program falls into three categories: (i) the risk of credit losses arising from our FLA and last loss positions; (ii) the risk that a PFI will not perform as promised with respect to its loss position provided through its CE Obligations on mortgage loan pools; and (iii) the risk that a third-party insurer (obligated under PMI arrangements) will fail to perform as expected. Should a PMI third-party insurer fail to perform, our credit risk exposure would increase because our FLA is the next layer to absorb credit losses on mortgage loan pools.

Credit Enhancements. Our management of credit risk in the MPF Program considers the several layers of loss protection that are defined in agreements among the FHLBank of Topeka and its PFIs. The availability of loss protection may differ slightly among MPF products. Our loss protection consists of the following loss layers, in order of priority:

(i) Borrower equity;
(ii) PMI (when applicable);
(iii) FLA, which functions as a tracking mechanism for determining our potential loss exposure under each pool prior to the PFI’s CE Obligation; and
(iv) CE Obligation, which absorbs losses in excess of the FLA in order to limit our loss exposure to that of an investor in an MBS deemed to be investment-grade.

PMI.For a conventional loan, PMI, if applicable, covers losses or exposure down to approximately an LTV ratio between 65% and 80%based upon the original appraisal, original LTV ratio, term, and amount of PMI coverage. As of December 31, 2017, we had PMI coverage on $28 million or 11% of our conventional MPF Program mortgage loans. 
FLA and CE Obligation. If losses occur in a pool, these losses will either be: (i) recovered through the withholding of future performance-based CE fees from the PFI or (ii) absorbed by us in the FLA. As of December 31, 2017, our exposure under the FLA was $4 million, and CE obligations available to cover losses in excess of the FLA were $2 million. PFIs must fully collateralize their CE Obligation with assets considered acceptable by the FHLBank of Topeka.

MPP and MPF ProgramMortgage Loan Characteristics. Two indicators of credit quality at origination are LTV ratios and credit scores provided by FICO®. FICO® provides a commonly used measure to assess a borrower’s credit quality, with scores ranging from a low of 300 to a high of 850.The combination of a lower FICO® score and a higher LTV ratio is a key driver of potential mortgage delinquencies and defaults.


73
Table of Contents




The following tables present these two characteristics at origination of our MPP and MPF Program conventional loan portfoliosportfolio as a percentage of the UPB outstanding ($ amounts in millions).
December 31, 2021
% of UPB Outstanding
FICO® SCORE (1)
UPBCurrentPast Due 30-59 DaysPast Due 60-89 DaysPast Due
 90 Days
 or More
619 or less$79.3 %7.7 %2.0 %11.0 %
620-65931 88.9 %3.8 %1.6 %5.7 %
660-699582 97.7 %0.8 %0.3 %1.2 %
700-7391,507 98.4 %0.7 %0.1 %0.8 %
740 or higher5,132 99.6 %0.2 %— %0.2 %
Total$7,254 99.1 %0.4 %0.1 %0.4 %
  December 31, 2017
    % of UPB Outstanding
FICO® SCORE (1)
 UPB Current Past Due 30-59 Days Past Due 60-89 Days Past Due 90 Days or More
619 or less $3
 76.6% 16.1% 3.0% 4.3%
620-659 78
 89.0% 5.1% 1.8% 4.1%
660-699 673
 96.6% 2.1% 0.4% 0.9%
700-739 1,883
 98.6% 0.9% 0.2% 0.3%
740 or higher 7,064
 99.5% 0.4% 0.0% 0.1%
Total $9,701
 99.0% 0.7% 0.1% 0.2%


(1)     Represents the FICO® score at origination of the lowest scoring borrower for the related loan.

For borrowers in our conventional loan portfolio at December 31, 2017, 99%2021, 100% of the borrowers had FICO® scores greater than 660 at origination and the weighted average FICO® Scorescore at origination was 761.760.


LTV Ratio(2)(1)
December 31, 20172021
< = 60%1618 %
> 60% to 70%1517 %
> 70% to 80%5351 %
> 80% to 90% (3)(2)
1110 %
> 90% (3)(2)
5%
Total100%

(1)
Represents the FICO® score at origination of the lowest scoring borrower for the related loan.
(2)
At origination.
(3)
These conventional loans were required to have PMI at origination.


(1)     At origination.
(2)     These conventional loans were required to have PMI at origination.

For borrowers in our conventional loan portfolio at December 31, 2017, 84%2021, 86% of the borrowers had an LTV ratio of 80% or lower at origination and the weighted average LTV ratio at origination was 73%72%.


We believe these two measures indicate that these loans have a low risk of default.


We do not knowingly purchaseMortgage Loan Concentration. During 2021, our top-selling PFI sold us mortgage loans totaling $218 million, or 10% of the total mortgage loans that we purchased in 2021. Our five top-selling PFIs sold us 28% of the total. Because of this concentration, we regularly analyze the implications to our financial management and profitability if we were to lose the business of one or more of these sellers.

For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, no aggregate mortgage loans outstanding previously purchased from any loanone PFI contributed interest income that violates the termsexceeded 10% of our Anti-Predatory Lending Policy. In addition, we requiretotal interest income.


72
Table of Contents


The properties underlying the mortgage loans in our members to warrant to us that allportfolio are dispersed across 50 states, the District of Columbia and the loans pledged or sold to us areVirgin Islands, with concentrations in compliance with all applicable laws, including prohibitions on anti-predatory lending.

MPPMichigan and MPF Program Loan Concentration. Indiana, the two states in our district. The following table presents the percentage of UPB of MPP and MPF Program conventional loans outstanding at December 31, 20172021 for the five largest state concentrations, with comparable percentages at December 31, 2016. concentrations. 

By State December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Indiana 31% 31%
Michigan 31% 29%
California 13% 14%
Virginia 3% 3%
Colorado 2% 3%
All others 20% 20%
Total 100% 100%
By StateDecember 31, 2021
Indiana48 %
Michigan31 %
California%
Florida%
Kentucky%
All others15 %
Total100 %


Mortgage Loan Credit PerformanceThe credit ratios of our mortgage loans in our MPP and MPF Program portfolios are dispersed across 50 states and the District of Columbia. The median original size of each mortgage loan was approximately $156 thousand and $150 thousand at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 


74
Table of Contents



MPP and MPF Program Credit Performance. The UPB of our MPP and MPF Program conventional and FHA loans 90 days or more past due and accruing interest, non-accrual loans and TDRs, along with the allowance for loan losses, are presented in the table below along with the amounts used in those calculations ($ amounts in millions).

  As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
Past Due, Non-Accrual and Restructured Loans          
Past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest $19
 $27
 $34
 $50
 $80
Non-accrual loans (1) (2)
 3
 5
 9
 7
 1
TDRs (3)
 14
 14
 15
 14
 17
           
Allowance for Loan Losses on Mortgage Loans (4)
          
Allowance for loan losses, beginning of the year $1
 $1
 $3
 $5
 $10
Charge-offs 
 
 (1) (1) (1)
Provision for (reversal of) loan losses 
 
 (1) (1) (4)
Allowance for loan losses, end of the year $1
 $1
 $1
 $3
 $5
December 31,
20212020
Average loans outstanding during the year ended (UPB)$7,665 $9,708 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio (UPB)7,434 8,323 
Non-accrual loans (UPB) (1)
23 86 
Allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans held for portfolio(0.2)(0.4)
Net charge-offs— — 
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding during the year ended (2)
— %— %
Ratio of allowance for credit losses to mortgage loans held for portfolio (2)
— %— %
Ratio of non-accrual loans to mortgage loans held for portfolio0.31 %1.04 %
Ratio of allowance for credit losses to non-accrual loans0.85 %0.40 %

(1)
Non-accrual loans are defined as conventional mortgage loans where either (i) the collection of interest or principal is doubtful, or (ii) interest or principal is past due for 90 days or more, except when the loan is well secured and in the process of collection (e.g., through credit enhancements and monthly servicer remittances on a scheduled/scheduled basis).
(2)
The interest income shortfall on non-accrual loans was less than $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014, and 2013.
(3)
Represents TDRs that are still performing. TDRs related to mortgage loans are considered to have occurred when a concession is granted to the debtor related to the debtor's financial difficulties that would not otherwise be considered for economic or legal reasons. We do not participate in government-sponsored loan modification programs. See Notes to Financial Statements - Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 9 - Allowance for Credit Losses for more information on modifications and TDRs.
(4)
Our allowance for loan losses also included $2 million, $3 million, $5 million, $6 million, and $14 million of principal previously paid in full by the servicers that remained subject to potential claims by those servicers for any losses resulting from past or future liquidations of the underlying properties at December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.


(1)     Non-accrual loans are defined as conventional mortgage loans where either (i) the collection of interest or principal is doubtful, or (ii) interest or principal is past due for 90 days or more, except when the loan is well secured and in the process of collection (e.g., through credit enhancements and monthly servicer remittances on a scheduled/scheduled basis). At December 31, 2021, the total UPB of our non-accrual loans in informal, COVID-19-related forbearance was $7 million.
(2)     Ratios of —% represent results less than 0.1%.

The serious delinquency rate for government-guaranteed or -insured mortgages was 0.59% and 0.46%0.86% at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.2021, compared to 3.36% at December 31, 2020. We rely on insurance provided by the FHA, which generally provides coverage for 100% of the principal balance of the underlying mortgage loan and defaulted interestinterest at the debenture rate. However, we would receive defaulted interest at the contractual rate from the servicer. The serious delinquency rate for conventional mortgages was 0.20%0.40% at December 31, 2017,2021, compared to 0.32%1.14% at December 31, 2016.2020. Both rates were below the national serious delinquency rate.
Although we establish credit enhancements in each mortgage pool purchased under our original MPP at thethe time of the pool's origination that are sufficient to absorb loan losses up to approximately 50% of the property's original value (subject, in certain cases, to an aggregate stop-loss provision in the SMI policy), the magnitude of the declines in home prices and increases in the time to complete foreclosures in past years resulted in losses in some of the mortgage pools that have exhausted the LRA; however, credit enhancement support is still available through the SMI coverage. Some of our mortgage pools have loans originated in states and localities (e.g., Florida, Illinois, Pennsylvania, New Jersey and New York) that have had the most lengthy foreclosure processes. We purchased most of these loan pools from institutions that are no longer members of our Bank and, thus, have stopped selling mortgage loans to us. When a mortgage pool's credit enhancements are exhausted, we will incur any additional loan losses in that pool.

Overall, the trends in the credit performance of our mortgage loans held for portfolio over the last five years have been positive.


75
73
Table of Contents




Derivatives.The Dodd-Frank Act provides statutory and regulatory requirements for derivatives transactions, including those we use to hedge our interest rate and other risks. Since June 2013, we have been required to clear certain interest-rate swaps that fall within the scope of the first mandatory clearing determination. Beginning in February 2014, certain derivatives designated by the CFTC as "made available to trade" were required to be executed on a swap execution facility.

Our over-the-counter derivative transactions are either (i) held with a counterparty (uncleared derivatives) or (ii) cleared through a Futures Commission Merchant (i.e., clearing agent) with a clearinghouse (cleared derivatives).

Uncleared Derivatives. We are subject to credit risk due to the potential non-performance by the counterparties to our uncleared derivative transactions. We require collateral agreements with our uncleared derivative counterparties. The exposure thresholds above which collateral must be delivered vary; the threshold is zero in somemost cases.
Cleared Derivatives. We are subject to credit risk due to the potential non-performance by the clearinghouse and clearing agent because we are required to post initial and variation margin through the clearing agent, on behalf of the clearinghouse, which exposes us to institutional credit risk if either the clearing agent or the clearinghouse fails to meet its obligations. Collateral is required to be posted daily for changes in the value of cleared derivatives to mitigate each counterparty's credit risk. In addition, all derivative transactions are subject to mandatory reporting and record-keeping requirements.
The contractual or notional amount of derivative transactions reflects the extent of our participation in the various classes of financial instruments. Our credit risk with respect to derivative transactions is the estimated cost of replacing the derivative positions if there is a default, minus the value of any related collateral. In determining credit risk, we consider accrued interest receivables and payables as well as the requirements to net assets and liabilities. See For more information, see Notes to Financial Statements - Note 118 - Derivatives and Hedging Activitiesfor more information..


The following table presents key information on derivative positions with counterparties on a settlement date basis using the lowestlower credit ratingsrating from S&P orand Moody's, stated in terms of the S&P equivalent ($ amounts in millions).

December 31, 2017 
Notional
Amount
 
Net Estimated
Fair Value
Before Collateral
 
Cash Collateral
Pledged To (From)
Counterparty (1)
 
Net Credit
Exposure
December 31, 2021December 31, 2021
Notional
Amount
Net Estimated
Fair Value
Before Collateral
Cash Collateral
Pledged To (From)
Counterparty
Net Credit
Exposure
Non-member counterparties:        Non-member counterparties:
Asset positions with credit exposure        Asset positions with credit exposure
Uncleared derivatives - AA $2,789
 $16
 $(12) $4
Uncleared derivatives - A 164
 1
 
 1
Uncleared derivatives - A$$— $— $— 
Cleared derivatives (2)(1)
 19,173
 132
 (9) 123
7,401 — 49 49 
Liability positions with credit exposureLiability positions with credit exposure
Uncleared derivatives - AUncleared derivatives - A1,311 (11)11 — 
Cleared derivatives (1)
Cleared derivatives (1)
15,287 — 171 171 
Total derivative positions with credit exposure to non-member counterparties 22,126
 149
 (21) 128
Total derivative positions with credit exposure to non-member counterparties24,001 (11)231 220 
Total derivative positions with credit exposure to member institutions (3)
 39
 
 
 
Total derivative positions with credit exposure to member institutions (2)
Total derivative positions with credit exposure to member institutions (2)
48 — — — 
Subtotal - derivative positions with credit exposure 22,165
 $149
 $(21) $128
Subtotal - derivative positions with credit exposure24,049 $(11)$231 $220 
Derivative positions without credit exposure 10,335
 
 
  Derivative positions without credit exposure31,762 
Total derivative positions $32,500
      Total derivative positions$55,811 

(1)
Includes variation margin for daily settled contracts of $25 million at December 31, 2017.
(2)
Represents derivative transactions cleared with a clearinghouse, which is not rated.
(3)
Includes MDCs from member institutions (MPP).


(1)     Represents derivative transactions cleared by two clearinghouses (one rated AA- and the other unrated). The net exposure to one such clearinghouse rated AA- is $216 million. The net exposure to the other clearinghouse which is unrated is $4 million.
(2)     Includes MDCs from member institutions under our MPP.

AHP.Our AHP requires members and project sponsors to make commitments with respect to the usage of the AHP grants to assist very low-, low-, and moderate-income families, as defined by regulation. If these commitments are not met, we may have an obligation to recapture these funds from the member or project sponsor to replenish the AHP fund. This credit exposure is addressed in part by evaluating project feasibility at the time of an award and the member’s ongoing monitoring of AHP projects.




76
74
Table of Contents




Liquidity Risk Management. The primary objectives of liquidity risk management are to maintain the ability to meet obligations as they come due and to meet the credit needs of our member borrowers in a timely and cost-efficient manner. We routinely monitor the sources of cash available to meet liquidity needs and use various tests and guidelines to manage our liquidity risk.


Daily projections of required liquidity are prepared to help us maintain adequate funding for our operations. Operational liquidity levels are determined assuming sources of cash from both the FHLBank System's ongoing access to the capital markets and our holding of liquid assets to meet operational requirements in the normal course of business. Contingent liquidity levels are determined based upon the assumption of an inability to readily access the capital markets for a period of five business20 calendar days. These analyses include projections of cash flows and funding needs, targeted funding terms, and various funding alternatives for achieving those terms. A contingency plan allows us to maintain sufficient liquidity in the event of operational disruptions at our Bank, at the Office of Finance, or in the capital markets.


For more information on liquidity management, see Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources - Liquidity.

Operational Risk Management. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems, or from external events. Our management has established policies, procedures, and controls and acquired insurance coverage to mitigate operational risk. Our Internal Audit department, which reports directly to the Audit Committee of the board of directors, regularly monitors our adherence to established policies, procedures, applicable regulatory requirements and best practices.


Our enterprise risk management function and business units complete a comprehensive annual risk and control assessmentself-assessment that serves to reinforcereinforces our focus on maintaining strong internal controls by identifying significant inherent risks and the mitigating internal controls in order for the residual risks to be assessed and the appropriate strategy designed to accept, transfer, avoid or mitigate such risks. The risk assessment process provides management and the board of directors with a detailed and transparent view of our identified risks and related internal control structure.


We use various financial models to quantify financial risks and analyze potential strategies. We maintain a model risk management program that includes a validation program intended to mitigate the risk of loss resulting from model errors or the incorrect use or application of model output, which could potentially lead to inappropriate business or operational decisions.


Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of sensitive/confidential and other information in our computer systems, software and networks. As a result, our Cyber Risk ManagementInformation Security Program is designed to protect our information assets, information systems and sensitive data from internal, external, vendor and third party cyber risks, including due diligence, risk assessments, and ongoing monitoring of critical vendors by our Vendor Management Office. The Cyber Risk ManagementInformation Security Program includes processes for monitoring existing, emerging and imminent threats as well as cyber attacks impacting our industry in order to develop appropriate risk management strategies. Protective securityInformation Security controls detective controls,designed to protect and responsive controlsdetect are in place, for critical infrastructure, systemsincluding procedures to respond to and services. Periodically, we engage external third parties to assess our Cyber Risk Management Program and perform testing to validatemitigate the effectivenessimpacts of the program.security incidents.


In order to ensure our ongoing ability to provide liquidity and service to our members, we have business continuity plans designed to restore critical business processes and systems in the event of a business interruption. We operate both a business resumption center and a disaster recovery data center, at separate locations, with the objective of being able to fully recover all critical activities in a timely manner. Both facilities are subject to periodic testing to demonstrate the Bank can recover operationsBank's resiliency in the event of a disaster. In addition, all Bank staff have the capabilities to work remotely. We also have a back-up agreement in place with the FHLBank of Cincinnati in the event the Bank'scritical business operations at our primary and back-up facilities are inoperable.


We have insurance coverage for cybersecurity, employee fraud, forgery and wrongdoing, as well as Directors' and Officers' liability coverage that provides protection for claims alleging breach of duty, misappropriation of funds, neglect, acts of omission, employment practices, and fiduciary liability. We also have property, casualty, computer equipment, automobile, and other various types of insurance coverage. We complete periodic reviews to ensure the Bank maintains all insurance coverages at commercially appropriate levels.



75
Table of Contents


Business Risk Management. Business risk is the risk of an adverse impact on profitability resulting from external factors that may occur in both the short and long term. Business risk includes economic, political, strategic, reputation, and/legislative and regulatory developments or regulatory events that are beyond our control. Our board of directors and management seek to mitigate these risks by, among other actions, maintaining an open and constructive dialogue with regulators, providing input on potential legislation, conducting long-term strategic planning and continually monitoring general economic conditions and the external environment.



77
Table of Contents



ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

As used in this Item, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "Bank," "we," "us," and "our" refer to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis or its management. We use acronyms and terms throughout this Item that are defined herein or in the Glossary of Terms.


Market risk is the risk that the market value or estimated fair value of our overall portfolio of assets and liabilities, including derivatives, or our net earnings will decline as a result of changes in interest rates or financial market volatility. Market risk includes the risks related to:


movements in interest rates over time;
changes in mortgage prepayment speeds over time;
advance prepayments;
actual and implied interest-rate volatility;
the change in the relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates (i.e., the slope of the consolidated obligation and LIBOR yield curves);
the change in the relationship of FHLBank System debt spreads to relevant indices primarily LIBOR (commonly referred to as "basis" risk); and
the change in the relationship between fixed rates and variable rates.


The goal of market risk management is to preserve our financial strength at all times, including during periods of significant market volatility and across a wide range of possible interest-rate scenarios. We regularly assess our exposure to changes in interest rates using a diverse set of analyses and measures. As appropriate, we may rebalance our portfolio to help attain our risk management objectives.


Our general approach toward managing interest-rate risk is to acquire and maintain a portfolio of assets and liabilities that, together with their associated hedges, limit our expected interest-rate sensitivity to within our specified tolerances. Additionally, in order to manage the exposure to mortgage contraction (prepayment) and extension risk, the outstanding balance of mortgage loans is limited to a proportion of total assets and the total amount of our investments in MBS must not exceed 300% of our total regulatory capital on the day of purchase. Derivative financial instruments, primarily interest-rate swaps, are frequently employed to hedge the interest-rate risk and/or embedded option risk on advances, debt, GSE debentures and agencyAgency MBS held as investments.


The prepayment option on an advance can create interest-rate risk. If a member prepays an advance, we could suffer lower future income if the principal portion of the prepaid advance is reinvested in lower yielding assets that continue to be funded by higher cost debt. To protect against this risk, we charge a prepayment fee, thereby substantially reducing market risk. See Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysisrisk associated with the prepayment of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Analysis of Financial Condition - Total Assets - Advances for more information on prepayment fees and their impact on our financial results.an advance.


We have significant investments in mortgage loans and MBS. The prepayment options embedded in mortgages can result in extensions or contractions in the expected weighted average life of these investments, depending on changes in interest rates and other economic factors. We primarily manage the interest-rate and prepayment risk associated with mortgages through debt issuance, which includes both callable and non-callable debt, to achieve cash-flow patterns and liability durations similar to those expected on the mortgage portfolios. Due to the use of call options and lockouts, and by selecting appropriate maturity sectors, callable debt provides an element of protection for the prepayment risk in the mortgage portfolios. The durationaverage life of callable debt, like that of a mortgage, shortens when interest rates decrease and lengthens when interest rates increase.


Significant resources, including analytical computer models and an experienced professional staff, are devoted to assuring thatproperly measuring the level of interest-rate risk in the balance sheet, is properly measured, thus allowing us to monitor the risk against policy and regulatory limits. We use asset and liability models to calculate market values under alternative interest-rate scenarios. The models analyze our financial instruments, including derivatives, using broadly accepted algorithmswith consistent and appropriate behavioral assumptions, market prices, market data (such as rates, volatility, etc.) and current position data. On at least an annual basis, we review the major assumptions and methodologies used in the models, including discounting curves, spreads for discounting, and prepayment assumptions.




78
76
Table of Contents




Types of Key Market Risks


Our market risk results from various factors, such as:


Interest Rates - level of interest rates and parallel and non-parallel shifts in the yield curve;
Basis Risk - the risk that changes to one interest-rate index will not perfectly offset changes to another interest-rate index;
Volatility - varying values of assets or liabilities with embedded options, such as mortgages and callable bonds, created by the changing expectations of the magnitude or frequency of changes in interest rates;
Option-Adjusted SpreadEmbedded Options - an estimate of the incremental yield spread between a particular financial instrument (i.e., an advance, investment or derivative contract) and a benchmark yield (e,g,, LIBOR). This includes consideration of potential variability in the instrument's cash flows of financial instruments (i.e., advance, investment or derivative) resulting from any options embedded in the instrument,instruments, such as prepayment options;options in mortgages and
callable bonds; and
Prepayment Speeds - expected levels of principal payments on mortgage loans held in a portfolio or supporting an MBS, variations from which alter their cash flows, yields, and values, particularly in cases where the loans or MBS are acquired at a premium or discount.


Measuring Market Risks
 
To evaluate market risk, we utilize multiple risk measurements, including VaR, duration of equity, convexity, changes in MVE, duration gap, convexity, VaR,and earnings at risk, and changes in MVE.risk. Periodically, we conduct stress tests to measure and analyze the effects that extreme movements in the level of interest rates and the shape of the yield curve would have on our risk position.


Market Risk-Based Capital Requirement. We are subject to the Finance Agency's risk-based capital regulations. This regulatory framework requires the maintenance of sufficient permanent capital to meet the combined credit risk, market risk, and operations risk components. The market risk-based capital componentrequirement is the suman estimate of two factors. The first factor is the market value decline of the portfolio at risk from movements in interest rates and other factors that could occur during times of market stress. This estimation is accomplished throughWe use an internal, VaR-based modeling approachmodel to make the estimate. The model:

is intended to result in an estimate such that was approved by the Finance Board beforeprobability of loss greater than the implementation of our capital plan. The second factorestimate is the amount, if any, by which the current market value of total regulatory capital is lessno more than 85% of the book value of total regulatory capital.one percent; and

The VaR approach used for calculating the first factor is primarily based upon historical simulation methodology. The estimation incorporates scenarios that reflectuses certain interest-rate shifts, interest-rate volatility, and changes in the shape of the yield curve. These observations are based on historical information from 1978 to the present. When calculating the risk-based capital requirement, the VaR comprising the first factor of the market risk component is defined as the potential dollar loss from adverse market movements, for a holding period of 120 business days, with a 99% confidence interval, based on those historical prices and market rates. price scenarios we develop in accordance with Finance Agency guidance.

The table below presents the VaR estimate ($ amounts in millions).
VaR
Years EndedYear-EndHighLowAverage
December 31, 2021$684 $684 $384 $526 
December 31, 2020327 327 230 279 

Years Ended VaR High Low Average
December 31, 2017 $336
 $336
 $227
 $275
December 31, 2016 239
 239
 110
 150

Duration of Equity. Duration of equity is a measure of interest-rate risk and is aone of the primary metricmetrics used to manage our market risk exposure. It is ana linear estimate of the percentage change in our MVE that could be caused by a 100 bps parallel upward or downward shift in the interest-rate curves. We value our portfolios using the LIBOR curve, the OIS curve, the consolidated obligation curve or external prices. The market value and interest-rate sensitivity of each asset, liability, and off-balance sheet position is determined to compute our duration of equity. We calculate duration of equity using the interest-rate curve as of the date of calculation and for defined interest rate shock scenarios, including scenarios for which the interest-rate curve is 100 bps and 200 bps higher or lower than the base level. Our board of directors determines acceptable ranges for duration of equity.equity for the base scenario. A negative duration of equity suggests adverse exposure to falling rates and a favorable response to rising rates, while a positive duration suggests adverse exposure to rising rates and a favorable response to falling rates.


As part of our overall interest-rate risk management process, we continue to evaluate strategies to manage interest-rate risk. Certain strategies, if implemented, could have an adverse impact on future earnings.


79
Table of Contents



Certain Market and Interest-Rate Risk Metrics under Potential Interest-Rate Scenarios. We also monitor the sensitivities of MVE andThe Bank's duration of equity to potential interest-rate scenarios. We measure potential changes inis impacted by the market value to book valueconvexity of equity based on the current month-end level of rates versus large parallel rate shifts. This measurement provides information related to the sensitivity of our interest-rate position. The following table presents certain market and interest-rate metrics under different interest-rate scenarios ($ amounts in millions).
December 31, 2017 
Down 200 (1)
 
Down 100 (1)
 Base Up 100 Up 200
MVE $3,302
 $3,200
 $3,096
 $3,001
 $2,895
Percent change in MVE from base 6.7% 3.4% 0% (3.1)% (6.5)%
MVE/book value of equity (2)
 106.2% 102.9% 99.5% 96.5 % 93.1 %
Duration of equity (3)
 2.3 3.7 2.9 3.4 3.7
December 31, 2016 
Down 200 (1)
 
Down 100 (1)
 Base Up 100 Up 200
MVE $2,545
 $2,634
 $2,604
 $2,546
 $2,467
Percent change in MVE from base (2.3)% 1.1% 0% (2.2)% (5.3)%
MVE/book value of equity (2)
 97.7 % 101.1% 99.9% 97.7 % 94.7 %
Duration of equity (3)
 (5.3) (0.1) 1.7 2.8 3.4

(1)
Given the current low interest-rate environment, we adjusted the downward rate shocks to prevent the assumed interest rate from becoming negative.
(2)
The change in the base MVE/book value of equity from December 31, 2016 resulted primarily from the change in market value of the assets and liabilities in response to changes in the market environment and changes in portfolio composition. The changes in the MVE sensitivity from December 31, 2016 was primarily due to an update of the vendor prepayment model used in market risk modeling.
(3)
We use interest-rate shocks in 50 bps increments to determine duration of equity.

Convexity.its financial instruments. Convexity measures the rate of change of duration, or curvature, as a function of interest-rate changes. Measurement of convexity is important because of the optionality embedded in the mortgage assets and callable debt liabilities. The mortgage assets exhibit negative convexity due to embedded prepayment options. Callable debt liabilities exhibit positive convexity due to embedded options that we can exercise to redeem the debt prior to maturity. Management routinely reviews the net convexity exposure and considers it when developing funding and hedging strategies for the acquisition of mortgage-based assets. A primary strategy for managing convexity risk arising from our mortgage portfolio is the issuance of callable debt. The negative convexity of the mortgage assets tends to be partially offset by the positive convexity contributed by underlying callable debt liabilities.



77
Table of Contents


Market Value of Equity. MVE represents the difference between the estimated market value of total assets and the estimated market value of total liabilities, including any off-balance sheet positions. It measures, in present value terms, the long-term economic value of current capital and the long-term level and volatility of net interest income.

We also monitor the sensitivities of MVE to potential interest-rate scenarios. We measure potential changes in the market value to book value of equity based on the current month-end level of rates versus various large parallel and non-parallel shifts in rates. Our board of directors determines acceptable ranges for the change in MVE for 200 bps parallel upward or downward shift in the interest-rate curves as well as certain flattening and steepening scenarios.

Key Metrics. The following table presents certain market and interest-rate metrics under different interest-rate scenarios ($ amounts in millions).

December 31, 2021
Down 200 (1)
Down 100 (1)
BaseUp 100Up 200
MVE$3,599 $3,485 $3,530 $3,556 $3,543 
Percent change in MVE from base2.0 %(1.3)%%0.7 %0.4 %
MVE/book value of equity99.8 %96.6 %97.9 %98.6 %98.2 %
Duration of equity0.91.7(1.3)(0.1)0.6
December 31, 2020
Down 200 (2)
Down 100 (1)
BaseUp 100Up 200
MVE$3,621 $3,605 $3,559 $3,579 $3,590 
Percent change in MVE from base1.8 %1.3 %%0.6 %0.9 %
MVE/book value of equity97.8 %97.4 %96.2 %96.7 %97.0 %
Duration of equity0.80.7(0.7)0.4

(1)     Given the low interest rates in the short-to-medium term points of the yield curves, downward rate shocks are constrained to prevent rates from becoming negative. During periods of extremely low interest rates, the Finance Agency requires that FHLBanks employ a constrained down-shock analysis to limit the evolution of forward interest rates to positive non-zero values. Since our market risk model imposes a positive non-zero boundary on post-shock interest rates, no additional calculations are necessary in order to meet this Finance Agency requirement when applicable.

The changes in those key metrics from December 31, 2020 resulted primarily from the change in market value of the Bank's assets and liabilities in response to changes in the market environment, changes in portfolio composition, upgrading the prepayment model and our hedging strategies.

Duration Gap. A related measure of interest-rate risk is duration gap, which is the difference between the estimated durations (market value sensitivity) of assets and liabilities. Duration gap measures the sensitivity of assets and liabilities to interest-rate changes. Duration generally indicates the expected change in an instrument's market value resulting from an increase or a decrease in interest rates. Higher duration numbers, whether positive or negative, indicate greater volatility of market value in response to changing interest rates. The base case duration gap was 0.10% at December 31, 2017, compared2021 and 2020 was (0.11)% and 0.01% , respectively.

As part of our overall interest-rate risk management process, we continue to 0.03% at December 31, 2016.evaluate strategies to manage interest-rate risk.




80
78
Table of Contents




Use of Derivative Hedges
 
We use derivatives to hedge our market risk exposures. The primary types of derivatives used are interest-rate swaps, forward contracts and caps. Interest-rate swaps and capsDerivatives increase the flexibility of our funding alternatives by providing specific cash flows or characteristics that might not be as readily available or cost effective if obtained in the cash debt market. We do not speculate using derivatives and do not engage in derivatives trading. 


Hedging Debt Issuance. When CO bonds are issued, we often use the derivatives market to create funding that is more attractively priced than the funding available in the consolidated obligations market. To reduce funding costs, we may enter into interest-rate swaps concurrently with the issuance of consolidated obligations. A typical hedge of this type occurs when a CO bond is issued, while we simultaneously execute a matching interest rate swap. The counterparty pays a rate on the swap to us, which is designed to mirror the interest rate we pay on the CO bond. In this transaction we typically pay a variable interest rate generally LIBOR, which closely matches the interest payments we receive on short-term or variable-rate advances or investments. This intermediation between the capitalbond and swap markets permits the acquisition of funds by us at lower all-in costs than would otherwise be available through the issuance of simple fixed- or floating-rate consolidated obligations in the capitalbond markets. The continued attractiveness of such debt depends on yield relationships between the debt and derivative markets. If conditions in these markets change, we may alter the types or terms of the CO bonds that we issue. Occasionally, interest rate swaps are executed to hedge discount notes.


Hedging Advances. Interest-rate swaps are also used to increase the flexibility of advance offerings by effectively converting the specific cash flows or characteristics that the borrower prefers into cash flows or characteristics that may be more readily or cost effectively funded in the debt markets.


Hedging Mortgage Loans. We use agencyAgency TBAs to hedge MDC positions. 


Hedging Investments. Some interest-rate swaps are executed to hedge investments. In addition, interest-rate caps are purchased to reduce the risk inherent in floating-rate instruments that include caps as part of the structure.


Other Hedges. We occasionally use derivatives, such as swaptions, to maintain our risk profile within the approved risk limits set forth in our Enterprise Risk Management Policy. On an infrequent basis, we mayrisk management policies. We are permitted to act as an intermediary between certain smaller member institutions and the capital markets by executing interest-rate swaps with members.members, but have not done so.



81
79
Table of Contents




The volume of derivative hedges is often expressed in terms of notional amount, which is the amount upon which interest payments are calculated. The following table highlights the notional amounts by type of hedged item, hedging instrument, and hedging objective ($ amounts in millions).
Hedged Item/Hedging InstrumentHedging ObjectiveHedge Accounting DesignationDecember 31,
20212020
Advances:
Pay fixed, receive floating interest-rate swap (without options)Converts the advance’s fixed rate to a variable-rate index.Fair-value$9,252 $9,315 
Pay fixed, receive floating interest-rate swap (with options)Converts the advance’s fixed rate to a variable-rate index and offsets option risk in the advance.Fair-value7,982 7,258 
Pay float, receive float basis swapReduces interest-rate sensitivity and repricing gaps by converting the advance’s variable-rate to a different variable-rate index.Economic3,850 — 
Sub-total advances21,084 16,573 
Investments: 
Pay fixed, receive floating interest-rate swapConverts the investment’s fixed rate to a variable-rate index.Fair-value4,181 4,992 
Economic3,950 5,050 
Pay fixed, receive floating interest-rate swap (with options)Converts the investment's fixed rate to a variable-rate index and offsets option risk in the investment.Fair-value4,599 4,367 
Interest-rate capOffsets the interest-rate cap embedded in a variable-rate investment.Economic626 626 
Sub-total investments13,356 15,035 
Mortgage loans:
Forward settlement agreementProtects against changes in market value of fixed-rate MDCs resulting from changes in interest rates.Economic98 181 
Sub-total mortgage loans98 181 
CO bonds:
Receive fixed, pay floating interest-rate swap (without options)Converts the bond’s fixed rate to a variable-rate index.Fair-value1,041 11,018 
Economic200 — 
Receive fixed or structured, pay floating interest-rate swap (with options)Converts the bond’s fixed rate to a variable-rate index and offsets option risk in the bond.Fair-value19,341 3,278 
Receive float, pay float basis swapReduces interest-rate sensitivity and repricing gaps by converting the bond’s variable rate to a different variable-rate index.Economic595 3,177 
Sub-total CO bonds21,177 17,473 
Discount notes:
Receive fixed, pay floating interest-rate swapConverts the discount note’s fixed rate to a variable-rate index.Economic— 950 
Sub-total discount notes— 950 
Stand-alone derivatives:
MDCsNot ApplicableN/A96 180 
Sub-total stand-alone derivatives96 180 
Total notional$55,811 $50,392 
Hedged Item/Hedging Instrument Hedging Objective Hedge Accounting Designation December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
Advances:        
Pay fixed, receive floating interest-rate swap (without options) Converts the advance’s fixed rate to a variable-rate index. Fair-value $9,335
 $8,273
  Economic 29
 128
Pay fixed, receive floating interest-rate swap (with options) Converts the advance’s fixed rate to a variable-rate index and offsets option risk in the advance. Fair-value 1,880
 976
Pay floating with embedded features, receive floating interest-rate swap (non-callable) Reduces interest-rate sensitivity and repricing gaps by converting the advance’s variable rate to a different variable-rate index and/or offsets embedded option risk in the advance. Fair-value 2
 5
Pay floating with embedded features, receive floating interest-rate swap (callable) Reduces interest-rate sensitivity and repricing gaps by converting the advance’s variable rate to a different variable-rate index and/or offsets embedded option risk in the advance. Fair-value 50
 
Sub-total advances     11,296

9,382
Investments:        
Pay fixed, receive floating interest-rate swap Converts the investment’s fixed rate to a variable-rate index. Fair-value 4,464
 4,762
Pay fixed, receive floating interest-rate swap (with options) Converts the investment's fixed rate to a variable-rate index and offsets option risk in the investment. Fair-value 2,528
 1,117
Interest-rate cap Offsets the interest-rate cap embedded in a variable-rate investment. Economic 246
 365
Sub-total investments     7,238

6,244
Mortgage loans:        
Interest-rate swaption Provides the option to enter into an interest-rate swap to offset interest-rate or prepayment risk in a pooled mortgage portfolio hedge. Economic 
 350
Forward settlement agreement Protects against changes in market value of fixed-rate MDCs resulting from changes in interest rates. Economic 73
 99
Sub-total mortgage loans     73

449
CO bonds:        
Receive fixed, pay floating interest-rate swap (without options) Converts the bond’s fixed rate to a variable-rate index. Fair-value 6,916
 6,030
 Economic 100
 
Receive fixed or structured, pay floating interest-rate swap (with options) Converts the bond’s fixed rate to a variable-rate index and offsets option risk in the bond. Fair-value 5,908
 2,815
Receive float with embedded features, pay floating interest rate swap (non-callable) Reduces interest-rate sensitivity and repricing gaps by converting the bond's variable rate to a different variable-rate index and/or offsets embedded option risk in the bond. Fair-value 
 20
Receive-float, pay-float basis swap Reduces interest-rate sensitivity and repricing gaps by converting the bond’s variable rate to a different variable-rate index. Economic 600
 
Sub-total CO bonds     13,524

8,865
Discount notes:        
Receive fixed, pay floating interest-rate swap Converts the discount note’s fixed rate to a variable-rate index. Economic 298
 773
Sub-total discount notes     298

773
Stand-alone derivatives:        
MDCs Protects against fair value risk associated with fixed-rate mortgage purchase commitments. Economic 71

99
Sub-total stand-alone derivatives     71
 99
Total notional     $32,500
 $25,812


82
Table of Contents



Complex swaps include, but are not limited to, step-up bonds. The leveluse of different types of derivatives is contingent upon and tends to vary withvaries based on our balance sheet size, our members' demand for advances, mortgage loan purchase activity, and consolidated obligation issuance levels.




80
Table of Contents


Interest-Rate Swaps. The following table presents the amount swapped by interest-rate payment terms for trading and AFS securities, advances, CO bonds, and discount notes ($ amounts in millions).

 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016December 31, 2021December 31, 2020

Interest-Rate Payment Terms
 Total Outstanding Amount Swapped % Swapped Total Outstanding Amount Swapped % Swapped

Interest-Rate Payment Terms
Total OutstandingAmount Swapped% SwappedTotal OutstandingAmount Swapped% Swapped
Trading securities:Trading securities:
Total fixed-rateTotal fixed-rate$3,947 $3,947 100 %$5,095 $5,095 100 %
Total trading securities, fair valueTotal trading securities, fair value$3,947 $3,947 100 %$5,095 $5,095 100 %
AFS securities:            AFS securities:
Total fixed-rate $6,820
 $6,818
 100% $5,755
 $5,631
 98%Total fixed-rate$9,008 $9,008 100 %$10,008 $10,008 100 %
Total variable-rate 187
 
 % 239
 
 %
Total AFS securities, amortized cost $7,007
 $6,818
 97% $5,994
 $5,631
 94%Total AFS securities, amortized cost$9,008 $9,008 100 %$10,008 $10,008 100 %
            
Advances:            Advances:
Total fixed-rate $25,133
 $11,244
 45% $20,203
 $9,377
 46%Total fixed-rate$22,316 $17,234 77 %$25,452 $16,573 65 %
Total variable-rate 9,036
 52
 1% 7,929
 5
 %Total variable-rate4,994 3,850 77 %5,239 — — %
Total advances, par value $34,169
 $11,296
 33% $28,132
 $9,382
 33%Total advances, par value$27,310 $21,084 77 %$30,691 $16,573 54 %
            
CO bonds:            CO bonds:
Total fixed-rate $25,033
 $12,924
 52% $19,583
 $8,845
 45%Total fixed-rate$37,616 $20,582 55 %$24,766 $14,296 58 %
Total variable-rate 12,950
 600
 5% 13,925
 20
 %Total variable-rate4,934 595 12 %18,480 3,177 17 %
Total CO bonds, par value $37,983
 $13,524
 36% $33,508
 $8,865
 26%Total CO bonds, par value$42,550 $21,177 50 %$43,246 $17,473 40 %
            
Discount notes:            Discount notes:
Total fixed-rate $20,394
 $300
 1% $16,820
 $775
 5%Total fixed-rate$12,118 $— — %$16,620 $950 %
Total variable-rate 
 
 % 
 
 %
Total discount notes, par value $20,394
 $300
 1% $16,820
 $775
 5%Total discount notes, par value$12,118 $— — %$16,620 $950 %


See For information on credit risk related to derivatives, see Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Risk Management - Credit Risk Management - DerivativesDerivatives.

Replacement of the LIBOR Benchmark Interest Rate

In March 2021, the FCA confirmed that the publication of the principal tenors of U.S. dollar LIBOR (i.e., overnight, one-month, three-month, six-month and 12-month LIBOR) will cease immediately following a final publication on June 30, 2023. As of January 1, 2022, the one-week and two-month U.S. dollar LIBOR settings and all non-U.S. dollar LIBOR settings ceased to be provided by any administrator. The FCA has indicated that it does not expect the remaining U.S. dollar LIBOR settings to become unrepresentative before the cessation date.

A portion of our advances, investments, derivative assets, derivative liabilities, and related collateral remain directly or indirectly indexed to U.S. dollar LIBOR with maturity dates that extend beyond June 30, 2023. As a result, we have taken and will continue to take steps to transition our LIBOR-linked financial instruments and contracts. To that end, and consistent with a Finance Agency supervisory letter sent to the FHLBanks in September 2019, we ceased purchasing investments that reference LIBOR and mature after December 31, 2021. Further, we have endeavored to identify and amend our financial instruments and contracts including advances, investments and derivatives that may require adding or adjusting fallback language.

We continue to take steps to adopt SOFR, the alternative to U.S. dollar LIBOR recommended by the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, for information onour relevant products, services and financial instruments. Since 2018, market activity in SOFR-linked financial instruments has continued to develop; however, the market transition from LIBOR to SOFR or another alternate reference rate has been complicated, including the development of term and credit adjustments to accommodate differences between LIBOR and SOFR or any other alternate reference rate as well as other market conventions. In addition, the overnight Treasury repurchase market underlying SOFR has experienced disruptions from time to time, which has resulted in unexpected fluctuations in SOFR. The introduction of alternate reference rates also creates challenges in hedging and asset-liability management and additional basis risk relatedand increased volatility. While market activity in SOFR- linked financial instruments has continued to derivatives.develop, the progress has been uneven. Further, a robust member demand for SOFR-linked advances has yet to develop.



83
81
Table of Contents


We continue to implement our transition plan that has reduced our exposure to the transition and has the flexibility to evolve with market developments and standards, member needs, and guidance provided by the issuers of Agency securities. As a result, we do not expect the complete transition by June 30, 2023 to have a material adverse impact on the Bank's business, results of operations or financial condition.

For more information, see Item 1A. Risk Factors - Changes in Response to the Replacement of the LIBOR Benchmark Interest Rate Could Adversely Affect Our Business, Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following table presents our LIBOR-rate indexed financial instruments outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020 by year of maturity ($ amounts in millions).

LIBOR-Indexed Financial InstrumentsYear of Maturity
December 31, 20212022Through June 30, 2023ThereafterTotal% of Total Outstanding
Assets:
Advances, par value (1)
$134 $48 $2,259 $2,441 %
MBS, par value (2)
— — 2,669 2,669 25 %
Total$134 $48 $4,928 $5,110 
Interest-rate swaps - receive leg, notional (2):
Cleared$1,366 $767 $2,336 $4,469 20 %
Uncleared320 314 6,176 6,810 21 %
Total$1,686 $1,081 $8,512 $11,279 
Liabilities:
CO bonds, par value (2)
$— $— $— $— — %
Interest-rate swaps - pay leg, notional (2):
Cleared$3,134 $1,150 $— $4,284 19 %
Uncleared— — — — — %
Total$3,134 $1,150 $— $4,284 
Other derivatives, notional:
Interest-rate caps held (2)
$15 $— $611 $626 100 %


82
Table of Contents



Year of Maturity
December 31, 202020212022Through June 30, 2023ThereafterTotal% of Total Outstanding
Assets:
Advances, par value (1)
$40 $353 $187 $2,913 $3,493 11 %
MBS, par value (2)
— 32 — 3,555 3,587 33 %
Total$40 $385 $187 $6,468 $7,080 
Interest-rate swaps - receive leg, notional (2):
Cleared$2,037 $1,464 $786 $4,218 $8,505 25 %
Uncleared105 320 316 9,914 10,655 69 %
Total$2,142 $1,784 $1,102 $14,132 $19,160 
Liabilities:
CO bonds, par value (2)
$6,675 $— $— $— $6,675 15 %
Interest-rate swaps - pay leg, notional (2):
Cleared$12,711 $234 $200 $— $13,145 39 %
Uncleared2,950 — — 204 3,154 20 %
Total$15,661 $234 $200 $204 $16,299 
Other derivatives, notional:
Interest-rate caps held (2)
$— $15 $— $611 $626 100 %



(1)    Year of maturity on our advances is based on redemption term.
(2)    Year of maturity on our MBS, interest-rate swaps, CO bonds and interest-rate caps is based on contractual maturity. The actual maturities on MBS will likely differ from contractual maturities as borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations with or without prepayment fees.
83
Table of Contents



Page
Item 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATANumber
Page
Item 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATANumber
Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238)
Statements of Condition as of December 31, 20172021 and 20162020
Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2021, 2020, and 20152019
Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2021, 2020, and 20152019
Statements of Capital for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2016,2019, 2020, and 20172021
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2021, 2020, and 20152019
Notes to Financial Statements:
Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Note 2 - Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Guidance
Note 3 - Cash and Due from Banks
Note 4 - Available-for-Sale SecuritiesInvestments
Note 5 - Held-to-Maturity SecuritiesAdvances
Note 6 - Other-Than-Temporary Impairment
Note 7 - Advances
Note 8 - Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio
Note 9 - Allowance for Credit Losses
Note 107 - Premises, Software and Equipment
Note 118 - Derivatives and Hedging Activities
Note 129 - DepositsDeposit Liabilities
Note 1310 - Consolidated Obligations
Note 1411 - Affordable Housing Program
Note 1512 - Capital
Note 1613 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Note 1714 - Employee and Director Retirement and Deferred Compensation Plans
Note 1815 - Segment Information
Note 1916 - Estimated Fair Values
Note 2017 - Commitments and Contingencies
Note 2118 - Related Party and Other Transactions
Glossary ofDefined Terms



84
Table of Contents



Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting


Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting ("ICFR"), as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Our ICFR is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
 
pertain to the maintenance of our records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and asset dispositions; 
provide reasonable assurance that our transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and board of directors; and
provide reasonable assurance regarding the prevention or timely detection of any unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.


Reasonable assurance, as defined in Section 13(b)(7) of the Exchange Act, is the level of detail and degree of assurance that would satisfy prudent officials in the conduct of their own affairs in devising and maintaining a system of internal accounting controls.


Because of its inherent limitations, ICFR may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our ICFR as of December 31, 2017.2021. Our assessment included extensive documentation, evaluation, and testing of the design and operating effectiveness of our ICFR. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. These criteria include the areas of control environment, risk assessment, control activities, information and communication, and monitoring. Based on our assessment using these criteria, our management concluded that we maintained effective ICFR as of December 31, 2017.2021.



85
Table of Contents



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of the
Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis


Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting


We have audited the accompanying statements of condition of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (the "FHLBank""Bank") as of December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, and the related statements of income, comprehensive income, capital and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017,2021, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). We also have audited the FHLBank'sBank's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control —Integrated- Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).


In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the FHLBankBank as of December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 20172021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the FHLBankBank maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.


Basis for Opinions


The FHLBank'sBank's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the FHLBank'sBank's financial statements and on the FHLBank'sBank's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB")(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the FHLBankBank in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.


Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.


Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting


A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.







Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Valuation of Interest-Rate Related Derivatives and Hedged Items

As described in Notes 8 and 16 to the financial statements, the Bank uses derivatives to reduce funding costs and to manage its exposure to interest-rate risks, among other objectives. The total notional amount of derivatives as of December 31, 2021 was $55.8 billion, of which 83% were designated as hedging instruments, and the net fair value of derivative assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2021 was $220 million and $12 million, respectively. The fair values of interest-rate related derivatives and hedged items are generally estimated using standard valuation techniques such as discounted cash-flow analysis and comparisons to similar instruments. The discounted cash-flow analysis uses market-observable inputs, such as interest rate curves and volatility assumptions.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of interest-rate related derivatives and hedged items is a critical audit matter are the significant audit effort in evaluating the interest rate curves and volatility assumptions used to fair value these derivatives and hedged items, and the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the valuation of interest-rate related derivatives and hedged items, including controls over the method, data and assumptions. These procedures also included, among others, the involvement of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in developing an independent range of prices for a sample of interest-rate related derivatives and hedged items and comparison of management’s estimate to the independently developed ranges. Developing the independent range of prices involved testing the completeness and accuracy of data provided by management and independently developing the interest rate curves and volatility assumptions.



/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
March 9, 201810, 2022


We have served as the FHLBank'sBank's auditor since 1990.





87
Table of Contents




Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis
Statements of Condition
($ amounts in thousands, except par value)

 December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
Assets:
   
Cash and due from banks (Note 3)$55,269
 $546,612
Interest-bearing deposits660,342
 150,225
Securities purchased under agreements to resell2,605,460
 1,781,309
Federal funds sold1,280,000
 1,650,000
Available-for-sale securities (Notes 4 and 6)7,128,758
 6,059,835
Held-to-maturity securities (estimated fair values of $5,919,299 and $5,848,692, respectively) (Notes 5 and 6)
5,897,668
 5,819,573
Advances (Note 7)34,055,064
 28,095,953
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net of allowance for loan losses of $(850) and $(850), respectively (Notes 8 and 9)
10,356,341
 9,501,397
Accrued interest receivable105,314
 93,716
Premises, software, and equipment, net (Note 10)36,795
 37,638
Derivative assets, net (Note 11)128,206
 134,848
Other assets39,689
 36,294
    
Total assets$62,348,906
 $53,907,400
    
Liabilities:
 
  
Deposits (Note 12)$564,799
 $524,073
Consolidated obligations (Note 13):   
Discount notes20,358,157
 16,801,763
Bonds37,895,653
 33,467,279
Total consolidated obligations, net58,253,810
 50,269,042
Accrued interest payable135,691
 98,411
Affordable Housing Program payable (Note 14)32,166
 26,598
Derivative liabilities, net (Note 11)2,718
 25,225
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock (Note 15)164,322
 170,043
Other liabilities249,894
 357,812
Total liabilities59,403,400
 51,471,204
    
Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)

 

    
Capital (Note 15):
 
  
Capital stock (putable at par value of $100 per share):   
Class B-1 issued and outstanding shares: 18,566,388 and 14,897,390, respectively1,856,639
 1,489,739
Class B-2 issued and outstanding shares: 11,271 and 28,416, respectively1,127
 2,842
Total capital stock1,857,766
 1,492,581
Retained earnings:   
Unrestricted792,783
 734,982
Restricted183,551
 152,265
Total retained earnings976,334
 887,247
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (Note 16)111,406
 56,368
Total capital2,945,506
 2,436,196
    
Total liabilities and capital$62,348,906
 $53,907,400
December 31,
 20212020
Assets:
Cash and due from banks (Note 3)$867,880 $1,811,544 
Interest-bearing deposits (Note 4)100,041 100,026 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell (Note 4)3,500,000 2,500,000 
Federal funds sold (Note 4)2,580,000 1,215,000 
Trading securities (Note 4)3,946,799 5,094,703 
Available-for-sale securities (amortized cost of $9,007,993 and $10,007,978) (Note 4)9,159,935 10,144,899 
Held-to-maturity securities (estimated fair values of $4,322,157 and $4,723,796) (Note 4)
4,313,773 4,701,302 
Advances (Note 5)27,497,835 31,347,486 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net (Note 6)7,616,134 8,515,645 
Accrued interest receivable80,758 103,076 
Derivative assets, net (Note 7)220,202 283,082 
Other assets121,246 107,993 
Total assets$60,004,603 $65,924,756 
Liabilities:
 
Deposits (Note 8)$1,366,397 $1,375,206 
Consolidated obligations (Note 9):
Discount notes12,116,358 16,617,079 
Bonds42,361,572 43,332,946 
Total consolidated obligations, net54,477,930 59,950,025 
Accrued interest payable88,068 63,581 
Affordable Housing Program payable (Note 10)31,049 34,402 
Derivative liabilities, net (Note 7)12,185 22,979 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock (Note 11)50,422 250,768 
Other liabilities422,221 777,493 
Total liabilities56,448,272 62,474,454 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)00
Capital (Note 11):
 
Capital stock (putable at par value of $100 per share):
Class B issued and outstanding shares: 22,462,009 and 22,075,696, respectively2,246,201 2,207,570 
Retained earnings:
Unrestricted889,869 868,904 
Restricted287,203 268,426 
Total retained earnings1,177,072 1,137,330 
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (Note 12)133,058 105,402 
Total capital3,556,331 3,450,302 
Total liabilities and capital$60,004,603 $65,924,756 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


88



Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis
Statements of Income
($ amounts in thousands)

 Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015 202120202019
Interest Income:      Interest Income:
Advances $404,494
 $219,061
 $126,216
Advances$115,634 $329,675 $813,152 
Prepayment fees on advances, net 1,369
 477
 696
Interest-bearing deposits 3,397
 808
 217
Interest-bearing deposits534 5,652 22,050 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 6,144
 6,481
 1,534
Securities purchased under agreements to resell1,730 11,644 79,100 
Federal funds sold 44,054
 10,494
 2,821
Federal funds sold2,821 10,793 62,235 
Trading securitiesTrading securities48,510 90,860 53,213 
Available-for-sale securities 121,049
 69,106
 32,858
Available-for-sale securities99,646 103,658 214,558 
Held-to-maturity securities 119,347
 112,959
 115,752
Held-to-maturity securities31,792 70,019 150,822 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio 314,827
 274,343
 264,199
Mortgage loans held for portfolio169,132 231,152 357,231 
Other interest income (loss), net 1,955
 1,162
 (570)
Total interest income 1,016,636
 694,891
 543,723
Total interest income469,799 853,453 1,752,361 
      
Interest Expense:      Interest Expense:
Consolidated obligation discount notes 182,104
 64,370
 19,750
Consolidated obligation discount notes9,067 116,680 440,305 
Consolidated obligation bonds 559,711
 425,006
 327,932
Consolidated obligation bonds206,429 461,953 1,050,015 
Deposits 4,784
 709
 94
Deposits162 2,856 12,899 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock 7,034
 6,613
 522
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock2,601 8,594 11,863 
Other interest expense 
 
 
Other interest expense— — 37 
Total interest expense 753,633
 496,698
 348,298
Total interest expense218,259 590,083 1,515,119 
      
Net interest income 263,003
 198,193
 195,425
Net interest income251,540 263,370 237,242 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 51
 (45) (456)Provision for (reversal of) credit losses(108)140 (289)
      
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 262,952
 198,238
 195,881
Net interest income after provision for credit losses251,648 263,230 237,531 
      
Other Income (Loss):      
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses 
 
 
Non-credit portion reclassified to (from) other comprehensive income, net (207) (197) (61)
Net other-than-temporary impairment losses, credit portion (207) (197) (61)
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities (9,258) 2,272
 2,832
Service fees 947
 1,200
 967
Standby letters of credit fees 747
 736
 657
Other, net (Note 20) 1,775
 1,647
 6,086
Other Income:Other Income:
Net realized gains from sale of available-for-sale securitiesNet realized gains from sale of available-for-sale securities— 504 — 
Net gains (losses) on trading securitiesNet gains (losses) on trading securities(47,314)(14,484)32,996 
Net gains (losses) on derivativesNet gains (losses) on derivatives3,684 (48,362)(18,983)
Other, netOther, net9,811 6,826 6,296 
Total other income (loss) (5,996) 5,658
 10,481
Total other income (loss)(33,819)(55,516)20,309 
      
Other Expenses:      Other Expenses:
Compensation and benefits 47,631
 45,647
 42,307
Compensation and benefits60,622 60,789 55,494 
Other operating expenses 26,349
 24,945
 22,382
Other operating expenses30,089 31,609 29,526 
Federal Housing Finance Agency 3,328
 2,955
 2,703
Federal Housing Finance Agency6,336 4,989 4,189 
Office of Finance 3,687
 3,020
 3,118
Office of Finance6,377 5,005 4,907 
Other 1,367
 1,032
 1,384
Other9,801 6,742 4,878 
Total other expenses 82,362
 77,599
 71,894
Total other expenses113,225 109,134 98,994 
      
Income before assessments 174,594
 126,297
 134,468
Income before assessments104,604 98,580 158,846 

      
Affordable Housing Program assessments 18,163
 13,291
 13,499
Affordable Housing Program assessments10,720 10,717 17,071 

      
Net income $156,431
 $113,006
 $120,969
Net income$93,884 $87,863 $141,775 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


89



Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis
Statements of Comprehensive Income
($ amounts in thousands)

 Years Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
      
Net income$156,431
 $113,006
 $120,969
      
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):     
      
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities53,051
 39,371
 (15,981)
      
Net non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses on available-for-sale securities2,384
 (3,291) (7,943)
      
Net non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities52
 29
 43
      
Pension benefits, net (Note 17)(449) (2,619) 99
      
Total other comprehensive income (loss)55,038
 33,490
 (23,782)
      
Total comprehensive income$211,469
 $146,496
 $97,187
Years Ended December 31,
 202120202019
Net income$93,884 $87,863 $141,775 
Other Comprehensive Income:
Net change in unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities15,021 47,108 36,827 
Pension benefits, net (Note 13)12,635 (9,082)(11,138)
Total other comprehensive income27,656 38,026 25,689 
Total comprehensive income$121,540 $125,889 $167,464 



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


90



Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis
Statements of Capital
Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2016,2019, 2020, and 20172021
($ amounts and shares in thousands)


Capital StockRetained EarningsAccumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total
Capital
SharesPar ValueUnrestrictedRestrictedTotal
Balance, December 31, 201819,310 $1,930,952 $855,311 $222,499 $1,077,810 $41,687 $3,050,449 
Total comprehensive income113,420 28,355 141,775 25,689 167,464 
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock1,941 194,102 194,102 
Shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock, net(1,510)(150,978)(150,978)
Cash dividends on capital stock (5.31%)(104,277)— (104,277)(104,277)
Balance, December 31, 201919,741 $1,974,076 $864,454 $250,854 $1,115,308 $67,376 $3,156,760 
Total comprehensive income70,291 17,572 87,863 38,026 125,889 
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock2,669 266,906 266,906 
Redemption/repurchase of capital stock(6)(621)(621)
Shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock, net(328)(32,791)(32,791)
Partial recovery of prior capital distribution to Financing Corporation10,574 — 10,574 10,574 
Cash dividends on capital stock (3.66%)(76,415)— (76,415)(76,415)
Balance, December 31, 202022,076 $2,207,570 $868,904 $268,426 $1,137,330 $105,402 $3,450,302 
Total comprehensive income75,107 18,777 93,884 27,656 121,540 
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock996 99,638 99,638 
Redemption/repurchase of capital stock(563)(56,277)(56,277)
Shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock, net(47)(4,730)(4,730)
Cash dividends on capital stock (2.44%)(54,142)— (54,142)(54,142)
Balance, December 31, 202122,462 $2,246,201 $889,869 $287,203 $1,177,072 $133,058 $3,556,331 
  
Capital Stock
Class B Putable
 Retained Earnings 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Total
Capital
  Shares Par Value Unrestricted Restricted Total  
               
Balance, December 31, 2014 15,510
 $1,550,981
 $672,159
 $105,470
 $777,629
 $46,660
 $2,375,270
               
Total comprehensive income     96,775
 24,194
 120,969
 (23,782) 97,187
               
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock 2,171
 217,160
         217,160
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock (2,403) (240,335)         (240,335)
               
Cash dividends on capital stock (4.12%)     (63,485) 
 (63,485)   (63,485)
               
Balance, December 31, 2015 15,278
 $1,527,806
 $705,449
 $129,664
 $835,113
 $22,878
 $2,385,797
               
Total comprehensive income     90,405
 22,601
 113,006
 33,490
 146,496
               
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock 1,478
 147,831
         147,831
Shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock, net (1,830) (183,056)         (183,056)
               
Distributions on mandatorily redeemable capital stock     (1,072) 
 (1,072)   (1,072)
Cash dividends on capital stock (4.25%)     (59,800) 
 (59,800)   (59,800)
               
Balance, December 31, 2016 14,926
 $1,492,581
 $734,982
 $152,265
 $887,247
 $56,368
 $2,436,196
               
Total comprehensive income     125,145
 31,286
 156,431
 55,038
 211,469
               
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock 3,652
 365,185
         365,185
               
Cash dividends on capital stock (4.25%)     (67,344) 
 (67,344)   (67,344)
               
Balance, December 31, 2017 18,578
 $1,857,766
 $792,783

$183,551
 $976,334
 $111,406
 $2,945,506





The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


91



Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis
Statements of Cash Flows
($ amounts in thousands)
Years Ended December 31,
 202120202019
Operating Activities:
Net income$93,884 $87,863 $141,775 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Amortization and depreciation84,157 74,130 44,492 
Changes in net derivative and hedging activities178,305 (420,090)(287,098)
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses(108)140 (289)
Net losses (gains) on trading securities47,314 14,484 (32,996)
Net realized gains from sale of available-for-sale securities— (504)— 
Changes in:
Accrued interest receivable21,671 28,855 (7,660)
Other assets(21,453)(28,853)(6,538)
Accrued interest payable24,487 (115,401)(986)
Other liabilities15,743 41,255 20,684 
Total adjustments, net350,116 (405,984)(270,391)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities444,000 (318,121)(128,616)
Investing Activities:
Net change in:
Interest-bearing deposits487,626 169,514 65,727 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell(1,000,000)(1,000,000)1,712,726 
Federal funds sold(1,365,000)1,335,000 535,000 
Trading securities:
Proceeds from maturities2,950,000 4,160,000 — 
Proceeds from sales50,006 — 249,844 
Purchases(1,899,417)(4,252,538)(5,233,497)
Available-for-sale securities:
Proceeds from maturities and paydowns835,255 593,550 510,500 
Proceeds from sales— 96,779 — 
Purchases(319,623)(1,851,436)(785,129)
Held-to-maturity securities:
Proceeds from maturities and paydowns996,151 1,428,899 1,114,938 
Purchases(784,446)(744,501)(663,607)
Advances:
Principal repayments224,935,571 255,014,417 351,631,834 
Disbursements to members(221,554,319)(253,433,610)(351,074,140)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio:
Principal collections2,849,214 4,398,392 1,879,313 
Purchases from members(2,150,713)(2,082,767)(1,307,159)
Purchases of premises, software, and equipment(4,411)(4,641)(6,230)
Loans to other Federal Home Loan Banks:
Principal repayments40,000 90,000 — 
Disbursements(40,000)(90,000)— 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities4,025,894 3,827,058 (1,369,880)
  
 Years Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Operating Activities:
     
Net income$156,431
 $113,006
 $120,969
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:     
Amortization and depreciation69,111
 57,040
 52,556
Prepayment fees on advances, net of related swap termination fees
 (526) (2,508)
Changes in net derivative and hedging activities(13,643) 22,701
 56,171
Net other-than-temporary impairment losses, credit portion207
 197
 61
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses51
 (45) (456)
Changes in:     
Accrued interest receivable(11,783) (5,541) (5,650)
Other assets(1,867) (2,674) (5,853)
Accrued interest payable37,343
 16,597
 4,802
Other liabilities27,890
 38,187
 30,702
Total adjustments, net107,309
 125,936
 129,825
      
Net cash provided by operating activities263,740
 238,942
 250,794
      
Investing Activities:
     
Net change in:     
Interest-bearing deposits(464,287) (39,205) 55,309
Securities purchased under agreements to resell(824,151) (1,781,309) 
Federal funds sold370,000
 (1,650,000) 
Available-for-sale securities:     
Proceeds from maturities1,041,227
 855,927
 82,567
Purchases(2,213,866) (2,906,310) (635,954)
Held-to-maturity securities:     
Proceeds from maturities1,245,438
 1,351,512
 1,577,327
Purchases(1,325,424) (983,718) (802,687)
Advances:     
Principal repayments280,448,048
 146,368,448
 96,180,660
Disbursements to members(286,485,558) (147,692,939) (102,357,927)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio:     
Principal collections1,245,983
 1,701,633
 1,323,072
Purchases from members(2,144,552) (3,074,847) (2,663,395)
Purchases of premises, software, and equipment(5,176) (4,957) (4,494)
Loans to other Federal Home Loan Banks:     
Principal repayments100,000
 300,000
 
Disbursements(100,000) (300,000) 
      
Net cash used in investing activities(9,112,318) (7,855,765) (7,245,522)



(continued)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


92



Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis
Statements of Cash Flows, continued
($ amounts in thousands)

Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
2017 2016 2015202120202019
Financing Activities:
     
Financing Activities:
Changes in deposits73,891
 22,268
 (528,048)
Net payments on derivative contracts with financing elements(16,683) (32,898) (57,828)
Net change in depositsNet change in deposits(8,809)414,531 375,975 
Net proceeds (payments) on derivative contracts with financing elementsNet proceeds (payments) on derivative contracts with financing elements(25,365)(3,694)1,824 
Net proceeds from issuance of consolidated obligations:     Net proceeds from issuance of consolidated obligations:
Discount notes216,011,184
 331,383,919
 101,485,730
Discount notes291,172,745 355,337,396 342,745,604 
Bonds23,856,245
 31,636,349
 22,234,991
Bonds43,151,651 48,663,468 40,241,691 
Payments for matured and retired consolidated obligations:     Payments for matured and retired consolidated obligations:
Discount notes(212,480,262) (333,840,103) (94,808,634)Discount notes(295,668,613)(356,372,123)(345,937,042)
Bonds(19,379,260) (25,997,585) (19,862,550)Bonds(43,819,310)(50,052,784)(35,902,870)
Loans from other Federal Home Loan Banks:Loans from other Federal Home Loan Banks:
Proceeds from borrowingsProceeds from borrowings— — 250,000 
Principal repaymentsPrincipal repayments— — (250,000)
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock365,185
 147,831
 217,160
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock99,638 266,906 194,102 
Proceeds from issuance of mandatorily redeemable capital stockProceeds from issuance of mandatorily redeemable capital stock— — 3,704 
Payments for redemption/repurchase of capital stock
 
 (240,335)Payments for redemption/repurchase of capital stock(56,277)(621)— 
Payments for redemption/repurchase of mandatorily redeemable
capital stock
(5,721) (28,148) (1,610)
Payments for redemption/repurchase of mandatorily redeemable
capital stock
(205,076)(104,925)(656)
Partial recovery of prior capital distribution to Financing CorporationPartial recovery of prior capital distribution to Financing Corporation— 10,574 — 
Dividend payments on capital stock(67,344) (59,800) (63,485)Dividend payments on capital stock(54,142)(76,415)(104,277)
     
Net cash provided by financing activities8,357,235
 3,231,833
 8,375,391
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activitiesNet cash provided by (used in) financing activities(5,413,558)(1,917,687)1,618,055 
     
Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks(491,343) (4,384,990) 1,380,663
Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks(943,664)1,591,250 119,559 
     
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year546,612
 4,931,602
 3,550,939
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year1,811,544 220,294 100,735 
     
Cash and due from banks at end of year$55,269
 $546,612
 $4,931,602
Cash and due from banks at end of year$867,880 $1,811,544 $220,294 
     
Supplemental Disclosures:
     
Supplemental Disclosures:
Cash activities:Cash activities:
Interest payments$525,403
 $415,261
 $321,227
Interest payments$265,209 $804,173 $1,501,471 
Purchases of securities, traded but not yet settled
 120,266
 179,580
Affordable Housing Program payments12,595
 17,796
 19,295
Affordable Housing Program payments14,073 14,399 19,734 
Non-cash activities:Non-cash activities:
Purchases of investment securities, traded but not yet settledPurchases of investment securities, traded but not yet settled— 236,507 84,086 
Capitalized interest on certain held-to-maturity securities3,282
 975
 1,483
Capitalized interest on certain held-to-maturity securities1,278 1,412 4,624 
Par value of shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable
capital stock, net

 183,056
 
Par value of shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable
capital stock, net
4,730 32,791 150,978 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


93





Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis
Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



These Notes to Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the Statements of Condition as of December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, and the Statements of Income, Comprehensive Income, Capital, and Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2021, 2020, and 2015. We use acronyms2019. Acronyms and terms used throughout these Notes to Financial Statements that are defined herein or in the Glossary ofDefined Terms. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "Bank," "we," "us," and "our" refer to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis or its management.


Background Information


The Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis, a federally chartered corporation, is one of 11 regional wholesale FHLBanks in the United States. The FHLBanks are GSEs that were organized under the Bank Act to serve the public by enhancing the availability of credit for residential mortgages and targeted community development. Even though we arethe Bank is part of the FHLBank System, we operate as a separate entity with our own management, employees and board of directors.


Each FHLBank is a financial cooperative that provides a readily available, competitively-priced source of funds to its member institutions. Regulated financial depositories and non-captive insurance companies engaged in residential housing finance that have their principal place of business located in, or are domiciled in, our district states of Michigan or Indiana are eligible for membership in our Bank.membership. Additionally, qualified CDFIs are eligible to be members. Housing Associates, including state and local housing authorities, that meet certain statutory and regulatory criteria may also borrow from us. While eligible to borrow, Housing Associates are not members and, as such, are not allowed to hold our capital stock.


Each member must purchase a minimum amount of our capital stock based on the amount of its total mortgage assets. A member may be required to purchase additional activity-based capital stock as it engages in certain business activities with us. Members and former members own all of our capital stock. Former members (including certain non-member institutions that own our capital stock as a result of a merger with or acquisition of a member) hold our capital stock solely to support credit products or mortgage loans still outstanding on our statement of condition. All owners of our capital stock, to the extent declared by our board of directors, receive dividends on their capital stock, subject to the applicable regulations as discussed in Note 15 - Capital. See Note 21 - Related Party and Other Transactionsfor more information about transactions with related parties.regulations.


The FHLBanks' Office of Finance was established to facilitatefacilitates the issuance and servicing of the debt instruments of the FHLBanks, known as consolidated obligations, consisting of bonds and discount notes, and to prepareprepares and publishpublishes the FHLBanks' combined quarterly and annual financial reports.


ConsolidatedProceeds from the issuance of consolidated obligations are the primary source of funds for the FHLBanks. Deposits, other borrowings and capital stock soldissued to members provide additional funds. We primarily use these funds to:

disburse advances to members;
acquire mortgage loans from PFIs through our MPP;
maintain liquidity; and
invest in other opportunities to support the residential housing market.


We also provide correspondent services, such as wire transfer, security safekeeping, and settlement services, to our members.


The Finance Agency is the independent federal regulator of the FHLBanks, Freddie Mac, and Fannie Mae. The Finance Agency's stated mission is to ensure that the housing GSEs operate in a safe and sound manner so that they serve as a reliable source of liquidity and funding for housing finance and community investment.

94
Table of Contents





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies


Basis of Presentation. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and SEC requirements.


The financial statements contain all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of ourthe Bank's financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. All such adjustments were of a normal recurring nature.


Use of Estimates.When preparing financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we are required to make subjective assumptions and estimates that may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of income and expense. The most significant estimates pertain to derivatives and hedging activity, fair value, the provision for credit losses, and OTTI. Although the reported amounts and disclosures reflect our best estimates, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. The most significant estimates pertain to the fair values of financial instruments.


Estimated Fair Value.The estimated fair value amounts, recorded on the statement of condition and presented in the accompanying disclosures, reflect appropriate valuation methods and have been determined based on the assumptions that we believe market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and reflect our best judgment of appropriate valuation methods.liability. Although we use our best judgment in estimating fair value, there are inherent limitations in any valuation technique. Therefore, these estimated fair values may not be indicative of the amounts that would have been realized in market transactions on the reporting dates. See For more information, see Note 1916 - Estimated Fair Values for more information..


Reclassifications.We have reclassified certain amounts from thereported in prior periodperiods to conform to the current period presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on total assets, total liabilities, total capital, net income, total comprehensive income or net cash flows.


Interest-Bearing Deposits, Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell, and Federal Funds Sold. These investments provide short-term liquidity and are carried at cost. Interest-bearing deposits may include certificates of deposit and bank notes not meeting the definition of a security. Securities purchased under agreements to resell are consideredtreated as short-term, collateralized financings. These securities are held in safekeeping in ourthe Bank's name by third-party custodians approved by us. If the market value of the underlying assets declines below the market value required as collateral, the counterparty must (i) place an equivalent amount of additional securities in safekeeping in ourthe Bank's name, and/or (ii) remit an equivalent amount of cash, or the dollar value of the resale agreement will be reduced accordingly.cash. Federal funds sold consist ofare short-term, unsecured loans madethat are generally transacted on an overnight term. Finance Agency regulations include a limit on the amount of unsecured credit an individual FHLBank may extend to investment-grade counterparties.a counterparty.


Investment Securities.Purchases and sales of securities are recorded on a trade date basis. We classify investments as trading, HTM or AFS at the date of acquisition. We did not have any investments

Trading Securities. Securities classified as trading duringare held for liquidity purposes and carried at fair value. We record changes in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 or 2015.fair value of these securities through other income as net gains (losses) on trading securities. Finance Agency regulation and our risk management policies prohibit the speculative use of these instruments and limit the credit risk arising from these securities.


HTM Securities. Securities for which we have both the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as HTM. The carrying value includes adjustments made to the cost basis of the security for purchase discount and related accretion, purchase premium and related amortization, and collection of principal, and, if applicable, OTTI recognized in earnings (credit losses) and OCI (non-credit losses).principal.


Certain changes in circumstances may cause us to change our intent to hold a particular security to maturity without necessarily calling into question our intent to hold other debt securities to maturity. Thus, the sale or transfer of an HTM security due to certain changes in circumstances, such as evidence of significant deterioration in the issuer's creditworthiness or changes in regulatory requirements, is not considered to be inconsistent with its original classification. Other isolated, non-recurring, and unusual events which could not have been reasonably anticipated, may also cause us to sell or transfer an HTM security without necessarily calling into question our intent to hold other debt securities to maturity.maturity, but such events must be isolated, non-recurring, unusual, and could not have been reasonably anticipated.




95
Table of Contents





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



In addition, salesSales of HTM debt securities that meet either of the following two conditions may be considered as maturities for purposes of the classification of securities: (i) the sale occurs near enough to its maturity date (or call date, if exercise of the call is probable) that interest-rate risk is substantially eliminated as a pricing factor and any changes in market interest rates would not have a significant effect on the security's fair value, or (ii) the sale occurs after we have already collected a substantial portion (at least 85%) of the principal outstanding at acquisition due either to prepayments or to scheduled payments payable in equal installments (both principal and interest) over its term.


AFS Securities. Securities that have readily determinable fair values and are not classified as trading or HTM are classified as AFS and carried at estimated fair value. We record changes in the fair value of these securities in OCI as net change in unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities, except for AFS securities in hedging relationships that have been hedged and for which the hedging relationship qualifiesqualify as a fair-value hedge.hedges. For thesethose securities, we record the portion of the change in fair value attributable to the risk being hedged in otherinterest income (loss) as net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities together with the related change in the fair value of the derivative, and record the remainder of the change in the fair value of the securities in OCI. For AFS securities that are OTTI, changes in fair value, net of any credit loss, are recorded in OCI as the non-credit portion.net change in unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities.


Amortization of Purchase Premiums and Discounts.WeSince we hold a large number of similar loans underlying our MBS, for which prepayments are probable and the timing and amount of prepayments can be reasonably estimated, we amortize purchasedor accrete premiums, discounts, and accrete purchased discountscumulative fair-value hedging basis adjustments on MBS and ABS at an individual security levelto interest income using a level-yield under the retrospective level-yield method (retrospective interest method) over the estimated remaining cash flows of each security.method. This method requires that we estimate prepayments over the estimated life of the securitieseach security and make a retrospective adjustment ofretrospectively adjust the effective yield each time we change the estimated remaining cash flows of the securitieschange as if the new estimatesestimate had been used since the original acquisition date. Changes in interest rates are a significant assumption used in prepayment speed estimates.estimating the timing and amount of prepayments.


WeFor all non-MBS securities, we amortize purchasedor accrete premiums, discounts, and accrete purchased discounts on all other investment securities at an individual security level cumulative fair-value hedging basis adjustments using a contractual level-yield methodology underover the contractual life of each security, with the exception of our callable non-MBS securities, on which the purchase premium is amortized to the next call date. For all non-MBS securities, prepayments are not estimated but only taken into account as they actually occur.


Gains and Losses on Sales. We compute gains and losses on sales of investment securities using the specific identification method and include these gains and losses in other income (loss) as net realized gains (losses) from sale of securities.


Investment Securities - Other-Than-Temporary Impairment. On a quarterly basis, we evaluate our individual AFS and HTM securities that have been previously OTTI or are in an unrealized loss position to determine if any such securities are OTTI. A security is in an unrealized loss position (i.e., impaired) when its estimated fair value is less than its amortized cost. We consider an impaired debt security to be OTTI under any of the following conditions:
we intend to sell the debt security; 
based on available evidence, we believe it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost; or 
we do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of the debt security.

Recognition of OTTI.If either of the first two conditions above is met, we recognize an OTTI loss in earnings equal to the entire difference between the debt security's amortized cost and its estimated fair value as of the statement of condition date. For those impaired securities that meet neither of these two conditions, we perform a cash flow analysis to determine whether we expect to recover the entire amortized cost of each security.

If the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost of the debt security, a credit loss equal to that difference is recorded, and the carrying value of the debt security is adjusted to its estimated fair value. However, rather than recognizing the entire difference between the amortized cost and estimated fair value in earnings, only the amount of the impairment representing the credit loss (i.e., the credit component) is recognized in earnings, while the remaining amount, if any, related to all other factors (i.e., the non-credit component) is recognized in OCI. The credit loss on a debt security is capped at the amount of that security's unrealized loss. The new amortized cost basis of the OTTI security, which reflects the credit loss, will not be adjusted for any subsequent recoveries of fair value.

The total OTTI loss is presented in other income (loss) with an offset for the portion recognized in OCI. The remaining amount represents the credit loss.


96
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Additional OTTI.Subsequent to any recognition of OTTI, if the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis (which reflects previous credit losses), we record an additional credit loss equal to that difference as additional OTTI. The total amount of additional OTTI (both credit and non-credit component, if any) is determined as the difference between the security's amortized cost, less the amount of OTTI recognized in AOCI prior to the determination of this additional OTTI, and its fair value. For certain AFS or HTM securities that were previously impaired and have subsequently incurred additional credit losses, an amount equal to the additional credit losses, up to the amount of non-credit losses remaining in AOCI, is reclassified out of AOCI and into other income (loss).

Subsequent increases and decreases (if not an additional OTTI) in the estimated fair value of OTTI AFS securities are netted against the non-credit component of OTTI recognized previously in AOCI. For HTM securities, the OTTI in AOCI is accreted to the carrying value of each security on a prospective basis, based on the amount and timing of future projected cash flows (with no effect on earnings unless the security is subsequently sold, matures or additional OTTI is recognized). For debt securities classified as AFS, we do not accrete the OTTI in AOCI to the carrying value because the subsequent measurement basis for these securities is estimated fair value.

Interest Income Recognition. As of the initial OTTI measurement date, a new accretable yield is calculated for the OTTI debt security. This yield is then used to calculate the portion of the credit losses included in the amortized cost of the security to be recognized into interest income each period over the remaining life of the security so as to match the amount and timing of future cash flows expected to be collected.

On a quarterly basis, we re-evaluate the estimated cash flows and accretable yield. If there is no additional OTTI and there is either (i) a significant increase in the security's expected cash flows or (ii) a favorable change in the timing and amount of the security's expected cash flows, we adjust the accretable yield on a prospective basis.

Variable Interest Entities. We do not have any special purpose entities or any other type of off-balance sheet conduits. We have investments in VIEs that consist of senior interests in private-label RMBS and ABS. The carrying amounts of the investments are included in HTM or AFS securities. We have no liabilities related to these VIEs. The maximum loss exposure on these VIEs is limited to our carrying value.

On an annual basis, or more frequently as needed, we conduct an evaluation to determine whether we are the primary beneficiary of any VIE. To make this determination, we consider whether we possess both of the following characteristics:

the power to direct the VIE's activities that most significantly affect the VIE's economic performance; and
the obligation to absorb the VIE's losses, or the right to receive benefits from the VIE, that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

Based on an evaluation of the above characteristics, we have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of a VIE and, therefore, consolidation is not required for our investments in VIEs as of December 31, 2017 or 2016. In addition, we have not provided financial or other support (explicitly or implicitly) to any VIE during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, or 2015. Furthermore, we were not previously contractually required to provide, nor do we intend to provide, that support to any VIE in the future.

Advances. We record advances at amortized cost, adjusted for unamortized premiums, discounts, prepayment fees andto include deferred swap termination fees unearned commitment fees, and fair-value hedging adjustments. We amortize/accrete premiums, discounts, hedging basis adjustments,associated with modified advances, net of deferred prepayment fees, and deferred swap terminationcumulative fair-value hedging basis adjustments. We amortize such fees and recognize unearned commitment fees on advances, tohedging basis adjustments to interest income using a level-yield methodology.methodology over the contractual life of the advance. When an advance is prepaid, any remaining premium or discount is amortized at the time of prepayment. We record interest on advanceswe amortize to interest income as earned.a proportionate share of the remaining balance of those adjustments.


Prepayment Fees. We charge a borrower a prepayment fee when thea borrower repays certain advances prior to the original maturity. We report prepayment fees, net of any associated swap termination fees and hedge accountingcumulative fair-value hedging basis adjustments.adjustments, in interest income on advances.


Advance Modifications. When we fund a new advance concurrent with, or within a short period of time after, the prepayment of an original advance, we determine whether the transaction is effectively either (i) two separate transactions (the prepayment of anthe original advance and the disbursement of a new advance), defined as an advance extinguishment, or (ii) the continuation of the original advance as modified, defined as an advance modification.


97
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


We account for the transaction as an extinguishment if both of the following criteria are met: (i) the effective yield of the new advance is at least equal to the effective yield for a comparable advance to a member with similar collection risks who is not prepaying, and (ii) modifications of the original advance are determined to be more than minor, i.e., if the present value of the cash flows under the terms of the new advance is at least 10% different from the present value of the remaining cash flows under the terms of the original advance or through an evaluation of qualitative factors, which may include changes in the interest-rate exposure to the member by moving from a fixed to an adjustable rateadjustable-rate advance. In all other instances, the transaction is accounted for as an advance modification.



96
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

If the transaction is determined to be an advance extinguishment, we recognize income from nonrefundable prepayment fees, net of associated swap termination fees, in the period that the extinguishment occurs. Alternatively, if no prepayment fees are received (e.g., the member requests that we embed the prepayment fee into the rate of the new advance), the difference betweenexcess of the present value of the cash flows of the new advance and thatover those of an advance with a current market rate advance ofand otherwise comparable terms is immediately recognized in current income, and the basis of the new advance is adjusted accordingly.


If the transaction is determined to be an advance modification, the income from nonrefundable prepayment fees, net of associated swap termination fees, associated with the modification of the original advance isare not immediately recognized in current income but isare (i) included in the carrying value of the modified advance and amortized into interest income over the life of the new advance using a level-yield methodology when the prepayment fee is received up front or (ii) embedded into the rate of the modified advance and recorded as an adjustment to the interest accrual. If the modified advance is hedged in a qualifying hedge relationship, the modified advance is marked to fair value, and subsequent fair value changes attributable to the hedged risk are recorded in other income (loss).


Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio.We classify mortgage loans, for which we have the positive intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff, as held for portfolio. Accordingly, these mortgage loans are reported at cost, adjusted forto include premiums paid to and discounts received from PFIs, deferred loan fees or costs, hedging basis adjustments, and the allowance for loancredit losses.


Amortization of Purchase Premiums and Discounts.We defer and amortize/amortize or accrete premiums and discounts certain loan fees or costs, and hedging basis adjustments to interest income using a level-yield methodology over the contractual level-yield interest method.life of each loan. When a loan is prepaid, any remaining premium or discount is amortizedwe amortize to interest income in the period in which the loan is prepaid and derecognized. For partial prepayments, a proportionate share of anythe remaining premium or discount is amortized to interest income in the period in which the prepayment occurs.balance of those adjustments.


Non-accrual Loans. We place a conventional mortgage loan on non-accrual status if it is determined that either (i) the collection of interest or principal is doubtful, or (ii) interest or principal is past due for 90 days or more, except when the loan is well secured and in the process of collection (e.g., through credit enhancements and monthly servicer remittances on a scheduled/scheduled basis). On loans with remittances on a scheduled/scheduled basis, we receive monthly principal and interest payments from the servicer regardless of whether the borrower has made payments to the servicer. Monthly servicer remittances on MPP loans on an actual/actual basis may also be well secured; however, servicers on actual/actual remittance do not advance principal and interest due, regardless of borrower creditworthiness, until the payments are received from the borrower or when the loan is repaid. As a result, these loans are placed on non-accrual status once they become 90 days delinquent.


A government-guaranteed or -insured mortgage loan is not placed on non-accrual status when the collection of the contractual principal or interest is 90 days or more past due because of the contractual obligation of the loan servicer to pay defaulted interest at the contractual rate.


For those mortgage loans placed on non-accrual status, accrued but uncollected interest is reversed against interest income (for any interest accrued in the current year) and/or the allowance for loancredit losses (for any interest accrued in the previous year). We record cash payments received on non-accrual loans as a direct reduction of the recorded investment inamortized cost of the loan. When the recorded investmentamortized cost has been fully collected, any additional amounts collected are recognized as interest income. A loan on non-accrual status may be restored to accrual status when it becomes current (zero days past due) and three consecutive and timely monthly payments have been made.received.



98
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


REO. Our MPP was designed to require loan servicers to foreclose and liquidate in the servicer's name rather than in our name. Therefore, we do not take title to any foreclosed property or enter into any other legal agreement under which the borrower conveys all interest in the property to us to satisfy the loan. As the servicer progresses through the process from foreclosure to liquidation, we are paid in full for all unpaid principal and accrued interest on the loan through the normal remittance process. Upon full receipt, the mortgage loan is removed from our statement of condition. As a result of these factors, we do not classify as REO any foreclosed properties collateralizing MPP loans that were previously recorded on our statement of condition. 

Under the MPF Program, REO is recorded in other assets and includes assets that have been received in satisfaction of debt through foreclosures. REO is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs. We recognize a charge-off to the allowance for credit losses if the fair value of the REO less estimated selling costs is less than the recorded investment in the loan at the date of the transfer from mortgage loans to REO. Any subsequent gains, losses, and carrying costs are included in other expense.

Loan Participations. We may sell participating interests in MPP loans acquired from our PFIs to other FHLBanks. The terms of the sale of these participating interests meet the accounting requirements for a sale and, therefore, the participating interests are de-recognizedderecognized from our reported mortgage loan balances and a pro-rata portion of the fixed LRA is assumed by the participating FHLBank for its use in loss mitigation. As a result, available funds remaining in our LRA includeare limited to our pro-rata portion only of the fixed LRA that is associated with the participating interests retained by us. The portion of the participation fees received related to our upfront costs is recognized immediately into income, while the remaining portion related to our ongoing costs is deferred and amortized to income over the remaining life of the participated loans.


Allowance for Credit Losses. An allowance for credit losses is separately established for each identified portfolio segment if it is probable that impairment has occurred as
97
Table of the statement of condition date and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. See Note 9 - Allowance for Credit Losses for details on each allowance methodology.Contents




Portfolio Segments. A portfolio segment is defined as the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic methodology for determining its allowance for credit losses. We have developed and documented a systematic methodology for determining an allowance for credit losses, where applicable, for (i) credit products (advances, letters of credit, and other extensions of creditNotes to members); (ii) term securities purchased under agreements to resell and term federal funds sold; (iii) government-guaranteed or -insured mortgage loans held for portfolio; and (iv) conventional mortgage loans held for portfolio.Financial Statements, continued

($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)
Classes of Financing Receivables. Classes of financing receivables generally are a disaggregation of a portfolio segment to the extent that they are needed to understand the exposure to credit risk arising from these financing receivables. We determined that no further disaggregation of our portfolio segments is needed, as the credit risk arising from these financing receivables is adequately assessed and measured at the portfolio segment level.

Troubled Debt Restructuring. TDRs A TDR related to MPP loans occurtypically occurs when a concession is granted to a borrower for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower's financial difficulties that would not have been otherwise considered. Although we do not participate in government-sponsored loan modification programs, we do consider certain conventional loan modifications to be TDRs when the modification agreement permits the recapitalization of past due amounts, generally up to the original loan amount. If a borrower is having financial difficulty and a significant concession has been granted by the PFI with our approval, the loan modification is considered a TDR. No other terms of the original loan are modified, except for the possible extension of the contractual maturity date on a case-by-case basis. In no event does the borrower's original interest rate change.


MPP loans dischargedAs a result of temporary accounting guidance that remained in Chapter 7 bankruptcy proceedings without a reaffirmation of the debt are considered TDRs unless they are covered by SMI policies. Loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy proceedings with SMI policies are alsoeffect throughout 2021, we continued excluding all qualifying COVID-19-related loan modifications considered to be TDRs unless (i) we will not suffer more than an insignificant delay in receiving all principal and interest due or (ii) we are not relinquishing aformal, i.e. the legal right to pursue the borrower for deficiencies for those loans not affirmed.

TDRs related to MPF Program loans occur when a concession is granted to a borrower for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower's financial difficulties that would not have been otherwise considered. Such TDRs generally involve modifying the borrower's monthly payment for a period of up to 36 months. MPF Program loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy proceedings without a reaffirmationterms of the debt are also considered TDRs.loan were changed, from TDR classification and accounting. We do not consider any short-term, informal, i.e. the legal terms of the loan have not changed, modifications or payment deferrals alone to be a TDR and thus we continue to follow our existing past-due, non-accrual, TDR and charge-off accounting policies for such loan modifications.



99
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


For both the MPP and the MPF Program, modificationsModifications of government loans are not considered or accounted for as TDRs because we anticipate no loss of principal or interest accrued at the original contract rate, withoutor significant delay, due to the government-guaranteegovernment guarantee or insurance.


Impairment Methodology. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current and historical information and events, it is probable that not all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will be collected.

Loans that are considered collateral dependent are subject to individual evaluation for impairment instead of collective evaluation. Loans are considered collateral dependent if repayment is expected to be provided solely by the sale of the underlying property, i.e., there is no other available and reliable source of repayment (including LRA and SMI). We consider all impaired loans to be collateral dependent and, therefore, measure impairment based on the fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell.

Interest income on impaired loans is recognized in the same manner as non-accrual loans.

Charge-Off Policy.Charge-Offs. A charge-off is recorded to the extent that the recorded investmentamortized cost (including UPB, accrued interest, unamortized premiums or discounts, and hedging basis adjustments) in a loan will not be fully recovered. We record a charge-off on a conventional mortgage loan against the loancredit loss allowance upon the occurrence of a confirming event. Confirming events include, but are not limited to, the settlement of a claim against any of the credit enhancements, delinquency in excess of 180 days unless we can clearly document that the delinquent loan is well-secured and in-process of collection, and filing for bankruptcy protection. We charge-offcharge off the portion of the outstanding conventional mortgage loan balance in excess of the fair value of the underlying property, less costcosts to sell and adjusted for any available credit enhancements.


Derivatives.Allowance for Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. As a result of adopting new accounting guidance on January 1, 2020, our financial instruments, i.e. interest-bearing deposits, securities purchased under agreements to resell, federal funds sold, investment securities, advances (including off-balance sheet credit exposures), and mortgage loans held for portfolio, are evaluated quarterly for expected credit losses. If necessary, an allowance for credit losses is recorded with a corresponding adjustment to the provision for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses excludes uncollectible accrued interest receivable for all instruments, which is measured separately. If necessary, we write-off uncollectible accrued interest with a reversal of interest income.

Prior to January 1, 2020, we recorded an allowance for credit losses (or OTTI on investment securities) if it was probable that a loss had been incurred as of the statement of condition date and the amount of loss could be reasonably estimated. In addition, our allowance for credit losses on our mortgage loans was based on a loss emergence period of 24 months. For more information on the allowance methodology related to our financial instruments, see Note 4 - Investments, Note 5 - Advances, Note 6 - Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio, and Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies.


98
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

Derivatives and Hedging Activities.We record derivative instruments, related cash collateral (including initial andmargin received or pledged/posted), variation margin received or pledged/posted)posted, and associated accrued interest on a net basis, by clearing agent and/or by counterparty, when the netting requirements have been met, as either derivative assets or derivative liabilities at their estimated fair values. For derivative instruments that meet the netting requirements, any excess cash collateral received or pledged is recognized as a derivative liability or derivative asset, respectively.

Cash flows associated with derivatives are reported as cash flows from operating activities in the statement of cash flows unless the derivatives contain financing elements, in which case they are reflected as cash flows from financing activities. Derivative instruments that include non-standard terms, or require an upfront cash payment, or both, often contain a financing element.

Changes in the estimated fair value of derivatives are recorded in earnings regardless of how changes in the estimated fair value of the assets or liabilities being hedged may be recorded.current period earnings.


Designations. Each derivative is designated as one of the following:

(i)a qualifying fair-value hedge of the change in fair value of a recognized asset or liability, an unrecognized firm commitment, or a forecasted transaction (a fair-value hedge); or
(ii)a non-qualifying hedge (economic hedge) for asset/liability management purposes.

Derivatives are recorded beginning on the trade date and typically executed and designated in a qualifying hedging relationship at the same time as the acquisition of the hedged item. We may also designate the hedging relationship upon the Bank's commitment to disburse an advance, purchase mortgage loans,financial instruments, or trade a consolidated obligation in which settlement occurs within the shortest period of time possible for the type of instrument based on market settlement conventions. Each derivative is designated as one of the following:



(i)a qualifying hedge of the change in fair value of a recognized asset or liability (e.g., advances, AFS investments, and CO bonds) or an unrecognized firm commitment (fair-value hedge); or
100(ii)a non-qualifying hedge for asset/liability management purposes (economic hedge).
Table
In all cases involving a fair-value hedge of Contents


a recognized asset, liability or firm commitment, the designated risk being hedged is the risk of changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to changes in the designated benchmark interest rate.


Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Accounting for Qualifying Hedges. Hedging relationships must meet certain criteria to qualify for hedge accounting including, but not limited to, formal documentation of the hedging relationship and an expectation to be highly effective.effective to qualify for hedge accounting. Two approaches to account for qualifying fair-value hedge relationships include:

(i)Shortcut hedge accounting include:- Transactions that meet certain criteria qualify for the shortcut method of hedge accounting. Under the shortcut method, an assumption can be made that the entire change in fair value of a hedged item, due to changes in the benchmark rate, equates to the entire change in fair value of the related derivative. As a result, the derivative is considered to be perfectly effective in achieving offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability attributable to the hedged risk. When applying the shortcut method, we document, at inception of the hedge relationship, a quantitative long-haul method that we can apply should we subsequently determine a derivative relationship no longer qualifies for shortcut hedge accounting; or


(i)Long-haul hedge accounting - The application of long-haul hedge accounting requires us to formally assess (both at the hedge's inception and at least quarterly) whether the derivatives used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of hedged items or forecasted transactions and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain highly effective in future periods. 
(ii)Short-cut hedge accounting - Transactions that meet certain criteria qualify for the short-cut method of hedge accounting in which an assumption can be made that the entire change in fair value of a hedged item, due to changes in the benchmark rate, exactly offsets the entire change in fair value of the related derivative. Therefore, the derivative is considered to be highly effective at achieving offsetting changes in fair values of the hedged asset or liability. For all existing hedging relationships entered into prior to April 1, 2008, we continue to use the short-cut method of accounting provided they still meet the assumption of "no ineffectiveness." We no longer apply this method to any other hedging relationships.

(ii)Long-haul hedge accounting - The application of long-haul hedge accounting requires us to assess whether the derivatives used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of hedged items or forecasted transactions attributable to the hedged risk and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain highly effective in future periods. As part of the assessment, a regression analysis is performed at the inception of each hedging relationship and at each month-end thereafter to ensure the hedge relationship has been highly effective historically and is expected to be highly effective in the future.

While a number of long-haul methods and techniques are permissible, we utilize the following:

Total Contractual Coupon Method -In calculating the change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate, the estimated coupon cash flows are based on the full contractual coupon cash flows.
Benchmark Component Method - In calculating the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate, the credit and any other risks embedded in the contractual coupon rate are excluded from the estimated coupon cash flows by aligning the interest component of the swap with the hedged item. Given this alignment, the application of the benchmark component method generally results in less hedge ineffectiveness in comparison to the total contractual coupon method.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a fair-value hedge, along with changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk, (including changes that reflect losses or firm commitments), are recorded in othernet interest income (loss) as net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities. As a result, for fair-value hedges, any hedge ineffectiveness (which represents the amount by which the change in the fair value ofsame line as the derivative differs from the change in the fair valueearnings effect of the hedged item attributableitem.


99
Table of Contents



Notes to the hedged risk) is recordedFinancial Statements, continued
($ amounts in other income (loss) as net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities.thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Accounting for Non-Qualifying Hedges.An economic hedge is defined as a derivative that hedges specific or non-specific underlying assets, liabilities, or firm commitments and does not qualify, or was not designated, for hedge accounting. As a result, we recognize only the net interest settlementsettlements and the change in fair value of these derivatives in other income (loss) as net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities with no offsetting fair valuefair-value adjustments in earnings for the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments. An economic hedge by definition, therefore, introduces the potential for earnings variability.


Accrued Interest Receivables and Payables. The difference between the interest receivable and payable on a derivative designated as a qualifying hedge is recognized as an adjustment to the income or expense of the designated hedged item. The difference between the interest receivable and payable on economic hedges are recognized in other income as net gains (losses) on derivatives.


Discontinuance of Hedge Accounting. We discontinue hedge accounting prospectively when: (i) the hedging relationship ceases to be highly effective; (ii) the derivative and/or the hedged item expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (iii) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or (iv) we elect to discontinue hedge accounting.


When hedge accounting is discontinued we either terminateand the derivative orand hedged item remain, we: (i) continue to carry the derivative on the statement of condition at its fair value as an economic hedge; (ii) cease to adjustadjusting the hedged asset or liability for changes in fair valuevalue; and (iii) amortize the cumulative basis adjustment on the hedged item into interest income over the remaining life of the hedged item using a level-yield methodology.



When we discontinue a qualifying hedge relationship by terminating the derivative and subsequently designating the associated hedged item into a new qualifying hedge relationship, we: (i) recognize the cumulative gain (loss) on the derivative in current earnings; (ii) pay or receive a termination fee with the counterparty, substantially offsetting the recognized gain (loss) on the derivative; (iii) cease adjusting the hedged asset or liability for changes in fair value; and (iv) amortize the cumulative basis adjustment on the hedged item into interest income over the remaining life of the hedged item using a level-yield methodology.
101
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Embedded Derivatives. We may issue consolidated obligations, disburse advances, or purchase financial instruments in which a derivative instrument is embedded. In order to determine whether an embedded derivative must be bifurcated from the host instrument and separately valued, we must assess, upon execution of the transaction, whether the economic characteristics of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the remaining component of the consolidated obligation, advance or purchased financial instrument (the host contract) and whether a separate, non-embedded instrument with the same terms as the embedded instrument would meet the definition of a derivative instrument.

If we determine that (i) the embedded derivative has economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract and (ii) a separate, stand-alone instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is separated from the host contract, carried at fair value, and designated as a stand-alone derivative instrument pursuant to an economic hedge, and the host contract is accounted for based on the guidance applicable to instruments of that type that are not hedged. However, if (i) the entire contract (the host contract and the embedded derivative) is required to be measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in earnings (such as an investment security classified as trading), or (ii) we cannot reliably identify and measure the embedded derivative for purposes of separating that derivative from its host contract, the entire contract is carried at fair value, and no portion of the contract is designated as a hedging instrument.


Financial Instruments Meeting Netting Requirements.We present certain financial instruments, including our derivative asset and liability positions as well as cash collateral received or pledged, on a net basis when we have a legal right of offset and all other requirements for netting are met (collectively referred to as the netting requirements).


The net exposure for these financial instruments can change on a daily basis; therefore, there may be a delay between the time a change in the exposure is identified and additional collateral is requested, and the time the additional collateral is received or pledged. Likewise, there may be a delay before excess collateral is returned. For derivative instruments that meet the netting requirements, any excess cash collateral received or pledged is recognized as a derivative liability or derivative asset, respectively. For derivative instruments that do not meet the netting requirements, cash collateral is recognized as an interest-bearing asset or liability, as appropriate.Additional information regarding these transactions is provided in Note 118 - Derivatives and Hedging Activities.





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

Premises, Software, and Equipment. We record premises, software, and equipment at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization,amortization, in other assets, and compute depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method over their respective estimated useful lives, which range from 13 to 40 years. WeWe capitalize improvements and major renewals, but expense maintenance and repairs when incurred. We depreciate building improvements using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the improvement or the remaining life of the building.improvement. In addition, we capitalize software development costs for internal use software with an estimated economic useful life of at least one year. If capitalized, we use the straight-line method for computing amortization. We include any gain or loss on disposal (other than abandonment) of premises, software, and equipment in other income (loss).income. Any loss on abandonment of premises, software, and equipment is included in other operating expenses.


Consolidated Obligations. Consolidated obligations are recorded at amortized cost, adjusted forto include concessions, accretion of discounts, amortization of premiums, principal payments, and cumulative fair-value hedging basis adjustments.


Discounts and Premiums. We accrete/accrete or amortize the discounts and premiums as well as cumulative fair-value hedging basis adjustments on CO bonds to interest expense using thea level-yield interest methodmethodology over the term to contractual maturity of the corresponding CO bonds. Anybond. When we prepay a CO bond, a proportionate share of the remaining unamortized premium or discountbalance of those adjustments is recognized upon prepayment.as interest income.


Concessions. Concessions are paid to dealers in connection with the issuance of certain consolidated obligations. The Office of Finance prorates the amount of our concession based upon the percentage of the debt issued on ourthe Bank's behalf. We record concessions paid on consolidated obligations as a direct deduction from their carrying amounts, consistent with the presentation of discounts on consolidated obligations. The concessions are deferred and amortized, using thea level-yield interest method,methodology, to interest expense over the term to contractual maturity of the corresponding consolidated obligations. Anyobligation. When we prepay a CO bond, a proportionate share of any remaining unamortizedbalance of concessions areis recognized upon prepayment.as interest expense.



102
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock. When a member withdraws or attains non-member status by merger or acquisition, charter termination, relocation or other involuntary termination from membership, the member's shares are then subject to redemption, at which time a five-year redemption period commences.commences for Class B stock. Since the shares meet the definition of a mandatorily redeemable financial instrument, the shares are reclassified from capital to liabilities as MRCS at estimated fair value, which is equal to par value. Dividends declared on shares classified as a liability are accrued at the expected dividend rate and reported as interest expense.


We reclassify MRCS from liabilities to capital when non-members subsequently become members through either acquisition, merger, or election. After the reclassification, dividends declared on that capital stock are no longer classified as interest expense.


Restricted Retained Earnings. In accordance with our JCE Agreement, we allocate 20% of the Bank's net income each quarter to a separate restricted retained earnings account until the balance of that account, calculated as of the last day of each calendar quarter, equals at least 1% of the average balance of the Bank's outstanding consolidated obligations for the current quarter.

Employee Retirement and Deferred Compensation Plans. We recognize the minimum required contribution to the DB plan as expensePlan ratably over the plan year to which it relates. Without a prefunding election, any contribution made in excess of the minimum required contribution is recorded as an expense in the quarterly reporting period in which the contribution is made.made; with a prefunding election, such excess contribution is recorded as a prepaid asset.


Restricted Retained Earnings. In accordance withSettlement gains and losses are recognized in earnings when the Bank's JCE Agreement, we allocate 20%cost of our net income each quarter toall settlements during a separate restricted retained earnings account untilyear is greater than the balance of that account equals at least 1%sum of the average balanceservice and interest cost components of our outstanding consolidated obligationsthe net periodic pension cost for the previous quarter.year.


Gains on Litigation Settlements. Litigation settlement gains, net of related legal fees and litigation expenses, are recorded in other income when realized. A litigation settlement gain is considered realized when we receive cash or assets that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash or claims to cash. In addition, a settlement gain is considered realized when we enter into a signed agreement not subject to appeal, the counterparty has the ability to pay, and the amount to be received can be reasonably estimated. Prior to being realized, we consider potential litigation settlement gains to be gain contingencies and, therefore, they are not recorded in the statement of income.

Finance Agency Expenses. The portion of the Finance Agency's expenses and working capital fund not allocated to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae is allocated among the FHLBanks as assessments, which are based on the ratio of each FHLBank's minimum required regulatory capital to the aggregate minimum required regulatory capital of every FHLBank. We record our share of these assessments in other expenses.
 
OfficeOffice of Finance Expenses. Our proportionate share of the Office of Finance's operating and capital expenditures is calculated based upon two2 components as follows: (i) two-thirds based on our share of total consolidated obligations outstanding and (ii) one-third based based on equal pro ratapro-rata allocation. We record our share of these expenditures in other expenses.

101
Affordable Housing Program Assessments. The Bank Act requires each FHLBankTable of Contents



Notes to establish and fund an AHP, which provides subsidies to members to assistFinancial Statements, continued
($ amounts in the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of housing for very low- to moderate-income households. Each period, we charge/(credit) the required funding for AHP to earnings and increase/(decrease) the associated liability. We typically make the AHP subsidy available to members as a grant. As an alternative, we can issue AHP advances at interest rates below the customary interest rate for non-subsidized advances.thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Cash Flows.We consider cash and due from banks on the statement of condition as cash and cash equivalents within the statement of cash flows because of their highly liquid nature. Federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell, and interest-bearing deposits are not treated as cash and cash equivalents, but instead are treated as short-term investments. Accordingly, their associated cash flows are reported in the investing activities section of the statement of cash flows.



Cash flows associated with derivatives are reported as cash flows from operating activities in the statement of cash flows unless the derivatives contain financing elements, in which case they are reflected as cash flows from financing activities. Derivative instruments that include non-standard terms, or require an upfront cash payment, or both, often contain a financing element.
103
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Note 2 - Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Guidance


Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance.

Contingent PutWe did not adopt any new accounting guidance or elect to apply certain optional expedients prescribed by existing accounting guidance that were applicable and Call Options in Debt Instruments (Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-06). On March 14, 2016,available during the year ended December 31, 2021. Further, the FASB issued amendments to clarify the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearlydid not issue any new and closely related to their debt host contracts. The amendments require entities to apply only the four-step decision sequence when assessing whether the economic characteristics and risks of call (put) options are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of their debt hosts. Consequently, when a call (put) option is contingently exercisable, an entity does not have to assess whether the event that triggers the ability to exercise a call (put) option is related to interest rates or credit risks.applicable accounting guidance in 2021.


This amended guidance was effective for the interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2017. The adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2017 had no effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09).On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued new guidance on revenue from contracts with customers. This guidance outlines a comprehensive model for recognizing revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry specific guidance. In addition, this guidance amends the existing requirements for the recognition of a gain or loss on the transfer of nonfinancial assets that are not in a contract with a customer. This guidance applies to all contracts with customers except those that are within the scope of certain other standards, such as financial instruments, certain guarantees, insurance contracts, or lease contracts.

On August 12, 2015, the FASB issued an amendment to defer the effective date of the guidance by one year. In 2016, the FASB issued additional amendments to clarify certain aspects of the guidance; however, the amendments do not change the core principle in the guidance.

The guidance became effective for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2018. The guidance provides entities with the option of using either of the following two methods upon adoption: (i) a full retrospective method, applied to each prior reporting period presented; or (ii) a modified retrospective method, with the cumulative effect of initially applying this guidance recognized at the date of initial adoption. The adoption of this guidance will have no effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (ASU 2016-01). On January 5, 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance on certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments. This guidance includes, but is not limited to, the following provisions:

equity investments (with certain exceptions) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income;
separate presentation in other comprehensive income of the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments;
separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (i.e., securities or loans and receivables) on the statement of condition or in the accompanying notes to the financial statements; and
elimination of the requirement for public entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet.

The guidance became effective for the interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2018. The amendments, in general, should be applied by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the statement of condition as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The adoption of this guidance will have no effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.


104
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (ASU 2016-15). On August 26, 2016, the FASB issued amendments to clarify existing guidance on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments on the statement of cash flows to reduce current and potential future diversity in practice regarding eight specific cash flow issues.

These amendments became effective for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2018. These amendments should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. The adoption of these amendments will have no effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost (ASU 2017-07).On March 10, 2017, the FASB issued amendments to improve the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost. The amendments require that an employer disaggregate the service cost component from the other components of net pension and benefit cost. The amendments also provide explicit guidance on how to present the service cost component and the other components of net benefit cost in the income statement.

These amendments became effective for interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2018. The amendments should be applied retrospectively for the presentation of the service cost component and the other components of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost in the income statement and prospectively, on and after the effective date, for the capitalization of the service cost component of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost. The adoption of these amendments will have no effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. However, the adoption will result in a reclassification within other expenses on the income statement of the non-service components of our net periodic pension cost.

Leases (ASU 2016-02). On February 25, 2016, the FASB issued guidance which requires recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities on the statement of condition and disclosure of key information about leasing arrangements. In particular, this guidance requires a lessee, in an operating or finance lease, to recognize on the statement of condition a liability to make lease payments and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. However, for a lease with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election not to recognize a lease asset and lease liability. Under previous guidance, a lessee was not required to recognize a lease asset and lease liability arising from an operating lease on the statement of condition. While this guidance does not fundamentally change lessor accounting, some changes have been made to align that guidance with the lessee guidance and other areas within GAAP.

This guidance is effective for the interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2019, and early adoption is permitted. However, we plan to adopt this guidance on the effective date. The guidance requires lessors and lessees to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented in the financial statements using a modified retrospective approach. Upon adoption, we expect to report higher assets and liabilities as a result of including right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the statement of condition, but we do not expect its effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows to be material.

Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities (ASU 2017-08).On March 30, 2017, the FASB issued amendments to shorten the amortization period for certain callable debt securities purchased at a premium. Specifically, the amendments require the premium to be amortized to the earliest call date. No change is required for securities purchased at a discount.

These amendments are effective beginning on January 1, 2019. Early adoption is permitted; however, we plan to adopt the amendments on the effective date. The amendments should be applied using a modified retrospective method through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The adoption of this guidance will have no effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.


105
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities (ASU 2017-12). On August 28, 2017, the FASB issued amended guidance to improve the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity's risk management activities in its financial statements. This guidance requires that, for fair value hedges, the entire change in the fair value of the hedging instrument included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness be presented in the same income statement line that is used to present the earnings effect of the hedged item. For cash flow hedges, the entire change in the fair value of the hedging instrument included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness must be recorded in OCI. In addition, the amendments include certain targeted improvements to the assessment of hedge effectiveness and permit, among other things, the following:

Measurement of the change in fair value of the hedged item on the basis of the benchmark rate component of the contractual coupon cash flows determined at hedge inception.
Measurement of the hedged item in a partial-term fair value hedge of interest-rate risk by assuming the hedged item has a term that reflects only the designated cash flows being hedged.
Consideration only of how changes in the benchmark interest rate affect a decision to settle a prepayable instrument before its scheduled maturity in calculating the change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to interest-rate risk.

This guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2019. Early adoption is permitted; however, we plan to adopt the guidance on the effective date. We are in the process of evaluating this guidance; but we currently expect its adoption to have no effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. However, the amended presentation and disclosure guidance will result in a prospective reclassification on the income statement of the change in fair value of hedging instruments and related hedged items in fair value hedging relationships from other income to interest income.

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (ASU 2016-13). On June 16, 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance for the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments. The amendments require entities to measure expected losses over the entire estimated life of a financial instrument instead of incurred losses. Such measurement must be based on relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. An entity must use judgment in determining the relevant information and estimation methods that are appropriate in its circumstances.

The amended guidance requires a financial asset, or a group of financial assets, measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected over the contractual term of the financial asset. The guidance also requires, among other provisions, the following:

The statement of income must reflect the measurement of credit losses for newly recognized financial assets, as well as the increases or decreases in expected credit losses that have taken place during the period.    
Entities must determine the allowance for credit losses for purchased financial assets with a more-than-insignificant amount of credit deterioration since origination in a manner similar to other financial assets measured at amortized cost. The initial allowance for credit losses is required to be added to the purchase price.
Entities must record credit losses relating to AFS debt securities through an allowance for credit losses. The amendments limit the allowance for credit losses to the amount by which fair value is below amortized cost.
Public entities must further disaggregate the current disclosure of credit quality indicators in relation to the amortized cost of financing receivables by the year of origination (i.e., vintage).

This guidance is effective for the interim and annual periods beginning on January 1, 2020. Early adoption is permitted as of the interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018; however, we plan to adopt this guidance on the effective date. This guidance should be applied using a modified-retrospective approach whereby a cumulative-effect adjustment is recorded to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted. In addition, the guidance requires the use of a prospective transition approach for purchased financial assets with a more-than-insignificant amount of credit deterioration since origination and for debt securities for which OTTI had been recognized before the effective date. We are in the process of evaluating this guidance, but expect the adoption to result in an increase to the allowance for credit losses, including an allowance for debt securities, primarily due to the requirement to measure losses for the entire estimated life of the financial asset. The impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows will depend upon the composition of financial assets held at the adoption date as well as the economic conditions and forecasts at that time.

106
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



Note 3 - Cash and Due from Banks


Compensating Balances. We Periodically, we maintain cash balances with commercial banks in return for certain services. These agreements contain no legal restrictions on the withdrawal of funds. The average cash balances were $35,592, $101,311, and $81,853 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2021, 2020, and 2015,2019, were $227,913, $65,945, and $19,420, respectively.


Pass-through Deposit Reserves.
Note 4 - Investments

Short-term Investments.

We act asinvest in interest-bearing deposits, securities purchased under agreements to resell, and federal funds sold to provide short-term liquidity. These investments are generally transacted with counterparties that maintain a pass-through correspondentcredit rating of triple-B or higher (investment grade) by an NRSRO. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, none of these investments were with counterparties rated below single-A and none were with unrated counterparties. The NRSRO ratings may differ from our internal ratings of the investments, if applicable.

Allowance for member institutions requiredCredit Losses.

Interest-Bearing Deposits. Interest-bearing deposits are considered overnight investments given our ability to deposit reserves with the Federal Reserve Banks. The amount reported as cash and duewithdraw funds from banks includes pass-through reserves deposited with the Federal Reserve Banks of $51,576 and $29,118these accounts at any time. As such, no allowance for credit losses was recorded for these investments at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020.

Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell.We use the collateral maintenance provision practical expedient for securities purchased under agreements to resell whereby a credit loss is recognized only if there is a collateral shortfall which we do not believe the counterparty is willing or able to replenish in accordance with the contractual terms. The credit loss would be limited to the difference between the estimated fair value of the collateral and the investment’s amortized cost. Based upon the collateral held as security and collateral maintenance provisions with our counterparties, no allowance for credit losses was recorded for securities purchased under agreements to resell at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Federal Funds Sold. As our investments in federal funds sold are typically transacted on an overnight term, we would only evaluate these instruments for expected credit losses if they were not repaid according to their contractual terms at maturity. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, all investments in federal funds sold were repaid according to their contractual terms and, therefore, no allowance for credit losses was recorded.

102
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, respectively.continued

($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

Note 4 - Available-for-Sale SecuritiesInvestment Securities.


Trading Securities.

Major Security Types.The following table presents our trading securities by type of security.

Security TypeDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Non-MBS:
U.S. Treasury obligations$3,946,799 $5,094,703 
Total trading securities at estimated fair value$3,946,799 $5,094,703 

Net Gains (Losses) on Trading Securities. The following table presents net gains (losses) on trading securities, excluding any offsetting effect of gains (losses) on the associated derivatives.
Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
Net unrealized gains (losses) on trading securities held at year end$(14,638)$(36,994)$30,705 
Net realized gains (losses) on trading securities that matured/sold during the year(32,676)22,510 2,291 
Net gains (losses) on trading securities$(47,314)$(14,484)$32,996 

Available-for-Sale Securities.

Major Security Types.The following table presents ourAFS securities by type of security.

  GrossGross 
AmortizedUnrealizedUnrealizedEstimated
December 31, 2021
Cost (1)
GainsLossesFair Value
GSE and TVA debentures$2,651,571 $45,557 $(12)$2,697,116 
GSE multifamily MBS6,356,422 109,956 (3,559)6,462,819 
Total AFS securities$9,007,993 $155,513 $(3,571)$9,159,935 
December 31, 2020
GSE and TVA debentures$3,462,885 $40,252 $— $3,503,137 
GSE multifamily MBS6,545,093 98,263 (1,594)6,641,762 
Total AFS securities$10,007,978 $138,515 $(1,594)$10,144,899 

(1)    Includes adjustments made to the cost basis for purchase discount or premium and related accretion or amortization, and, if applicable, fair-value hedging basis adjustments. Net unamortized premium at December 31, 2021 and 2020 totaled $14,344 and $16,300, respectively. The applicable fair value hedging basis adjustments at December 31, 2021 and 2020 totaled $206,199 and $627,619, respectively. Excludes accrued interest receivable at December 31, 2021 and 2020 of $32,127 and $34,616, respectively.


103
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

      Gross Gross  
  Amortized Non-Credit Unrealized Unrealized Estimated
December 31, 2017 
Cost (1)
 OTTI Gains Losses Fair Value
GSE and TVA debentures $4,357,250
 $
 $46,679
 $
 $4,403,929
GSE MBS 2,460,455
 
 45,840
 
 2,506,295
Private-label RMBS 189,212
 (68) 29,390
 
 218,534
Total AFS securities $7,006,917
 $(68) $121,909
 $
 $7,128,758
           
December 31, 2016          
GSE and TVA debentures $4,693,211
 $
 $25,624
 $(4,201) $4,714,634
GSE MBS 1,058,037
 
 18,279
 (234) 1,076,082
Private-label RMBS 242,181
 (263) 27,201
 
 269,119
Total AFS securities $5,993,429
 $(263) $71,104
 $(4,435) $6,059,835

(1)
Includes adjustments made to the cost basis of an investment for accretion, amortization, collection of principal, and, if applicable, OTTI recognized in earnings (credit losses) and fair-value hedge accounting adjustments.

Unrealized Loss Positions. The following table presents impaired AFS securities (i.e., in an unrealized loss position), aggregated by major security type and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position.
 Less than 12 months12 months or moreTotal
 EstimatedUnrealizedEstimatedUnrealizedEstimatedUnrealized
December 31, 2021Fair ValueLossesFair ValueLossesFair ValueLosses
GSE and TVA debentures$250,145 $(12)$— $— $250,145 $(12)
GSE multifamily MBS384,015 (3,559)— — 384,015 (3,559)
Total impaired AFS securities$634,160 $(3,571)$— $— $634,160 $(3,571)
December 31, 2020
GSE multifamily MBS$132,054 $(179)$179,387 $(1,415)$311,441 $(1,594)
Total impaired AFS securities$132,054 $(179)$179,387 $(1,415)$311,441 $(1,594)
  Less than 12 months 12 months or more Total
  Estimated Unrealized Estimated Unrealized Estimated Unrealized
December 31, 2017 Fair Value Losses Fair Value Losses Fair Value Losses
GSE and TVA debentures $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
GSE MBS 
 
 
 
 
 
Private-label RMBS 
 
 2,494
 (68) 2,494
 (68)
Total impaired AFS securities $
 $
 $2,494
 $(68) $2,494
 $(68)
             
December 31, 2016            
GSE and TVA debentures $525,722
 $(3,604) $176,104
 $(597) $701,826
 $(4,201)
GSE MBS 
 
 78,704
 (234) 78,704
 (234)
Private-label RMBS 
 
 3,002
 (263) 3,002
 (263)
Total impaired AFS securities $525,722

$(3,604)
$257,810

$(1,094)
$783,532
 $(4,698)


Realized Gains and Losses. During the year ended December 31, 2020, for strategic, economic and operational reasons, we sold certain of our GSE MBS. Proceeds from the AFS sales totaled $96,779, resulting in net realized gains of $504, comprised of realized gains of $715 and realized losses of $211 determined by the specific identification method.


107
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Contractual Maturity.The amortized cost and estimated fair value of non-MBS AFS securities are presented below by contractual maturity. MBS are not presented by contractual maturity because their actual maturities will likely differ from their contractual maturities as borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations with or without prepayment fees.

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
 AmortizedEstimatedAmortizedEstimated
Year of Contractual MaturityCostFair ValueCostFair Value
Due in 1 year or less$581,801 $582,240 $705,134 $705,442 
Due after 1 year through 5 years1,494,109 1,523,600 1,215,038 1,225,187 
Due after 5 years through 10 years575,661 591,276 1,542,713 1,572,508 
Total non-MBS2,651,571 2,697,116 3,462,885 3,503,137 
Total MBS6,356,422 6,462,819 6,545,093 6,641,762 
Total AFS securities$9,007,993 $9,159,935 $10,007,978 $10,144,899 

  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
  Amortized Estimated Amortized Estimated
Year of Contractual Maturity Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value
Due in 1 year or less $83,666
 $83,754
 $972,508
 $974,215
Due after 1 year through 5 years 2,317,516
 2,336,699
 1,841,488
 1,855,517
Due after 5 years through 10 years 1,766,440
 1,791,829
 1,734,156
 1,740,029
Due after 10 years 189,628
 191,647
 145,059
 144,873
Total non-MBS 4,357,250
 4,403,929
 4,693,211
 4,714,634
Total MBS 2,649,667
 2,724,829
 1,300,218
 1,345,201
Total AFS securities $7,006,917
 $7,128,758
 $5,993,429
 $6,059,835

Realized GainsAllowance for Credit Losses. At December 31, 2021 and Losses. There were no sales2020, 100% of our AFS securities duringwere rated single-A, or above, by an NRSRO, based on the years endedlowest long-term credit rating for each security. These may differ for any internal ratings of the securities, if applicable.

We individually evaluate our AFS securities for impairment. Impairment exists when the estimated fair value of the investment is less than its amortized cost (i.e., in an unrealized loss position). In assessing whether a credit loss exists on an impaired security, we consider whether there could be a shortfall in receiving all cash flows that are contractually due. In those instances where we determine a shortfall could exist, we compare the present value of cash flows to be collected from the security to its amortized cost. If the present value of cash flows is less than amortized cost, an allowance for credit losses is recorded, but the allowance is limited to the amount of the unrealized loss.

If we do not intend to sell an impaired AFS security and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, after recording the allowance for credit losses, any difference between the security’s estimated fair value and amortized cost remaining is recorded to net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities within OCI. If we intend to sell an impaired AFS security, or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, any allowance for credit losses is reversed and the amortized cost basis is written down to the security’s estimated fair value at the reporting date with any such impairment reported in earnings as net gains (losses) on investment securities.


104
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

At December 31, 2017, 2016,2021 and 2020, certain of our AFS securities were in an unrealized loss position; however, we did not record an allowance for credit losses because those losses were considered temporary and we expected to recover the entire amortized cost basis on these securities at maturity based upon the following factors: (i) all securities were highly-rated, (ii) we have not experienced, nor do we expect, any payment defaults on the securities, (iii) the U.S., GSE, and other Agency obligations carry an explicit or 2015. Asimplicit government guarantee such that we consider the risk of December 31, 2017,nonpayment to be zero, and (iv) we had no intention of selling the AFSany of these securities in an unrealized loss position nor did we consider it more likely than not that we will be required to sell any of these securities before our anticipated recovery of each security's remaining amortized cost basis.


Held-to-Maturity Securities.
Note 5 - Held-to-Maturity Securities

Major Security Types.The following table presents our HTM securities by type of security.

        Gross Gross  
        Unrecognized Unrecognized Estimated
  Amortized Non-Credit Carrying Holding Holding Fair
December 31, 2017 
Cost (1)
 OTTI Value Gains Losses Value
MBS and ABS:            
Other U.S. obligations -guaranteed MBS $3,299,157
 $
 $3,299,157
 $6,555
 $(6,690) $3,299,022
GSE MBS 2,553,193
 
 2,553,193
 26,727
 (4,529) 2,575,391
Private-label RMBS 37,889
 
 37,889
 240
 (307) 37,822
Private-label ABS 7,480
 (51) 7,429
 40
 (405) 7,064
Total HTM securities $5,897,719
 $(51) $5,897,668
 $33,562
 $(11,931) $5,919,299
             
December 31, 2016            
MBS and ABS:            
Other U.S. obligations -guaranteed MBS $2,678,437
 $
 $2,678,437
 $5,412
 $(12,720) $2,671,129
GSE MBS 3,082,343
 
 3,082,343
 46,480
 (8,841) 3,119,982
Private-label RMBS 49,748
 
 49,748
 61
 (533) 49,276
Private-label ABS 9,148
 (103) 9,045
 40
 (780) 8,305
Total HTM securities $5,819,676
 $(103) $5,819,573
 $51,993
 $(22,874) $5,848,692
  GrossGross 
  UnrecognizedUnrecognizedEstimated
 AmortizedHoldingHoldingFair
December 31, 2021
Cost (1)
GainsLossesValue
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations single-family MBS$2,626,143 $7,384 $(9,238)$2,624,289 
GSE single-family MBS815,924 14,424 (4,773)825,575 
GSE multifamily MBS871,706 779 (192)872,293 
Total HTM securities$4,313,773 $22,587 $(14,203)$4,322,157 
December 31, 2020
MBS:
Other U.S. obligations single-family MBS$2,622,677 $6,920 $(4,590)$2,625,007 
GSE single-family MBS1,196,326 21,385 (1,177)1,216,534 
GSE multifamily MBS882,299 255 (299)882,255 
Total HTM securities$4,701,302 $28,560 $(6,066)$4,723,796 


(1)    Carrying value equals amortized cost, which includes adjustments made to the cost basis for purchase discount or premium and related accretion or amortization. Net unamortized premium at December 31, 2021 and 2020 totaled $28,440 and $7,101, respectively.
(1)
Includes adjustments made to the cost basis of an investment for accretion, amortization, collection of principal, and, if applicable, OTTI recognized in earnings (credit losses).


108



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Unrealized Loss Positions. The following table presents impaired HTM securities (i.e., in an unrealized loss position), aggregated by major security type and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position.
  Less than 12 months 12 months or more Total
  Estimated Unrealized Estimated Unrealized Estimated Unrealized
December 31, 2017 Fair Value Losses Fair Value Losses Fair Value 
Losses (1)
MBS and ABS:            
Other U.S. obligations - guaranteed MBS $1,140,624
 $(3,274) $886,359
 $(3,416) $2,026,983
 $(6,690)
GSE MBS 513,244
 (2,191) 203,401
 (2,338) 716,645
 (4,529)
Private-label RMBS 14,712
 (26) 11,369
 (281) 26,081
 (307)
Private-label ABS 
 
 7,064
 (416) 7,064
 (416)
Total impaired HTM securities $1,668,580
 $(5,491) $1,108,193
 $(6,451) $2,776,773
 $(11,942)
             
December 31, 2016            
MBS and ABS:            
Other U.S. obligations - guaranteed MBS $367,474
 $(997) $1,426,182
 $(11,723) $1,793,656
 $(12,720)
GSE MBS 1,281,827
 (7,915) 320,141
 (926) 1,601,968
 (8,841)
Private-label RMBS 18,166
 (62) 15,770
 (471) 33,936
 (533)
Private-label ABS 
 
 8,304
 (843) 8,304
 (843)
Total impaired HTM securities $1,667,467
 $(8,974) $1,770,397
 $(13,963) $3,437,864
 $(22,937)

(1)
For private-label ABS, the total of unrealized losses does not agree to total gross unrecognized holding losses at December 31, 2017 and 2016 of $405 and $780, respectively. Total unrealized losses include non-credit-related OTTI losses recorded in AOCI of $51 and $103, respectively, and gross unrecognized holding gains on previously OTTI securities of $40 and $40, respectively.

Contractual Maturity.MBS and ABS are not presented by contractual maturity because their actual maturities will likely differ from contractual maturities as certain borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations with or without prepayment fees.
Contractual Maturity. HTM securities are not presented by contractual maturity because they consisted entirely of MBS, whose actual maturities will likely differ from contractual maturities as borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations with or without prepayment fees.
Note 6 - Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

OTTI Evaluation ProcessAllowance for Credit Losses. At December 31, 2021 and Results - Private-label RMBS and ABS. As described in Note 1 - Summary2020, 100% of Significant Accounting Policies,our HTM securities were rated single-A, or above, by an NRSRO, based on the lowest long-term credit rating for each security. These may differ for any internal ratings of the securities, if applicable.

Our HTM securities are evaluated for expected credit losses on a quarterlycollective, or pooled, basis unless an individual assessment is deemed necessary, e.g. the securities do not possess similar risk characteristics. We consider several qualitative factors when evaluating the potential for credit losses on our HTM securities and, if deemed necessary, an allowance for credit losses is recorded.

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we evaluate our individual AFS and HTM investment securitiesdid not record an allowance for OTTI.

To ensure consistency in the determination of OTTI for private-label RMBS and ABS, all FHLBanks use a common framework and formal governance process to determine and approve the key OTTI modeling assumptions used for purposescredit losses on any of our cash flow analysis for substantiallyHTM securities based on the following factors: (i) all securities were highly-rated, (ii) we have not experienced, nor do we expect, any payment defaults on the securities, (iii) the U.S., GSE, and other Agency obligations carry an explicit or implicit government guarantee such that we consider the risk of nonpayment to be zero, and (iv) we had no intention of selling any of these securities nor did we consider it more likely than not that we will be required to sell any of these securities.

Our evaluation includes a projection of future cash flows based on an assessment of the structure of each security and certain assumptions (some of which are determined based upon other assumptions) such as:

the remaining payment terms for the security;
market interest rates;
expected housing price changes; and
based on underlying loan-level borrower and loan characteristics:
prepayment speed;
default rate; and
loss severity on the collateral supporting our security.








Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



A significant modeling assumption is the forecast of future housing price changes for the relevant states and CBSAs, which are based upon an assessment of the individual housing markets. As currently defined, a CBSA must contain at least one urban area with a population of 10,000 or more people. The FHLBanks developed a short-term housing price forecast with projected changes ranging from a decrease of 5.0% to an increase of 12.0% over a twelve-month period. For the vast majority of markets, the changes range from an increase of 2.0% to an increase of 6.0%. Thereafter, a unique path is projected for each geographic area based on an internally developed framework derived from historical data.

The following table presents the other significant modeling assumptions used to determine the amount of credit loss recognized in earnings during the year ended December 31, 2017 on the two private-label RMBS for which an OTTI was determined to have occurred, as well as the related current credit enhancement.
  
Significant Modeling Assumptions

 Current Credit
Classification (1)
 Prepayment Rates Default Rates Loss Severities 
Enhancement (2)
Prime 9% 11% 26% %
Subprime (3)
 8% 40% 42% %

(1)
The classification (prime, Alt-A or subprime) is based on the model used to project the cash flows for the security, which may not be the same as the rating agency's classification at the time of origination.
(2)
Credit enhancement is defined as the percentage of subordinated tranches, excess spread, and over-collateralization, if any, in a security structure that will generally absorb losses before we will experience a loss on the security. A credit enhancement percentage of zero reflects a security that has no remaining credit support and is likely to have experienced an actual principal loss.
(3)
Modeling assumptions assume no payout from monoline bond insurers.

Our cash flow analysis uses two third-party models to assess whether the entire amortized cost basis of each of our private-label RMBS and ABS will be recovered. Since the projected cash flows are based on a number of assumptions and expectations, the results of these models can vary significantly with changes in those assumptions and expectations. The scenario of cash flows determined based on the model approach reflects a best estimate scenario.

The first third-party model considers borrower characteristics, collateral characteristics and the particular attributes of the loans underlying our securities, in conjunction with the assumptions.

The month-by-month projections of future loan performance derived from the first model are then input into a second model that allocates the projected loan level cash flows and losses to the various security classes in the securitization structure in accordance with its prescribed cash flow and loss allocation rules. In a securitization in which the credit enhancement for the senior securities is derived from the presence of subordinate securities, losses are generally allocated first to the subordinate securities until their principal balances are reduced to zero.

In performing the detailed cash flow analysis, we determine the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected, discounted at the security's effective yield. For variable-rate and hybrid private-label RMBS, we use the effective interest rate derived from a variable-rate index (e.g., 12-month LIBOR) plus the contractual spread, plus or minus a fixed spread adjustment. As the implied forward curve of the index changes over time, the effective interest rates derived from that index will also change over time.

Results of OTTI Evaluation Process - Private-label RMBS and ABS. As part of our evaluation as described in Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, we did not have any change in intent to sell, nor were we required to sell, any OTTI security during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, or 2015. Therefore, we performed a cash flow analysis to determine whether we expect to recover the entire amortized cost of each security. As a result of our cash flow analysis, we recognized credit losses of $207, $197, and $61 during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. We determined that the unrealized losses on the remaining private-label RMBS and ABS were temporary as we expect to recover the entire amortized cost.


110



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


The following table presents a rollforward of the amounts related to credit losses recognized in earnings. The rollforward excludes accretion of credit losses for securities that have not experienced a significant increase in cash flows.
Credit Loss Rollforward 2017 2016 2015
Balance at beginning of year $51,514
 $60,673
 $69,626
Additions:      
Additional credit losses for which OTTI was previously recognized (1)
 207
 197
 61
Reductions:      
Increases in cash flows expected to be collected (accreted as interest income over the remaining lives of the applicable securities) (6,786) (9,356) (9,014)
Balance at end of year $44,935
 $51,514
 $60,673

(1)
Relates to all securities impaired prior to January 1, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

The following table presents the December 31, 2017 classification and balances of OTTI securities impaired prior to that date (i.e., life-to-date) but not necessarily as of that date.
  December 31, 2017
  HTM Securities AFS Securities
        Estimated     Estimated
OTTI Life-to-Date (1)
 UPB Amortized Cost Carrying Value 
Fair
Value
 UPB Amortized Cost 
Fair
Value
Private-label RMBS - prime $
 $
 $
 $
 $224,574
 $189,212
 $218,534
Private-label ABS - subprime 552
 487
 436
 476
 
 
 
Total $552
 $487
 $436
 $476
 $224,574
 $189,212
 $218,534

(1)
Securities are classified based on the originator's classification at the time of origination or based on the classification by the NRSROs upon issuance. Because there is no universally accepted definition of prime, Alt-A or subprime underwriting standards, such classifications are subjective.

Evaluation Process and Results - All Other AFS and HTM Securities.

Other U.S. and GSE Obligations and TVA Debentures. For other U.S. obligations, GSE obligations, and TVA debentures, we determined that, based on current expectations, the strength of the issuers' guarantees through direct obligations of or support from the United States government is sufficient to protect us from any losses. As a result, all of the gross unrealized losses as of December 31, 2017 are considered temporary.

Note 75 - Advances


We offer a wide range of fixed- and adjustable-rate advance products with differentvarious maturities, interest rates, payment characteristics and optionality. Adjustable-rate advances have interest rates that reset periodically at a fixed spread to LIBOR or another specified index.index, including SOFR. Longer-term advances may be available subject to market conditions for both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate products.


111



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



The following table presents advances outstanding by yearredemption term.

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Redemption TermAmountWAIR %AmountWAIR %
Due in 1 year or less$7,863,703 0.59 $10,115,576 0.51 
Due after 1 year through 2 years2,684,996 2.02 2,149,839 1.57 
Due after 2 years through 3 years3,536,759 1.35 2,760,624 2.02 
Due after 3 years through 4 years2,931,260 1.29 3,725,103 1.36 
Due after 4 years through 5 years1,908,432 1.34 3,020,039 1.29 
Thereafter8,384,458 0.82 8,919,678 1.05 
Total advances, par value27,309,608 1.03 30,690,859 1.06 
Fair-value hedging basis adjustments, net179,115  645,946  
Unamortized swap termination fees associated with modified advances, net of deferred prepayment fees9,112  10,681  
Total advances (1)
$27,497,835  $31,347,486  

(1)    Carrying value equals amortized cost, which excludes accrued interest receivable at December 31, 2021 and 2020 of contractual maturity.$13,075 and $14,961, respectively.

  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Year of Contractual Maturity Amount WAIR % Amount WAIR %
Overdrawn demand and overnight deposit accounts $
 
 $
 
Due in 1 year or less 16,935,411
 1.46
 12,598,864
 0.91
Due after 1 year through 2 years 2,701,784
 1.96
 2,752,629
 1.74
Due after 2 years through 3 years 2,682,073
 1.69
 1,920,962
 2.10
Due after 3 years through 4 years 2,172,549
 1.78
 2,605,198
 1.38
Due after 4 years through 5 years 2,213,319
 1.93
 2,009,395
 1.47
Thereafter 7,464,333
 1.66
 6,244,912
 1.20
Total advances, par value 34,169,469
 1.61
 28,131,960
 1.22
Fair-value hedging adjustments (126,137)  
 (57,716)  
Unamortized swap termination fees associated with modified advances, net of deferred prepayment fees 11,732
  
 21,709
  
Total advances $34,055,064
  
 $28,095,953
  

We offer our members certain advances that provide them the right, at predetermined future dates, to call (i.e., prepay) the advance prior to maturity without incurring prepayment or termination fees. Borrowers typically exercise their call options for fixed-rate advances when interest rates decline. We also offer certain adjustable-rate advances that may be contractually prepaid by the borrower at the interest-rate reset date without incurring prepayment or termination fees. All other advances may only be prepaid by paying a fee that is sufficient to make us financially indifferent to the prepayment of the advance.

We also offer putable advances. Under the terms of a putable advance, we retain the right to extinguish or put the fixed-rate advance to the member on predetermined future dates and offer replacement funding at prevailingcurrent market rates, subject to certain conditions.


The following table presents advances outstanding by the earlier of the year of contractual maturityredemption date or the next call date and next put date.

Earlier of Redemption
or Next Call Date
Earlier of Redemption
or Next Put Date
 
Year of Contractual Maturity
or Next Call Date
 
Year of Contractual Maturity
or Next Put Date
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
 December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
 December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
Overdrawn demand and overnight deposit accounts $
 $
 $
 $
Due in 1 year or less 25,067,272
 19,390,714
 17,032,411
 12,767,364
Due in 1 year or less$12,547,866 $15,296,034 $13,452,703 $14,645,076 
Due after 1 year through 2 years 2,412,184
 2,502,629
 2,701,784
 2,757,629
Due after 1 year through 2 years2,578,396 1,797,049 3,090,101 3,107,339 
Due after 2 years through 3 years 1,716,873
 1,856,463
 3,406,673
 1,915,962
Due after 2 years through 3 years2,127,759 2,440,024 3,636,259 3,160,729 
Due after 3 years through 4 years 928,649
 1,548,998
 2,718,049
 2,605,198
Due after 3 years through 4 years1,997,060 2,246,102 3,007,160 3,824,603 
Due after 4 years through 5 years 1,494,529
 900,095
 2,524,619
 2,535,895
Due after 4 years through 5 years1,530,307 2,076,839 1,485,332 2,585,439 
Thereafter 2,549,962
 1,933,061
 5,785,933
 5,549,912
Thereafter6,528,220 6,834,811 2,638,053 3,367,673 
Total advances, par value $34,169,469
 $28,131,960
 $34,169,469
 $28,131,960
Total advances, par value$27,309,608 $30,690,859 $27,309,608 $30,690,859 


In accordance with the Final Membership Rule, captive insurance companies that were admitted as FHLBank members on or after September 12, 2014 repaid allAdvance Concentrations. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, our top five borrowers held 43% and 44%, respectively, of theirtotal advances outstanding advances and had their memberships terminated by February 19, 2017.at par.

Under the Final Membership Rule, captive insurance companies that were admitted as FHLBank members prior to September 12, 2014, and do not meet the new definition of "insurance company" or fall within another category of institution that is eligible for FHLBank membership, shall have their memberships terminated no later than February 19, 2021. Prior to termination, new or renewed extensions of credit to such members will be subject to certain restrictions relating to maturity dates and the ratio of advances to the captive insurer's total assets and may be subject to additional restrictions at our discretion. The outstanding advances to these captive insurers mature on various dates through 2025.


112
106
Table of Contents





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



Allowance for Credit Losses. Advances are evaluated for expected credit losses on a collective, or pooled, basis unless an individual assessment is deemed necessary, e.g. the advances do not possess similar risk characteristics.
Credit Risk Exposure
We manage our exposure to advances outstanding through an integrated approach that generally includes establishing a credit limit for each borrower, and Security Terms. Wean ongoing review of each borrower's financial condition, coupled with conservative collateral/lending policies to limit the risk of loss while balancing the borrower's needs for a reliable source of funding. In addition, we lend to members according to Federaleligible borrowers in accordance with federal statutes includingand Finance Agency regulations. Specifically, we comply with the Bank Act. The Bank Act, which requires each FHLBankus to hold, or have access to,obtain sufficient collateral to fully secure credit products. We evaluate and update our collateral guidelines, as necessary, based on current market conditions.

We accept certain investment securities, residential mortgage loans, deposits, and other real estate-related assets as collateral. In addition, certain members that qualify as CFIs are eligible to utilize expanded statutory collateral provisions for small business and agriculture loans. Under the Bank Act, our capital stock owned by our members serves as additional security. Collateral arrangements may vary depending upon borrower credit quality, financial condition and performance; borrowing capacity; and overall credit exposure to the borrower. To ensure that we are sufficiently protected, we evaluate and determine whether a member may retain physical possession of its advances.collateral that is pledged to us or must specifically deliver the collateral to us or our document custody agent.

Our evaluation of credit losses on advances utilizes a basic framework that considers the adequacy of the advances' associated collateral and the associated members' willingness and ability to pledge additional collateral to satisfy any current or anticipated future deficiency. Our agreements with borrowers allow us, at any time and in our sole discretion, to require substitution of collateral, adjust the over-collateralization requirements applied to collateral, or refuse to make extensions of credit against any collateral. We also may require borrowers to pledge additional collateral regardless of whether the collateral would be eligible to originate a new extension of credit. Our agreements with our borrowers also afford us the right, in our sole discretion, to declare any borrower to be in default if we deem our Bank to be inadequately secured.

We determine the estimated value of the collateral required to secure each member's advances by applying collateral discounts, or haircuts, to the market value or UPB of the collateral, as applicable. Using a risk-based approach, we consider the amount and quality of the collateral pledged and the borrower's financial condition to be the primary indicators of an advance's credit quality. At December 31, 20172021 and 2016, our top five borrowers held 45% and 43%, respectively, of total advances outstanding, at par. As security for the advances2020, we had rights to these and our other borrowers, we held, or had access to, collateral on a borrower-by-borrower basis with an estimated fairlendable value at December 31, 2017 and 2016 that was wellequal to or in excess of theour advances outstandingoutstanding.

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we did not have any advances that were past due, on those dates, respectively. See Note 9 - Allowance for Credit Lossesfor informationnon-accrual status, or considered impaired. In addition, there were no TDRs related to advances during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, or 2019.

Based upon the collateral held as security, our credit riskextension and collateral policies, our credit analysis and the repayment history on advances, andwe have not recorded an allowance methodology for credit losses.losses on advances.


107
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

Note 86 - Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio


Mortgage loans held for portfolio consist substantially of residential loans acquired from our members through the MPP and participating interests purchased in 2012 - 2014 from the FHLBank of Topeka in residential loans that were originated by certain of its PFIs through their participation in the MPF Program offered by the FHLBank of Chicago.MPP. The MPP and MPF Programmortgage loans are fixed ratefixed-rate and either credit enhanced by PFIs, if conventional, or guaranteed or insured by government agencies.


The following tables present information on mortgage loans held for portfolio by term and type.
Term December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Fixed-rate long-term mortgages $8,989,545
 $8,086,412
Fixed-rate medium-term (1) mortgages
 1,134,303
 1,206,978
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio, UPB 10,123,848

9,293,390
Unamortized premiums 234,519
 210,116
Unamortized discounts (2,426) (2,383)
Fair-value hedging adjustments 1,250
 1,124
Allowance for loan losses (850) (850)
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio, net $10,356,341

$9,501,397

(1)
Defined as a term The balances reflect the sale of15 years or less at origination.
Type December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Conventional $9,701,600
 $8,796,407
Government -guaranteed or -insured 422,248
 496,983
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio, UPB $10,123,848
 $9,293,390
In December 2016, we agreed to sell a 90% participating interest in a $100 million MCC of certain newly acquired MPP loans to theanother FHLBank in 2016.
TermDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Fixed-rate long-term mortgages$6,417,543 $7,257,237 
Fixed-rate medium-term (1) mortgages
1,016,851 1,065,329 
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio, UPB7,434,394 8,322,566 
Unamortized premiums181,172 187,425 
Unamortized discounts(2,389)(1,638)
Hedging basis adjustments, net3,157 7,642 
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio7,616,334 8,515,995 
Allowance for credit losses(200)(350)
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio, net (2)
$7,616,134 $8,515,645 

(1)    Defined as a term of Atlanta. Principal amounts settled in15 years or less at origination.
(2)    Excludes accrued interest receivable at December 2016 totaled $72 million,31, 2021 and the remaining $18 million settled in January 2017.2020 of $27,977 and $34,151, respectively.


See Note 9 - Allowance for Credit Losses for information related to our
TypeDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Conventional$7,254,056 $8,069,274 
Government-guaranteed or -insured180,338 253,292 
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio, UPB$7,434,394 $8,322,566 

Conventional MPP.Our management of credit risk on mortgage loans and allowance methodology for loan losses.

Note 9 - Allowance for Credit Losses

We have established a methodology to determineconsiders the allowance for credit losses for each of our portfolio segments: credit products (advances, letters of credit, and other extensions of credit to members); term securities purchased under agreements to resell and term federal funds sold; government-guaranteed or -insured mortgage loans held for portfolio; and conventional mortgage loans held for portfolio.

Credit Products. We manage our exposure to credit products through an integrated approach that generally includes establishing a credit limit for each borrower, and an ongoing review of each borrower's financial condition, coupled with conservative collateral/lending policies to limit the riskseveral layers of loss while balancing the borrower's needs for a reliable source of funding. In addition, we lend to eligible borrowersprotection that are defined in accordance with federal statutes and Finance Agency regulations. Specifically, we complyour agreements with the Bank Act, which requires usPFIs. Our loss protection consists of the following loss layers, in order of priority, (i) borrower equity; (ii) PMI up to obtain sufficient collateral to fully secure credit products. We evaluatecoverage limits (when applicable for the acquisition of mortgages with an initial LTV ratio of over 80% at the time of purchase); (iii) available funds remaining in the LRA; and update our collateral guidelines, as necessary, based on current market conditions.


113
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


We accept certain investment securities, residential mortgage loans, deposits, and other real estate-related assets as collateral. In addition, certain members that qualify as CFIs are eligible to utilize expanded statutory collateral provisions for small business and agriculture loans. Under(iv) SMI coverage (as applicable) purchased by the seller from a third-party provider naming the Bank Act, our members' capital stock in our Bank serves as additional security. Collateral arrangements may vary depending upon borrower credit quality, financial condition and performance; borrowing capacity; and overall credit exposurethe beneficiary, up to the borrower. To ensure that wepolicy limits. Any losses not absorbed by the loss protection are sufficiently protected, we evaluate and determine whether a member may retain physical possession of its collateral that is pledged to us or must specifically deliverborne by the collateral to us or our safekeeping agent. We perfect our security interest in all pledged collateral and we can also require additional or substitute collateral to protect our security interest.Bank.


We determine the estimated value of the collateral required to secure each member's credit products by applying collateral discounts, or haircuts, to the market value or UPB of the collateral, as applicable. Using a risk-based approach, we consider the amount and quality of the collateral pledged and the borrower's financial condition to be the primary indicators of credit quality on the borrower's credit products. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had rights to collateral on a borrower-by-borrower basis with an estimated value in excess of our outstanding extensions of credit.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, we did not have any credit products that were past due, on non-accrual status, or considered impaired. In addition, there were no TDRs related to credit products during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, or 2015.

Based upon the collateral held as security, our credit extension and collateral policies, our credit analysis and the repayment history on credit products, we have not recorded any allowance for credit losses on credit products, and no liability was recorded to reflect an allowance for credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures. For additional information about off-balance sheet credit exposure, see Note 20 - Commitments and Contingencies.

Term Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Term Federal Funds Sold. These assets generally have maturities ranging from 1 to 270 days. Given their short-term nature and the credit quality of the counterparties, credit risk is minimal and, as such, we have not established an allowance for credit losses for these products.

Government-Guaranteed or -Insured MortgageLoans.We invest inThese fixed-rate mortgage loans that are guaranteed or insured by the FHA, Department of Veterans Affairs, Rural Housing Service of the Department of Agriculture, or HUD. The servicer provides and maintains a guaranty or insurance from the applicable government agency. The servicer is responsible for compliance with all government agency requirements and for obtaining the benefit of the applicable guaranty or insurance with respect to defaulted government-guaranteed or -insured mortgage loans. Any losses incurred on these loans that are not recovered from the insurer or guarantor are absorbed by the servicers. Therefore, we did not establish an allowance for credit losses for government-guaranteed or -insured mortgage loans at December 31, 2017 or 2016.


Conventional Mortgage Loans. We invest in conventional mortgage loans primarily through the MPP. Additionally, we hold participating interests in conventional mortgage loans that were originated by PFIs of the FHLBank of Topeka through the MPF Program.

Conventional MPP.Our management of credit risk considers the several layers of loss protection that are defined in our agreements with the PFIs. Our loss protection consists of the following loss layers, in order of priority, (i) borrower equity; (ii) PMI up to coverage limits (when applicable for the acquisition of mortgages with an initial LTV ratio of over 80% at the time of purchase); (iii) available funds remaining in the LRA; and (iv) SMI coverage (as applicable) purchased by the seller from a third-party provider naming the Bank as the beneficiary, up to the policy limits. Any losses not absorbed by the loss protection are borne by the Bank.

For conventional mortgage loans under our original MPP, credit enhancement is provided through allocating a portion of the periodic interest payments on the loans into an LRA. In addition, the PFI selling conventional loans to us is required to purchase SMI, paid through periodic interest payments, as an enhancement to cover credit losses over and above those covered by the LRA, but the covered losses are limited to the terms of the policy.

Beginning with MPP Advantage, we discontinued the use of SMI for all loan purchases and replaced it with a fixed LRA. The fixed LRA is funded with a portion of each loan's purchase proceeds.



114
108
Table of Contents





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



The LRACredit Quality Indicators for Conventional Mortgage Loans and Other Delinquency Statistics.Payment status is segregated by pools ofthe key credit quality indicator for conventional mortgage loans and usedallows us to cover losses in a pool beyondmonitor the migration of past due loans. Past due loans are those covered by an individual loan's PMI (as applicable), but is limitedwhere the borrower has failed to covering lossesmake timely payments of that specific pool only. Any excess funds are ultimately distributed to the memberprincipal and/or interest in accordance with a step-down schedule that is established upon execution of an MCC, subject to performancethe terms of the related pool.loan. Other delinquency statistics include non-accrual loans and loans in process of foreclosure. The tables below present the key credit quality indicators and other delinquency statistics for our mortgage loans held for portfolio aggregated by (i) the most recent five origination years and (ii) all prior origination years. Amounts are based on amortized cost, which excludes accrued interest receivable.

Origination Year
Payment Status as of December 31, 2021Prior to 20172017 to 2021Total
Past due:
30-59 days$16,968 $12,662 $29,630 
60-89 days4,175 1,767 5,942 
90 days or more18,599 11,206 29,805 
Total past due39,742 25,635 65,377 
Total current2,447,420 4,921,101 7,368,521 
Total conventional mortgage loans, amortized cost$2,487,162 $4,946,736 $7,433,898 

As of December 31, 2021, the UPB of conventional loans in an informal forbearance arrangement included amounts 30-59 days past due of $1,730, 60-89 days past due of $1,018, and 90 days or more past due of $16,634, for total past due of $19,382.

Origination Year
Payment Status as of December 31, 2020Prior to 20162016 to 2020Total
Past due:
30-59 days$19,893 $22,130 $42,023 
60-89 days6,980 12,078 19,058 
90 days or more27,467 67,075 94,542 
Total past due54,340 101,283 155,623 
Total current2,468,908 5,635,070 8,103,978 
Total conventional mortgage loans, amortized cost (1)
$2,523,248 $5,736,353 $8,259,601 

As of December 31, 2020, the UPB of conventional loans in an informal forbearance arrangement included amounts 30-59 days past due of $10,214, 60-89 days past due of $12,661, and 90 days or more past due of $79,011, for total past due of $101,886.

109
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

Other Delinquency Statistics as of December 31, 2021ConventionalGovernmentTotal
In process of foreclosure (1)
$1,999 $— $1,999 
Serious delinquency rate (2)
0.40 %0.86 %0.41 %
Past due 90 days or more still accruing interest (3)
$15,725 $1,364 $17,089 
On non-accrual status (4)
$23,487 $— $23,487 
Other Delinquency Statistics as of December 31, 2020
In process of foreclosure (1)
$2,689 $— $2,689 
Serious delinquency rate (2)
1.14 %3.36 %1.21 %
Past due 90 days or more still accruing interest (3)
$36,585 $7,933 $44,518 
On non-accrual status (4)
$87,763 $— $87,763 

(1)    Includes loans for which the decision of foreclosure or similar alternative, such as pursuit of deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, has been reported. Loans in process of foreclosure are included in past due categories depending on their delinquency status, but are not necessarily considered to be on non-accrual status.
(2)    Represents loans 90 days or more past due (including loans in process of foreclosure) expressed as a percentage of the total mortgage loans. The following table presentspercentage excludes principal and interest amounts previously paid in full by the activityservicers on conventional loans that are pending resolution of potential loss claims. Our servicers repurchase seriously delinquent government loans, including FHA loans, when certain criteria are met.
(3)    Although our past due scheduled/scheduled MPP loans are classified as loans past due 90 days or more based on the loan's delinquency status, we do not consider these loans to be on non-accrual status as they are well-secured and in the LRA, which is reported in other liabilities.process of collection.
LRA Activity 2017 2016 2015
Liability, beginning of year $125,683
 $91,552
 $61,949
Additions 25,350
 36,341
 31,573
Claims paid (617) (1,054) (1,576)
Distributions to PFIs (1,701) (1,156) (394)
Liability, end of year $148,715
 $125,683
 $91,552

We determine our(4)    As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, $11,701 and $36,409, respectively, of UPB of these conventional mortgage loans on non-accrual status did not have a related allowance for loancredit losses basedbecause these loans were either previously charged off to the expected recoverable value and/or the fair value of the underlying collateral, including any credit enhancements, exceeded the amortized cost of the loans. Additionally, the UPB of these conventional mortgage loans on non-accrual status in informal forbearance arrangements related to the COVID-19 pandemic totaled $7,130 and $59,306, respectively.

Allowance for Credit Losses. We apply a systematic approach for estimating expected credit losses on our bestconventional mortgage loans over their estimated remaining lives through analyses that include, among other considerations, various loan portfolio and collateral-related characteristics, past loan performance, current and historical economic conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts of expected economic conditions.

We estimate of probableexpected losses overon our conventional mortgage loans on a collective basis, pooling loans with similar risk characteristics. If a mortgage loan no longer shares risk characteristics with other loans, it is removed from the loss emergence period. We use thepool and evaluated for expected losses on an individual basis. In addition, we individually evaluate all TDRs, any remaining exposure to delinquent conventional MPP portfolio's delinquency migration (movement of loans paid in full by servicers, and collateral-dependent loans. Loans are considered collateral-dependent when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and repayment is expected to be substantially through the various stagessale of delinquency) to determine whetherthe underlying collateral. We estimate expected losses on collateral-dependent loans by applying a practical expedient that considers the expected loss event is probable. Onceof a loss event is deemedcollateral-dependent loan to be probable, we utilize a systematic methodology that incorporates all credit enhancementsequal to the difference between the amortized cost of the loan and servicer advances to establishthe estimated fair value of the collateral, less estimated selling costs.

When determining the allowance for loan losses. Althoughcredit losses, we do not reserve for any estimatedconsider how credit enhancements are expected to mitigate credit losses that would be recovered fromand then reduce the allowance accordingly because the credit enhancements as part of the estimate of the recoverable credit enhancements, we evaluate the recovery and collectability of amounts under our PMI/SMI policies.

Conventional MPF Program.Our management of credit riskare entered into in the MPF Program considers the several layers of loss protection that are defined in agreements among the FHLBank of Topeka and its PFIs. The availability of loss protection may differ slightly among MPF products. The loss layers, in order of priority, are (i) borrower equity; (ii) PMI, (when applicable forconjunction with the purchase of mortgages with an initial LTV ratioa loan and cannot be both legally detached and separately exercised.


110
Table of over 80% at the time of purchase); (iii) FLA, which represents the first layer or portion of credit losses that we absorb after the borrower's equity, PMI, and recoverable CE fees; and (iv) the CE Obligation of a PFI, which absorbs lossesContents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in excess of the FLA in order to limit our loss exposure to that of an investor in an MBS deemed to be investment-grade. Any losses not absorbed by the loss protection are shared among the participating FHLBanks based upon the applicable percentage of participation.thousands unless otherwise indicated)


PFIs retain a portion of the credit risk on the loans they sell by providing credit enhancement through a direct liability to pay credit losses up to a specified amount. PFIs are paid a CE fee for assuming credit risk and, in some instances, all or a portion of the CE fee may be performance-based. To the extent the Bank is responsible for losses in a pool, it may be able to recapture CE fees paid to that PFI to offset those losses. All CE fees are paid monthly based on the remaining UPB of the loans in a pool.

The allowance for MPF Program conventional loans is determined by analyzing the portfolio's delinquency migration and charge-offs over a historical period to determine the probability of default and loss severity rates. The analysis of conventional loans evaluated for impairment (i) considers loan pool-specific attribute data; (ii) applies estimated default probabilities and loss severities; and (iii) incorporates the applicable credit enhancements in order to determine our best estimate of probable losses.

Collectively Evaluated Mortgage Loans.

MPP. For performing conventional Conventional loans current to 179 days past due andare collectively evaluated for impairment, we useat the pool level using a recognized third-party credit and prepayment model, which considers both current and historical information and events and reasonable and supportable forecasts that rely upon certain key inputs and assumptions, to estimate potential ranges of credit loss exposure. The loss projectionexposure over the estimated life of the loans. One such key input is a 3-year forecast of housing prices with a 2-year gradual transition to full reversion to historical inputs after 5 years. Additionally, the evaluation is based upon distinct underlying loan characteristics, including loan vintage (year of origination), geographic location, credit support features and other factors, and a projected migration of loans through the various stages of delinquency.


ForSeriously delinquent conventional loans past due 180 days or more past due and not charged-off are also collectively evaluated for impairment, we evaluateat the poolspool level based on current and historical information and events. This loan loss analysis incorporates third-party modeledloan-specific attribution data, including the use of loan-level property values and considers MPP pool-specific attribute data, estimated liquidation valuesfrom a third-party.

Individually Evaluated Mortgage Loans.Certain conventional mortgage loans, primarily TDRs, are specifically identified for purposes of real estate collateral held, estimated costs associated with maintaining and disposing of the collateral, and credit enhancements.


115
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


MPF Program. Our loan loss analysis includes collectively evaluating conventional loans for impairment within each pool. The measurement ofcalculating the allowance for loan losses consists of (i) evaluating homogeneous pools of current and delinquent mortgage loans; and (ii) estimating credit losses in the pool based upon the default probability ratios, loss severity rates, FLAs and CE obligations. Additional analyses include consideration of various data observations such as past performance, current performance, loan portfolio characteristics, collateral-related characteristics, industry data and prevailing economic conditions.

Individually Evaluated Mortgage Loans.

losses. The measurement of our allowance for loans individually evaluated for lossloans considers loan-specific attribution data similar to homogeneous pools of delinquent loans evaluated on a collective basis, including the use of loan-level property values from a third-party.


We also individually evaluate any remaining exposure to delinquent MPP conventional loans paid in full by the servicers. An estimate of the loss, if any, is equal to the estimated cost associated with maintaining and disposing of the property (which includes the UPB, interest owed on the delinquent loan to date, and estimated costs associated with disposing of the collateral) less the estimated fair value of the collateral (net of estimated selling costs) and the amount of credit enhancements including the PMI, LRA and SMI. The estimated fair value of the collateral is obtained from HUD statements, sales listings or other evidence of current expected liquidation amounts.


Individually Evaluated Impaired Loans. The tables below present the conventional loans individually evaluated for impairment with and without an allowance for loan losses. Due to the minimal change in terms of modified loans (i.e., no principal forgiven), our pre-modification recorded investment in TDRs was not materially different than the post-modification recorded investment.
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016


Individually Evaluated
Impaired Loans
 Recorded Investment UPB Related Allowance for Loan Losses Recorded Investment UPB Related Allowance for Loan Losses
MPP conventional loans without allowance for loan losses (1)
 $13,261
 $13,343
 $
 $15,158
 $15,219
 $
MPP conventional loans with allowance for loan losses 1,270
 1,272
 54
 349
 358
 30
Total $14,531
 $14,615
 $54
 $15,507
 $15,577
 $30

(1)
No allowance for loan losses was recorded on these impaired loans after consideration of the underlying loan-specific attribute data, estimated liquidation value of real estate collateral held, estimated costs associated with maintaining and disposing of the collateral, and credit enhancements.
  Years Ended December 31,
  2017 2016 2015


Individually Evaluated Impaired Loans
 Average Recorded Investment 
Interest
Income Recognized
 Average Recorded Investment 
Interest
Income Recognized
 Average Recorded Investment Interest Income Recognized
MPP conventional loans without allowance for loan losses $14,011
 $675
 $16,623
 $758
 $17,967
 $872
MPP conventional loans with allowance for loan losses 1,259
 69
 353
 39
 881
 105
Total $15,270
 $744
 $16,976
 $797
 $18,848
 $977


116
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Credit Quality Indicators. The tables below present the key credit quality indicators for our mortgage loans held for portfolio.
Delinquency Status as of December 31, 2017 Conventional Government Total
Past due:      
30-59 days $63,670
 $11,848
 $75,518
60-89 days 9,944
 2,121
 12,065
90 days or more 19,576
 2,555
 22,131
Total past due 93,190
 16,524
 109,714
Total current 9,878,030
 412,869
 10,290,899
Total mortgage loans, recorded investment (1)
 $9,971,220
 $429,393
 $10,400,613
Delinquency Status as of December 31, 2016      
Past due:      
30-59 days $46,118
 $17,183
 $63,301
60-89 days 11,044
 3,548
 14,592
90 days or more 29,098
 2,350
 31,448
Total past due 86,260
 23,081
 109,341
Total current 8,949,441
 482,316
 9,431,757
Total mortgage loans, recorded investment (1)
 $9,035,701
 $505,397
 $9,541,098

Other Delinquency Statistics as of December 31, 2017 Conventional Government Total
In process of foreclosure (2)
 $11,081
 $
 $11,081
Serious delinquency rate (3)
 0.20% 0.59% 0.21%
Past due 90 days or more still accruing interest (4)
 $16,603
 $2,555
 $19,158
On non-accrual status $3,464
 $
 $3,464
Other Delinquency Statistics as of December 31, 2016      
In process of foreclosure (2)
 $17,749
 $
 $17,749
Serious delinquency rate (3)
 0.32% 0.46% 0.33%
Past due 90 days or more still accruing interest (4)
 $25,375
 $2,350
 $27,725
On non-accrual status $4,699
 $
 $4,699

(1)
The recorded investment in a loan is the UPB of the loan, adjusted for accrued interest, net of any deferred loan fees or costs, unamortized premiums or discounts (which may include the basis adjustment related to any gain or loss on a delivery commitment prior to being funded) and direct charge-offs. The recorded investment is not net of any valuation allowance.
(2)
Includes loans for which the decision of foreclosure or similar alternative, such as pursuit of deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, has been reported. Loans in process of foreclosure are included in past due categories depending on their delinquency status, but are not necessarily considered to be on non-accrual status.
(3)
Represents loans 90 days or more past due (including loans in process of foreclosure) expressed as a percentage of the total recorded investment in mortgage loans. The percentage excludes principal and interest amounts previously paid in full by the servicers on conventional loans that are pending resolution of potential loss claims. Our servicers repurchase seriously delinquent government loans, including FHA loans, when certain criteria are met.
(4)
Although our past due scheduled/scheduled MPP loans are classified as loans past due 90 days or more based on the mortgagor's payment status, we do not consider these loans to be on non-accrual status.

Qualitative Factors.We also assess qualitative factors in theour estimation of loancredit losses. These factors represent a subjective management judgment based on facts and circumstances that exist as of the reporting date that isare not ascribed to any specific measurable economic or credit event and is intended to address other inherent losses thattherefore may not otherwise be captured in our methodology.



Rollforward of Allowance for Credit Losses. The table below presents a rollforward of our allowance for credit losses.

Rollforward of Allowance202120202019
Balance, beginning of year$350 $300 $600 
Charge-offs(81)(140)(137)
Recoveries39 50 126 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses(108)140 (289)
Balance, end of year$200 $350 $300 

Government-Guaranteed or -Insured Mortgage Loans. Based on the U.S. government guarantee or insurance on these loans, our assessment of our servicers, and the collateral backing the loans, we did not record an allowance for credit losses for government-guaranteed or -insured mortgage loans at December 31, 2021 or 2020. Furthermore, none of these mortgage loans have been placed on non-accrual status due to the U.S. government guarantee or insurance on these loans and the contractual obligation of the loan servicer to repurchase the loans when certain criteria are met.


117
111
Table of Contents





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



Allowance for Loan Losses on Mortgage Loans. Our loan loss analysis also compares, or benchmarks, our estimated losses, after credit enhancements, to actual losses occurring in the portfolio. As a result of our methodology, our allowance for loan losses reflects our best estimate of the probable losses in our original MPP, MPP Advantage, and MPF Program portfolios.

The following table presents the components of the allowance for loan losses, including the credit enhancement waterfall for MPP.
Components of Allowance December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
MPP estimated incurred losses remaining after borrower's equity, before credit enhancements (1)
 $5,360
 $8,689
Portion of estimated incurred losses recoverable from credit enhancements:    
PMI (995) (1,981)
LRA (2)
 (1,262) (2,418)
SMI (2,383) (3,590)
Total portion recoverable from credit enhancements (4,640) (7,989)
Allowance for unrecoverable PMI/SMI 30
 50
Allowance for MPP loan losses 750
 750
Allowance for MPF Program loan losses 100
 100
Total allowance for loan losses $850
 $850

(1)
Based on a loss emergence period of 24 months.
(2)
Amounts recoverable are limited to (i) the estimated losses remaining after borrower's equity and PMI and (ii) the remaining balance in each pool's portion of the LRA. The remainder of the total LRA balance is available to cover any losses not yet incurred and to distribute any excess funds to the PFIs.

The tables below present a rollforward of our allowance for loan losses, the allowance for loan losses by impairment methodology, and the recorded investment in mortgage loans by impairment methodology.
Rollforward of Allowance for Loan Losses 2017 2016 2015
Balance, beginning of year $850
 $1,125
 $2,500
Charge-offs (647) (857) (1,168)
Recoveries 596
 627
 249
Provision for (reversal of) loan losses 51
 (45) (456)
Balance, end of year $850
 $850
 $1,125

Allowance for Loan Losses by Impairment Methodology December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Conventional loans collectively evaluated for impairment $652
 $750
Conventional loans individually evaluated for impairment (1)
 198
 100
Total allowance for loan losses $850
 $850
     
Recorded Investment by Impairment Methodology December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Conventional loans collectively evaluated for impairment $9,956,689
 $9,020,194
Conventional loans individually evaluated for impairment (1)
 14,531
 15,507
Total recorded investment in conventional loans $9,971,220
 $9,035,701

(1)
The recorded investment in our MPP conventional loans individually evaluated for impairment excludes principal previously paid in full by the servicers as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 of $2,498 and $2,814, respectively, that remains subject to potential claims by those servicers for any losses resulting from past or future liquidations of the underlying properties. However, the MPP allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 includes $144 and $70, respectively, for these potential claims.


118
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Note 107 - Premises, Software and Equipment


The following table presents information onthe types of our premises, software and equipment.
TypeDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Premises$15,674 $15,769 
Computer software49,886 48,952 
Data processing equipment5,354 6,048 
Furniture and equipment5,946 6,365 
Other640 756 
Premises, software and equipment, in service77,500 77,890 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization(48,420)(46,681)
Premises, software and equipment, in service, net29,080 31,209 
Capitalized assets in progress1,491 2,784 
Premises, software and equipment, net$30,571 $33,993 
Type December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
Premises $15,242
 $14,958
Computer software 38,559
 38,497
Data processing equipment 8,846
 7,505
Furniture and equipment 4,539
 3,920
Other 563
 513
Premises, software and equipment, in service 67,749
 65,393
Accumulated depreciation and amortization (36,085) (30,121)
Premises, software and equipment, in service, net 31,664
 35,272
Capitalized assets in progress 5,131
 2,366
Premises, software and equipment, net $36,795
 $37,638


For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, theThe depreciation and amortization expense for premises, software and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $5,965, $5,820,$7,833, $7,198, and $5,461,$6,879, respectively, including amortization of computer software costs of $4,276, $4,055,$5,547, $5,315, and $3,633,$4,983, respectively.


Note 118 - Derivatives and Hedging Activities


Nature of Business Activity. We are exposed to interest-rate risk primarily from the effect of changes in market interest rates on our interest-earning assets and on our interest-bearing liabilities that finance those assets. The goal of our interest-rate risk management strategies is not to eliminate interest-rate risk, but to manage it within appropriate limits. To mitigate the risk of loss, we have established policies and procedures, which include guidelines on the amount of exposure to changes in interest rate changesrates that we are willing to accept. In addition, we monitor the risk to our interest income, net interest margin and average maturity of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.


Consistent with Finance Agency regulation, we enter into derivatives to (i) manage the interest-rate risk exposures inherent in our otherwise unhedged assets and funding positions, (ii) achieve our risk management objectives, and (iii) act as an intermediary between our members and counterparties.counterparties. Finance Agency regulation and our Capital Markets Policyrisk management policies prohibit trading in, or the speculative use of, these derivative instruments and limit credit risk arising from these instruments. However, the use of derivatives is an integral part of our financial management strategy.


We use derivative financial instruments when they are considered to be the most cost-effective alternative to achieve our financial and risk management objectives. The most common ways in which we use derivatives are to:


reduce the interest-rate sensitivity and repricing gaps of assets and liabilities;
protect the value of existing asset and liability positions or of commitments and forecasted transactions;
mitigate the adverse earnings effects of the shortening or extension of the duration of certain assets (e.g., advances or mortgage assets) and liabilities;
reduce funding costs by executing a derivative concurrently with the issuance of a consolidated obligation as the cost of a combined funding structure can be lower than the cost of a comparable CO bond;
reduce the interest-rate sensitivity and repricing gaps of assets and liabilities;
preserve a favorable interest-rate spread between the yield of an asset (e.g., an advance) and the cost of the related liability (e.g., CO bond used to fund advance);
mitigate the adverse earnings effects of the shortening or extension of the duration of certain assets (e.g., advances or mortgage assets) and liabilities;
protect the value of existing asset and liability positions or of commitments and forecasted transactions;
manage embedded options in assets and liabilities; and
manage our overall asset/liability structure.


We reevaluate our hedging strategies from time to time and, consequently, we may adopt new strategies or change our hedging techniques.




119
112
Table of Contents





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



We transact most of our derivatives with large banks and major broker-dealers. Some of these banks and broker-dealers or their affiliates buy, sell, and distribute consolidated obligations. We are not a derivatives dealer and thus do not trade derivatives for short-term profit. Over-the-counter derivative transactions may be either executed with a counterparty (uncleared derivatives) or cleared through a Futures Commission Merchant (i.e., clearing agent) with a clearinghouse (cleared derivatives). Once a derivative transaction has been accepted for clearing by a clearinghouse, the derivative transaction is novated, and the executing counterparty is replaced with the clearinghouse.


Types of Derivatives. We use the following derivative instruments to reduce funding costs and to manage our exposure to interest-rate risks inherent in the normal course of business.


Interest-Rate Swaps. An The Bank uses interest-rate swap is an agreement between two entitiesswaps to exchange cash flowshedge the risk of changes in the future. The agreement sets forth the mannerfair value of certain of its assets and liabilities due to changes in which the cash flows will be determined and the dates on which they will be paid. One of the simplest forms of interest-rate swap involves the promise by one party to pay cash flows equivalent to themarket interest on a notional amount at a predetermined fixed rate for a given period of time. In return for this promise, the party receives cash flows equivalent to the interest on the same notional amount at a variable-rate index for the same period of time.rates. The variable rate we receive or pay in most interest-rate swaps is currently indexed to LIBOR.LIBOR, EFFR, or SOFR.


Interest-Rate Cap and Floor Agreements. In an interest-rate cap agreement, a cash flow is generated if the price or rate of an underlying variable rises above a certain threshold (or "cap") price. In an interest-rate floor agreement, a cash flow is generated if the price or rate of an underlying variable falls below a certain threshold (or "floor") price. Caps may be used in conjunction with liabilities, and floors may be used in conjunction with assets. Caps and floors are designedused to protect against the interest rate on a variable-rate asset or liability falling below or rising above a certain level.


Interest-Rate Swaptions. A swaption is an option on a swap that gives the buyer the right, but not the obligation, to enter into a specified interest-rate swap with the following agreed upon terms with the seller: option premium, time until expiration, fixed vs. floating rates, and notional amount. When used as a hedge, a swaption can protect the buyer against sudden adverse moves in interest rates. To protect against the adverse effects of a sudden decreaseincreases or decreases in interest rates, awe utilize payer or receiver swaption may be utilized in which the buyer has the option to enter into a swap to receive the fixed rate and pay the floating rate.swaptions, respectively.

Forward Contracts. To protect against changes in the adverse effectsmarket values of a sudden increasefixed-rate MDCs resulting from changes in market interest rates, a payer swaption may be utilized in which the buyer has the option to enter into a swap to pay the fixed rate and receive the floating rate.

Forward Contracts.Forward contracts give the buyer the right to buywe normally sell TBA MBS or sell a specific type of asset at a specific time at a given price. We may use forward contracts in order to hedge interest-rate risk. For example, certain MDCs entered into by us are considered derivatives. We may hedge these MDCs by selling TBAsother derivatives for forward settlement.


Types of Hedged Items. We document at inception all relationships between the derivatives designated as hedging instruments and the hedged items, our risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions, and our method of assessing effectiveness. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair-value hedges to (i) assets and liabilities on the statements of condition, or (ii) firm commitments. We also formally assess (both at the hedge's inception and at least quarterly), using regression analyses, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain effective in future periods. We have the following types of hedged items:


Investments.We primarily invest in agencyAgency MBS, U.S. Treasury securities, and GSE and TVA debentures, which may be classified as trading, HTM or AFS securities. The interest-rate, prepayment and prepaymentduration risks associated with these investment securities are managed through a combination of debt issuance and derivatives. We may manage the prepayment, interest-rate and durationthose risks by funding these investment securities with consolidated obligationsCO bonds that contain call features or by hedgingfeatures. We may also hedge the prepayment risk with caps or floors, callable swaps or swaptions. We may also manage the risk and volatility arising from changing market prices of investment securities by matching the cash outflow on the derivatives with the cash inflow on the investment securities. On occasion, we may holdCertain of these derivatives that are associated with HTM securities andqualify as fair-value hedges while others are designated as economic hedges. Derivatives associated with AFS securities may qualify as a fair-value hedge or be designated as an economic hedge.



120
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Advances.We offer a wide range of fixedfixed- and variable-rate advance products with different maturities, interest rates, payment characteristics, and optionality. We may use derivatives to manage the repricing and/or options characteristics of advances in order to more closely match the characteristics of our funding liabilities. In general, whenever a member executes a fixed-rate advance or an adjustable-rate advance with embedded options, we may simultaneously execute a derivative with terms that offset the terms and embedded options in the advance. For example, we may hedge a fixed-rate advance with an interest-rate swap where we pay a fixed-ratefixed rate and receive a variable-ratevariable rate, effectively converting the fixed-rate advance to an adjustable-rate advance. This type of hedge is typically treated as a fair-value hedge. In addition, we may hedge a callable, prepayable or putable advance by entering into a cancellable interest-rate swap.


Mortgage Loans.We invest in fixed-rate mortgage loans. The prepayment options embedded in these mortgage loans can result in extensions or contractions in the expected repayment of these loans, depending on changes in prepayment speeds. We manage the interest-rate and prepayment risks associated with mortgage loans through a combination of debt issuance and derivatives. We issue both callable and noncallable debt and prepayment-linked consolidated obligations to achieve cash flow patterns and liability durations similar to those expected on the mortgage loans. Interest-rate swaps, to the extent the payments on the mortgages loans result in a simultaneous reduction of the notional amount of the swaps, may qualify for fair-value hedge accounting.

We may also purchase interest-rate caps and floors, swaptions, callable swaps, calls, and puts to minimize the prepayment risk embedded in the loans. Although theseThese derivatives are validconsidered economic hedges against the prepayment risk of the loans, but they are not specifically linked to individual loans and, therefore, do not qualify for fair-value hedge accounting. These derivatives are marked to market value through earnings.loans.


Consolidated Obligations.We may enter into derivatives to hedge the interest-rate risk associated with our debt issues.issuances. We manage the risk and volatility arising from changing market prices of a consolidated obligation by matching the cash inflow on the derivative with the cash outflow on the consolidated obligation.


113
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

In a typical transaction, we issue a fixed-rate consolidated obligation and simultaneously enter into a matching derivative in which the counterparty pays fixed cash flows to us designed to match in timing and amount the cash outflows we pay on the consolidated obligation. In turn, we pay a variable cash flow to the counterparty that closely matches the interest payments we receive on short-term or variable-rate advances (typically one- or three-month LIBOR)LIBOR or EFFR). These transactions are typically treated as fair-value hedges. Additionally, we may issue variable-rate CO bonds indexed to LIBOR, SOFR, or the United States prime rate, or federal funds rate and simultaneously execute interest-rate swaps to hedge the basis risk of the variable-rate debt.


Firm Commitments.In connection with our purchases of mortgage loans, we enter into MDCs. Certain MDCs entered into by us are considered derivatives. We normally hedge these commitments by selling TBA MBS or other derivatives for forward settlement. The MDC and the TBA used in the firm commitment hedging strategy are treated as an economic hedge and are marked to marketfair value through earnings. When the MDC derivative settles, the current marketfair value of the commitment is included with the basis of the mortgage loan and amortized accordingly.


Managing Credit Risk on Derivatives. We are subject to credit risk due to the risk of nonperformance by the counterparties to our derivative transactions. We manage counterparty credit risk through credit analysis, collateral requirements and adherence to the requirements set forth in our policies, CFTC regulations, and Finance Agency regulations. See Note 19 - Estimated Fair Values for discussion regarding our fair value methodology for derivative assets and liabilities, including an evaluation of the potential for the estimated fair value of these instruments to be affected by counterparty credit risk.


Uncleared Derivatives. For uncleared derivatives, the degree of credit risk depends on the extent to which master netting
arrangements are included in such contracts to mitigate the risk. We require collateral agreements with our uncleared
derivatives. The exposure thresholds above which collateral must be delivered vary; the threshold is zero in some cases.
Additionally, collateral related to derivatives with member institutions includes collateral assigned to us as evidenced by a
written security agreement and held by the member institution for our benefit.



121
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


For certain of our uncleared derivatives, we have credit support agreements that contain provisions requiring us to post additional collateral with our counterparties if there is deterioration in our credit rating. If our credit rating is lowered by an NRSRO, we could be required to deliver additional collateral on uncleared derivative instruments in net liability positions. The aggregate estimated fair value of all uncleared derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a net liability position (before cash collateral and related accrued interest on cash collateral) at December 31, 20172021 was $644,$314, for which we have posted collateral in cash, including accrued interest, with an estimated fair value of $34$894 in the normalnormal course of business. In addition, we held other derivative instruments in a net liability position of $49 that are not subject to credit support agreements containing credit-risk related contingent features. If our credit rating had been lowered by an NRSRO (from an S&P equivalent of AA+ to AA), we would not have been required to deliver additional collateral to our uncleared derivative counterparties at December 31, 2017.2021.


Cleared Derivatives. For cleared derivatives, the clearinghouse is our counterparty. We use LCH and CME as clearinghouses for all cleared derivative transactions. Collateral is required to be posted daily for changes in the value of cleared derivatives to mitigate each counterparty's credit risk. The clearinghouse notifies the clearing agent of the required initial and variation margin, and the clearing agent notifies us. The requirement that we post initial and variation margin through the clearing agent for the benefit of the clearinghouse exposes us to institutional credit risk in the event that the clearing agent or clearinghouse fails to meet its obligations.


Effective January 3, 2017, CME made certain amendments to its rulebook, including changing the legal characterization ofAt both clearinghouses, initial margin is considered cash collateral and variation margin payments to be daily settled contracts, rather than cash collateral. Variation margin payments related to LCH contracts wereis characterized as cash collateral until January 16, 2018, when LCH changed the characterization of variation margin payments to be daily settled contracts, consistent with CME. Initial margin continues to be considered by both clearinghouses as cash collateral.settlement payments.


The clearinghouse determines margin requirements which are generally not based on credit ratings. However, clearing agents may require additional margin to be posted by us based on credit considerations, including but not limited to any credit rating downgrades. At December 31, 2017,2021, we were not required by our clearing agents to post any additional margin.




122
114
Table of Contents





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



Financial Statement Effect and Additional Financial Information.


Derivative Notional Amounts.The notional amount of derivatives serves as a factor in determining periodic interest payments, or cash flows received and paid. The notional amount of derivatives also reflects the extent of our involvement in the various classes of financial instruments but represents neither the actual amounts exchanged nor our overall exposure to credit and market risk; the overall risk is much smaller. The risks of derivatives can be measured meaningfully on a portfolio basis that takes into account the counterparties, the types of derivatives, the items being hedged and any offsets between the derivatives and the items being hedged. hedged items. We record derivative instruments, related cash collateral received or pledged/posted and associated accrued interest on a net basis, by clearing agent and/or by counterparty when the netting requirements have been met.

The following table presents the notional amount and estimated fair value of derivative assets and liabilities.

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
 NotionalDerivativeDerivativeNotionalDerivativeDerivative
AmountAssetsLiabilitiesAmountAssetsLiabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Interest-rate swaps$46,395,451 $105,446 $413,324 $40,227,966 $13,018 $761,330 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:   
Economic hedges:
Interest-rate swaps8,595,000 357 148 9,177,000 5,404 181 
Interest-rate caps/floors625,500 1,077 — 625,500 1,113 — 
Interest-rate forwards98,200 199 180,900 — 1,486 
MDCs96,424 45 105 180,152 1,022 — 
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments9,415,124 1,480 452 10,163,552 7,539 1,667 
Total derivatives before adjustments$55,810,575 106,926 413,776 $50,391,518 20,557 762,997 
Netting adjustments and cash collateral (1)
 113,276 (401,591)262,525 (740,018)
Total derivatives, net $220,202 $12,185 $283,082 $22,979 

(1)    Represents the application of the netting requirements that allow us to settle (i) positive and negative positions and (ii) cash collateral and related accrued interest held or placed, with the same clearing agent and/or counterparty. Cash collateral pledged to counterparties at December 31, 2021 and 2020, including accrued interest, totaled $515,761 and $1,003,437, respectively. Cash collateral received from counterparties and held at both December 31, 2021 and 2020, including accrued interest, totaled $894. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, no securities were pledged as collateral.

115
  Notional Estimated Fair Value Estimated Fair Value
  Amount of of Derivative of Derivative
December 31, 2017 Derivatives Assets Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:      
Interest-rate swaps $31,084,068
 $298,625
 $76,205
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments 31,084,068
 298,625
 76,205
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:  
  
  
Interest-rate swaps 1,026,778
 1,187
 734
Swaptions 
 
 
Interest-rate caps/floors 245,500
 92
 
Interest-rate forwards 72,800
 37
 1
MDCs 70,831
 73
 48
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments 1,415,909
 1,389
 783
Total derivatives before adjustments $32,499,977
 300,014
 76,988
Netting adjustments (1)
  
 (150,868) (150,868)
Cash collateral and variation margin for daily settled contracts (1)
  
 (20,940) 76,598
Total derivatives, net  
 $128,206
 $2,718
       
       
December 31, 2016      
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:      
Interest-rate swaps $23,998,498
 $230,705
 $102,201
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments 23,998,498
 230,705
 102,201
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:  
  
  
Interest-rate swaps 901,344
 1,430
 31
Swaptions 350,000
 2
 50
Interest-rate caps/floors 364,500
 322
 2
Interest-rate forwards 99,100
 339
 352
MDCs 99,002
 303
 471
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments 1,813,946
 2,396
 906
Total derivatives before adjustments $25,812,444
 233,101
 103,107
Netting adjustments (1)
  
 (133,089) (133,089)
Cash collateral (1)
  
 34,836
 55,207
Total derivatives, net  
 $134,848
 $25,225

(1)
Represents the application of the netting requirements that allow us to settle (i) positive and negative positions and (ii) cash collateral and related accrued interest held or placed, with the same clearing agent and/or counterparty (including fair value adjustments on derivatives for which variation margin payments are characterized as daily settled contracts). Cash collateral pledged to counterparties at December 31, 2017 and 2016 totaled $16,437 and $35,422, respectively. Cash collateral received from counterparties at December 31, 2017 and 2016 totaled $89,021 and $55,793, respectively. Variation margin for daily settled contracts totaled $24,954 at December 31, 2017.


123





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



The following table presents separately the estimated fair value of derivative instruments meeting and not meeting netting requirements, including the effect of the related collateral received from or pledgedcollateral.
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Derivative AssetsDerivative LiabilitiesDerivative AssetsDerivative Liabilities
Derivative instruments meeting netting requirements:
Gross recognized amount
Uncleared$105,667 $411,886 $13,793 $755,118 
Cleared1,213 1,586 5,742 6,393 
Total gross recognized amount106,880 413,472 19,535 761,511 
Gross amounts of netting adjustments and cash collateral
Uncleared(105,417)(400,005)(13,793)(733,625)
Cleared218,693 (1,586)276,318 (6,393)
Total gross amounts of netting adjustments and cash collateral113,276 (401,591)262,525 (740,018)
Net amounts after netting adjustments and cash collateral
Uncleared250 11,881 — 21,493 
Cleared219,906 — 282,060 — 
Total net amounts after netting adjustments and cash collateral220,156 11,881 282,060 21,493 
Derivative instruments not meeting netting requirements (1)
46 304 1,022 1,486 
Total derivatives, at estimated fair value$220,202 $12,185 $283,082 $22,979 

(1)    Includes MDCs and certain interest-rate forward contracts.


116
Table of Contents



Notes to counterpartiesFinancial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

The following table presents the impact of qualifying fair-value hedging relationships on net interest income by hedged item.

Year Ended December 31, 2021AdvancesAFS SecuritiesCO BondsTotal
Net impact of fair-value hedging relationships on net interest income:
Net interest settlements on derivatives (1)
$(183,075)$(110,510)$103,143 $(190,442)
Net gains (losses) on derivatives (2)
425,804 303,349 (272,157)456,996 
Net gains (losses) on hedged items (3)
(429,900)(321,097)269,447 (481,550)
Net impact on net interest income (4)
$(187,171)$(128,258)$100,433 $(214,996)
Total interest income (expense) recorded in the Statement of Income (5)
$115,634 $99,646 $(206,429)$8,851 
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Net impact of fair-value hedging relationships on net interest income:
Net interest settlements on derivatives (1)
$(135,342)$(109,907)$51,091 $(194,158)
Net gains (losses) on derivatives (2)
(384,880)(507,403)21,467 (870,816)
Net gains (losses) on hedged items (3)
382,167 494,481 (13,617)863,031 
Net impact on net interest income (4)
$(138,055)$(122,829)$58,941 $(201,943)
Total interest income (expense) recorded in the Statement of Income (5)
$329,675 $103,658 $(461,953)$(28,620)
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Net impact of fair-value hedging relationships on net interest income:
Net interest settlements on derivatives (1)
$61,614 $31,242 $(31,949)$60,907 
Net gains (losses) on derivatives (2)
(316,304)(406,120)99,104 (623,320)
Net gains (losses) on hedged items (3)
318,279 386,247 (110,094)594,432 
Net impact on net interest income (4)
$63,589 $11,369 $(42,939)$32,019 
Total interest income (expense) recorded in the Statement of Income (5)
$813,152 $214,558 $(1,050,015)$(22,305)

(1)    Represents interest income/expense on derivatives in qualifying fair-value hedging relationships. Net interest settlements on derivatives that are not in qualifying fair-value hedging relationships are reported in other income.
(2)    Includes changes in estimated fair value and variation margin for daily settled contracts.price alignment interest associated with derivatives in fair-value hedging relationships.
(3)    Includes changes in estimated fair value of the hedged item and amortization/accretion of gains (losses) on active and discontinued fair-value hedging relationships.
(4)    Excludes any offsetting interest income/expense of the associated hedged items also recorded in net interest income.
(5)    For advances, AFS securities and CO bonds only.

117
Table of Contents

  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
  Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities
Derivative instruments meeting netting requirements:        
Gross recognized amount        
Uncleared $118,932
 $27,491
 $86,606
 $45,449
Cleared 180,972
 49,448
 145,853
 56,835
Total gross recognized amount 299,904
 76,939
 232,459
 102,284
Gross amounts of netting adjustments, cash collateral and variation margin for daily settled contracts        
Uncleared (113,842) (24,822) (76,255) (21,047)
Cleared (1)
 (57,966) (49,448) (21,998) (56,835)
Total gross amounts of netting adjustments, cash collateral and variation margin for daily settled contracts (171,808) (74,270) (98,253) (77,882)
Net amounts after netting adjustments, cash collateral and variation margin for daily settled contracts        
Uncleared 5,090
 2,669
 10,351
 24,402
Cleared 123,006
 
 123,855
 
Total net amounts after netting adjustments, cash collateral and variation margin for daily settled contracts 128,096
 2,669
 134,206
 24,402
Derivative instruments not meeting netting requirements (2)
 110
 49
 642
 823
Total derivatives, at estimated fair value $128,206
 $2,718
 $134,848
 $25,225



(1)
Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

Variation margin for daily settled contracts totaled $24,954 at December 31, 2017.
(2)
Includes MDCs and certain interest-rate forwards.

The following table presents the components of net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities reported in other income (loss).income.

Years Ended December 31,
Type of HedgeType of Hedge202120202019
 Years Ended December 31,
Type of Hedge 2017 2016 2015
Net gain (loss) related to fair-value hedge ineffectiveness:      
Interest-rate swaps $(7,414) $4,488
 $4,146
Total net gain (loss) related to fair-value hedge ineffectiveness (7,414) 4,488
 4,146
Net gain (loss) on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:      Net gain (loss) on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Economic hedges:      Economic hedges:
Interest-rate swaps 122
 (196) 1,497
Interest-rate swaps$13,347 $1,488 $(6,950)
Swaptions (200) (290) 
Swaptions— (324)(1,308)
Interest-rate caps/floors (228) 87
 (251)Interest-rate caps/floors(36)898 (784)
Interest-rate forwards (1,728) (207) (3,372)Interest-rate forwards3,350 (13,377)(1,647)
Net interest settlements(1) (416) (381) 392
(9,137)(46,927)(9,856)
MDCs 835
 (1,229) 420
MDCs(3,840)9,880 1,562 
Total net gain (loss) on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (1,615) (2,216) (1,314)
Other (1)
 (229) 
 
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities $(9,258) $2,272
 $2,832
Net gains (losses) on derivatives in other incomeNet gains (losses) on derivatives in other income$3,684 $(48,362)$(18,983)

(1)
Consists of price alignment amounts on derivatives for which variation margin payments are characterized as daily settled contracts.



(1)    Relates to derivatives that are not in qualifying fair-value hedging relationships. The interest income/expense of the associated hedged items is recorded in net interest income.
124
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



The following table presents by typethe amortized cost of, hedged item, the gains (losses) on the derivatives and the related cumulative basis adjustments on, hedged items in qualifying fair-value hedging relationships andrelationships.

December 31, 2021AdvancesAFS SecuritiesCO Bonds
Amortized cost of hedged items (1)
$17,374,515 $9,007,993 $20,902,714 
Cumulative basis adjustments included in amortized cost:
For active fair-value hedging relationships (2)
$178,543 $(184,724)$(247,699)
For discontinued fair-value hedging relationships572 390,923 — 
Total cumulative fair-value hedging basis adjustments on hedged items$179,115 $206,199 $(247,699)

December 31, 2020
Amortized cost of hedged items (1)
$17,219,312 $9,882,225 $17,406,679 
Cumulative basis adjustments included in amortized cost:
For active fair-value hedging relationships (2)
$645,146 $501,865 $21,605 
For discontinued fair-value hedging relationships799 125,754 — 
Total cumulative fair-value hedging basis adjustments on hedged items$645,945 $627,619 $21,605 

(1)    Includes the amortized cost of the hedged items in active or discontinued fair-value hedging relationships.
(2)    Excludes any offsetting effect of those derivatives onthe net interest income.estimated fair value of the associated derivatives.

  Gain (Loss) Gain (Loss) Net Fair-  Effect on
  on on Hedged Value Hedge  Net Interest
Year Ended December 31, 2017 Derivative Item Ineffectiveness  
Income (1)
Advances $61,439
 $(62,324) $(885)  $(31,461)
AFS securities 35,620
 (39,843) (4,223)  (48,144)
CO bonds (46,299) 43,993
 (2,306)  16,289
Total $50,760
 $(58,174) $(7,414)
 $(63,316)
          
Year Ended December 31, 2016         
Advances $118,029
 $(117,201) $828
  $(91,219)
AFS securities 193,305
 (194,083) (778)  (94,018)
CO bonds (30,252) 34,690
 4,438
  16,888
Total $281,082
 $(276,594) $4,488
  $(168,349)
          
Year Ended December 31, 2015         
Advances $22,761
 $(21,196) $1,565
  $(155,082)
AFS securities 42,219
 (46,145) (3,926)  (98,063)
CO bonds 1,696
 4,811
 6,507
  56,976
Total $66,676
 $(62,530) $4,146
 
$(196,169)

(1)
Includes the effect of derivatives in fair-value hedging relationships on net interest income that is recorded in the interest income/expense line item of the respective hedged items. Excludes the interest income/expense of the respective hedged items, which fully offsets the interest income/expense of the derivatives, except to the extent of any hedge ineffectiveness. Net interest settlements on derivatives that are not in fair-value hedging relationships are reported in other income (loss). These amounts do not include the effect of amortization/accretion related to fair value hedging activities.

Note 129 - DepositsDeposit Liabilities


We offer demand and overnight deposits to members and qualifying non-members. In addition, we offer short-term interest-bearing deposit programs to members. A member that services mortgage loans may deposit funds collected in connection with the mortgage loans, pending disbursement of such funds to the owners of the mortgage loans. We classify these items as other deposits.


Demand, overnight, and other deposits pay interest based on a daily interest rate. Time deposits pay interest based on a fixed rate determined at the origination of the deposit. The WAIR paid on interest-bearing deposits was 0.86%, 0.12% and 0.01% during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.




125
118
Table of Contents





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



The following table presents the types of our interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing deposits.

TypeDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Interest-bearing:
Demand and overnight$1,363,988 $1,372,863 
Other903 579 
Total interest-bearing1,364,891 1,373,442 
Non-interest-bearing:
  
Demand— 258 
Other (1)
1,506 1,506 
Total non-interest-bearing1,506 1,764 
Total deposits$1,366,397 $1,375,206 

(1)     Includes pass-through deposit reserves from members.

Type December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
Interest-bearing:    
Demand and overnight $513,150
 $494,880
Time 50
 50
Other 23
 25
Total interest-bearing 513,223
 494,955
Non-interest-bearing: 
  
  
Other (1)
 51,576
 29,118
Total non-interest-bearing 51,576
 29,118
Total deposits $564,799
 $524,073

(1)
Includes pass-through deposit reserves from members.

Note 1310 - Consolidated Obligations


Consolidated obligations consist of CO bonds and discount notes. CO bonds may be issued to raise short, intermediateshort-, intermediate- and long-term funds for the FHLBanks and are not subject to any statutory or regulatory limits on maturity. Discount notes are issued primarily to raise short-term funds and have original maturities of up to one year.year. These notes generally sell at less than their face amount and are redeemed at par value when they mature.


The FHLBanks issue consolidated obligations through the Office of Finance as ourtheir agent under the oversight of the Finance Agency and the United States Secretary of the Treasury. In connection with each debt issuance, each FHLBank specifies the amount of debt to be issued on its behalf. Each FHLBank records as a liability the specific portion of consolidated obligations issued on its behalf and for which it is the primary obligor.


In addition to being the primary obligor for all consolidated obligations issued on our behalf, we are jointly and severally liable with each of the other FHLBanks for the payment of the principal and interest on all FHLBank outstandingof the FHLBanks' consolidated obligations.obligations outstanding. The par values of the FHLBanks' outstanding consolidated obligations outstanding at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 totaled $1.0 trillion $652.9 billion and $989.3$746.8 billion,, respectively. As provided by the Bank Act and applicableFinance Agency regulations, consolidated obligations are backed only by the financial resources of all FHLBanks.


The Finance Agency, in its discretion, may require any FHLBank to make principal or interest payments due on any consolidated obligation whether or not the consolidated obligation represents a primary liability of that FHLBank. Although an FHLBank has never paid the principal or interest payments due on a consolidated obligation on behalf of another FHLBank, if that event should occur, Finance Agency regulations provide that the paying FHLBank is entitled to reimbursement for any payments made on behalf of another FHLBank and other associated costs, including interest to be determined by the Finance Agency. If, however, the Finance Agency determines that such other FHLBank is unable to satisfy its repayment obligations to the paying FHLBank, then the Finance Agency may allocate the outstanding liability of such other FHLBank among the remaining FHLBanks on a pro-rata basis in proportion to their participation in all outstanding consolidated obligations, or in any other manner it may determine to ensure that the FHLBanks operate in a safe and sound manner. We do not believe that it is probable that we will be asked or required to make principal or interest payments on behalf of another FHLBank.


Discount Notes. The following table presents our discount notes outstanding, all of which are due within one year of issuance.

Discount NotesDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Book value$12,116,358 $16,617,079 
Par value12,117,846 16,620,486 
Weighted average effective interest rate0.05 %0.12 %


119
Discount Notes December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
Book value $20,358,157
 $16,801,763
Par value $20,394,192
 $16,819,659
     
Weighted-average effective interest rate 1.22% 0.51%


126





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



CO Bonds. The following table presents our CO bonds outstanding by contractual maturity.

 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Year of Contractual Maturity Amount WAIR% Amount WAIR%Year of Contractual MaturityAmountWAIR%AmountWAIR%
Due in 1 year or less $14,021,190
 1.27
 $16,234,460
 0.85
Due in 1 year or less$14,357,350 0.29 $31,126,310 0.29 
Due after 1 year through 2 years 9,392,470
 1.46
 6,122,190
 0.96
Due after 1 year through 2 years2,965,510 1.02 4,109,700 0.70 
Due after 2 years through 3 years 4,849,960
 2.23
 2,718,945
 1.65
Due after 2 years through 3 years5,797,550 0.76 1,753,010 1.34 
Due after 3 years through 4 years 1,294,470
 2.17
 1,684,530
 3.17
Due after 3 years through 4 years3,947,300 0.83 767,250 1.93 
Due after 4 years through 5 years 2,798,000
 2.29
 1,040,000
 2.17
Due after 4 years through 5 years6,587,600 1.14 837,300 1.13 
Thereafter 5,626,500
 3.02
 5,708,000
 2.92
Thereafter8,894,940 2.09 4,652,000 2.91 
Total CO bonds, par value 37,982,590
 1.80
 33,508,125
 1.44
Total CO bonds, par value42,550,250 0.96 43,245,570 0.70 
Unamortized premiums 27,333
  
 27,462
  
Unamortized premiums77,035  87,133  
Unamortized discounts (13,782)  
 (12,059)  
Unamortized discounts(11,268) (12,703) 
Unamortized concessions (14,188)   (13,705)  Unamortized concessions(6,746)(8,659)
Fair-value hedging adjustments (86,300)  
 (42,544)  
Fair-value hedging basis adjustments, netFair-value hedging basis adjustments, net(247,699) 21,605  
Total CO bonds $37,895,653
  
 $33,467,279
  
Total CO bonds$42,361,572  $43,332,946  


Consolidated obligations are issued with either fixed-rate or variable-rate coupon payment terms that may use a variety of indices for interest-rate resets, such as LIBOR.LIBOR or SOFR. To meet the specific needs of certain investors in CO bonds, both fixed-rate and variable-rate CO bonds may contain features that result in complex coupon payment terms and call options. When these CO bonds are issued, we may enter into derivatives containing features that offset the terms and embedded options, if any, of the CO bonds.


CO bonds may also be callable. Such bonds may be redeemed in whole or in part, at our discretion, on predetermined call dates according to the terms of the offerings.


The following tables present the par value of our CO bonds outstanding by redemption feature and the earlier of the year of contractual maturity or next call date.

Redemption FeatureDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Non-callable / non-putable$20,346,750 $36,809,070 
Callable22,203,500 6,436,500 
Total CO bonds, par value$42,550,250 $43,245,570 

Year of Contractual Maturity or Next Call DateDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Due in 1 year or less$36,028,850 $34,272,810 
Due after 1 year through 2 years3,122,510 4,159,700 
Due after 2 years through 3 years586,550 1,608,010 
Due after 3 years through 4 years577,300 443,750 
Due after 4 years through 5 years415,100 563,300 
Thereafter1,819,940 2,198,000 
Total CO bonds, par value$42,550,250 $43,245,570 


120
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

Redemption Feature December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
Non-callable / non-putable $26,277,590
 $25,627,125
Callable 11,705,000
 7,881,000
Total CO bonds, par value $37,982,590
 $33,508,125
Year of Contractual Maturity or Next Call Date December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
Due in 1 year or less $24,449,190

$23,825,460
Due after 1 year through 2 years 9,098,470
 4,675,190
Due after 2 years through 3 years 2,125,960
 2,240,945
Due after 3 years through 4 years 584,470
 1,257,530
Due after 4 years through 5 years 579,000
 474,000
Thereafter 1,145,500
 1,035,000
Total CO bonds, par value $37,982,590
 $33,508,125

Interest-Rate Payment Types.In addition to CO bonds beyond havingwith fixed-rate or simple variable-rate interest payment terms, may also have the following features:

Step-upstep-up CO bonds pay interest at increasing fixed rates for specified intervals over their lives. These CO bondslives and generally contain provisions enabling us to call them at our option on the step-up dates;
dates.
Ratchet CO bonds pay a floating interest rate indexed on a reference range such as LIBOR. Each floating rate is subject to increasing floors, such that subsequent rates may not be lower than the previous rate; or
Conversion CO bonds have interest rates that convert from fixed to variable, or variable to fixed, or from one index to another, on predetermined dates according to the terms of the offerings.


127
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



The following table presents the par value of our CO bonds outstanding by interest-rate payment type.

Interest-Rate Payment TypeDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Fixed-rate$36,717,750 $24,750,570 
Step-up898,500 15,000 
Simple variable-rate4,934,000 18,480,000 
Total CO bonds, par value$42,550,250 $43,245,570 

Interest-Rate Payment Type December 31,
2017
 December 31,
2016
Fixed-rate $24,747,590
 $18,928,125
Step-up 285,000
 655,000
Simple variable-rate 12,950,000
 13,905,000
Ratchet 
 20,000
Total CO bonds, par value $37,982,590
 $33,508,125

Note 1411 - Affordable Housing Program


The Bank Act requires each FHLBank to establish an AHP, in which the FHLBank provides subsidies in the form of direct grants and below-market-rate advances to members that use the funds to assist in the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of housing for very low-, low-, and moderate-income households. Annually, the FHLBanks must set aside for the AHP the greater of the aggregate of $100$100 million or 10% of each FHLBank's net earnings. For purposes of the AHP calculation, net earnings is defined in a Finance Agency Advisory Bulletin as income before assessments, plus interest expense related to MRCS.


The following table summarizes the activity in our AHP funding obligation.

AHP Activity202120202019
Liability at beginning of year$34,402 $38,084 $40,747 
Assessment (expense)10,720 10,717 17,071 
Subsidy usage, net (1)
(14,073)(14,399)(19,734)
Liability at end of year$31,049 $34,402 $38,084 

(1)    Subsidies disbursed are reported net of returns/recaptures of previously disbursed subsidies.

As a part of the AHP, each FHLBank may also provide advances to members at interest rates below then current market rates.

AHP Activity 2017 2016 2015
Liability at beginning of year $26,598
 $31,103
 $36,899
Assessment (expense) 18,163
 13,291
 13,499
Subsidy usage, net (1)
 (12,595) (17,796) (19,295)
Liability at end of year $32,166
 $26,598
 $31,103

(1)
Subsidies disbursed are reported net of returns/recaptures of previously disbursed subsidies.

We made no AHP-related advances during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 or 2015 and had no outstanding principal at December 31, 2017 or 2016.

Note 1512 - Capital

We are a cooperative whose member and former member institutions own all of our capital stock. Former members (including certain non-member institutions that own our capital stock as a result of a merger with or acquisition of a member) own our capital stock solely to support credit products or mortgage loans still outstanding on our statement of condition. Member shares cannot be purchased or sold except between us and our members or, with our written approval, among our members, at the par value of one hundred100 dollars per share, as mandated by our capital plan and Finance Agency regulation.


Classes of Capital Stock. Our capital plan divides our Class B stock into two2 sub-series: Class B-1 and Class B-2. Class B-1 stock is held by our members to satisfy their membership stock requirements, while Class B-2 stock consists solely ofis held to satisfy their activity-based stock requirements. A member's Class B-1 stock is reclassified as B-2 as needed to help fulfill the member's activity-based stock requirement, and the member may be required stock that is subject to a redemption request. Thepurchase additional Class B-2 dividendstock to fully meet that requirement. Any excess stock is presently calculated at 80% of the amount of theautomatically classified as Class B-1 dividend; this ratio can only be changed by amendment of ourB-1.

Our capital plan by ouralso permits the board of directors with approvalto authorize the issuance of Class A stock although, as of December 31, 2021, the Finance Agency.board of directors had not authorized such issuance. If authorized, a member may elect to purchase Class A stock, rather than Class B-2 stock, to satisfy the member’s activity-based stock requirement, subject to certain restrictions.


121
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

The following table presents the capital stock outstanding by sub-series.

Capital Stock OutstandingDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Class B-1$931,517 $797,196 
Class B-21,314,684 1,410,374 
Total Class B$2,246,201 $2,207,570 

Dividends. Our board of directors may, but is not required to, declare and pay dividends on our Class B stock in either cash or capital stock or a combination thereof, as long as we are in compliance with Finance Agency rules.regulations. The amount of the dividend to be paid is based on the average number of shares of each sub-series held by the member during the dividend payment period (applicable quarter).



Our capital plan does not mandate a specific difference between Class B-1 and Class B-2 dividend rates. Rather, the board of directors may declare a dividend rate on Class B-2 stock that is equal to or greater than the rate on Class B-1 stock. The plan also authorizes the board of directors to declare a dividend rate on Class A stock (if issued and outstanding) that is equal to or greater than the rate on Class B-1 stock.
128
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Stock Redemption and Repurchase. In accordance with the Bank Act, our Class Bcapital stock is considered putable by the member. Members can redeem Class B stock, subject to certain restrictions, by giving five years' written notice. Members can redeem Class A stock, subject to certain restrictions, by giving six months written notice. Any member that withdraws from membership or otherwise has had its membership terminated may not be readmitted as a member for a period of five years from the divestiture date for all capital stock that was held as a condition of membership, as set forth in our capital plan and Finance Agency regulations, unless the member has canceled or revoked its notice of withdrawal prior to the end of the five-yearapplicable redemption period. This restriction does not apply if the member is transferring its membership from one FHLBank to another on an uninterrupted basis.


We may repurchase, at our sole discretion, any member's Class Bcapital stock that exceeds the required minimum amount. However, there areamount, subject to significant statutory and regulatory restrictions on our right to repurchase, or obligation to redeem, the outstanding stock. As a result, whether or not a member may have its Class Bcapital stock repurchased or redeemed will depend, in part, on whether we are in compliance with those restrictions.


Consistent with our capital plan, weWe are not required to redeem activity-baseda member's required capital stock until the expiration of the notice of redemption, or until the activity to which the capital stock relates no longer remains outstanding, whichever is later. If activity-based stock becomes excess stock (i.e., the amount of stock held by a member or former member in excess of ourthe stock ownership requirement for that institution) as a result of an activity no longer remaining outstanding, wemay redeemrepurchase the excess stock at our discretion, subject to the statutory and regulatory restrictions on capital stock redemption.restrictions.


A member may cancel or revoke its written notice of redemption or its notice of withdrawal from membership prior to the five-yearconclusion of the applicable redemption period. However, our capital plan provides that we willmay charge a cancellation fee to a member that cancels or revokes its withdrawal notice. Our board of directors may change the cancellation fee with at least 15 days prior written notice to members.


AtThrough December 31, 2017 and 2016,2021, certain members had requested redemptions of their Class B stock, but the related stock totaling $5,144outstanding at December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 totaling $14,637 and $314, respectively, was not considered mandatorily redeemable and reclassified to MRCS because the requesting members may revoke their requests, without substantial penalty, throughout the five-year waiting period. Therefore, these requests are not considered sufficiently substantive in nature. However, we consider redemption requests related to merger, acquisitionmergers, acquisitions or charter termination,terminations, as well as involuntary terminations from membership, to be sufficiently substantive when made and, therefore, the related stock is considered mandatorily redeemable and reclassified to MRCS.


Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock.The following table presents the activity in our MRCS.
122
MRCS Activity 2017 2016 2015
Liability at beginning of year $170,043
 $14,063
 $15,673
Reclassifications from capital stock 
 183,056
 
Redemptions/repurchases (5,721) (28,148) (1,610)
Accrued distributions 
 1,072
 
Liability at end of year $164,322
 $170,043
 $14,063

As a result of, and effective with, the Final Membership Rule in February 2016, we reclassified all of the outstanding Class B stock of our captive insurance company members totaling $178,898 to MRCS.

In accordance with the Final Membership Rule, captive insurance companies that were admitted as FHLBank members on or after September 12, 2014 had their memberships terminated by February 19, 2017. As a result, all of their outstanding Class B stock, totaling $3,021 at December 31, 2016, was repurchased on or before February 19, 2017.

Captive insurance companies that were admitted as FHLBank members prior to September 12, 2014, and do not meet the new definition of "insurance company" or fall within another category of institution that is eligible for FHLBank membership, shall have their memberships terminated no later than February 19, 2021. Upon termination, their outstanding Class B stock will be repurchased or redeemed in accordance with the Final Membership Rule.

129





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock.The following table presents the activity in our MRCS.

MRCS Activity202120202019
Liability at beginning of year$250,768 $322,902 $168,876 
Reclassification from capital stock4,730 32,791 150,978 
Reductions due to change in membership status— — 3,704 
Redemptions/repurchases(205,076)(104,965)(1,255)
Accrued distributions— 40 599 
Liability at end of year$50,422 $250,768 $322,902 

The following table presents MRCS by contractual year of redemption. The year of redemption is the later of:of (i) the final year of the five-year redemption period, or (ii) the first year in which a non-member no longer has an activity-based stock requirement.

MRCS Contractual Year of Redemption December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016MRCS Contractual Year of RedemptionDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Past contractual redemption date (1)
Past contractual redemption date (1)
$577 $624 
Year 1(1)(2)
 $7,963
 $8,630
11,835 8,650 
Year 2 13
 5,054
Year 2471 — 
Year 3 
 13
Year 39,873 26,723 
Year 4 4,158
 
Year 423,218 150,957 
Year 5 
 4,158
Year 54,448 32,791 
Thereafter (2)(3)
 152,188
 152,188
— 31,023 
Total MRCS $164,322
 $170,043
Total MRCS$50,422 $250,768 


(1)
Balances at December 31, 2017 and 2016 include $2,909 and $5,609, respectively, of Class B stock that had reached the end of the five-year redemption period but will not be redeemed until the associated credit products and other obligations are no longer outstanding.
(2)
Represents the five-year redemption period of Class B stock held by certain captive insurance companies which begins immediately upon their termination of memberships no later than February 19, 2021, in accordance with the Final Membership Rule.

(1)    Balance represents Class B stock that will not be redeemed until the associated credit products and other obligations are no longer outstanding.
(2)    Balance at December 31, 2021 includes $11,835 of Class B stock held by one captive insurance company whose membership was terminated on February 19, 2021 but will not be repurchased until the associated credit products and other obligations are no longer outstanding. Such amount was properly classified as "thereafter" as of December 31, 2020.
(3)    Balance represents Class B stock held by two captive insurance companies whose five-year redemption period began immediately upon their respective terminations of membership on February 19, 2021. Upon their respective terminations, we repurchased their excess stock totaling $18,063. An additional $1,125 of excess stock was repurchased in September 2021.

When a member's membership status changes to a non-member, the member's capital stock is reclassified to MRCS. If such change occurs during a quarterly dividend period, but not at the beginning or the end of a quarterly period, any dividends for that quarterly period are allocated between distributions from retained earnings for the shares held as capital stock during that period and interest expense for the shares held as MRCS during that period. Therefore, the distributions from retained earnings represent dividends to former members for only the portion of the period that they were members. The amounts recorded to interest expense represent dividends to former members for the portion of that period and subsequent periods that they were not members.


The following table presents the distributions related to MRCS.
Years Ended December 31,
MRCS Distributions202120202019
Recorded as interest expense$2,601 $8,594 $11,863 
Recorded as distributions from retained earnings97 40 599 
Total$2,698 $8,634 $12,462 
  Years Ended December 31,
MRCS Distributions 2017 2016 2015
Recorded as interest expense $7,034
 $6,613
 $522
Recorded as distributions from retained earnings 
 1,072
 
Total $7,034
 $7,685
 $522


Restricted Retained Earnings. In 2011, we entered into a JCE Agreement with all of the other FHLBanks to enhance the capital position of each FHLBank. In accordance with the JCE Agreement, we allocate 20% of our net income to a separate restricted retained earnings account until the balance of that account equals at least 1% of the average balance of our outstanding consolidated obligations for the previous quarter. These restricted retained earnings are not available from which to pay dividends except to the extent the restricted retained earnings balance exceeds 1.5% of the average balance of our outstanding consolidated obligations for the previous quarter.



130
123
Table of Contents





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



Capital Requirements. We are subject to three3 capital requirements under our capital plan and Finance Agency regulations:


(i)Risk-based capital. We must maintain at all times permanent capital, defined as Class B stock (including MRCS) and retained earnings, in an amount at least equal to the sum of our credit risk, market risk, and operations risk capital requirements, all of which are calculated in accordance with Finance Agency regulations. The Finance Agency may require us to maintain a greater amount of permanent capital than is required by the risk-based capital requirements as defined.
(ii)Total regulatory capital. We are required to maintain at all times a total capital-to-assets ratio of at least 4%. Total regulatory capital is the sum of permanent capital, any general loss allowance, if consistent with GAAP and not established for specific assets, and other amounts from sources determined by the Finance Agency as available to absorb losses. For regulatory capital purposes, AOCI is not considered capital.
(iii)Leverage capital. We are required to maintain at all times a leverage capital-to-assets ratio of at least 5%. Leverage capital is defined as the sum of (i) permanent capital weighted 1.5 times and (ii) all other capital without a weighting factor.

(i)Risk-based capital. We must maintain at all times permanent capital, defined as Class B stock (including MRCS) and retained earnings, in an amount at least equal to the sum of our credit risk, market risk, and operational risk capital requirements, all of which are calculated in accordance with Finance Agency regulations. The Finance Agency may require us to maintain a greater amount of permanent capital than is required by the risk-based capital requirements as defined.
(ii)Total regulatory capital. We are required to maintain at all times a total capital-to-assets ratio of at least 4%. Total regulatory capital is the sum of permanent capital, any general loss allowance, if consistent with GAAP and not held against specific assets, and other amounts from sources determined by the Finance Agency as available to absorb losses. For regulatory capital purposes, AOCI is not considered capital.
(iii)Leverage capital. We are required to maintain at all times a leverage capital-to-assets ratio of at least 5%. Leverage capital is defined as the sum of (a) permanent capital weighted 1.5 times and (b) all other components of total capital.

As presented in the following table, we were in compliance with thethese Finance Agency's capital requirements at December 31, 20172021 and 2016.2020.

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Regulatory Capital RequirementsRequiredActualRequiredActual
Risk-based capital$1,091,337$3,473,695$630,661$3,595,668
Total regulatory capital$2,400,184$3,473,695$2,636,990$3,595,668
Total regulatory capital-to-assets ratio4.00%5.79%4.00%5.45%
Leverage capital$3,000,230$5,210,543$3,296,238$5,393,502
Leverage ratio5.00%8.69%5.00%8.18%

Partial Recovery of Prior Capital Distribution to Financing Corporation. The Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987 was enacted in August 1987, which, among other things, provided for the recapitalization of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation through a newly-chartered entity, FICO. The capitalization of FICO was provided by capital distributions from the FHLBanks to FICO in 1987, 1988 and 1989 that aggregated to $680 million in exchange for FICO nonvoting capital stock. Upon passage of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, the Bank's previous investment in capital stock of FICO was determined to be non-redeemable and, therefore, the Bank charged-off its prior capital distributions to FICO directly against retained earnings.

Upon the dissolution of FICO in October 2019, FICO determined that excess funds aggregating to $200 million were available for distribution to its sole stockholders, the FHLBanks. Specifically, the Bank received $10,574 during the year ended December 31, 2020 which was determined based on our proportionate ownership of FICO's nonvoting capital stock. The Bank treated the receipt of these funds as a partial recovery of the prior capital distributions made by the Bank to FICO. These funds were credited to unrestricted retained earnings.
124
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Regulatory Capital Requirements Required Actual Required Actual
Risk-based capital $903,806
 $2,998,422
 $760,946
 $2,549,871
         
Total regulatory capital-to-asset ratio 4.00% 4.81% 4.00% 4.73%
Total regulatory capital $2,493,956
 $2,998,422
 $2,156,296
 $2,549,871
         
Leverage ratio 5.00% 7.21% 5.00% 7.10%
Leverage capital $3,117,445
 $4,497,633
 $2,695,370
 $3,824,806


131





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



Note 1613 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)


The following table presents a summary of the changes in the components of AOCI.

AOCI Rollforward Unrealized Gains (Losses) on AFS Securities Non-Credit OTTI on AFS Securities Non-Credit OTTI on HTM Securities Pension Benefits Total AOCI
Balance, December 31, 2014 $16,078
 $38,172
 $(175) $(7,415) $46,660
           
OCI before reclassifications:         

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) (15,981) (7,766) 
 
 (23,747)
Net change in fair value 
 (238) 
 
 (238)
Accretion of non-credit losses 
 
 43
 
 43
Reclassifications from OCI to net income:         

Non-credit portion of OTTI losses 
 61
 
 
 61
Pension benefits, net 
 
 
 99
 99
Total other comprehensive income (loss) (15,981)
(7,943)
43

99

(23,782)
           
Balance, December 31, 2015 $97

$30,229

$(132)
$(7,316)
$22,878
           
OCI before reclassifications:          
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) 39,371
 (3,332) 
 
 36,039
Net change in fair value 
 (156) 
 
 (156)
Accretion of non-credit losses 
 
 29
 
 29
Reclassifications from OCI to net income:          
Non-credit portion of OTTI losses 
 197
 
 
 197
Pension benefits, net 
 
 
 (2,619) (2,619)
Total other comprehensive income (loss) 39,371
 (3,291) 29
 (2,619) 33,490
           
Balance, December 31, 2016 $39,468
 $26,938
 $(103) $(9,935) $56,368
           
OCI before reclassifications:          
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) 53,051
 2,189
 
 
 55,240
Net change in fair value 
 29
 
 
 29
Accretion of non-credit losses 
 
 10
 
 10
Reclassifications from OCI to net income:          
Non-credit portion of OTTI losses 
 166
 42
 
 208
Pension benefits, net 
 
 
 (449) (449)
Total other comprehensive income (loss) 53,051
 2,384
 52
 (449) 55,038
           
Balance, December 31, 2017 $92,519
 $29,322
 $(51) $(10,384) $111,406
AOCI RollforwardUnrealized Gains (Losses) on AFS SecuritiesPension BenefitsTotal AOCI
Balance, December 31, 2018$52,986 $(11,299)$41,687 
OCI before reclassifications:
Net change in unrealized gains36,827 — 36,827 
Reclassifications from OCI to net income:
Pension benefits, net— (11,138)(11,138)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)36,827 (11,138)25,689 
Balance, December 31, 2019$89,813 $(22,437)$67,376 
OCI before reclassifications:
Net change in unrealized gains47,108 — 47,108 
Reclassifications from OCI to net income:
Pension benefits, net— (9,082)(9,082)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)47,108 (9,082)38,026 
Balance, December 31, 2020$136,921 $(31,519)$105,402 
OCI before reclassifications:
Net change in unrealized gains15,021 — 15,021 
Reclassifications from OCI to net income:
Pension benefits, net— 12,635 12,635 
Total other comprehensive income15,021 12,635 27,656 
Balance, December 31, 2021$151,942 $(18,884)$133,058 








Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



Note 1714 - Employee and Director Retirement and Deferred Compensation Plans


Qualified Defined Contribution Plan.The Bank participated in a tax-qualified multiple-employer retirement savings plan through October 1, 2020. Effective October 2, 2020, the Bank adopted a tax-qualified single-employer plan. The terms of such plans are substantially the same.

This DC plan covers our officers and employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. The Bank makes a matching contribution equal to a percentage of voluntary employee contributions, subject to certain limitations. In addition, the Bank makes a non-elective contribution to the account of each participant who is not eligible to participate in the Bank's DB plan. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we contributed $2,682, $2,810, and $2,778, respectively.

Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan.We participate in a tax-qualified, defined-benefitdefined benefit pension plan for financial institutions administered by Pentegra Retirement Services. This DB planPlan is treated as a multiemployer plan for accounting purposes but operates as a multiple-employer plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Internal Revenue Code. As a result, certain multiemployer plan disclosures are not applicable.


Under the DB plan,Plan, contributions made by a participating employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers because assets contributed by an employer are not segregated in a separate account or restricted to provide benefits to employees of that employer only. Also, in the event that a participating employer is unable to meet its contribution or funding requirements, the required contributions for the other participating employers (including us) could increase proportionately.


TheOur contributions to the DB Plan for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were not more than 5% of the total contributions to the DB Plan by all participating employers for the plan years ended June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Our DB Plan covers our officers and employees who meet certain eligibility requirements, including an employment date prior to February 1, 2010.2010. The DB planPlan operates on a fiscal year from July 1 through June 30 and files one Form 5500 on behalf of all participating employers. The most recent Form 5500 available for the DB Plan is for the plan year ended June 30, 2020. The Employer Identification Number is 13-5645888 and the three digit plan number is 333. There are no collective bargaining agreements in place.


The DB plan'sPlan's annual valuation process includes calculating its funded status and separately calculating the funded status of each participating employer. The funded status is calculated as the market value of plan assets divided by the funding target (100% of the present value of all benefit liabilities accrued at that date utilizing the discount rate prescribed by statute). The calculation of the funding target as of July 1, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 20152019 incorporated a higher discount rate in accordance with MAP-21, which resulted in a lower funding target and a higher funded status. Over time, the favorable impact of MAP-21 is expected to decline. As permitted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the DB planPlan accepts contributions for the prior plan year up to eighteight and a half months after the asset valuation date. As a result, the market value of plan assets at the valuation date (July 1) will increase by any subsequent contributions designated for the immediately preceding plan year ended June 30.


The most recent Form 5500 available for the DB plan is for the plan year ended June 30, 2016. Our contributions



Notes to the DB plan for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were not more than 5% of the total contributions to the DB plan for the plan years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.Financial Statements, continued

($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

The following table presents a summary of net pension costs charged to compensation and benefits expense and the DB plan'sPlan's funded status.
DB Plan Net Pension Cost and Funded Status 2017 2016 2015
Net pension cost charged to compensation and benefits expense for the year ended December 31 $4,450
 $5,772
 $5,412
       
DB plan funded status as July 1 111%
(a) 
104%
(b) 
107%
Our funded status as of July 1 117% 113% 118%


(a)
The DB plan's funded status as of July 1, 2017 is preliminary and may increase because the participating employers were permitted to make designated contributions for the plan year ended June 30, 2017 through March 15, 2018. Any such contributions will be included in the final valuation as of July 1, 2017. The final funded status as of July 1, 2017 will not be available until the Form 5500 for the plan year ended June 30, 2018 is filed (no later than April 2019).
(b)
The DB plan's final funded status as of July 1, 2016 will not be available until the Form 5500 for the plan year ended June 30, 2017 is filed (no later than April 2018).

DB Plan Net Pension Cost and Funded Status202120202019
Net pension cost charged to compensation and benefits expense
for the year ended December 31(1)
$5,482$3,211$3,500
DB Plan funded status as July 1130 %(a)108 %(b)109 %
Our funded status as of July 1126 %104 %109 %
Qualified
(1)    Includes voluntary contributions for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 of $4,112, $1,944, and $2,856, respectively.
(a)    The DB Plan's funded status as of July 1, 2021 is preliminary and may increase because the participating employers are permitted to make designated contributions for the plan year ended June 30, 2021 through March 15, 2022. Any such contributions will be included in the final valuation as of July 1, 2021. The final funded status as of July 1, 2021 will not be available until the Form 5500 for the plan year ended June 30, 2022 is filed (no later than April 2023).
(b)    The DB Plan's final funded status as of July 1, 2020 will not be available until the Form 5500 for the plan year ended June 30, 2021 is filed (no later than April 2022).

Nonqualified Defined ContributionBenefit Supplemental Retirement Plan.We participate in a tax-qualified, defined contribution plan for financial institutions administered by Pentegra Retirement Services. This DC plan covers our officers and employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Our contribution is equal to a percentage of voluntary employee contributions, subject to certain limitations. We contributed $1,577, $1,488, and $1,344 in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.




Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Nonqualified Supplemental Defined Benefit Retirement Plan.We participate in anonqualified, single-employer, non-qualified, unfunded supplemental executive retirement plan for financial institutions administered by Pentegra Retirement Services.plan. This SERP restores all of the defined benefits to participating employees who have had their qualified defined benefits limited by Internal Revenue Service regulations. SinceBecause the SERP is a non-qualifiednonqualified unfunded plan, no contributions are required to be made. However, we may elect to make contributions to a related grantor trust that waswe established to indirectly fund the SERP in order to maintain a desired funding level. Payments of benefits may be made from the related grantor trust or from our general assets.


The following table presents the changes in our SERP benefit obligation.

Change in benefit obligation 2017 2016 2015Change in benefit obligation202120202019
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year $20,022
 $15,099
 $14,074
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year$58,330 $42,719 $27,593 
Service cost 1,035
 808
 839
Service cost3,528 2,489 1,636 
Interest cost 738
 735
 665
Interest cost1,067 1,086 1,039 
Actuarial loss 1,712
 4,055
 1,485
Actuarial loss119 12,551 13,079 
Benefits paid (331) (675) (1,964)Benefits paid(523)(515)(628)
SettlementsSettlements(5,665)— — 
Plan amendmentPlan amendment(6,279)— — 
Projected benefit obligation at end of year $23,176
 $20,022
 $15,099
Projected benefit obligation at end of year$50,577 $58,330 $42,719 


The measurement dateactuarial loss includes the impact of the changes in the discount rate, compensation, mortality, demographics and other components used to determinecalculate the projected benefit obligation at December 31 of each year.

The amendment to the SERP was December 31. adopted to enhance the retention of key employees by providing greater predictability of the dollar amount of benefits payable upon separation of employment or retirement from the Bank. The amendment substantially reduces fluctuations of the dollar value of the retirement benefits because the applicable retirement plan interest rates and mortality tables used to calculate benefits were set as of specific dates in 2021 rather than as of the employee’s date of separation of employment or retirement.

The following table presents the key assumptions used forin the actuarial calculations to determineof the benefit obligation.

December 31,
 202120202019
Discount rate2.29 %1.54 %2.55 %
Compensation increases5.50 %5.50 %5.50 %

  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Discount rate 3.00% 4.00%
Compensation increases 5.50% 5.50%



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

The discount rate represents a weighted average that was determined by a discounted cash-flow approach, which incorporates the timing of each expected future benefit payment. We estimate future benefit payments based on the census data of the SERP's participants, benefit formulas and provisions, and valuation assumptions reflecting the probability of decrement and survival. We then determine the present value of the future benefit payments by using duration-based interest-rate yields from the CitiFinancial Times Stock Exchange Pension Discount Curve as of the measurement date, and solving for the single discount rate that produces the same present value of the future benefit payments.


The accumulated benefit obligation for the SERP, which excludes projected future salary increases was $16,704 and $13,744 as of December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020 was $36,545 and $42,739, respectively.


The unfunded benefit obligation is reported in other liabilities. Although there are no plan assets, the assets in the related grantor trust, included as a component of other assets, had a total estimated fair value of $20,071 and $17,536value at December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020 of $55,008 and $45,200, respectively.


134



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



The following table presents the components of the net periodic benefit cost and the amounts recognized in OCI for the SERP. 

  Years Ended December 31,
2017 2016 2015
Net periodic benefit cost:      
 Service cost $1,035
 $808
 $839
 Interest cost 738
 735
 665
 Amortization of prior service benefit 
 
 (11)
 Amortization of net actuarial loss 1,263
 1,436
 1,595
Net periodic benefit cost recognized in compensation and benefits 3,036
 2,979
 3,088
       
Amounts recognized in OCI:      
 Actuarial loss 1,712
 4,055
 1,485
 Amortization of net actuarial loss (1,263) (1,436) (1,595)
 Amortization of prior service benefit 
 
 11
Net loss (income) recognized in OCI 449
 2,619
 (99)
       
Total recognized in compensation and benefits and in OCI $3,485
 $5,598
 $2,989
 Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
Net periodic benefit cost:
Service cost$3,528 $2,489 $1,636 
Total recognized in compensation and benefits3,528 2,489 1,636 
Interest cost1,067 1,086 1,039 
Amortization of net actuarial loss3,706 3,469 1,941 
Accelerated amortization of net actuarial loss due to settlements2,769 — — 
Total recognized in other expenses7,542 4,555 2,980 
Total net periodic benefit cost recognized in income before assessments11,070 7,044 4,616 
Pension benefits recognized in OCI:
Actuarial loss119 12,551 13,079 
Amortization of net actuarial loss(3,706)(3,469)(1,941)
Accelerated amortization of net actuarial loss due to settlements(2,769)— — 
Past service credit due to plan amendment(6,279)— — 
Net pension benefits recognized in OCI(12,635)9,082 11,138 
Total recognized as net periodic benefit cost$(1,565)$16,126 $15,754 


The following table presents the key assumptions used forin the actuarial calculations to determine net periodic benefit cost for the SERP.
 Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
Discount rate (1)
2.06 %2.55 %3.64 %
Compensation increases5.50 %5.50 %5.50 %

(1)    The discount rate for 2021 was 1.54% for the first six months and 2.06% for the last six months.



  Years Ended December 31,
2017 2016 2015
Discount rate 4.00% 4.20% 3.90%
Compensation increases 5.50% 5.50% 5.50%



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

The following table presents the components of the pension benefits reported in AOCI related tofor the SERP. 

 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Net actuarial loss $(10,384) $(9,935)Net actuarial loss$(25,163)$(31,519)
Past service credit due to plan amendmentPast service credit due to plan amendment6,279 — 
Net pension benefits reported in AOCI $(10,384) $(9,935)Net pension benefits reported in AOCI$(18,884)$(31,519)


The following table presents the amounts that will be amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefit cost during the year ending December 31, 2018.
  Year Ending December 31, 2018
Net actuarial loss $1,291
Net amount to be amortized $1,291

The net periodic benefit cost for the SERP, including the net amount to be amortized, for the year ending December 31, 20182022 is projected to be approximately $2,904.approximately $5,450.


The following table presents the estimated future benefit payments reflecting scheduled benefit payments for retired participants and the estimated payments to active participants, weighted based on the probability of the participant retiring, the value of the participant's benefits, and the actual form of payment elected by the participant.
For the Years Ending December 31,  
2018 $2,652
2019 4,058
2020 2,259
2021 1,716
2022 7,240
2023 - 2027 4,316

135
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Nonqualified Supplemental Executive Thrift Plan. Effective January 1, 2016, we offerparticipant and the SETP, a voluntary, non-qualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan that permits certain officers and approved employeesactuarial probability of the Bank to elect to defer certain components of their compensation. The SETP is intended to constitute a deferred compensation arrangement that complies with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended. The SETP provides that, subject to certain limitations, the Bank will make matching contributions to the participant's deferred contribution account each plan year. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we contributed $52 and $47, respectively, to the SETP and our obligation at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $660 and $248, respectively.participant retiring. Actual payments may differ.


Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan. Effective January 1, 2016, we offer the DDCP, a voluntary, non-qualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan that permits our directors to defer all or a portion of the fees payable to them for a calendar year for their services as directors. The DDCP is intended to constitute a deferred compensation arrangement that complies with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended. Any duly elected and serving member of our board may participate in the DDCP. We make no matching contributions under the DDCP. Our obligation under the DDCP at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $967 and $333, respectively.
For the Years Ending December 31,
2022$21,919 
20231,479 
20241,598 
20252,048 
20262,233 
2027 - 203114,817 


The following table presents the compensation earned and deferred by our directors under the DDCP.
  Years Ended December 31,
  2017 2016
Compensation earned $1,768
 $1,620
Compensation deferred 538
 319

Note 1815 - Segment Information


We report based on two2 operating segments:


Traditional, which consists of credit products (including advances, standby letters of credit, and lines of credit), investments (including federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell, AFS securitiesinterest-bearing demand deposit accounts, and HTMinvestment securities), and correspondent services and deposits; and
Mortgage loans, which consists substantially of mortgage loans purchased from our members through our MPP and participating interests purchased in 2012 - 2014 from the FHLBank of Topeka in mortgage loans that were originated by certain of its PFIs under the MPF Program.MPP.


These segments reflect our two primary mission asset activities and the manner in which they are managed from the perspective of development, resource allocation, product delivery, pricing, credit risk and operational administration. The segments identify the principal ways we provide services to members.


We measure the performance of each segment based upon the net interest spread of the underlying portfolio(s). Therefore, each segment's performance begins with net interest income.


Traditional net interest income is derived primarily from the difference, or spread, between the interest income earned on advances and investments and the borrowing costs related to those assets, net interest settlements and changes in fair value related to certain interest-rate swaps, and related premium and discount amortization. Traditional also includes the costs related to holding deposits for members and other miscellaneous borrowings as well as all other miscellaneous income and expense not associated with mortgage loans.borrowings. Mortgage loan net interest income is derived primarily from the difference, or spread, between the interest income earned on mortgage loans, including the premium and discount amortization, and the borrowing costs related to those loans.


Direct other income and expense also affect each segment's results. The traditional segment includes the direct earnings impact of certain derivatives and hedging activities related to advances, investments and investmentsconsolidated obligations as well as all other miscellaneous income and expense not associated with mortgage loans. The mortgage loans segment includes the direct earnings impact of derivatives and hedging activities as well as direct compensation, benefits and other expenses (including an allocation for indirect overhead) associated with operating the MPP and MPF Program and volume-driven costs associated with master servicing and quality control fees.


The assessments related to AHP have been allocated to each segment based upon its proportionate share of income before assessments.

129
136





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



The following table presents our financial performance by operating segment.

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Traditional Mortgage Loans Total
Year Ended December 31, 2021Year Ended December 31, 2021TraditionalMortgage LoansTotal
Net interest income $193,278
 $69,725
 $263,003
Net interest income$229,505 $22,035 $251,540 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 
 51
 51
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses— (108)(108)
Other income (loss) (5,110) (886) (5,996)Other income (loss)(33,495)(324)(33,819)
Other expenses 69,644
 12,718
 82,362
Other expenses96,760 16,465 113,225 
Income before assessments 118,524
 56,070
 174,594
Income before assessments99,250 5,354 104,604 
Affordable Housing Program assessments 12,556
 5,607
 18,163
Affordable Housing Program assessments10,185 535 10,720 
Net income $105,968
 $50,463
 $156,431
Net income$89,065 $4,819 $93,884 
      
Year Ended December 31, 2016 Traditional Mortgage Loans Total
Year Ended December 31, 2020Year Ended December 31, 2020
Net interest incomeNet interest income$253,683 $9,687 $263,370 
Provision for (reversal of) credit lossesProvision for (reversal of) credit losses— 140 140 
Other income (loss)Other income (loss)(52,262)(3,254)(55,516)
Other expensesOther expenses92,953 16,181 109,134 
Income (loss) before assessmentsIncome (loss) before assessments108,468 (9,888)98,580 
Affordable Housing Program assessments (credits)Affordable Housing Program assessments (credits)11,706 (989)10,717 
Net income (loss)Net income (loss)$96,762 $(8,899)$87,863 
Year Ended December 31, 2019Year Ended December 31, 2019
Net interest income $144,695
 $53,498
 $198,193
Net interest income$181,367 $55,875 $237,242 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 
 (45) (45)Provision for (reversal of) credit losses— (289)(289)
Other income (loss) 6,674
 (1,016) 5,658
Other income (loss)20,166 143 20,309 
Other expenses 65,746
 11,853
 77,599
Other expenses84,638 14,356 98,994 
Income before assessments 85,623
 40,674
 126,297
Income before assessments116,895 41,951 158,846 
Affordable Housing Program assessments 9,224
 4,067
 13,291
Affordable Housing Program assessments12,876 4,195 17,071 
Net income $76,399
 $36,607
 $113,006
Net income$104,019 $37,756 $141,775 
      
Year Ended December 31, 2015 Traditional Mortgage Loans Total
Net interest income $128,175
 $67,250
 $195,425
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 
 (456) (456)
Other income (loss) 13,272
 (2,791) 10,481
Other expenses 62,211
 9,683
 71,894
Income before assessments 79,236
 55,232
 134,468
Affordable Housing Program assessments 7,976
 5,523
 13,499
Net income $71,260
 $49,709
 $120,969


We have not symmetrically allocated assets to each segment based upon financial results as it is impracticable to measure the performance of our segments from a total assets perspective. As a result, there is asymmetrical information presented in the tables above including, among other items, the allocation of depreciation without an allocation of the depreciable assets, derivatives and hedging earnings adjustments with no corresponding allocation to derivative assets, if any, and the recording of interest income with no allocation to accrued interest receivable.


The following table presents our asset balances by operating segment.

By Date Traditional Mortgage Loans Total
December 31, 2017 $51,992,565
 $10,356,341
 $62,348,906
December 31, 2016 44,406,003
 9,501,397
 53,907,400
By DateTraditionalMortgage LoansTotal
December 31, 2021$52,388,469 $7,616,134 $60,004,603 
December 31, 202057,409,111 8,515,645 65,924,756 



137
130
Table of Contents





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



Note 1916 - Estimated Fair Values


We estimate fair value amounts by using available market and other pertinent information and the most appropriate valuation methods. Although we use our best judgment in estimating the fair values of financial instruments, there are inherent limitations in any valuation technique. Therefore, these estimated fair values may not be indicative of the amounts that would have been realized in market transactions at the reporting dates.


Certain estimates of the fair value of financial assets and liabilities are highly subjective and require judgments regarding significant factors such as the amount and timing of future cash flows, prepayment speeds, interest-rate volatility, and the discount rates that appropriately reflect market and credit risks. The use of different assumptions could have a material effect on the fair value estimates.


Fair Value HierarchyGAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy and requires us to maximize the use of significant observable inputs and minimize the use of significant unobservable inputs when measuring estimated fair value. The inputs are evaluated, and an overall level for the estimated fair value measurement is determined. This overall level is an indication of the extent of the market observability of the estimated fair value measurement for the asset or liability.


The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three broad levels:


Level 1Inputs. Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in an active market that we can access on the measurement date. An active market for the asset or liability is a market in which the transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.


Level 2 Inputs.Inputs other than quoted prices within level 1 that are observable inputs for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. If the asset or liability has a specified or contractual term, a level 2 input must be observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include (i) quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; (ii) quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; (iii) inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (e.g., interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals and implied volatilities); and (iv) inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.


Level 3 Inputs.Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Valuations are derived from techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market, which include pricing models, discounted cash flow models, or similar techniques.


We review the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of the inputs may result in a reclassification of certain assets or liabilities. Such reclassifications are reported as transfers in/out at estimated fair value as of the beginning of the quarter in which the changes occur. There were no such reclassifications during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2021, 2020, or 2015.2019.








Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



The following tables present the carrying value and estimated fair value of each of our financial instruments. The total of the estimated fair values does not represent an estimate of our overall market value as a going concern, which would take into account, among other considerations, future business opportunities and the net profitability of assets and liabilities.

 December 31, 2017December 31, 2021
   Estimated Fair ValueEstimated Fair Value
 Carrying         Netting CarryingNetting
Financial Instruments Value Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 
Adjustment (1)
Financial InstrumentsValueTotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Adjustments (1)
Assets:            Assets:
Cash and due from banks $55,269
 $55,269
 $55,269
 $
 $
 $
Cash and due from banks$867,880 $867,880 $867,880 $— $— $— 
Interest-bearing deposits 660,342
 660,342
 659,926
 416
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits100,041 100,041 100,000 41 — — 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 2,605,460
 2,605,461
 
 2,605,461
 
 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell3,500,000 3,500,000 — 3,500,000 — — 
Federal funds sold 1,280,000
 1,280,000
 
 1,280,000
 
 
Federal funds sold2,580,000 2,580,000 — 2,580,000 — — 
Trading securitiesTrading securities3,946,799 3,946,799 — 3,946,799 — — 
AFS securities 7,128,758
 7,128,758
 
 6,910,224
 218,534
 
AFS securities9,159,935 9,159,935 — 9,159,935 — — 
HTM securities 5,897,668
 5,919,299
 
 5,874,413
 44,886
 
HTM securities4,313,773 4,322,157 — 4,322,157 — — 
Advances 34,055,064
 34,001,397
 
 34,001,397
 
 
Advances27,497,835 27,462,295 — 27,462,295 — — 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net 10,356,341
 10,426,213
 
 10,413,134
 13,079
 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net7,616,134 7,810,378 — 7,787,334 23,044 — 
Accrued interest receivable 105,314
 105,314
 
 105,314
 
 
Accrued interest receivable80,758 80,758 — 80,758 — — 
Derivative assets, net 128,206
 128,206
 
 300,014
 
 (171,808)Derivative assets, net220,202 220,202 — 106,926 — 113,276 
Grantor trust assets (2)
 21,698
 21,698
 21,698
 
 
 
Grantor trust assets (2)
62,640 62,640 62,640 — — — 
            
Liabilities:            Liabilities:
Deposits 564,799
 564,799
 
 564,799
 
 
Deposits1,366,397 1,366,397 — 1,366,397 — — 
Consolidated Obligations:            
Consolidated obligations:Consolidated obligations:
Discount notes 20,358,157
 20,394,192
 
 20,394,192
 
 
Discount notes12,116,358 12,115,318 — 12,115,318 — — 
Bonds 37,895,653
 37,998,928
 
 37,998,928
 
 
Bonds42,361,572 42,643,536 — 42,643,536 — — 
Accrued interest payable 135,691
 135,691
 
 135,691
 
 
Accrued interest payable88,068 88,068 — 88,068 — — 
Derivative liabilities, net 2,718
 2,718
 
 76,988
 
 (74,270)Derivative liabilities, net12,185 12,185 — 413,776 — (401,591)
MRCS 164,322
 164,322
 164,322
 
 
 
MRCS50,422 50,422 50,422 — — — 





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



December 31, 2020
Estimated Fair Value
 CarryingNetting
Financial InstrumentsValueTotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Adjustments (1)
Assets:
Cash and due from banks$1,811,544 $1,811,544 $1,811,544 $— $— $— 
Interest-bearing deposits100,026 100,026 100,000 26 — — 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell2,500,000 2,500,000 — 2,500,000 — — 
Federal funds sold1,215,000 1,215,000 — 1,215,000 — — 
Trading securities5,094,703 5,094,703 — 5,094,703 — — 
AFS securities10,144,899 10,144,899 — 10,144,899 — — 
HTM securities4,701,302 4,723,796 — 4,723,796 — — 
Advances31,347,486 31,290,664 — 31,290,664 — — 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net8,515,645 8,922,185 — 8,860,853 61,332 — 
Accrued interest receivable103,076 103,076 — 103,076 — — 
Derivative assets, net283,082 283,082 — 20,557 — 262,525 
Grantor trust assets (2)
51,032 51,032 51,032 — — — 
Liabilities:
Deposits1,375,206 1,375,206 — 1,375,206 — — 
Consolidated obligations:
Discount notes16,617,079 16,617,976 — 16,617,976 — — 
Bonds43,332,946 43,952,206 — 43,952,206 — — 
Accrued interest payable63,581 63,581 — 63,581 — — 
Derivative liabilities, net22,979 22,979 — 762,997 — (740,018)
MRCS250,768 250,768 250,768 — — — 

  December 31, 2016
    Estimated Fair Value
  Carrying         Netting
Financial Instruments Value Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 
Adjustment (1)
Assets:            
Cash and due from banks $546,612
 $546,612
 $546,612
 $
 $
 $
Interest-bearing deposits 150,225
 150,225
 150,072
 153
 
 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 1,781,309
 1,781,309
 
 1,781,309
 
 
Federal funds sold 1,650,000
 1,650,000
 
 1,650,000
 
 
AFS securities 6,059,835
 6,059,835
 
 5,790,716
 269,119
 
HTM securities 5,819,573
 5,848,692
 
 5,791,111
 57,581
 
Advances 28,095,953
 28,059,477
 
 28,059,477
 
 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net 9,501,397
 9,587,394
 
 9,567,140
 20,254
 
Accrued interest receivable 93,716
 93,716
 
 93,716
 
 
Derivative assets, net 134,848
 134,848
 
 233,101
 
 (98,253)
Grantor trust assets (2)
 18,117
 18,117
 18,117
 
 
 
             
Liabilities:            
Deposits 524,073
 524,073
 
 524,073
 
 
Consolidated Obligations:            
Discount notes 16,801,763
 16,819,659
 
 16,819,659
 
 
Bonds 33,467,279
 33,614,346
 
 33,614,346
 
 
Accrued interest payable 98,411
 98,411
 
 98,411
 
 
Derivative liabilities, net 25,225
 25,225
 
 103,107
 
 (77,882)
MRCS 170,043
 170,043
 170,043
 
 
 
(1)    Represents the application of the netting requirements that allow us to settle (i) positive and negative positions and (ii) cash collateral and related accrued interest held or placed with the same clearing agent and/or counterparty.

(1)
Represents the application of the netting requirements that allow the settlement of (i) positive and negative positions and (ii) cash collateral and related accrued interest held or placed, with the same clearing agent and/or counterparty (includes fair value adjustments on derivatives of $24,954 at December 31, 2017 for which variation margin payments are characterized as daily settled contracts).
(2)
Included in other assets.

(2)    Included in other assets on the statement of condition.

Summary of Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs.

CashThe valuation techniques and Due from Banks.Thesignificant inputs used to develop our measurement of estimated fair value equals the carrying value.

Interest-Bearing Deposits. The estimatedfor assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value equalson a recurring or non-recurring basis in the carrying value.Statement Condition are listed below.


Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell. The estimated fair value of overnight securities purchased under agreements to resell approximates the carrying value. The estimated fair value of term securities purchased under agreements to resell is determined by calculating the present value of the future cash flows. The discount rates used in these calculations are the rates for securities with similar terms.

Federal Funds Sold. The estimated fair value of overnight federal funds sold approximates the carrying value. The estimated fair value of term federal funds sold is determined by calculating the present value of the expected future cash flows. The discount rates used in these calculations are the rates for federal funds with similar terms.

AFS and HTMInvestment Securities - MBS. The estimated fair value incorporates prices from multiple third-party pricing vendors, when available. These pricing vendors use various proprietary models to price MBS. The inputs to those models are derived from various sources, including, but not limited to, benchmark yields, reported trades, dealer estimates, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers, and other market-related data. Because many private-label RMBS do not trade on a daily basis, the pricing vendors use other available information, as applicable, such as benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities, sector groupings and matrix pricing to determine the prices for individual securities.

140



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



We conduct reviews of the pricing vendors' processes, methodologies and control procedures to confirm and further augment our understanding of the vendors' prices for agency and private-label RMBS.our MBS. Each pricing vendor has an established challenge process in place for all MBS valuations, which facilitates resolution of potentially erroneous prices identified by us.


Our valuation technique for estimating the fair values of MBS initially requires the establishment of a "median" price for each security. All prices that are within a specified tolerance threshold of the median price are then included in the "cluster" of prices that are averaged to compute a "default" price. All prices that are outside the threshold (i.e., outliers) are subject to further analysis (including, but not limited to, comparison to prices provided by an additional third-party valuation service, prices for similar securities, and/or non-binding dealer estimates) to determine if an outlier is a better estimate of fair value. If so, then the outlier (or the other price as appropriate) is used as the final price rather than the default price. In all cases, the final price is used to determine the estimated fair value of the security.





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

As of December 31, 2017, two2021 and 2020, we obtained 2 or three3 prices were received for substantially all of our MBS.


Based on the lack of significant market activity and observable inputs for private-label RMBS and home equity loan ABS, the recurring fair value measurements for those securities were classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

AFS and HTMInvestment Securities - non-MBS. The estimated fair value is determined using market-observable price quotes from third-party pricing vendors, such as the Composite Bloomberg Bond Trader screen, thus falling under the market approach. 


Advances. We determine the estimated fair value by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows from the advances (excluding the amount of the accrued interest receivable). The discount rates used in these calculations are equivalent to the replacement advance rates for advances with similar terms. In accordance with the Finance Agency's regulations, advances with a maturity or repricing period greater than six months require a prepayment fee sufficient to make us financially indifferent to the borrower's decision to prepay the advances. Therefore, the estimated fair value of advances appropriately excludes prepayment risk.

The inputs used to determine the estimated fair value of advances are as follows:

LIBOR swap curve - we use the LIBOR swap curve, which represents the fixed rates on which fixed-rate payments are swapped in exchange for payments of three-month LIBOR;
Volatility assumption - to estimate the fair value of advances with optionality, we use market-based expectations of future interest-rate volatility implied from current market prices for certain benchmark options;
Spread adjustment to the LIBOR swap curve - the spreads are calculated for various structures of advances using current internal advance pricing indications; or
CO curve - for cost-of-funds floating-rate advances that do not use the inputs above, we use the CO curve, which represents the fixed rates at which the FHLBanks can currently issue debt of various maturities.

Impaired Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio. The estimated fair value of performing mortgage loans is determined based on quoted market prices for similar mortgage loans, if available, or modeled prices. The modeled pricing starts with prices for new MBS issued by GSEs or similar new mortgage loans, adjusted for underlying assumptions or characteristics. Prices are then interpolated for differences in coupon between our mortgage loans and the referenced MBS or mortgage loans. The prices of the referenced MBS and the mortgage loans are highly dependent upon the underlying prepayment and other assumptions. Changes in the prepayment assumptions can have a material effect on the fair value estimates.

The estimated fair value for certain single-family nonperforming loans represents an estimate of the prices we would receive if we were to sell these loans in the nonperforming whole-loan market. These nonperforming loans are 90 days or greater delinquent. We use pricing indications provided by a third-party vendor that transacts whole loan sales within this market segment as an estimate of fair value for these loans. These nonperforming loans are classified as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

We record non-recurring fair value adjustments to reflect partial charge-offs on
impaired mortgage loans. We estimate the fair value of these assets using a current property value obtained from a third-party.

141



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Accrued interest receivable and payable. The estimated fair value equals the carrying value.

Derivative assets/liabilities. We base the estimated fair values of derivatives with similar terms on market prices when available. However, active markets do not exist for many of our derivatives. Consequently, fair values for these instruments are generally estimated using standard valuation techniques such as discounted cash-flow analysis and comparisons to similar instruments. In limited instances, fair value estimates for derivatives are obtained from dealers and are corroborated by using a pricing model and observable market data (e.g., the LIBOR or OIS curves).


A discounted cash flow analysis utilizes market-observable inputs (inputs that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources). Inputs by class of derivative are as follows:


Interest-rate related:
LIBOR curve or the OIS/SOFR curve, as applicable, to project but OIS curve to discount, cash flows for collateralized interest-rate swaps;swaps and the OIS/SOFR curve only to discount those cash flows; and
Volatility assumption - market-based expectations of future interest-rate volatility implied from current market prices for similar options.


TBAs:
TBA securities prices - market-based prices are determined by coupon, maturity and expected term until settlement.


MDCs:
TBA securities prices - prices are then adjusted for differences in coupon, average loan rate and seasoning.


The estimated fair values of our derivative assets and liabilities include accrued interest receivable/payable and related cash collateral, including initial and variation margin, posted to/received from counterparties.collateral. The estimated fair values of the accrued interest receivable/payable and cash collateral equal their carrying values due to their short-term nature.


We adjust the estimated fair values of our derivatives for counterparty nonperformance risk, particularly credit risk, as appropriate. We compute our nonperformance risk adjustment by using observable credit default swap spreads and estimated probability default rates applied to our exposure after considering collateral held or placed.


Grantor Trust Assets. Grantor trust assets, included as a component of other assets, are carried at estimated fair value based on quoted market prices as of the last business day of the reporting period.


Deposits. The estimated fair values are generally equal to their carrying values because the deposits are primarily overnight instruments or due on demand. We determine the estimated fair values of term deposits by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows from the deposits and excluding accrued interest payable. The discount rates used in these calculations are the costs of deposits with similar terms.


Consolidated Obligations. We assume the estimated fair value of discount notes is equal to par value due to their short-term nature.

We determine the estimated fair value of CO bonds by using prices received from up to three designated third-party pricing vendors. These pricing vendors use various proprietary models. The inputs to those models are derived from various sources including, but not limited to, benchmark yields, reported trades, dealer estimates, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers, and other market-related data. Since many CO bonds do not trade on a daily basis, the pricing vendors use other available information, as applicable, such as benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities, sector groupings and matrix pricing to determine the prices for individual CO bonds.

We conduct reviews of the three pricing vendors' processes, methodologies and control procedures to confirm and further augment our understanding of the vendors' prices. Each pricing vendor has an established challenge process in place for all valuations, which facilitates the resolution of potentially erroneous prices identified by us.

As of December 31, 2017, three prices were received for substantially all of our CO bonds, and the final prices for substantially all of those bonds were computed by averaging the three prices.







Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock. The estimated fair value of capital stock subject to mandatory redemption is equal to its par value and includes, if applicable, an estimated dividend earned at the time of reclassification from capital to liabilities until that amount is paid. In the ordinary course of business, our stock can only be acquired and redeemed at par value. It is not traded, and no market mechanism exists for the exchange of our stock outside the cooperative structure of our Bank.

Estimated Fair Value Measurements. The following tables present, by level within the fair value hierarchy, the estimated fair value of our financial assets and liabilities that are recorded at estimated fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis on our statement of condition.

 Netting
December 31, 2021TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Adjustments (1)
Trading securities:
U.S. Treasury securities$3,946,799 $— $3,946,799 $— $— 
Total trading securities3,946,799 — 3,946,799 — — 
AFS securities:
GSE and TVA debentures2,697,116 — 2,697,116 — — 
GSE multifamily MBS6,462,819 — 6,462,819 — — 
Total AFS securities9,159,935 — 9,159,935 — — 
Derivative assets: 
Interest-rate related220,157 — 106,881 — 113,276 
MDCs45 — 45 — — 
Total derivative assets, net220,202 — 106,926 — 113,276 
Other assets:
Grantor trust assets62,640 62,640 — — — 
Total assets at recurring estimated fair value$13,389,576 $62,640 $13,213,660 $— $113,276 
Derivative liabilities: 
Interest-rate related$12,080 $— $413,671 $— $(401,591)
MDCs105 — 105 — — 
Total derivative liabilities, net12,185 — 413,776 — (401,591)
Total liabilities at recurring estimated fair value$12,185 $— $413,776 $— $(401,591)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio (2)
$1,141 $— $— $1,141 $— 
Total assets at non-recurring estimated fair value$1,141 $— $— $1,141 $— 
135
          Netting
December 31, 2017 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 
Adjustment (1)
AFS securities:          
GSE and TVA debentures $4,403,929
 $
 $4,403,929
 $
 $
GSE MBS 2,506,295
 
 2,506,295
 
 
Private-label RMBS 218,534
 
 
 218,534
 
Total AFS securities 7,128,758
 
 6,910,224
 218,534
 
Derivative assets:  
  
  
  
  
Interest-rate related 128,096
 
 299,904
 
 (171,808)
Interest-rate forwards 37
 
 37
 
 
MDCs 73
 
 73
 
 
Total derivative assets, net 128,206
 
 300,014
 
 (171,808)
Grantor trust assets (2)

 21,698
 21,698
 
 
 
Total assets at recurring estimated fair value $7,278,662
 $21,698

$7,210,238
 $218,534
 $(171,808)
           
Derivative liabilities:  
  
  
  
  
Interest-rate related $2,669
 $
 $76,939
 $
 $(74,270)
Interest-rate forwards 1
 
 1
 
 
MDCs 48
 
 48
 
 
Total derivative liabilities, net 2,718
 
 76,988
 
 (74,270)
Total liabilities at recurring estimated fair value $2,718
 $
 $76,988
 $
 $(74,270)
           
Mortgage loans held for portfolio (3)
 $2,637
 $
 $
 $2,637
 $
Total assets at non-recurring estimated fair value $2,637
 $
 $
 $2,637
 $






Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



Netting
December 31, 2020TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Adjustments (1)
Trading securities:
U.S. Treasury securities$5,094,703 $— $5,094,703 $— $— 
Total trading securities5,094,703 — 5,094,703 — — 
AFS securities:
GSE and TVA debentures3,503,137 — 3,503,137 — — 
GSE multifamily MBS6,641,762 — 6,641,762 — — 
Total AFS securities10,144,899 — 10,144,899 — — 
Derivative assets:     
Interest-rate related282,060 — 19,535 — 262,525 
MDCs1,022 — 1,022 — — 
Total derivative assets, net283,082 — 20,557 — 262,525 
Other assets:
Grantor trust assets51,032 51,032 — — — 
Total assets at recurring estimated fair value$15,573,716 $51,032 $15,260,159 $— $262,525 
Derivative liabilities:     
Interest-rate related$22,979 $— $762,997 $— $(740,018)
MDCs— — — — — 
Total derivative liabilities, net22,979 — 762,997 — (740,018)
Total liabilities at recurring estimated fair value$22,979 $— $762,997 $— $(740,018)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio (3)
$1,460 $— $— $1,460 $— 
Total assets at non-recurring estimated fair value$1,460 $— $— $1,460 $— 

(1)Represents the application of the netting requirements that allow us to settle (i) positive and negative positions and (ii) cash collateral and related accrued interest held or placed with the same clearing agent and/or counterparty.
(2)    Amounts are as of the date the fair-value adjustment was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2021.
(3)    Amounts are as of the date the fair-value adjustment was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2020.

0
          Netting
December 31, 2016 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 
Adjustment (1)
AFS securities:          
GSE and TVA debentures $4,714,634
 $
 $4,714,634
 $
 $
GSE MBS 1,076,082
 
 1,076,082
 
 
Private-label RMBS 269,119
 
 
 269,119
 
Total AFS securities 6,059,835
 
 5,790,716
 269,119
 
Derivative assets:  
  
  
  
  
Interest-rate related 134,206
 
 232,459
 
 (98,253)
Interest-rate forwards 339
 
 339
 
 
MDCs 303
 
 303
 
 
Total derivative assets, net 134,848
 
 233,101
 
 (98,253)
Grantor trust assets (2)

 18,117
 18,117
 
 
 
Total assets at recurring estimated fair value $6,212,800
 $18,117
 $6,023,817
 $269,119
 $(98,253)
   
  
  
  
  
Derivative liabilities:  
  
  
  
  
Interest-rate related $24,402
 $
 $102,284
 $
 $(77,882)
Interest-rate forwards 352
 
 352
 
 
MDCs 471
 
 471
 
 
Total derivative liabilities, net 25,225
 
 103,107
 
 (77,882)
Total liabilities at recurring estimated fair value $25,225
 $
 $103,107
 $
 $(77,882)
           
Mortgage loans held for portfolio (4)
 $3,492
 $
 $
 $3,492
 $
Total assets at non-recurring estimated fair value $3,492
 $
 $
 $3,492
 $

(1)
Represents the application of the netting requirements that allow us to settle (i) positive and negative positions and (ii) cash collateral and related accrued interest held or placed, with the same clearing agent and/or counterparty (includes fair value adjustments on derivatives of $24,954 at December 31, 2017 for which variation margin payments are characterized as daily settled contracts).
(2)
Included in other assets.
(3)
Amounts are as of the date the fair value adjustment was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2017.
(4)
Amounts are as of the date the fair value adjustment was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2016.


144
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Level 3 Disclosures for All Assets and Liabilities that are Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis. The table below presents a rollforward of our AFS private-label RMBS measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis using level 3 significant inputs. The estimated fair values were determined using a pricing source, such as a dealer quote or comparable security price, for which the significant unobservable inputs used to determine the price were not readily available.
Level 3 Rollforward - AFS private-label RMBS 2017 2016 2015
Balance, beginning of year $269,119
 $319,186
 $401,050
Total realized and unrealized gains (losses):      
Accretion of credit losses in interest income 6,778
 9,348
 8,708
Net losses on changes in fair value in other income (loss) (166) (197) (61)
Net change in fair value not in excess of cumulative non-credit losses in OCI 29
 (156) (238)
Unrealized gains (losses) in OCI 2,189
 (3,332) (7,766)
Reclassification of non-credit portion in OCI to other income (loss) 166
 197
 61
Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements:      
Settlements (59,581) (55,927) (82,568)
Balance, end of year $218,534
 $269,119
 $319,186
       
Net gains (losses) included in earnings attributable to changes in fair value relating to assets still held at end of year $6,612
 $8,291
 $8,647

Note 2017 - Commitments and Contingencies


The following table presents our off-balance-sheet commitments at their notional amounts.

December 31, 2021
Type of CommitmentExpire within one yearExpire after one yearTotal
Standby letters of credit outstanding
$39,022 $373,694 $412,716 
Unused lines of credit (1)
879,035 — 879,035 
Commitments to fund additional advances (2)
38,000 — 38,000 
Commitments to fund or purchase mortgage loans, net (3)
96,424 — 96,424 
Unsettled CO bonds, at par30,000 — 30,000 

(1)     Maximum line of credit amount per member is $100,000.
(2)    Generally for periods up to six months.
(3)    Generally for periods up to 91 days.

136
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)

  December 31, 2017
Type of Commitment Expire within one year Expire after one year Total
Letters of credit outstanding 
 $102,344
 $121,381
 $223,725
Unused lines of credit (1)
 1,084,234
 
 1,084,234
Commitments to fund additional advances (2)
 4,050
 
 4,050
Commitments to fund or purchase mortgage loans, net (3)
 70,831
 
 70,831
Unsettled CO bonds, at par 28,000
 
 28,000

(1)
Maximum line of credit amount per member is $50,000.
(2)
Generally for periods up to six months.
(3)
Generally for periods up to 91 days.
Commitments to Extend Credit.A standby letter of credit is a financing arrangement between us and one of our members for which we charge the member a commitment fee. If we are required to make a payment for a beneficiary's draw, the payment amount is converted into a collateralized advance to the member. Substantially all of these standby letters of credit, including related commitments, range from 3 months to 20 years, although some are renewable at our option. The carrying value of guarantees (commitment fees) related to standby letters of credit is recorded in other liabilities and totaled $2,867$12,796 at December 31, 2017.2021.


Lines of credit allow members to fund short-term cash needs (up to one year) without submitting a new application for each request for funds.


Liability for Credit Losses.We monitor the creditworthiness of our members that have standby letters of credit and lines of credit. As standby letters of credit and lines of credit based on an evaluation ofare subject to the financial condition of our members. In addition, commitmentssame collateralization and borrowing limits that apply to extend creditadvances and are fully collateralized at the time of issuance. We have established parameters for the measurement, review, classification, and monitoring of credit risk related to these two products. Based on credit analyses performed by us as well as collateral requirements,issuance, we have not deemed it necessary to record any additionalrecorded a liability for credit losses on these commitments. See Note 7 - Advances and Note 9 - Allowance for Credit Losses for more information.credit products.



145
Table of Contents



Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)


Commitments to Fund or Purchase Mortgage Loans.Commitments that unconditionally obligate us to fund or purchase mortgage loans are generally for periods not to exceed 91 days.days. Such commitments are reported as derivative assets or derivative liabilities at their estimated fair value and are reported net of participating interests sold to other FHLBanks.


Pledged Collateral.At December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, we had pledged cash collateral at par, of $16,437$515,740 and $35,421,$1,003,380, respectively, to counterparties and clearing agents. Additionally, atagents. At December 31, 2017, variation margin for daily settled contracts totaled $24,954. At December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, we had not pledged any securities as collateral.


Lease Commitments. Net rental and related costs totaled $287, $212, and $185 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Total future minimum lease payments were $2,253 at December 31, 2017.

Legal Proceedings. We are subject to legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. We record an accrual for a loss contingency when it is probable that a loss for which we could be liable has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. After consultation with legal counsel, management doesis not anticipate thataware of any such proceedings where the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of these proceedings could have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.


In 2010, we filed a complaint asserting claims against several entities for negligent misrepresentation and violations of state and federal securities law occurring in connection with the sale of private-label RMBS to us. In 2013, 2014 and 2015, we executed confidential settlement agreements with certain defendants in this litigation, pursuant to which we have dismissed pending claims against, and provided legal releases to, certain entities with respect to all applicable securities at issue in the litigation, in consideration of our receipt of cash payments from or on behalf of those defendants. We had previously dismissed the complaint as to the other named defendants. As a result, all proceedings in the RMBS litigation we filed have been concluded. Cash settlement payments, net of legal fees and litigation expenses, totaled $530, $60, and $4,732 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, and were recorded in other income.

Additional discussion of other commitments and contingencies is provided inNote 75 - Advances; Advances; Note 86 - Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio; Portfolio; Note 118 - Derivatives and Hedging Activities; Activities; Note 1310 - Consolidated Obligations; Obligations; Note 1512 - Capital; Capital; and Note 1916 - Estimated Fair Values.


Note 2118 - Related Party and Other Transactions


Transactions with Related Parties. We are a cooperative whose members and former members (or legal successors) own all of our outstanding capital stock. Former members (including certain non-members) are required to maintain their investment in our capital stock until their outstanding business transactions with us have matured or are paid off and their capital stock is redeemed in accordance with our capital plan and regulatory requirements. See For more information, see Note 1512 - Capital for more information..


Under GAAP, transactions with related parties include transactions with principal owners, i.e, owners of more than 10% of the voting interests of the entity. Due to the statutory limits on members' voting rights and the number of members in our Bank,members, no shareholder owned more than 10 percent of the total voting interests as of and for the three-year period ended December 31, 2017.2021. Therefore, the Bank had no transactions with principal owners for any of the periods presented.


Under GAAP, transactions with related parties also include transactions with management. Management is defined as persons who are responsible for achieving the objectives of the entity and who have the authority to establish policies and make decisions by which those objectives are to be pursued. For this purpose, management typically includes those who serve on our board of directors.

Transactions with Directors Financial Institutions. The Bank provides, in the ordinary course of its business, products and services to members whose officers or directors may also serve as directors of the Bank, i.e., directors' financial institutions. However, Finance Agency regulations require that transactions with directors' financial institutions be made on the same terms as those with any other member. Therefore, all of our transactions with directors' financial institutions are subject to the same eligibility and credit criteria, as well as the same conditions, as comparable transactions with all other members.




146
137
Table of Contents





Notes to Financial Statements, continued
($ amounts in thousands unless otherwise indicated)



The following table presents the aggregate outstanding balances with directors' financial institutions and their balance as a percent of the total balance on our statement of condition.
  December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
Balances with Directors' Financial Institutions Par value % of Total Par value % of Total
Capital stock $40,564
 2% $50,810
 3%
Advances 588,108
 2% 627,105
 2%

The par values at December 31, 2017 reflect changes in the composition of directors' financial institutions effective January 1, 2017, due to changes in our board membership resulting from the 2016 director election.

The following table presents our transactions with directors' financial institutions, taking into account the beginning and ending dates of the directors' terms, merger activity and other changes in the composition of directors' financial institutions.

 Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
Transactions with Directors' Financial Institutions 2017 2016 2015Transactions with Directors' Financial Institutions202120202019
Net capital stock issuances (redemptions and repurchases) $3,912
 $1,516
 $(12,588)Net capital stock issuances (redemptions and repurchases)$7,213 $80,088 $6,729 
Net advances (repayments) 79,751
 11,274
 112,976
Net advances (repayments)(1,581,708)346,863 203,078 
Mortgage loan purchases 33,274
 38,728
 39,590
Mortgage loan purchases58,830 48,394 30,610 


The following table presents the aggregate balances of capital stock and advances outstanding for directors' financial institutions and their balances as a percent of the total balances on our statement of condition.

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Balances with Directors' Financial InstitutionsPar value% of TotalPar value% of Total
Capital stock$440,949 19 %$426,003 17 %
Advances3,854,856 14 %5,397,433 18 %

The par values at December 31, 2021 reflect changes in the composition of directors' financial institutions effective January 1, 2021, due to changes in board membership resulting from the 2020 director election.

Transactions with Members and Former Members. Substantially all advances are made to members, and all whole mortgage loans held for portfolio are purchased from members. We also maintain demand deposit accounts for members, primarily to facilitate settlement activities that are directly related to advances or mortgage loan purchases. Such transactions with members are entered into in the ordinary course of business. In addition, we may purchase investments in federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell, certificates of deposit, and MBS from members or their affiliates. All purchases are transacted at market prices without preference to the status of the counterparty or the issuer of the security as a member, nonmember, or affiliate thereof.


Under our AHP, we provide subsidies to members, which may be in the form of direct grants or below-market-rate advances. All AHP subsidies are made in the ordinary course of business. Under our Community Investment Program and our Community Investment Cash Advances program, we provide subsidies in the form of below-market-rate advances to members or standby letters of credit to members for community lending and economic development projects. All Community Investment Cash Advances subsidies are made in the ordinary course of business.


Transactions with Other FHLBanks. Occasionally, we loan (or borrow)or borrow short-term funds to (from)to/from other FHLBanks. The following table presents the loans to other FHLBanks.
       
  Years Ended December 31,
Loans to other FHLBanks2017 2016 2015
Disbursements $(100,000) $(300,000) $
Principal repayments 100,000
 300,000
 

There were no borrowings from other FHLBanks during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, or 2015. There were no loans to or borrowings from other FHLBanks that remained outstanding at December 31, 20172021 or 2016.2020.

In December 2016, we agreed to sell a 90% participating interest in a $100 million MCC of certain newly acquired MPP loans to the FHLBank of Atlanta. Principal amounts settled in December 2016 totaled $72 million, and the remaining $18 million settled in January 2017.

Transactions with the Office of Finance. Our proportionate share of the cost of operating the Office of Finance is identified in our statement of income. For the Statementsdetermination of Income.

our proportionate share, see Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
147
138
Table of Contents



GLOSSARY OFDEFINED TERMS


ABS: Asset-Backed Securities2005 SERP: Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis 2005 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended
Advance:advance: Secured loan to members, former members or Housing Associates
AFS: Available-for-Sale
Agency: GSE and Ginnie Mae
AHP: Affordable Housing Program
AMA: Acquired Member Assets
AOCI: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Bank Act: Federal Home Loan Bank Act of 1932, as amended
bps: basis points
CBSA: Core Based Statistical Areas, refer collectively to metropolitanCARES Act: Coronavirus Aid, Relief and micropolitan statistical areas as defined by the United States Office of Management and BudgetEconomic Security Act
CDFI: Community Development Financial Institution
CE: Credit Enhancement
CFI: Community Financial Institution, an FDIC-insured depository institution with average total assets below an annuallyannually- adjusted limit established by the Finance Agency Director based on the Consumer Price Index
CFPB: Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
CFTC: United States Commodity Futures Trading Commission
Clearinghouse: A United States Commodity Futures Trading Commission-registered derivatives clearing organization
CME: CME Clearing
CMO:Collateralized Mortgage Obligation
CO bond: Consolidated Obligation bond
COVID-19: Coronavirus Disease 2019 and its variants
DB plan:Plan: Pentegra Defined Benefit Pension Plan for Financial Institutions, as amended
DC plan:Plan: Collectively, the Pentegra Defined Contribution Retirement Savings Plan for Financial Institutions, as amended, in effect through October 1, 2020 and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis Retirement Savings Plan, commencing October 2, 2020
DDCP:Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan
Director: Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency
Dodd-Frank Act: Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as amended
EFFR: Effective Federal Funds Rate
Exchange Act: Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
Fannie Mae: Federal National Mortgage Association
FASB: Financial Accounting Standards Board
FCA: United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority
FDIC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FHA: Federal Housing Administration
FHLBank: A Federal Home Loan Bank
FHLBanks: The 11 Federal Home Loan Banks or a subset thereof
FHLBank System: The 11 Federal Home Loan Banks and the Office of Finance
FICO®: Fair Isaac Corporation, the creators of the FICO credit score
Final Membership Rule: Final Rule on FHLBank Membership issued by the Federal Housing Finance Agency effective February 19, 2016
Finance Agency: Federal Housing Finance Agency successor to Finance Board
Finance Board: Federal Housing Finance Board, predecessor to Finance AgencyFINRA: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority
FLA: First Loss Account
FOMC: Federal Open Market Committee
Form 8-K: Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC under the Exchange Act
Form 10-K: Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC under the Exchange Act
Form 10-Q: Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC under the Exchange Act
FRB: Federal Reserve Board
Freddie Mac: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
Frozen SERP: Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, frozen effective December 31, 2004
GAAP: Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America
Ginnie Mae: Government National Mortgage Association
GLB Act: Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, as amended
GSE: United States Government-Sponsored Enterprise
HERA: Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, as amended
Housing Associate: Approved lender under Title II of the National Housing Act of 1934 that is either a government agency or is chartered under federal or state law with rights and powers similar to those of a corporation
HTM: Held-to-Maturity
HUD: United States Department of Housing and Urban Development


JCE Agreement: Joint Capital Enhancement Agreement, as amended, among the 11 FHLBanks

148
Table of Contents


LCH: LCH.Clearnet LLC
LIBOR: London Interbank Offered Rate
LRA: Lender Risk Account
LTV: Loan-to-Value
MAP-21: Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act, enacted on July 6, 2012
MBS: Mortgage-Backed Securities
MCC: Master Commitment Contract
MDC: Mandatory Delivery Commitment
Moody's: Moody's Investor Services
MPF: Mortgage Partnership Finance®
MPP: Mortgage Purchase Program, including Original and Advantage unless indicated otherwise
MRCS: Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock
MVE: Market Value of Equity
NRSRO: Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization
OCC: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
OCI: Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
OIS: Overnight-Indexed Swap
ORERC: Other Real Estate-Related Collateral
OTTI: Other-Than-Temporary Impairment or -Temporarily Impaired (as the context indicates)
PFI: Participating Financial Institution
PMI: Primary Mortgage Insurance
REMIC: Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit
REO: Real Estate Owned
RMBS: Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities
S&P: Standard & Poor's Rating Service
Safety and Soundness Act: Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992, as amended
SBA: Small Business Administration
SEC: Securities and Exchange Commission
Securities Act: Securities Act of 1933, as amended
SERP: Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis Collectively, the 2005 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and/or a similar frozen planSERP and the Frozen SERP
SETP: Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis 2016 Supplemental Executive Thrift Plan, as amended and restated
SMI: Supplemental Mortgage Insurance
SOFR: Secured Overnight Financing Rate
TBA: To Be Announced, which represents a forward contract for the purchase or sale of MBS at a future agreed-upon date for an established price
TDR: Troubled Debt Restructuring
TVA: Tennessee Valley Authority
UPB: Unpaid Principal Balance
VaR: Value at Risk
VIE: Variable Interest Entity
WAIR: Weighted-Average Interest Rate










149
140
Table of Contents


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.


Supplementary Data

Supplementary unaudited financial data for each full quarter within the two years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are included in the tables below ($ amounts in millions).
  1st Quarter 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 2017
Statement of Income 2017 2017 2017 2017 Total
Interest income $210
 $243
 $274
 $289
 $1,016
Interest expense 151
 179
 205
 219
 754
Net interest income 59
 64
 69
 70
 262
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 59
 64
 69
 70
 262
Other income (loss) (3) (4) (3) 4
 (6)
Other expenses 20
 19
 20
 23
 82
Income before assessments 36
 41
 46
 51
 174
AHP assessments 4
 4
 5
 5
 18
Net income $32
 $37
 $41
 $46
 $156
           
           
  1st Quarter 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 2016
Statement of Income 2016 2016 2016 2016 Total
Interest income $162
 $168
 $177
 $188
 $695
Interest expense 113
 122
 128
 134
 497
Net interest income 49
 46
 49
 54
 198
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 49
 46
 49
 54
 198
Other income (loss) (1) (2) (4) 13
 6
Other expenses 19
 18
 19
 22
 78
Income before assessments 29
 26
 26
 45
 126
AHP assessments 3
 2
 3
 5
 13
Net income $26
 $24
 $23
 $40
 $113

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

We use acronyms and terms throughout this Item that are defined herein or in the Defined Terms.
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
We are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), is: (a) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission'sSEC's rules and forms; and (b) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.


As of December 31, 2017,2021, we conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (the principal executive officer), Chief Financial Officer (the principal financial officer) and Chief Accounting Officer (the principal accounting officer), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2017.2021. For Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, see Item 8. Financial Statements.
 
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting


Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f) of the Exchange Act, that occurred during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.



150
Table of Contents



Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls.We do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures and other internal controls will prevent all error and fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can only be reasonable assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Additionally, over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.


ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

None.

141
Table of Contents


ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE


We use acronyms and terms throughout this Item that are defined herein or in the Glossary ofDefined Terms.


Board of Directors


The Bank Act divides theFHLBank directorships of the FHLBanks into two categories, "member" directorships and "independent" directorships. Both types of directorships are filled by a vote of the members. Elections for member directors are held on a state-by-state basis. Member directors are elected by a plurality vote of the members in their state. Independent directors are elected at-large by all the members in the FHLBank district without regard to the state. No member of management of an FHLBank may serve as a director of an FHLBank.


Under the Bank Act, member directorships must always make up a majority of the board of directors' seats, andwhile the independent directorships must comprise at least 40% of the entire board. A Finance Agency Orderorder issued June 1, 20172, 2021 provides that we have 17 seats on our board of directors for 2018,2022, consisting of five Indiana member directors, four Michigan member directors, and eight independent directors. The term of office for directors is four years, unless otherwise adjusted by the Director in order to achieve an appropriate staggering of terms, with approximately one-fourth of the directors' terms expiring each year. Directors may not serve more than three consecutive full terms.


Finance Agency regulations permit, but do not require, the board of directors to conduct an annual assessment of the skills and experience possessed by the board as a whole and to determine whether the capabilities of the board would be enhanced through the addition of individuals with particular skills and experience. We may identify those qualifications and inform the voting members as part of our nomination and balloting process; however, by regulation as described below, we may not exclude a member director nominee from the election ballot on the basis of those qualifications. For the 20172021 director elections, our board listed in its request for nominations certain desirable candidate financialattributes and industry experiences, personal characteristics, and other competencies, but no particular qualifications beyond the eligibility criteria were required as part of the nomination, balloting and election process.


Finance Agency regulations require each FHLBank to develop, implement, and maintain policies and procedures to ensure, to the maximum extent possible in balance with financially safe and sound business practices, the consideration of minorities, women, and individuals with disabilities for employment, and consideration of minority-, women-, and disabled-owned businesses to be engaged for all business and activities. In particular, those policies and procedures shall (among other things) encourage the consideration of diversity in nominating or soliciting nominees for positions on our board of directors.

Nomination of Member Directors. The Bank Act and Finance Agency regulations require that member director nominees meet certain statutory and regulatory criteria in order to be eligible to be elected and serve as directors. To be eligible, an individual must: (i) be an officer or director of a member institution located in the state in which there is an open member director position; (ii) represent a member institution that is in compliance with the minimum capital requirements established by its regulator; and (iii) be a United States citizen. These criteria are the only eligibility and qualifications criteria that member directors must meet, and we are not permitted to establish additional eligibility or qualifications criteria for member directors or nominees.meet.


Each eligible institution may nominate representatives from member institutions in its respective state to serve as member directors. By statute and regulation, onlyOnly our shareholders may nominate and elect member directors. Our board of directors is not permitted to nominate or elect member directors, except to fill a vacancy for the remainder of an unexpired term or to fill a vacancy for which no nominations were received. With respect to member directors, under Finance Agency regulations, noNo director, officer, employee, attorney or agent of our Bank (except in his or her personal capacity) may, directly or indirectly, support the nomination or election of a particular individual for a member directorship. Finance Agency regulations do not require member institutions to communicate to us the reasons for their nominations, and we have no power to require them to do so.



151
Table of Contents



Nomination of Independent Directors. Independent director nominees are also must meetsubject to certain statutory and regulatory eligibility criteria. Each independent director must be a United States citizen and a bona fide resident of Michigan or Indiana. The Bank Act and Finance Agency regulations prohibit an independent director from serving as a director, officer, or employee of a member of the FHLBank on whose board the director sits, or of a recipient of an advance from that FHLBank, or as an officer of any FHLBank, and also prohibit the nomination or election as an independent director of an individual serving in any such capacity.


142
Table of Contents


Under the Bank Act, there are two types of independent directors:

Public interest directors - We are required to have at least two public interest directors. Each must have more than four years of experience representing consumer or community interests in banking services, credit needs, housing, or consumer financial protections.
Other independent directors - Independent directors must have demonstrated knowledge or experience in auditing or accounting, derivatives, financial management, organizational management, project development or risk management practices, or other expertise established by Finance Agency regulations.

Before nominating an individual for an independent directorship, other than for a public interest directorship, our board must determine that the nominee's knowledge or experience is commensurate with that needed to oversee a financial institution with a size and complexity that is comparable to that of our Bank. The Bank Act prohibits an independent director from serving as an officer of an FHLBank or as a director, officer, or employee of a member of the applicable FHLBank, or of a recipient of an advance from an FHLBank.

Under the Bank Act, there are two types of independent directors:

Public interest directors - We are required to have at least two public interest directors. Each must have more than four years of experience in representing consumer or community interests in banking services, credit needs, housing, or consumer financial protections.
Other independent directors - Independent directors must have demonstrated knowledge or experience in auditing or accounting, derivatives, financial management, organizational management, project development or risk management practices, or other expertise established by Finance Agency regulations.

Pursuant to the Bank Act and Finance Agency regulations, the board of directors, after consultation with our Affordable Housing Advisory Council, nominates candidates for the independent director positions. Individuals interested in serving as independent directors may submit an application for consideration by the Executive/Governance Committee.Committee, which performs certain functions for our board that are similar to those of a board nominating committee with respect to the nomination of candidates for election as independent directors. The application form is available on our website at www.fhlbi.com, by clicking on "Resources," "Corporate Governance" and "Board of Directors." Our members may also nominate independent director candidates for the Executive/Governance Committee to consider.candidates. The conclusion that thean independent director nomineesnominee may qualify to serve as our directorsa director is based upon the nominees'nominee's satisfaction of the regulatorily prescribed eligibility criteria listed above and verified through application and eligibility certification forms prescribed by the Finance Agency. The board of directors then submits the slated independent director candidates to the Finance Agency for its review and comment. Once the Finance Agency has accepted candidates for the independent director positions, we hold a district-wide election for those positions.


Under Finance Agency regulations, if the board of directors nominates only one independent director candidate for each open seat, each candidate must receive at least 20% of the votes that are eligible to be cast in order to be elected. If there is more than one candidate for each open independent director seat, then such requirement does not apply.


Nominating Committee. Our board of directors does not have a nominating committee with respect to member director positions because member directors are nominated by our members. As noted, our board, after review by the Executive/Governance Committee and consultation with our Affordable Housing Advisory Council, nominates candidates for independent director positions.

20172021 Member and Independent Director Elections. The Bank Act and Finance Agency regulations set forth the voting rights and processes with respect to the election of member directors and independent directors. The board of directors does not solicit proxies, nor are eligible institutions permitted to solicit or use proxies to cast their votes in an election for directors. For the election of both member directors and independent directors, each eligible institution is entitled to cast one vote for each share of stock that it was required to hold as of the record date (i.e., December 31 of the year prior to the year in which the election is held); however, the number of votes that a member institution may cast for each directorship cannot exceed the average number of shares of stock that were required to be held by all member institutions located in thatthe applicable state on the record date.


The only matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders in 20172021 was the fourth quarter election of two independent directors. In addition, because we had only one nominee fordirectors and two open Indiana member directorships, that nominee, Mr. Myers, was deemed by Finance Agency regulation to be elected without a shareholder vote. In 2017 the nomination of member directors was conducted electronically; for independent directors, the 2017 nomination was conducted both electronically and by mail. Although our procedures permit voting electronically or by paper ballot, the 2017 voting by members was conducted electronically.directors. No meeting of the members was held with regard to the 2021 election. The board of directors does not solicit proxies, nor are eligible institutions permitted to solicit or use proxies to cast their votes in an election for directors. The 20172021 election was conducted in accordance with the Bank Act and Finance Agency regulations.



152
Table of Contents



Board of Directors Vacancies. Under Finance Agency regulations, ifIf a vacancy occurs on an FHLBank's board of directors, the board, by a majority vote of the remaining directors, shall elect an individual to fill the unexpired term of office of the vacant directorship. Any individual so elected must satisfy all eligibility requirements of the Bank Act and Finance Agency regulations applicable to his or her predecessor. Before an election to fill a vacant directorship occurs, the FHLBank must obtain an executed eligibility certification form from each individual being considered to fill the vacancy, and must verify each individual's eligibility. The FHLBank must also verify the qualifications of any potential independent director. Before electing an independent director, the FHLBank must deliver to the Finance Agency for review a copy of the application form of each individual being considered by the board of directors.board. Promptly following an election to fill a vacancy on the board, the FHLBank must send a notice to its members and the Finance Agency providing information about the elected director, including his or her name, company affiliation, title, term expiration date and, (forfor member directors)directors, the voting state that the director represents. In November, 2017, in accordance with Finance Agency regulations, our board conducted an election to fill an Indiana member director vacancy (effective January 1, 2018) that remained following the completion


143
Table of the member director election described in the preceding paragraph.Contents



Directors Information.Our directors are listed in the table below, including those who served in 2017 or serve as of March 9, 2018.below:

NameAgeDirector Since
Term
Expiration
Independent (elected by District) or Member (elected by State)
James D. MacPhee, Chair (1)
701/1/200812/31/2018Member (MI)
Dan L. Moore, Vice Chair (1)
671/1/201112/31/2018Member (IN)
Jonathan P. Bradford (2)
684/24/200712/31/2020Independent
Ronald Brown531/1/201812/31/2021Member (IN)
Charlotte C. Decker541/1/201712/31/2020Independent
Matthew P. Forrester611/1/201012/31/2017Member (IN)
Karen F. Gregerson571/1/201312/31/2020Member (IN)
Michael J. Hannigan, Jr.734/24/200712/31/2021Independent
Carl E. Liedholm771/1/200912/31/2020Independent
James L. Logue, III654/24/200712/31/2021Independent
Robert D. Long634/24/200712/31/2019Independent
Michael J. Manica691/1/201612/31/2019Member (MI)
Larry W. Myers591/1/201812/31/2021Member (IN)
Christine Coady Narayanan (3)
541/1/200812/31/2019Independent
Jeffrey A. Poxon716/15/200612/31/2017Member (IN)
John L. Skibski531/1/200812/31/2019Member (MI)
Thomas R. Sullivan671/1/201112/31/2018Member (MI)
Larry A. Swank751/1/200912/31/2018Independent
Ryan M. Warner611/1/201712/31/2020Member (IN)

(1)
Our board of directors, with input from the Executive/Governance Committee, elects a Chair and a Vice Chair to two-year terms. On November 17, 2017, our board elected Mr. MacPhee as Chair and Mr. Moore as Vice Chair.
(2)
Public Interest Director designation, effective April 24, 2007, throughout current term.
(3)
Public Interest Director designation, effective May 15, 2014, throughout current term.


153
Table of Contents



Each of our directors serves on one or more committees of our board. The following table presents the committees on which each director serves as of March 9, 2018 as well as whether the director is the chair (C), vice chair (VC), member (x), Ex-Officio member (EO), or alternate (A) of the respective committee.
NameExecutive / GovernanceAgeFinance/BudgetDirector SinceAffordable HousingTerm
Expiration
Human ResourcesAuditRisk OversightTechnologyIndependent (elected by District) or Member (elected by State)
James D. MacPheeCEOEOEOEOEOEO
Dan L. Moore, Chair (1)
VC71x1/1/2011x12/31/2022Member (IN)
Jonathan P. Bradford
Karen F. Gregerson, Vice Chair (1)
x61x1/1/2013x12/31/2024xMember (IN)
Ronald BrownBrian D. J. Boike45x1/1/2020x12/31/2023xMember (MI)
Michael E. Bosway631/1/202212/31/2025Independent
Clifford M. Clarke581/1/202112/31/2024Member (IN)
Lisa D. Cook571/1/202112/31/2024Independent
Charlotte C. Decker571/1/2017x12/31/2024xVCIndependent
Karen F. GregersonRobert M. Fisherx611/1/201912/31/2022xxCMember (MI)
Michael J. Hannigan, Jr.Perry G. Hinesx591/1/2022x12/31/2025VCxIndependent
Carl E. LiedholmJeffrey G. Jackson51C1/1/2019x12/31/2022xMember (MI)
James L. Logue, IIIVCxx
Robert D. Longx674/24/200712/31/2023xCxIndependent
Michael J. ManicaA73VC1/1/201612/31/2023xMember (MI)
Larry W. Myers631/1/201812/31/2025xxxMember (IN)
Christine Coady Narayanan(2)
x581/1/200812/31/2023CxIndependent
JohnSherri L. SkibskiReaginx551/1/202212/31/2025xCMember (IN)
Thomas R. Sullivan
Todd E. Sears (3)
531/1/202112/31/2024xVCIndependent
Larry A. Swankx79x1/1/2009C12/31/2022
Ryan M. WarnerxxVCxIndependent


(1)    Our board of directors, with input from the Executive/Governance Committee, elects a Chair and a Vice Chair to two-year terms. On November 20, 2020, our board elected Mr. Moore as Chair and Ms. Gregerson as Vice Chair for 2021-2022.
(2)    Public Interest Director designation, effective May 15, 2014, throughout current term.
(3)    Public Interest Director designation, effective January 1, 2021, throughout current term.

The following is a summary of the background and business experience of each of our directors. Except as otherwise indicated, for at least the last five years, each director has been engaged in his or her principal occupation as described below.


James D. MacPheeDan L. Moore joined the board in 2011 and has served as Chair since 2019. Mr. Moore is the Vice Chair of the board of directors and an Executive Officer of Kalamazoo County State Bank in Schoolcraft, Michigan, after having served as a director and its CEO from 1991 through his retirement in December 2015. Mr. MacPhee also serves as a director of First State Bank in Decatur, Michigan. Mr. MacPhee has worked in the financial services industry since 1968. During his career, Mr. MacPhee has held leadership positions with the Community Bankers of Michigan (formerly the Michigan Association of Community Bankers) and the Independent Community Bankers of America, is a past chair of the latter organization and currently serves on its Federal Delegate Board and its Nominating Committee. He holds an associate's degree in business from Kalamazoo Valley Community College and attended a two-year accelerated executive management program at the University of Michigan (Ross School of Business).

Dan L. Moore is the President and CEO of Home Bank SB in Martinsville, Indiana, and he has served solely in that position since 2021. Previously, he served as its Chair, President and CEO from 2020-2021, after having served as its President, CEO and director beginning in 2006. Prior to that time, Mr. Moore served as that bank's Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Moore has also served as a director of Home Bank SB since 2000. He has been employed by Home Bank SB since 1978. Mr. Moore is a memberholds an appointed position on the Mutual Institution Advisory Board of the OCC Mutual Savings Association Advisory Committee and a memberOffice of the Comptroller of the Currency. He also serves on the board of directors of Stability First, a not-for-profit organization in Martinsville, Indiana, University Health - Morgan Hospital.established to address issues associated with the alleviation of poverty. He also sits on the board of Hoosier Voices for I-69, a public advocacy coalition. He holds a bachelor of science degree from Indiana State University and a master of science degree in management from Indiana Wesleyan University.

Jonathan P. Bradford is He currently serves as the owner and President of Development and Construction Resources, LLC in Grand Rapids, Michigan, which provides consulting services for non-profit companies engaged in affordable housing and community development activities. In addition, Mr. Bradford is Vice PresidentChair of the boardCouncil of Federal Home Loan Banks, the Michigan Non-Profit Housing Corporation, which owns several multi-family housing developments in Grand Rapids and Detroit, Michigan. Mr. Bradford retired in September 2015 as President and CEO of Inner City Christian Federation, in Grand Rapids, Michigan, a position he had held since 1981. Inner City Christian Federation is involved in the development of affordable housing, as well as housing education and counseling. As President and CEO of Inner City Christian Federation, Mr. Bradford developed the organization's real estate development financing system and guided the development of over 500 housing units and approximately 70,000 square feet of commercial space. Mr. Bradford holds a bachelor of arts degree from Calvin College and a master of social work degree from the University of Michigan with a concentration in housing and community development policy and planning. He is also licensed in the State of Michigan as a residential building contractor.


154
Table of Contents



Ronald Brown is Senior Vice President - General Counsel and a member of the board of directors of United Fidelity Bank, F.S.B., in Evansville, Indiana, and is Senior Vice President - General Counsel of its affiliated thrift holding company, Pedcor Financial, LLC, in Carmel, Indiana. He has held those positions since 2015 and 2005, respectively. He is also a member of the boards of two other affiliated companies, Pedcor Insurance Company and Pedcor Assurance Company. Mr. Brown holds a bachelor of arts degree from the University of Southern California and a juris doctor degree from Indiana University.

Charlotte C. Decker is Chief Information Technology Officernonprofit trade association for the UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust, in Detroit, Michigan, and has held that position since December 2014. Ms. Decker also served as a Senior Consultant for Data Consulting Group, an information technology consulting services company in Detroit, Michigan, from August 2014 through December 2015. Prior to that, she was Vice President - Chief Technology Officer for Auto Club Group, an insurance and financial services company in Dearborn, Michigan, from September 2008 to June 2014. In addition, she was a Director of Global Computing for General Motors Corporation in Detroit, Michigan, from 2004 to 2007. Ms. Decker holds a bachelor of science degree, a master of science degree, and a master of business administration degree, all from the University of Michigan.FHLBank System.


Karen F. Gregerson joined the board in 2013, and currently serves as Vice-Chair. Ms. Gregerson is the President and CEO of The Farmers Bank in Frankfort, Indiana, and President of The Farmers Bancorp, a bank holding company in Frankfort, Indiana, having been appointed to thoseeach of positions in April 2016. She is also a director of both entities. Prior to those appointments, Ms. Gregerson was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of STAR Financial Bank in Fort Wayne, Indiana, a position she had held sincebeginning in 1997. She also serves as a member of the board of directors of the Indiana Statewide Certified Development Corporation. Ms. Gregerson holds a bachelor of science degree in accounting from Ball State University and a master of science degree in organizational leadership from the Indiana Institute of Technology. She is a CPA. The board of directors has determined that Ms. Gregerson is an Audit Committee Financial Expert due primarily to her experience as a director, CEO and Chief Financial Officer of a commercial bank and as a CPA.



144
Table of Contents


Brian D. J. Boike is the Executive Vice President and Treasurer of Flagstar Bank, FSB, a subsidiary of Flagstar Bancorp, an NYSE-listed bank holding company located in Troy, Michigan, and has held that position since 2014. Prior to that, Mr. Boike was Senior Vice President & Director of Capital Planning and Stress Testing of FirstMerit Bank, a subsidiary of FirstMerit Corporation, from 2013-2014. Previously, he was the Senior Vice President & Treasurer of Citizens Bank, a subsidiary of Citizens Republic Bancorp, Inc. in Flint, Michigan (acquired by FirstMerit Corporation in 2013), from 2009-2013 and prior to that, Vice President & Asset Liability Manager of Citizens Bank from 2004-2009. Mr. Boike holds a bachelor of arts degree in economics from the University of Michigan and a master of arts in political economy degree from Boston University. Mr. Boike is also a CFA® charterholder.

Michael J. Hannigan, Jr.E. Bosway retired from Stifel Nicolaus & Company in Indianapolis, Indiana, in January 2022, where he had served as Managing Director of Investments for the Central Great Lakes Division commencing in 2017. Previously he was President and CEO of City Securities Corporation from 1999 until its merger with Stifel Nicolaus & Company in 2017. Mr. Bosway serves on the Indy Chamber Board of Directors, the Indianapolis Zoo Board, and the University of Dayton Investment Committee. He previously served on the Indiana Chamber of Commerce Board and Executive Committee. Mr. Bosway holds a bachelor of arts degree in economics from the University of Dayton and a master of business administration degree from The Ohio State University.

Clifford M. Clarke has been employedserved as the board Vice Chair of Three Rivers Federal Credit Union in mortgage bankingFort Wayne, Indiana, since 2020, and related businessesas a director of the credit union since 2012. Mr. Clarke is the founder, Principal Consultant, and President of C2 IT Advisors LLC, a strategic information technology consulting firm formed in 2008. He also served as the Chief Information Officer of the Public Technology Institute, a national nonprofit organization advising local municipal executives on technology, research, and best practices, located in Alexandria, Virginia, from 2009-2020. He also serves as a Director for more than 25 years. Currently,Indiana Tech in Fort Wayne, Indiana. Previously, Mr. Clarke served as the Executive Director in the Office of Information Technology of Ivy Tech Community College, Fort Wayne, Indiana from 2010-2019. He has previously served as board Chair of Big Brothers Big Sisters Northeast Indiana and Leadership Fort Wayne. He is on the Fort Wayne Black Chamber of Commerce and previously served as its board president. Mr. Clarke holds a bachelor of science degree in data science and a master of business administration degree, each from Indiana Institute of Technology, where he is pursuing a PhD in global leadership. Mr. Clarke holds several professional certifications including CRISC, CGEIT, CISM, CSSGB, and PMP.

Lisa D. Cook, PhD, is a Professor of Economics and International Relations, a position she has held since 2005, at Michigan State University in East Lansing, Michigan where she also served as Director of the American Economic Association Summer Program from 2018-2020, and was elected to the Executive Committee of the American Economic Association for 2019. Dr. Cook was President of the National Economic Association from 2015-2016 and served in the White House Council of Economic Advisers during 2011 and 2012. She is a Research Associate at the National Bureau for Economic Research and has previously held visiting appointments at the University of Michigan and at the Federal Reserve Banks of Chicago, Minneapolis, New York, and Philadelphia. Dr. Cook currently serves as an Opportunity and Inclusive Growth Institute Advisory Board Member for the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis and as a member of the Board of Directors for Rende Progress Capital CDFI. She also currently serves as a Class B Director for the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago serving a three year term through 2024. Dr. Cook holds bachelors of arts degrees from each of Spelman College and St. Hilda's College, Oxford University and a PhD in economics from the University of California, Berkeley.

Charlotte C. Decker served as Chief Information Technology Officer for the UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust, in Detroit, Michigan, from December 2014 through January 2022. She is a director of Quaker Chemical Corporation (also known as Quaker Houghton), a chemicals company whose board of directors she joined in 2020. Ms. Decker previously served as a Senior Consultant for Data Consulting Group, an information technology consulting services company in Detroit, Michigan, from 2014 through 2015. Prior to that, she was Vice President - Chief Technology Officer for Auto Club Group of Michigan, an insurance and financial services company in Dearborn, Michigan, from 2008-2014. She was a Director of Global Computing for General Motors Corporation in Detroit, Michigan, from 2004-2007. Ms. Decker holds a bachelor of science degree in computer engineering, a master of science degree in computer engineering, and a master of business administration degree in corporate strategy, each from the University of Michigan.

Robert M. Fisher is President - CEO of Lake-Osceola State Bank in Baldwin, Michigan, and has held that position since 2018. He also serves as the Vice Chair of that bank's board of directors, and is the President and Secretary of Lake Financial Holding Company, Baldwin, Michigan, its bank holding company. Prior to 2018, Mr. Fisher served as President - Chief Operating Officer of Lake-Osceola State Bank since 2005. Mr. Fisher is Chair of the board of Baldwin Family Health Care, a community healthcare program, where he has served as Chair for the past 12 years. Mr. Fisher holds a bachelor of business leadership degree from Baker College. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Fisher is an Audit Committee Financial Expert due primarily to his experience as President - CEO and Chief Operating Officer of a commercial bank.


145
Table of Contents


Perry G. Hines is the President and CEO of The Hannigan Company, LLC,Hines Group, a real estatedata driven consulting companyfirm operating as an advisor to businesses and non-profit organizations, a position he has held since 2007. He also serves as the Chief Development Officer of Wheeler Mission in Carmel,Indianapolis, Indiana and has held that position since 2007 whenMay 2021. Previously, he formed the company. From 1986 to 2006, Mr. Hannigan was the Executive Vice President and a director of The Precedent Companies, Inc., a residential real estate company. Mr. Hannigan previously served as athe Director of Advancement for the Covenant Christian Schools of Indianapolis, Inc. from 2017–2021. Prior to such position, he served as the Director of Development for the Shepherd Community Center from 2015–2017. From 2002-2007, he served as the Senior Vice President – Chief Marketing Officer and directorCommunications Officer of Union Federal Savings Bank.Irwin Mortgage Corporation, a division of Irwin Financial Corporation headquartered in Columbus, IN. During his career,tenure, he also oversaw the Irwin Mortgage Corporation Foundation, which provided grant dollars to organization engaged in providing affordable housing to communities pursuant to the Community Reinvestment Act. Mr. HanniganHines currently serves as an independent director on the Board of Horace Mann Educators Corporation, a financial services company that provides educators and administrators with insurance and retirement solutions, where he has served assince 2018. Mr. Hines is also currently a director and founding partner of several companies engaged in residential development, home building, private water utility service, industrial development, and private capital acquisition. Mr. Hannigan is a director and member of the Executive CommitteeBoard of Directors for the Indiana University Lilly Family School of Philanthropy and the Goodwill Industries of Central Indiana. Mr. Hines holds a bachelor of arts degree in journalism and government from Western Kentucky University, a master of business administration degree in marketing from the University of Minnesota Carlson School of Business, and is a certified fund-raising manager from the Indiana University Lilly School of Philanthropy.

Jeffrey G. Jackson is the Chief Lending Officer of Michigan State University Federal Credit Union, in East Lansing, Michigan, and has held that position since 2015. Prior to that appointment, Mr. Jackson was Senior Vice President - Business Lending and Operations during 2015 and Vice President - Payment Systems and Support Services from 2012-2014. He has also held officer positions in Member Services, Finance and Internal Audit since he began employment with Michigan State University Federal Credit Union in 1997. Before joining that institution, he held positions with public accounting firms. Mr. Jackson also serves on the board of directors of Child and Family Charities, and previously served on the board of directors of the Indiana Builders Association,Michigan Credit Union Foundation, both located in Lansing, Michigan. Mr. Jackson is a trade association.CPA. He holds a bachelor of business administration degree from the University of Notre Dame. He has previously served as Vice ChairMichigan, and a master of ourbusiness administration degree from Michigan State University. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Jackson is an Audit Committee Financial Expert primarily due to his experience as an officer of a financial institution and Vice Chairhis experience in public accounting. In February 2022, Mr. Jackson advised the Bank of the Councilhis intention to retire, and therefore resign, as an officer of FHLBanks.

Carl E. Liedholm, PhD, is a Professor of Economics at Michigan State University Federal Credit Union in East Lansing, Michigan, and has held that position since 1965. He has taught graduate and post-graduate courses and presented seminarsAugust 2022. On the effective date of his resignation, Mr. Jackson will become ineligible to serve on international finance, banking and housing matters. Mr. Liedholm has over forty years of experience in generating and analyzing financial and other performance data from enterprises in over two dozen countries. Mr. Liedholm holds a bachelor of arts degree from Pomona College and a doctoral degree from the University of Michigan. He has published numerous books and monographs on economics and related matters.

James L. Logue III is the Senior Vice President and Chief Strategy Officerof Cinnaire Corp., formerly Great Lakes Capital Fund, a housing finance and development company in Lansing, Michigan. He was appointed as Chief Strategy Officer in 2017 after having served as Chief Operating Officer of Cinnaire since 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Logue served as the Executive Director of the Michigan State Housing Development Authority beginning in 1991. Mr. Logue has over 40 years' experience in affordable housing, finance, commercial real estate and economic development matters. He served as Deputy Assistant Secretary for Multifamily Housing Programs at HUD in 1988 - 1989,and has been involved in various capacities with the issuance of housing bonds and the management of multi-billion dollar housing portfolios. Mr. Logue servesboard as a board member of the National Housing Trust, Washington, D.C. In addition, he serves on the Community Care Board of Sparrow Health System, a locally owned and governed health system in Lansing, Michigan. Mr. Logue holds a bachelor of arts degree from Kean College.director.


155
Table of Contents



Robert D. Long retired from KPMG LLP on December 31, 2006, where he had been the Office Managing Partner in the Indianapolis, Indiana office since 1999, and had served as an Audit Partner for KPMGaudit partner since 1988. As an audit partner, Mr. Long served a number of companies with public, private and cooperative ownership structures in a variety of industries, including banking, finance and insurance. Mr. Long maintains his CPA designation. Since December 2014,is a CPA. Mr. Long has been a member ofserved on the board Chair of theCeladon Group, Inc., a transportation and logistics company, from 2014-2021, including serving as its Audit Committee Chair and Audit Committee financial expert for Celadon Group, Inc., an NYSE-listed transportation and logistics company.from 2014 through the termination of such Committee in 2019. From 2010 to 2015,2010-2015, Mr. Long was a member of the board and Chair of the Audit Committee for Beefeaters Holding Company, Inc., a pet food company. From 2009 to 2014, Mr. Long was a member of the board and Chair of the Audit Committee for Schulman Associates Institutional Review Board, Inc., a company providing independent review services to pharmaceutical and clinical research companies. He holds a bachelor of science degree from Indiana University. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Long is an Audit Committee Financial Expert due primarily to his previous experience as an audit partner at a major public accounting firm and as the Audit Committee Chair of multiple companies.


Michael J. Manica is the Executive Vice PresidentChair and a director of United CommunityBank Financial Corporation, a bank holding company, and is President, CEOVice Chair and a director of its banking subsidiary, United Bank of Michigan, in Grand Rapids, Michigan, and has held those positions since March 2014.2019. Before his appointmentappointments as President and CEO,Vice Chair, Mr. Manica had served as a director and President and Chief Operating Officer and director since 2000.CEO of those entities beginning in 2014. His career with United Bank of Michigan began in 1980. He was previously employed at the FDIC. Mr. Manica serves as Chair of the Michigan Bankers Association. He holds a bachelor of arts degree in economics from the University of Michigan and completed the Graduate School of Banking program at the University of Wisconsin.


Larry W. Myers is the President and CEO of First Savings Financial Group, Inc., a bank holding company, and its banking subsidiary, First Savings Bank, in Clarksville, Indiana, and has held those positions since 2009 and 2007, respectively. Previously he served as the Chief Operations Officer of First Savings Bank, and has served as a director of that bank since 2005. Mr. Myers has over 35 years' experience in retail banking, commercial lending and wealth management. Mr. Myers has served as Chair of the Indiana Bankers Association and currently is a member of its Government Relations Council. He has also served as a director ofserves on the Community Bank Council and the FHLBank Committee of the American Bankers Association, and currently is a memberAssociation. He additionally serves as an Advisory Director for the Community Depository Institutions Advisory Council of its Government Relations Council.the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis from 2013-2015. Mr. Myers holds a bachelor of science degree and a mastersmaster of business administration degree, both from the University of Kentucky. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Myers is an Audit Committee Financial Expert due primarily to his extensive experience as director, CEO, and chief operations officer of a commercial bank.

146
Table of Contents


Christine Coady Narayanan is the President and CEO of Opportunity Resource Fund, a U.S. Treasury-certified CDFI with offices in Lansing, Grand Rapids, and Detroit, Michigan, having served in that position since October 2004. Opportunity Resource Fund is a non-profit CDFI engagedthat provides social impact investment opportunities for individuals and corporations throughout Michigan and engages in lending for affordable housing and community development purposes. Ms. Narayanan has held various positions with the Opportunity Resource Fund and its predecessor organization since 1989, and served as its Executive Director from 1997 to 2004.1997-2004. She also serves as Chair of the Board of the Detroit CDFI Coalition. She holds an associate degree from Lansing Community College and a bachelor of arts degree from Spring Arbor University. Ms. Narayanan is a graduate of the National Internship in Community Economic Development and Michigan Municipal League's Elected Officials Academy and has completed certification through the Indiana University Center of Philanthropy. She holds a Certificate of Strategic Perspectives in Nonprofit Management from the Harvard Business School’s Executive Education.


JohnSherri L. SkibskiReagin is the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of MBT Financial Corp.the North Salem Bank in North Salem, Indiana, and has served in such position since 2011. She also serves as the Investment Officer and Board Member of NSSB Investments, Inc., a NASDAQ-listed bank holding company located in Monroe, Michigan, and Monroe Bank and Trust, its banking subsidiary. Mr. Skibskiposition she has held those positions since 2004, and has been2013. She serves as the national representative for community banks on the U.S. Coin Task Force, a director of both companies since 2008. Mr. Skibski has over 25 years' experience in banking in various financial controls capacities. He holds a bachelor of business administration degree and a master of business administration degreegroup selected by the Federal Reserve to address the coin circulation challenges resulting from the University of Toledo.

Thomas R. Sullivan is a director of Mercantile Bank Corp., a NASDAQ-listed bank holding company, and Mercantile Bank of Michigan, its banking subsidiary, after havingpandemic. She has served as Chair of the board of directors of Mercantile Bank Corp. from June 2014 until his retirement as Chair in May 2015. From 2000 through June 2014, Mr. Sullivan was President, CEO, and a director of Firstbank Corporation, a NASDAQ-listed multi-bank holding company in Alma, Michigan, and a director of each of its subsidiary banks. Mr. Sullivan was also President and CEO of Firstbank (Mt. Pleasant), a state bank subsidiary of Firstbank Corporation in Mt. Pleasant, Michigan, from 1991 through January 2007. Mr. Sullivan has over forty years of banking experience. He has previously served on the Community Bankers Council of the American Bankers Association, as a director of the Michigan Bankers Association, and as a member of the Regulation Review Committee of the Independent Community Bankers of America.America Payments and Operations Committee since 2017. Ms. Reagin serves on the board of the Hendricks County Community Foundation. Ms. Reagin holds a bachelor’s degree in human resources and management from Indiana University and a Certificate of Executive Leadership from the University of Wisconsin-Madison’s Graduate School of Banking. She is a CPA.

Todd E. Sears is the Director of Investment Strategy and Chief Financial Officer of Valeo Financial Advisors, a registered investment advisor based in Indiana, a position he has held since February 2022. He was previously the Executive Vice President of Research, Policy and Strategy at Kittle Property Group, Inc. (formerly Herman & Kittle Properties, Inc.), in Indianapolis, Indiana, a national multifamily housing property developer, having served in that position since 2021. Prior to that appointment, he served as Executive Vice President from 2018-2021, after serving as Executive Vice President - Portfolio Management and Analysis beginning in 2014. He joined Kittle Property Group Inc. in 2005. Since 2017, Mr. SullivanSears has served as an adjunct professor of real estate finance at Butler University. He previously served on our Affordable Housing Advisory Council from 2012-2018. He is the founder of Pyxso, LLC, a consulting firm through which he has provided advisory services to not-for-profit companies since 2011. Mr. Sears holds a bachelor of science degree in finance from Wayne StateIndiana University, Bloomington, Indiana, and a master of arts degree in economics from Indiana University, Indianapolis, Indiana. Mr. Sears is a CFA® charterholder and holds a Chartered Alternative Investment Analyst designation. The board of directors has attended several banking schools.determined that Mr. Sears is an Audit Committee Financial Expert due primarily to his CFA® and Chartered Alternative Investment Analyst designations, his experience serving as a Chief Financial Officer, and his educational background.


Larry A. Swank is Founder, CEO and Chair of Sterling Group, Inc. and affiliated companies in Mishawaka, Indiana. Mr. Swank has served as Chair and CEO of Sterling Group, Inc. since 1976, and served as its President until July 2012. The principal business of that company and its affiliates involves the acquisition, development, construction and management of multi-family housing and storage units. Mr. Swank's company manages 53 properties in 15 states. Mr. Swank has served as a director of the National Association of Home Builders since 19971973 and served as a member of its Executive Board from 1997 to 2012.for several terms. He hasalso served as Chair of that association's Housing Finance Committee on three separate occasions.



Committee Assignments.Each of our directors serves on one or more committees of our board. Committee assignments are made annually, based on board consensus, with input from the President - CEO. Committee assignments take into consideration several factors, including the committees’ responsibilities and needs, directors' preferences and expertise, the benefits of rotations in committee memberships, and balancing the committees' responsibilities among all directors.


156
147
Table of Contents




The following table presents the committees on which each director serves as of the filing date of this Form 10-K ("Filing Date"), as well as whether the director is the Chair (C), Vice Chair (VC), member (x), or Ex-Officio member (EO).
Ryan M. Warner is President and a director of Bippus State Bank in Huntington, Indiana. Mr. Warner has held these positions since 1987, and
NameAffordable HousingAuditExecutive/ GovernanceFinance/BudgetHuman ResourcesRisk OversightSuccession PlanningTechnology
Dan L. MooreEOEOCEOEOEOEOEO
Karen F. GregersonXVCX
Brian D. J. BoikeXXX
Michael E. BoswayXVCX
Clifford M. ClarkeXXXVC
Lisa D. CookVCXX
Charlotte C. DeckerXXC
Robert M. FisherXXCX
Perry G. HinesXXXVC
Jeffrey G. JacksonVCXX
Robert D. LongCXX
Michael J. ManicaXXCX
Larry W. MyersXXC
Christine Coady NarayananXXC
Sherri L. ReaginXVCX
Todd E. SearsVCXX
Larry A. SwankCXXX

It has been employed by Bippus State Bank since 1977. Mr. Warner currently serves as Treasurer of the Huntington County Economic Development board of directors, having previously served as its President. He also serves as Chairmanpractice of the board of directors to not appoint any director as Chair of Parkview Huntington Hospital. Mr. Warner received an associate degree in accounting from International Business College, and completed the Graduate School of Banking program at the University of Wisconsin.more than one committee.


Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert. Committee. Our board of directors has a standing Audit Committee that was comprised of the following directors as of December 31, 2017:for 2021:


Robert D. Long, Chair, independent director
Matthew P. Forrester,Jeffrey G. Jackson, Vice Chair
Robert M. Fisher
Karen F. Gregerson
Michael J. ManicaLarry W. Myers
Christine Coady Narayanan, independent director
Ryan M. WarnerTodd E. Sears, independent director
James D. MacPhee,Dan L. Moore, Ex-Officio Voting Member
 
Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Long is an Audit Committee Financial Expert under SEC rules, due primarily to his previous experience as an audit partner at a major public accounting firm. Our board has determined that Mr. Long is "independent" under the New York Stock Exchange rules definition, and has further determined that no member director may qualify as "independent" under that definition due to the cooperative ownership structure of our Bank by its member institutions. For further discussion about the board's analysis of director independence, see Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence.

The Bank Act requires the FHLBanks to comply with the substantive audit committee director independence rules applicable to issuers of securities under the rules adopted pursuant to the Exchange Act. Those rules provide that, to be considered an independent member of an audit committee, a director may not be an affiliated person of the registrant. The term "affiliated person" means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the registrant. The rule provides a "safe harbor," whereby a person will not be deemed an affiliated person if the person is not the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of any class of voting securities of the registrant. All of our Audit Committee member directors' institutions presently meet this safe harbor.

Audit Committee Report. Our Audit Committee operates under a written charter adopted by the board of directors that was most recently amended on March 24, 2017.directors. The Audit Committee charter is available on our website by scrolling to the bottom of any web page on www.fhlbi.com and then selecting "Corporate Governance" in the navigation menu. In accordance with its charter, the Audit Committee assists the board in fulfilling its fiduciary responsibilities and overseeing the internal and external audit functions. The Audit Committee is responsible for evaluating the Bank's compliance with laws, regulations, policies and procedures (including the Code of Conduct), and for determining that the Bank has adequate administrative, operating and internal controls. In addition, the Audit Committee is responsible for providing reasonable assurance regarding the integrity of financial and other data used by the board, the Finance Agency, our members and the public. Furthermore, the Audit Committee oversees the programs, policies, and systems of the Bank designed to ensure the integrity and reliability of Bank operations and technology, including cybersecurity. To fulfill these responsibilities, the Audit Committee may, in accordance with its charter, conduct or authorize investigations into any matters within the Committee's scope of responsibilities. The Audit Committee may also retain independent counsel, accountants, or others to assist in any investigation.



148
Table of Contents


The Audit Committee annually reviews its charter and practices and has determined that its charter and practices are consistent with all applicable laws, regulations and policies. During 2017,2021, the Audit CommitteeCommittee met 1213 times and, among other matters, also:


reviewed the scope of and overall plans for the external and internal audit programs;
reviewed and recommended board approval of our policy with regard to the hiring of former employees of theour independent registered public accounting firm;firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers ("PwC");
reviewed and approved our policy for the pre-approval of audit and permitted non-audit services by the independent registered public accounting firm;firm ("independent auditor");
received reports pursuant to our policy for the submission and confidential treatment of communications from employees and others about accounting, internal controls and auditing matters; and
reviewed the adequacy of our internal controls, including for purposes of evaluating the fair presentation of our financial statements in connection with certifications made by our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer.officer;

discussed with management and PwC significant matters, including Critical Audit Matters, arising during the audit and other areas of significant judgment or estimation in preparing the financial statements;

reviewed and challenged management and PwC, as necessary, on how they have established materiality thresholds for establishing the controls over financial reporting and their audit process; and
157discussed with management the use and appropriateness of any non-GAAP measures in the financial statements.
Table of Contents




The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that the Audit Committee to establish and maintain procedures for the confidential submission of employee concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters. The Audit Committee has established procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment, on a confidential basis, of any related concerns we receive, including automated notifications from the EthicsPoint reporting system which was implemented to assist the Audit Committee in administering the anonymous complaint procedures. The Audit Committee ensures that the Bank is in compliance with all applicable rules and regulations with respect to the submission to the Audit Committee of anonymous complaints.receive. The Audit Committee encourages employees and third-party individuals and organizations to report concerns about accounting, controls, auditing matters or anything else that appears to involve financial or other wrongdoing pertaining to the Bank.


The Bank is one of 11 regional FHLBanks across the United States which, along with the Office of Finance, compose the FHLBank System. Each FHLBank operates as a separate entity with its own management, employees, and board of directors, and each is regulated by the Finance Agency. The Office of Finance has responsibility for the issuance of consolidated obligations on behalf of the FHLBanks, and for publishing combined financial reports of the FHLBanks. Accordingly, the FHLBank System has determined that it is optimal to have the same independent audit firmauditor to coordinate and perform the separate audits of the financial statements of each FHLBank and the FHLBanks' combined financial reports. The FHLBanks and the Office of Finance cooperate in selecting, setting the compensation of, and evaluating the performance of the independent auditor, but the responsibility for the appointment of and oversight of the independent auditor remains solely with the audit committeesAudit Committee of each FHLBank and the Office of Finance.


PricewaterhouseCoopers ("PwC")PwC has been the independent auditor for the FHLBank System and the Bank since 1990. The Audit Committee engages in thorough evaluations each year when appointing an independent auditor. In connection with the appointment of the Bank's independent auditor, the Audit Committee's evaluation included consultation with the Audit Committees of the other FHLBanks and the Office of Finance. In the course of these evaluations, the Audit Committee considers, among other factors:


an analysis of the risks and benefits of retaining the same firm as independent auditor versus engaging a different firm, including consideration of:
PwC engagement audit partner, engagement quality review partner and audit team rotation;
PwC's tenure as our independent auditor;
benefits associated with engaging a different firm as independent auditor; and
potential disruption and risks associated with changing the Bank's auditor;
PwC engagement audit partner, engagement quality review partner and audit team rotation;
PwC's tenure as the Bank's and the FHLBank System's independent auditor;
benefits associated with engaging a different firm as independent auditor; and
potential disruption and risks associated with changing the Bank's independent auditor;
PwC's familiarity with our operations and businesses, accounting policies and practices and internal control over financial reporting;
PwC's historical and recent performance of our audit, including the results of an internal survey offeedback from Bank management as to PwC's service and quality;
an analysis of PwC's known legal risks and significant proceedings;
both engagement and external data relating to audit quality and performance, including recent Public Company Accounting Oversight Board audit quality inspection reports on PwC and its peer firms;firms as well as metrics indicative of audit quality;
the appropriateness of PwC's fees, on both an absolute basis and as compared to fees charged to other banks both within and beyond the FHLBank System and trends therein; and
the diversity of PwC's ownership and staff assigned to the engagement.

149
Table of Contents


The Audit Committee reviews and approves the amount of fees paid to PwC for audit, audit-related and other services. Audit fees represent fees for professional services provided in connection with the audit of our annual financial statements and internal control over financial reporting and reviews of our quarterly financial statements, regulatory filings, and other SEC matters. The Audit Committee has determined that PwC did not provide any non-audit services that would impair its independence andindependence. To the Audit Committee's knowledge, there are no other matters which cause the Audit Committee to believe PwC is not independent. Based on its review, the Audit Committee appointed PwC as our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2017.


In accordance with SEC rules, audit partners are subject to rotation requirements to limit the number of consecutive years an individual partner may provide service to our Bank. For engagement audit and quality review partners, the maximum number of consecutive years of service in that capacity is five years. The process for selection of our lead audit partner pursuant to this rotation policy involves a meeting between the Chair of the Audit Committee and the candidate(s) for the role, asas well as discussion by the full Audit Committee and with management. The Bank's current lead audit partner has served since 2021.



Based on its evaluation and review, the Audit Committee appointed PwC as our independent auditor for the year ended December 31, 2021.
158
Table of Contents



Management has the primary responsibility for the integrity and reliability of our financial statements, accounting and financial reporting principles, and internal controls and procedures designed to assure compliance with accounting standards and applicable laws and regulations. An independent registered public accounting firmauditor is responsible for performing an independent audit of our financial statements and of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with auditing standards promulgated by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and standards applicable to financial audits in accordance with Government Auditing Standards, issued by the Comptroller General of the United States. Our internal auditors are responsible for preparing an annual audit plan and conducting internal audits under the direction of our Chief Internal Audit Officer, who reports to the Audit Committee.

The Audit Committee's responsibility is to monitor and oversee these processes. The Audit Committee has certain other responsibilities with respect to the internal audit function, including facilitation of independent, direct communications between the board and our internal auditors. The Audit Committee also reviews the scope of internal audit services required, internal audit findings, and management responses. In addition, the Audit Committee is responsible for the selection, compensation, performance evaluation and independence of the Chief Internal Audit Officer, who may be removed only with the Audit Committee’s approval. The Audit Committee also approves the incentive compensation plans and awards for internal audit employees; the charter for the internal audit department; and the staffing, budget, and risk-based internal audit plan.


In this context, priorPrior to their issuance, the Audit Committee reviewedreviews and discusseddiscusses the quarterly and annual earnings releases, financial statements (including the presentation of any non-GAAP financial information) and additional disclosures under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" with management, our internal auditors and PwC. The Audit Committee also oversawoversees our internal auditors' review of our policies and practices with respect to financial risk assessment, and our processes and practices with respect to enterprise risk assessment and management (although the board's Risk Oversight Committee has primary responsibility for the review of our risk assessment and risk management matters). The Audit Committee discussed with PwC matters required to be discussed by Auditing Standard No. 1301 Communications with Audit Committee, as amended, and Rule 2-07 (Communication with Audit Committees) of Regulation S-X.S-X; received the disclosures and letter from PwC required by applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board concerning independence, and has discussed PwC's independence with PwC. The Audit Committee met with PwC and with our internal auditors, in each case with and without other members of management present, to discuss the results of their respective audits; their views regarding the appropriateness of management's estimates, judgments, selection of accounting policies, and systems of internal controls; and the overall quality and integrity of our financial reporting. Management represented to the Audit Committee that our financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


Based on its discussions with our management, our internal auditors and PwC, as well as its review of the representations of management and PwC's report, the Audit Committee recommended to the board, and the board has approved, to includethe inclusion of the audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017,2021, for filing with the SEC.


The 2018 Audit Committee is comprisedFinancial Experts. On July 22, 2021, our board of the following directors as of March 9, 2018:

determined that Audit Committee Chair Robert D. Long, Chair, independent director
Ryan M. Warner,Audit Committee Vice Chair
Michael J. Manica
Jeffrey G. Jackson, and Audit Committee members Robert M. Fisher, Karen F. Gregerson, Larry W. Myers,
Christine Coady Narayanan, independent director
John L. Skibski
James D. MacPhee, Ex-Officio Voting Member


and Todd E. Sears were Audit Committee Financial Experts under SEC rules. For information concerning our incumbent directors' qualifications to be so designated, please refer to their respective biographical summaries above in this Item 10.
159
150
Table of Contents




Executive Officers


Our Executive Officers, during the last completed fiscal year, as determined under SEC rules, are listed in the table below. Each officer serves a term of office of one calendar year or until the election and qualification of his or her successor, provided, however, that pursuant to the Bank Act, our board of directors may dismiss any officer at any time. Except as indicated, each officer has been employed in the principal occupation listed below for at least five years.

NameAgePosition
Cindy L. Konich (1)
6165President - Chief Executive Officer ("CEO")
William D. Miller Brendan W. McGrath (2)
6044Executive Vice President - Chief Risk Officer ("CRO")
Deron J. Streitenberger (3)
54Executive Vice President - Chief Business Operations Officer ("CBOO")
Gregory L. Teare (3)(4)
6468Executive Vice President - Chief Financial Officer ("CFO")
Chad A. Brandt (4)(5)
5357Senior Vice President - Treasurer
Jonathan W. Griffin (5)Shaun H. Clifford (6)
4761Senior Vice President - Chief Marketing Officer
Mary M. Kleiman (6)
58Senior Vice President - General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer ("CCO")(Ethics Officer)
Kristina L. Cunningham (7)
46Senior Vice President - Senior Director of Compliance & Operational Risk Analysis
Christopher Dawson (8)
45Senior Vice President - Chief Information Officer
Jonathan W. Griffin (9)
51Senior Vice President - Chief Business Development Officer
Kania D. Lottie (10)
40Senior Vice President - Chief Human Resources and Diversity, Equity, & Inclusion Officer (Ethics Officer)
Gregory J. McKee (7)(11)
4448Senior Vice President - Chief Internal Audit Officer
K. Lowell Short, Jr.(8)(12)
6165Senior Vice President - Chief Accounting Officer ("CAO")
Deron J. Streitenberger (9)Mary Beth Wott (13)
5057Senior Vice President - Chief BusinessCommunity Investment & Underwriting/Collateral Operations Officer ("CBOO")

(1)
Ms. Konich was appointed by our board of directors to serve as President - CEO in July 2013. Prior to that appointment, she served as Acting Co-President - CEO for two periods during 2013. Previously, Ms. Konich had been promoted to Executive Vice President - Chief Operating Officer - Chief Financial Officer in July 2010 after having served as Senior Vice President - Chief Financial Officer beginning in September 2007. Ms. Konich holds an MBA and is a CPA.
(2)
Mr. Miller was promoted to Executive Vice President - CRO effective January 2017, after having been appointed by our board of directors as Senior Vice President - CRO in February 2014. Mr. Miller was named First Vice President - Chief Investment Officer in May 2013. Mr. Miller joined our Bank as First Vice President - Director of Capital Markets in July 2011. Mr. Miller holds an MBA.
(3)
Mr. Teare was promoted to Executive Vice President - CFO effective January 2017, after having been appointed by our board of directors as Senior Vice President - CFO in February 2015. He was previously appointed by our board of directors as Senior Vice President - Chief Banking Officer in September 2008. Mr. Teare holds an MBA.
(4)
Mr. Brandt was appointed by our board of directors as Senior Vice President - Treasurer effective January 4, 2016. Previously, Mr. Brandt was Vice President and Senior Manager - Liquidity and Funding at BMO Harris Bank from July 2015 to December 2015. Prior to that, he was Managing Principal of North Center Management Partners LLC from December 2014 to July 2015. Mr. Brandt also served as Vice President - Finance at Metropolitan Capital Bank & Trust and Metropolitan Capital Investment Banc, Inc. from September 2013 to November 2014, and as a Managing Director of Incapital LLC from October 2011 to June 2013. Mr. Brandt holds an MBA.
(5)
Mr. Griffin was promoted to Senior Vice President - Chief Marketing Officer effective January 2015, after having been appointed by our board of directors as First Vice President - Chief Credit and Marketing Officer in September 2011. Mr. Griffin holds an MBA and is a CFA.
(6)
Ms. Kleiman was appointed by our board of directors as Senior Vice President - General Counsel in May 2015. In November 2015, she was appointed by our board of directors to the additional position of CCO. Before joining our Bank, Ms. Kleiman was Associate General Counsel of Anthem, Inc. from 2009 to May 2015. She holds a JD and is licensed to practice law in the State of Indiana. Ms. Kleiman is also a Senior Professional in Human Resources and a Senior Certified Professional with the Society of Human Resources Management.
(7)
Mr. McKee was promoted to Senior Vice President - Chief Internal Audit Officer effective January 2015, after having been appointed by our board of directors as First Vice President - Director of Internal Audit in January 2006. Mr. McKee holds an MBA and is a CPA.
(8)
Mr. Short was appointed by our board of directors as Senior Vice President - CAO in August 2009. Mr. Short holds an MBA and is a CPA.
(9)
Mr. Streitenberger was appointed as Senior Vice President - CBOO in November 2015 after having been appointed as Senior Vice President - Chief Information / MPP Operations Officer, in February 2015. He was previously promoted to Senior Vice President - Chief Information Officer effective January 2015, after having been appointed by our board of directors as First Vice President - Chief Information Officer in June 2013. Before joining our Bank, Mr. Streitenberger served as Vice President - Shared Services at Inmar Corporation from 2012 to 2013. Mr. Streitenberger holds an MBA.



(1)    Ms. Konich was appointed by our board of directors to serve as President - CEO in July 2013. As an FHLBank President, she serves on the Board of Directors of the FHLBanks Office of Finance, and is a member of its Governance Committee. Ms. Konich holds an MBA and is a CPA.
(2)    Mr. McGrath was promoted to Executive Vice President - Chief Risk Officer effective January 2021. Previously, he was appointed Senior Vice President - Chief Risk Officer effective May 2020, after having been appointed Senior Vice President - Chief Analytics Officer effective January 2019, and First Vice President - Director of Credit Risk Analysis effective January 2017. Mr. McGrath holds a masters of science in accounting, is a CPA and a CFA® charterholder.
(3)    Mr. Streitenberger was promoted to Executive Vice President - CBOO effective January 2019, after having been appointed Senior Vice President - CBOO effective January 2016. Mr. Streitenberger holds an MBA.
(4)    Mr. Teare was promoted to Executive Vice President - CFO effective January 2017, after having been appointed Senior Vice President - CFO in February 2015. Mr. Teare holds an MBA.
(5)    Mr. Brandt was appointed Senior Vice President - Treasurer effective January 2016. Mr. Brandt holds an MBA.
(6)    Ms. Clifford was appointed Senior Vice President - General Counsel effective March 2020, and was appointed Senior Vice President - General Counsel & Chief Compliance Officer effective May 2020. Ms. Clifford also serves as one of the Bank's Ethics Officers. Previously, Ms. Clifford was a Partner at the law firm Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP from January 2003 to February 2020. Ms. Clifford holds a JD and is licensed to practice law in the State of Indiana and in Washington, D.C.
(7)    Ms. Cunningham was promoted to Senior Vice President - Senior Director of Compliance & Operational Risk Analysis effective May 2020. Previously, she was appointed First Vice President - Senior Director of Compliance + Operational Risk Analysis effective November 2018, after having been appointed First Vice President - Director of Operational Risk Analysis effective January 2018, and Vice President - Director of Operational Risk Analysis in March 2016. Ms. Cunningham holds an MBA and a CRMA certification, and is a CPA.
(8)    Mr. Dawson was promoted to Senior Vice President - Chief Information Officer effective January 2019, after having been appointed First Vice President - Chief Technology Officer in November 2015. Mr. Dawson holds an MBA.
(9)    Mr. Griffin was appointed Senior Vice President - Chief Business Development Officer in June 2018, after serving as Senior Vice President - Chief Marketing Officer from 2017-2018. Mr. Griffin holds an MBA and is a CFA® charterholder.
(10)    Ms. Lottie was promoted to Senior Vice President - Chief Human Resources and Diversity & Inclusion Officer in July 2019, which position was redesignated as Senior Vice President - Chief Human Resources and Diversity, Equity, & Inclusion Officer in September 2020. Previously, she had been appointed First Vice President - Director of Human Resources and Diversity & Inclusion in November 2018, after having been appointed First Vice President - Director of Human Resources effective January 2018. Ms. Lottie was appointed Vice President - Director of Human Resources effective January 2016 . Ms. Lottie also serves as one of the Bank's Ethics Officers. She holds an MBA and a JD and is licensed to practice law in the State of Indiana. She also holds SPHR and SHRM-SCP certifications.
160
151
Table of Contents




(11)    Mr. McKee was promoted to Senior Vice President - Chief Internal Audit Officer effective January 2015. Mr. McKee holds an MBA and is a CPA.
(12)    Mr. Short was appointed Senior Vice President - CAO in August 2009. Mr. Short holds an MBA and is a CPA.
(13)    Ms. Wott was appointed to Senior Vice President - Community Investment & Underwriting/Collateral Operations Officer in August 2021. Previously Ms. Wott served as Senior Vice President - Community Investment Officer effective July 2019, after having been appointed First Vice President - Community Investment Officer in July 2013. Ms. Wott holds an MBA.

Code of Ethics and Codes of Conduct


We have a Code of ConductEthics for Senior Financial Officers ("Code of Ethics") that is applicableapplies to all directors, officers and employees of our Bank, including our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer, and our principal accounting officer ("Senior Financial Officers"). The Code of Ethics sets forth the obligations of the Senior Financial Officers related to honest and ethical conduct; full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosures; compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations; prompt internal reporting of Code of Ethics violations; and accountability for adherence to the membersCode of ourEthics. The Bank intends to post information regarding any amendments to, or waivers from, its Code of Ethics on its website. We additionally have a Code of Conduct and Conflict of Interest Policy for Affordable Housing Advisory Council. TheCouncil Members, a Code of Conduct isand Conflict of Interest Policy for Directors and a Code of Conduct and Conflict of Interest Policy for Employees and Contractors (collectively, the "Codes of Conduct").

The Codes of Conduct and the Code of Ethics are available on our website by scrolling to the bottom of any web page on www.fhlbi.com and then selecting "Corporate Governance" in the navigation menu. Interested persons may also request a copy of the Codes of Conduct and the Code of Ethics by contacting us, Attention: Corporate Secretary, FHLBankFederal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis, 8250 Woodfield Crossing Boulevard, Indianapolis, IN 46240.


Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance


Not Applicable.


152
Table of Contents


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION


We use acronyms and terms throughout this Item that are defined herein or in the Glossary ofDefined Terms.


Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation


The Human Resources Committee ("HR Committee") is a standing committee that serves as the Compensation Committee of the board of directors and is comprised solely of directors. No officers or employees of our Bank serve on the HR Committee.Committee, nor do any Bank officers serve as directors of any member institution or of any other entity, one of whose officers is a director of our Bank. Further, no director serving on the HR Committee has ever been an officer of our Bank or had any other relationship that would be disclosable under Item 404 of SEC Regulation S-K.


Compensation Committee Report


The HR Committee has reviewed and discussed with Bank management the "Compensation Discussion and Analysis" that follows and, based on such review and discussions, has by resolution recommended to our board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in our Form 10-K for fiscal year 2017.2021.


As of December 31, 2017,For the years indicated, the HR Committee waswas/is comprised of the following directors:


Christine Coady Narayanan, Chair
Name20212022
Robert M. FisherChairChair
Sherri L. ReaginVice Chair
Brian D.J. BoikeMemberMember
Michael E. BoswayMember
Ronald BrownVice Chair
Clifford M. ClarkeMemberMember
Karen F. GregersonMember
Michael J. Hannigan, Jr.Member
Perry G. HinesMember
James L. Logue, IIIMember
Dan L. MooreEx-OfficioEx-Officio
Thomas R. Sullivan, Vice Chair
Karen F. Gregerson
James L. Logue III
Robert D. Long
Ryan M. Warner
James D. MacPhee, Ex-Officio Voting Member
The HR Committee is comprised of the following directors as of March 9, 2018:

Christine Coady Narayanan, Chair
Michael J. Hannigan, Jr., Vice Chair
Karen F. Gregerson
James L. Logue III
Robert D. Long
Thomas R. Sullivan
Ryan M. Warner
James D. MacPhee, Ex-Officio Voting Member


161
Table of Contents




Compensation Discussion and Analysis


Overview. To provide perspective on our compensation programs and practices for our Named Executive Officers ("NEOs"), we have included certain information in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis relating to Executive Officers (as defined in SEC rules) and employees other than the NEOs. Our NEOs for the last completed fiscal year2021 consisted of (i) individuals who served as our principal executive officer ("PEO") during such year, (ii) individuals who served as our principal financial officer ("PFO") during such year, and (iii) the three most highly compensated officers (other than the officers who served as PEO or PFO) who were serving as Executive Officers (as defined in SEC rules) at the end of the last completed fiscal year; and (iv) up to two additional individuals for whom disclosure would have been required under clause (iii), but for the fact that the individual was not serving as an Executive Officer of our Bank at the end of the last completed fiscal year.2021. The following persons were our NEOsfor the period covered by this Compensation Discussion and Analysis (2017).2021.

NEOTitle
Cindy L. KonichPresident - Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") - PEO
Gregory L. TeareExecutive Vice President - Chief Financial Officer ("CFO") - PFO
William D. MillerBrendan W. McGrathExecutive Vice President - Chief Risk Officer ("CRO")
Mary M. KleimanDeron J. StreitenbergerSeniorExecutive Vice President - General Counsel ("GC") and Chief ComplianceBusiness Operations Officer ("CCO"CBOO")
K. Lowell Short, Jr.Senior Vice President - Chief Accounting Officer ("CAO")



153
Table of Contents


Our executive compensation program is overseen by the Executive/Governance Committee (with respect to the President - CEO's performance and compensation) and the HR Committee (with respect to the other NEOs' compensation), and ultimately by the entire board of directors. The HR Committee meets at scheduled times throughout the year (five(eight times in 2017)2021) and reports its recommendations to the board. The HR Committee has the authority to obtain advice and assistanceassistance from outside legal counsel, compensation consultants, and other advisors as the HR Committee deems necessary, with all fees and expenses paid by our Bank. The Executive/Governance Committee assists the board in the governance of our Bank, including nominations of the Chair and Vice Chair of the board and its committee structures and assignments, and in overseeing the affairs of our Bank during intervals between regularly scheduled meetingsmeetings of the board, as provided in our bylaws. The Executive/Governance Committee meets as needed throughout the year (six times(nine times in 2017)2021) and reports its recommendations to the board.


Regulation of Executive Compensation.


Bank Act and Finance Agency Executive Compensation Rule.Because we are a GSE, all aspects of our business and operations, including our executive compensation programs are subject to regulation by the Finance Agency. The BankSafety and Soundness Act and the Finance Agency's rule on executive compensation adopted in 2014 ("Executive Compensation Rule") provide the Finance Agency Director with the authority to prevent the FHLBanks from paying compensation to their executive officers that is not "reasonable and comparable" to compensation for employment paid at institutions of similar size and function for similar duties and responsibilities. While the Safety and Soundness Act and the Executive Compensation Rule prohibit the Director from setting specific levels or ranges of compensation for FHLBank executive officers, the Executive Compensation Rule does authorize the Director to identify relevant factors for determining whether executive compensation is reasonable and comparable. Under the Executive Compensation Rule, suchSuch factors include but are not limited to: (i) the duties and responsibilities of the position; (ii) compensation factors that indicate added or diminished risks, constraints, or aids in carrying out the responsibilities of the position; and (iii) performance of the executive officer's institution, the specific executive officer, or one of the institution's significant components with respect to achievement of goals, consistency with supervisory guidance and internal rules of the entity, and compliance with applicable lawlaws and regulation.regulations. We have incorporated these factors into our development, implementation, and review of compensation policies and practices for executive officers, as described below.


Pursuant to the Executive Compensation Rule, the Finance Agency requires the FHLBanks to provide information to the Finance Agency for review and non-objection concerning all compensation actions relating to the respective FHLBanks' executive officers.NEOs. This information, which includesincluding studies of comparable compensation, must be provided to the Finance Agency at least 30 days in advance of any planned FHLBank action with respect to the payment of compensation to executive officers.NEOs. In addition, the FHLBanks are required to provide at least 60 days' advance notice to the Finance Agency of any arrangement that provides for incentive awards to executive officers.NEOs. Under the supervision of our board of directors, we provide this information to the Finance Agency on an ongoing basis as required.



162
Table of Contents



Finance Agency Advisory Bulletin 2009-AB-02.Finance Agency Advisory Bulletin 2009-AB-02 issued in 2009, sets forth certain principles for executive compensation practices to which the FHLBankseach FHLBank and the Office of Finance should adhere in setting executive compensation. These principles consist of the following:


executive compensation must be reasonable and comparable to that offered to executives in similar positions at other comparable financial institutions;
executive incentive compensation should be consistent with sound risk management and preservation of the par value of the FHLBank's capital stock;
a significant percentage of an executive's incentive-based compensation should be tied to longer-term performance and outcome indicators;
a significant percentage of an executive's incentive-based compensation should be deferred and made contingent upon performance over several years; and
the FHLBank's board of directors should promote accountability and transparency in the process of setting compensation.


In evaluating an FHLBank's compensation, at the FHLBanks, theFinance Agency Director will consider the extent to which an executive's compensation is consistent with these advisory bulletin principles. We have incorporated these principles and the Executive Compensation Rule framework into our development, implementation, and review of compensation policies and practices for executive officers, as described below.


Joint Proposed Rule on Incentive Compensation. Further, in June 2016, six federal financial regulators, including the Finance Agency, published a proposed rule that would prohibit "covered institutions," which include the FHLBanks, from entering into incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks or that could lead to a material financial loss. This proposed rule replaces a similar proposed rule published in 2011. As applied to the FHLBanks, covered persons under the 2016 proposed rule include senior management responsible for the oversight of firm-wide activities or material business lines or control functions, as well as non-executive employees: (i) whose annual incentive compensation is at least one-third of their total annual compensation and who are among the top two percent of the highest-compensated persons in the organization; (ii) whose positions give them the authority to commit or expose 0.5 percent or more of the organization's capital; or (iii) who are otherwise identified as "significant risk-takers" by the organization or the applicable regulatory agency. Under the proposed rule, covered financial institutions would be required to comply with three key risk management principles related to the design and governance of incentive-based compensation:

appropriate balance between risk and reward;
effective risk management and controls; and
effective governance.

In addition, the proposed rule would impose requirements with respect to incentive-based compensation arrangements for covered persons related to:

mandatory deferrals of annual and "long-term" incentive-based compensation for senior executive officers and significant risk-takers of 50 percent and 40 percent, respectively, over no less than three years for annual incentive-based compensation and over one additional year for compensation awarded under a long-term incentive plan;
risk of downward adjustment and forfeiture of awards;
clawback of vested compensation; and
limits on the maximum incentive-based compensation opportunity.

The proposed rule would also require boards of directors to obtain: (i) input on the effectiveness of risk measures and adjustments used to balance risk and reward in incentive-based compensation; and (ii) at least annually, from management and from the internal audit or risk management function of the organization, a written assessment of the effectiveness of the organization's incentive-based compensation program and related compliance and control processes in providing risk-taking incentives that are consistent with the organization's risk profile.



163
154
Table of Contents




Our current compensation policies and practices, among other provisions:

prohibit excessive compensation to covered persons;
prohibit incentive compensation that encourages inappropriate risks, which could lead to material financial loss;
require mandatory deferrals of 50% of incentive compensation over three years for certain executive officers;
require reports to the Finance Agency describing the structure of our incentive-based compensation arrangements for covered persons; and
are designed to help ensure compliance with the requirements and prohibitions of the rules.
Finance Agency Rule on Golden Parachute Payments.The Finance Agency's rule on golden parachute payments ("Golden Parachute Rule") sets forth the standards that the Finance Agency will take into consideration when limiting or prohibiting golden parachute payments by an FHLBank, the Office of Finance, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. The Golden Parachute Rule generally prohibits golden parachute payments except in limited circumstances with Finance Agency approval. Golden parachute payments may include compensation paid to a director, officer or employee following the termination of such person's employment by a regulated entity that is insolvent, underis in conservatorship or receivership, is required by the appointment of a conservator or receiver or in a troubledFinance Agency Director to improve its financial condition, or has been assigned a composite examination rating of 4 or 5 by the Finance Agency. Golden parachute payments generally do not include payments made pursuant to a qualified pension or retirement plan, an employee welfare benefit plan, a bona fide deferred compensation plan, a nondiscriminatory severance pay plan, or payments made by reason of the death or disability of the individual. The golden parachute provisions in our benefit plans comply with the Golden Parachute Rule.


Compensation PhilosophyPhilosophy and Objectives.In 2017,2021, our board of directors adopted a resolution updating our statement of compensation philosophy. Pursuant to the resolution, our compensation philosophy is to provide a market-competitive compensation and benefits packagepackage that will enable us to effectively recruit, promote, retain and motivate highly qualified employees, management and leadership talent for the benefit of our Bank, its members, and other stakeholders. We desire to be competitive and forward-thinking while maintaining a prudent risk management culture. Thus, our compensation program encourages operational excellence, superior member service, responsible growth and prudent risk-taking while delivering a competitive pay package.


Specifically, our compensation program is designed to reward:
 
attainment of performance goals;
implementation of short- and long-term business strategies;
accomplishment of our public policy mission;
effective and appropriate management of financial, operational, reputational, regulatory, and human resources risks;
growth and enhancement of senior management leadership and functional competencies; and
accomplishment of goals to maintain an efficient, cooperative system of FHLBanks.


The board of directors regularly reviews these goals and the compensation alternatives available and may make changes in the program from time to time to better achieve these goals or to comply with Finance Agency directives. As a cooperative, we are not able to offer equity-based compensation, and only member institutions (or their legal successors) may own our stock. Without equity incentives to attract, reward and retain NEOs and senior management, we provide alternative compensation and benefits such as cash incentive opportunities, pension (with respect to Ms. Konich, Mr. Teare, Mr. McGrath, and Mr. Short) or additional non-elective contributions (with respect to four of the NEOs identified in this Report) andMr. Streitenberger) and other retirement benefits (as to(to all NEOs). This approach generally will lead to a mix of compensation for NEOs that emphasizes base salary, provides meaningful incentive opportunities, and creates a competitive total compensation opportunity relative to the market.


Role of the Executive/Governance and HR Committees in Setting Executive Compensation. The Executive/Governance and HR Committees intend that our executive compensation program be aligned with our Bank-wide short-term and long-term business objectives and focus executives' efforts on fulfilling these Bank-wide objectives. The Executive/Governance Committee reviews the President - CEO's performance and researches and recommends the President - CEO's salary to the board of directors. The President - CEO determines the salaries of the other NEOs, generally after consulting with the HR Committee, as discussed below. The HR Committee recommends, to the Finance/Budget Committee, for approval by the board, the percentage of salary increases that will apply to merit and promotional andor internal pay equity increasesadjustments for each year's budget. The benefit plans that will be offered, and any material changes to those plans from time to time, are approved by the board after review and recommendation by the HR Committee. The HR Committee also recommends the goals, payouts and qualifications for both the annual (short-term) incentive awards and the deferred (long-term) incentive awards for the board's review and approval.

Our Executive/Governance and HR Committees operate under written charters adopted by the board of directors, and most recently reviewed by the board as of March 24, 2017January 21, 2022, and January 19, 2018, 22, 2021 respectively. Those charters are available on our website by scrolling to the bottom of any web page on www.fhlbi.com and then selecting "Corporate Governance" in the navigation menu.




164
155
Table of Contents




Role of Compensation Consultants in Setting Executive Compensation. For each of the last seven11 years, McLagan Partners, Inc. ("McLagan"), an AONAon plc company, was engaged by Bank management to work with the HR Committee to evaluate and update our salary and benefit benchmarks for certain positions, including the NEOs' positions, in our Bank. Many other FHLBanks engage McLagan for the same or similar compensation-related services.positions.


The salary and benefit benchmarks we use to establish reasonable and competitive compensation for our employees are the competitor groups identified by McLagan. The competitor groups are comprised of selected firms that elected to participateparticipated in McLagan's Financial Industry Salary Survey. The firms included in the competitor groups can change year-to-year, based on changes in the composition of the McLagan survey participants, changes in financial metrics of firms that elected to participateparticipated in the survey for that year, and McLagan's analysis.

As a guideline, McLagan considers compensation for a role within 10 percent of the market benchmark to be competitive and within 15 percent to be within the competitive market range. We consider this general range along with our financial performance, stability, prudent risk-taking and conservative operating philosophies, internal pay equity, and our compensation philosophy.

For 2021, McLagan identified three peer groups, which are collectively referred to as "Competitor Groups." The primary competitorfirst peer group is comprised of the 10 other 10 FHLBanks and a number of large regional/commercial banks and other financial companies ("Primary Competitor Group").FHLBanks. The benchmark jobspositions used from the other FHLBanks are comprised of their comparable positionto the positions at our Bank (e.g., CEO to CEO).



156
Table of Contents


The second peer group consists of a number of large financial institutions and regional commercial banks, as well as the Federal Reserve Banks. There are 99 institutions in the second peer group. The benchmark jobspositions used from the other regional/large financial institutions and regional commercial banks include the divisional/functional heads, rather than the overall head of the bank, to account for the difference in scale of activities at a large regional banksuch institutions compared to an FHLBank (e.g., Head of Corporate Banking used in the benchmark, rather than a large financial institution's or regional bank's CEO, as the appropriate comparison to the FHLBank's CEO). While the benchmark jobs from the large financial institutions and regional/commercial banks capture the functional responsibility of FHLBank positions, they do not capture the executive responsibility that exists at the FHLBank.


A number
ABN AMROFederal Reserve Bank of AtlantaNew York Community Bank
AIBFederal Reserve Bank of BostonNomura Securities
Ally Financial Inc.Federal Reserve Bank of ChicagoNord/LB
Ameris BankFederal Reserve Bank of Kansas CityNorthern Trust Corporation
Arvest BankFederal Reserve Bank of MinneapolisOCBC Bank
Associated BankFederal Reserve Bank of New YorkOneMain Financial
Australia & New Zealand Banking GroupFederal Reserve Bank of RichmondPeople's United Financial, Inc.
Bank ABCFederal Reserve Bank of San FranciscoPNC Bank
Bank of AmericaFederal Reserve Bank of St. LouisRabobank
Bank of New York MellonFifth Third BankRegions Financial Corporation
Bank of Nova ScotiaFirst Citizens Bank - NCRoyal Bank of Canada
Bank of the WestFirst National Bank of OmahaSallie Mae
BBVA CompassFirst Republic BankSantander Bank, NA
BMO Financial GroupFirst Tennessee Bank/First HorizonSiemens Financial Services
BNP ParibasFreddie MacSignature Bank - NY
BOK Financial CorporationFrost BankSociete Generale
Brown Brothers HarrimanHancock Whitney BankStandard Chartered Bank
Capital OneHSBCState Street Corporation
Charles Schwab & Co.Huntington Bancshares, Inc.Sterling National Bank
CIBC World MarketsINGSumitomo
CIT Group Inc.Intesa SanpaoloSVB Financial Group
CitigroupInvestec BankSynovus Financial Corporation
Citizens Financial GroupInvestors Bancorp, IncTD Securities
City National BankJP Morgan ChaseTexas Capital Bank
ComericaKBC BankTruist
Commerce BankKeyCorpU.S. Bancorp
CommerzbankLloyds Banking GroupUMB Financial Corporation
Commonwealth Bank of AustraliaM&T Bank CorporationUniCredit Bank AG
Crédit Agricole CIBMacquarie BankUnited Overseas Bank Group
Credit Industriel et Commercial – N.Y.MUFG Bank, Ltd.Valley National Bancorp
DNB BankNational Australia BankWebster Bank
East West Bancorp, Inc.Natixis Corporate & Investment BankingWells Fargo Bank
Fannie MaeNatWestZions Bancorporation


157
Table of otherContents


The third peer group consists of publicly-traded regional/commercial banks with assets of $10 billion to $20 billion makes upbillion. There are 38 banks in the secondary competitor group ("Secondary Competitor Group").third peer group. The benchmark jobs used from the Secondary Competitor Groupthis peer group include the NEOs reported in their proxy statements, which capture the executive responsibilities encompassed in the positions. The Primary and Secondary Competitor Groups are collectively referred to as "Competitor Groups" and are listed below.


Atlantic Union Bankshares CorporationFirst Financial Bankshares, Inc.Pacific Premier Bancorp, Inc.
Banner CorporationFirst Interstate BancSystem, Inc.Provident Financial Services, Inc.
Berkshire Hills Bancorp, Inc.First Merchants CorporationRenasant Corporation
Cadence BancorporationGlacier Bancorp, Inc.Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.
Cathay General BancorpHeartland Financial USA, Inc.ServisFirst Bancshares, Inc.
Columbia Banking System, Inc.Home Bancshares, Inc.TFS Financial Corporation
Community Bank System, Inc.Hope Bancorp, Inc.TowneBank
Customers Bancorp, Inc.Independent Bank Corp.Trustmark Corporation
CVB Financial Corp.Independent Bank Group, Inc.United Community Banks, Inc.
Eagle Bancorp, Inc.International Bancshares CorporationWashington Federal, Inc.
Eastern Bankshares, Inc.NBT Bancorp Inc.WesBanco, Inc.
First Busey CorporationNorthwest Bancshares, Inc.WSFS Financial Corporation
First Financial Bancorp.OceanFirst Financial Corp.

The benchmark jobs selected by McLagan from the Competitor Groups collectively capture the functional and executive responsibilities of our NEO positions, represent comparable market opportunities and represent realistic employment opportunities. We establish threshold, target and maximum base and anticipated incentive pay levels based on this competitor groupCompetitor Group analysis, while actual pay levels are based on our financial performance, stability, prudent risk-taking and conservative operating philosophies, internal pay equity, and our compensation philosophy, as discussed above.


165
Table of Contents



The following institutions are in the Primary Competitor Group, as determined for 2017 compensation decisions.
ABN AMROFederal Reserve Bank of ClevelandSunTrust Banks
Agricultural Bank Of ChinaFederal Reserve Bank of Kansas CitySVB Financial Group
AIBFederal Reserve Bank of MinneapolisSynchrony Financial
Ally Financial Inc.Federal Reserve Bank of New YorkSynovus
Australia & New Zealand Banking GroupFederal Reserve Bank of RichmondTCF National Bank
Banco Bilbao Vizcaya ArgentariaFederal Reserve Bank of San FranciscoTD Ameritrade
Bank HapoalimFederal Reserve Bank of St LouisTD Securities
Bank of America Merrill LynchFifth Third BankTexas Capital Bank
Bank of New York MellonFirst Citizens BankThe PrivateBank
Bank of Nova ScotiaFirst Republic BankU.S. Bancorp
Bank of the WestFNB OmahaUMB Financial Corporation
Bank of Tokyo - Mitsubishi UFJFreddie MacUmpqua Holding Corporation
Bayerische LandesbankGE CapitalUniCredit Bank AG
BBVA CompassHancock BankValley National Bank
BMO Financial GroupHSBCWebster Bank
BNP ParibasHuntington Bancshares, Inc.
BOK Financial CorporationIndustrial and Commercial Bank of China
Branch Banking & Trust Co.ING
Brown Brothers HarrimanIntesa Sanpaolo
Capital OneInvestors Bancorp, Inc
Charles Schwab & Co.JP Morgan Chase
China Construction BankKBC Bank
CIBC World MarketsKeyCorp
CIT GroupLandesbank Baden-Wuerttemberg
CitigroupLloyds Banking Group
Citizens Financial GroupM&T Bank Corporation
City National BankMacquarie Bank
ComericaMizuho Bank
CommerzbankMizuho Capital Markets
Commonwealth Bank of AustraliaMizuho Trust & Banking Co. (USA)
Crédit Agricole CIBMUFG Securities
Credit Industriel et Commercial - N.Y.National Australia Bank
Cullen Frost Bankers, Inc.Natixis
DBS BankNew York Community Bank
DnB BankNord/LB
DZ BankNordea Bank
Fannie MaeNorinchukin Bank, New York Branch
Federal Home Loan Bank of AtlantaNorthern Trust Corporation
Federal Home Loan Bank of BostonPeople's United Bank, National Assoc
Federal Home Loan Bank of ChicagoPNC Bank
Federal Home Loan Bank of CincinnatiRabobank
Federal Home Loan Bank of DallasRegions Financial Corporation
Federal Home Loan Bank of Des MoinesRoyal Bank of Canada
Federal Home Loan Bank of New YorkRoyal Bank of Scotland Group
Federal Home Loan Bank of PittsburghSantander Bank, NA
Federal Home Loan Bank of San FranciscoSociete Generale
Federal Home Loan Bank of TopekaStandard Chartered Bank
Federal Reserve Bank of AtlantaState Street Corporation
Federal Reserve Bank of BostonSumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation
Federal Reserve Bank of ChicagoSumitomo Mitsui Trust Bank

166
Table of Contents



The following institutions are in the Secondary Competitor Group, as determined for 2017 compensation decisions.
MB Financial Inc.Sterling Bancorp
Fulton Financial Corp.Flagstar Bancorp Inc.
Bank of the Ozarks Inc.Trustmark Corp.
Chemical Financial Corp.Hilltop Holdings Inc.
Western Alliance BancorpInternational Bancshares Corp.
Bank of Hawaii Corp.Great Western Bancorp
Washington Federal Inc.First Midwest Bancorp Inc.
Old National BancorpPinnacle Financial Partners
BancorpSouth Inc.Banc of California Inc.
Cathay General BancorpUnited Community Banks Inc.
United Bankshares Inc.

Additional Services Provided by Compensation Consultant. Apart from its role as a consultant with respect to our executive and director compensation, AON or its affiliates (including McLagan) provided additional services to our Bank during 2017. Those additional services (and the related fees) related to non-recurring projects that involved: an analysis of management committee and governance structure and compliance function ($53,500); marketing business planning ($99,375); an analysis of certain aspects of our Information Technology organizational structure ($80,250); and an analysis of our retirement benefits that cover employees at all levels of the organization ($53,500). Management reported McLagan’s compensation data and recommendations, as well as information concerning the results of these additional engagements, to our board of directors during the course of 2017. The aggregate fees paid to AON or its affiliates during 2017 for recommending the amount or form of executive and director compensation were $36,925. The aggregate fees paid to AON or its affiliates during 2017 for additional services were $286,625. While the HR Committee has concluded that no conflict of interest was created by management's engagement of AON or its affiliates for these additional services, any potential conflicts of interest were mitigated through multiple safeguards and constraints, including: board oversight of the Bank’s management, operations, budget, and compensation arrangements and amounts; comprehensive Finance Agency regulations and monitoring of our compensation, corporate governance, and safety and soundness; and the utilization of McLagan’s compensation expertise throughout much of the FHLBank System.

Role of the Named Executive Officers in the Compensation Process. The NEOs may assist the HR Committee and the board of directors by providing data and background information to any compensation consultants engaged by management, the board or the HR Committee. The Human Resources Directordepartment assists the HR Committee and compensation consultants by gathering research on the Bank's hiring and turnover statistics, compensation trends, peer groups, cost of living, and other market data requested by the President - CEO, the HR Committee, the Finance/Budget Committee, the Audit Committee, the Executive/Governance Committee, or the board. Further, seniorSenior management (including the NEOs) prepares the strategic plan financial forecasts, which are then considered by the Finance/Budget Committee and by the board when establishing the goals and anticipated payout terms for the incentive compensation plans.plan. The CRO oversees the Enterprise Risk Management ("ERM") department's review, from a risk perspective, of the incentive compensation plans'plan's risk-related performance goals and target achievement levels.


Compensation Risk. The HR Committee (as well asand the Executive/Governance Committee with respect to the President - CEO's compensation) routinely reviewsreview our policies and practices of compensating our employees, including non-executive officers, and have determined that none of these policies or practices result in any risk that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our Bank. Further, based on such reviews, the HR Committee and the Executive/Governance Committee believe that our plans and programs contain features that operate to mitigate risk and reduce the likelihood of employees engaging intaking excessive risk-taking behavior with respectrisks relating to the compensation-related aspects of their jobs.duties. In addition, the material plans and programs operate within a strong governance, review and regulatory structure that serves and supports risk mitigation.



158
Table of Contents


Elements of Compensation Used to Achieve Compensation Philosophy and Objectives. The total compensation mix for NEOs in 20172021 consisted of:

(1)base salaries;
(2)annual and deferred incentive opportunities;
(3)retirement benefits;
(4)perquisites and other benefits; and
(5)potential payments upon termination or change in control.



(1)    base salaries;
167(2)    annual and deferred incentive opportunities;
Table of Contents


(3)    retirement benefits;

(4)    perquisites and other benefits; and
(5)    potential payments upon termination or change in control.

The board of directors has structured the compensation programs to comply with Internal Revenue Code ("IRC") Section 409A. If an executive is entitled to nonqualified deferred compensation benefits that are subject to IRC Section 409A, and such benefits do not comply with IRC Section 409A, then the benefits are taxable in the first year they are not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. In such case, the executive is subject to payment of regular federal income tax, interest and an additional federal income tax of 20% of the benefit includable in income. The Key Employee Severance Agreement ("KESA") between our Bank and our President-CEO contains provisions that "gross-up" certain benefits paid thereunder in the event she should become liable for an excise tax on such benefits. Other elements of our NEOs' compensation may be adjusted to reflect the tax effects of such compensation.


Base Salaries.Unless otherwise described, the term "base salary" as used in this Item 11 refers to an individual's annual salary, including any adjustments, before considering incentive compensation, deferred compensation, perquisites, taxes, or any other adjustments that may be elected or required. We recruit and desire to retain senior management from national markets. Consequently, the cost of living in Indiana is not a direct factor in determining base salary. Merit increases to base salaries are used, in part, to keep our NEO salary levels competitive with those in the Competitor Groups.


The President - CEO's base salary is established annually by the board of directors after review and recommendation by the Executive/Governance Committee. Our board has concluded that the level of scrutiny to which the base salary determination for the President - CEO is subjected is appropriate in light of the nature of the position and the extent to which the President - CEOshe is responsible for the overall performance of our Bank. In setting the President - CEO's base salary, the Executive/Governance Committee and the board have discretion to consider a wide range of factors, including the President - CEO's individual performance, the overall performance of our Bank, the President - CEO's individual performance, her tenure, and the amount of the President - CEO'sher base salary relative to the base salaries of executives in similar positions in companies in our Competitor Groups. Although a policy or a specific formula has not been developed for such purpose, the Executive/Governance Committee and the board also consider the amount and relative percentage of the President - CEO's total compensation that is derived from her base salary. In light of the wide variety of factors that are considered, the Executive/Governance Committee and the board have not attempted to rank or otherwise assign relative weights to the factors they consider. Rather, the Executive/Governance Committee and the board consider all the factors as a whole, in determining the President - CEO's base salary, including data and recommendations from McLagan.


After an advisory consultation with the HR Committee, the base salaries for our other NEOs are set or approved annually by the President - CEO, who has discretion to consider a wide range of factors including competitive benchmark data from McLagan, each NEO's qualifications, responsibilities, assessed performance contribution, tenure, position held, amount of base salary relative to similarly-positioned executives in our Competitor Groups and our overall salary budget. Although a policy or a specific formula has not been developed for such purpose, the President - CEO also considers the amounts and relative percentages of the NEOs' total compensation that are derived by the NEOs from their base salaries, including data and recommendations from McLagan.


Based on the foregoing factors, the NEOs'The NEOs’ base salaries for 20172021 were increased, effective December 26, 2016, as follows.
January 3, 2021 and are presented in the Summary Compensation Table.
 NEO Increase % for 2017 Base Salary for 2017
Cindy L. Konich 7.0% $829,530
Gregory L. Teare 10.0% 410,072
William D. Miller 7.0% 345,176
Mary M. Kleiman 5.0% 326,222
K. Lowell Short, Jr. 3.0% 313,014


In October 2016, the HR Committee recommended and the board of directors approved for the 2017 salary budget affecting all employees (i) merit and market-based increases averaging 3.0% of annual base salaries and (ii) promotional and equity adjustments averaging an additional 1.5% of annual base salaries. These approved amounts were used in adjusting base salaries for 2017 and were incorporated into our 2017 operating budget as recommended by our Finance/Budget Committee and approved by our board of directors on November 18, 2016. NEO base salary increases above 3% for 2017 were not taken from the pool of merit and market-based increases approved by the board for 2017.


168
Table of Contents



Annual and Deferred Incentive Opportunities.Generally, as an executive's level of responsibility increases, a greater percentagepercentage of total compensation is variable and based on ourthe Bank's overall performance. The board adopts incentive plans to grant this variable element of executive compensation. Our incentive plan hasplans include a measurement framework that rewards achievement of specific goals consistent with our mission. As discussed below, our incentive plan is performance-based and represents a reasonable risk-return balance for our cooperative members both as users of our products and as shareholders.shareholders, and is appropriate to our status and risk appetite as a housing GSE.
 
In 2011, the
159
Table of Contents


The board of directors adopted an incentive compensation plan effective January 1, 2012 ("Incentive Plan")., which provides incentive compensation opportunities for all employees. The Incentive Plan is a cash-based incentive plan that provides cash award opportunities based on achievement of performance goals. The purpose of the Incentive Plan is to attract, retain and motivate employees, including the NEOs, and to focus their efforts on a reasonable level of profitability while maintaining safety and soundness. Employees in the Internal Audit department are excluded from the Incentive Plan but are eligible to participate in a separate incentive compensation plan established by the Audit Committee. With certain exceptions, any eligible employee hired before October 1 of a calendar year becomes a "Participant"participant in the Incentive Plan for that calendar year. A "Level I Participant" is the Bank's President - CEO, an EVP, or a SVP, while a "Level II Participant" is any other participating employee. All NEOs identified as of each December 31 are included among the eligible Level I Participants and must execute an agreement with our Bankus containing certain non-solicitation and non-disclosure provisions.


The HR Committee establishes appropriate performancePerformance goals and the relative weight to be accorded to each goal underare established annually by the Incentive Plan, subject to approvalHR Committee and approved by the board of directors. The Incentive Plan effectively combined short-term and long-term incentive plans that were in place for NEOs for 2011 and prior years into one incentive plan for all employees, except for those in Internal Audit. The full migration to the Incentive Plan occurred from 2012 through 2015. The Incentive Plan, as amended, is on file with the SEC. The following sections describe the incentive compensation arrangements for the NEOs under the Incentive Plan.
In accordance with Incentive Plan guidelines, performance goals are establisheddirectors for each calendar-year period ("Performance Period") and three-calendar-year period ("Deferral Performance Period"). The board definesalso approves the "Threshold," "Target" and "Maximum" achievement levels for each performance goal to determine how much of an award may be earned. The achievement of performance goals determines the value of awards, which for Level I Participants which(including the NEOs) may be Annual Awards (relating to achievement of performance goals over a Performance Period) and Deferred Awards (relating to achievement of performance goals over a Deferral Performance Period), and for other Incentive PlanLevel II Participants (Annualincludes Annual Awards only).only. The board may adjust the performance goals to ensure the purposes of the Incentive Plan are served, but made no such adjustments during 2015, 20162019, 2020 or 2017.

Under the Incentive Plan, the2021. The board establishes a maximum award for eligible Participantsawards under the plan before the beginning of each Performance Period. Each award equals a percentage of the Participant's annual compensation, (generallywhich is generally defined as the Participant's annual earned base salary (i.e., amount actually received during the year as salary) or wages for hours worked).worked, including overtime, and hours paid under our paid-time-off policies, as applicable, but excluding any bonus, incentive compensation, deferred compensation payments, lump sum payouts for accrued but unused vacation time, or long-term disability insurance payments paid for the current or a prior year.


With respect to the NEOs' Annual Awards and Deferred Awards, for the NEOs, the Incentive Plan provides that 50% of an Award to a Level I Participant will become earned and vested on the last day of the Performance Period, subject to the achievement of specified Bank performance goals over such period, the attainment of at least a "Fully Meets Expectations" or "Satisfactory" individual performance rating (or, for 2016 and subsequent years, the numerical equivalent of such rating in our performance measurement structure)over the Performance Period and, subject to certain limited exceptions, active employment on the last day of such period. The remaining 50% of an award to a Level I Participant will become earned and vested on the last day of the Deferral Performance Period (Annual Award), subject to the same conditionsachievement of specified Bank performance goals over such period, the attainment of a specific minimum individual performance rating for such period, and active employment on the last day of such period (subject to certain limited exceptions relating to the circumstances of employment termination before the end of the Performance Period). The remaining 50% will become earned and vested on the last day of the Deferral Performance Period (Deferred Award), subject to the attainment of a specific minimum individual performance rating for each year of such period, and active employment on the last day of such period (subject to certain limited exceptions relating to the circumstances of employment termination before the end of the Deferral Performance Period), and further subject to the Bank's achievement during the Deferral Performance Period of additional performance goals relating to our profitability, retained earnings, prudential management objectivesregulatory capital-to-assets ratio, and certain other conditions described below.distributions in compliance with AHP funding requirements, through which the Level I Participant's compensation is impacted by our performance for a longer term. Depending on our performance during the Deferral Performance Period, the final award (i.e., the amount of the earned and vested Deferred Award ultimately paid to the Level I Participant) will be worth 75% at Threshold, 100% at Target or 125% at Maximum of the original amount of the Deferred Award. The level of achievement of those additional goals could causethereby result in an increase or decrease to the Deferred Awards.

2021 Annual Award (Paid in 2022).The table below presents the incentive opportunity, earned, and deferred percentages of earned base salary for Level I Participants for each of the Performance Periods 2013, 2014, and 2015.
  Total Incentive as % of Compensation 50% of Total Incentive Earned and Vested at Year-End 
50% of Total Incentive Deferred (1) for 3 Years
Position Threshold Target Maximum Threshold Target Maximum Threshold Target Maximum
CEO 50.0% 75.0% 100.0% 25.0% 37.5% 50.0% 25.0% 37.5% 50.0%
EVP/SVP 30.0% 50.0% 70.0% 15.0% 25.0% 35.0% 15.0% 25.0% 35.0%

(1)
As noted, Deferred Awards are subject to additional performance goals during the Deferral Performance Period. Depending on our performance during the Deferral Performance Period, the Final Award will be worth 75% at Threshold, 100% at Target or 125% at Maximum of the original amount of the Deferred Award.


169
Table of Contents



The table below presents the incentive opportunity percentages of earned base salary for Level I Participants for the 2016 2021 Performance Period.

 Total Incentive as % of Compensation 50% of Total Incentive Earned and Vested at Year-End 
50% of Total Incentive Deferred (1) for 3 Years
Total Incentive Opportunity
as % of Base Salary
Total Incentive Earned and Vested at Year EndTotal Incentive Deferred
for 3 Years
Position Threshold Target Maximum Threshold Target Maximum Threshold Target MaximumPositionThresholdTargetMaximumThresholdTargetMaximumThresholdTargetMaximum
CEO 50.0% 75.0% 100.0% 25.0% 37.5% 50.0% 25.0% 37.5% 50.0%CEO50.0%80.0%100.0%25.0%40.0%50.0%25.0%40.0%50.0%
EVP/SVP 35.0% 52.5% 70.0% 17.5% 26.25% 35.0% 17.5% 26.25% 35.0%
EVPEVP40.0%60.0%80.0%20.0%30.0%40.0%20.0%30.0%40.0%
SVPSVP35.0%52.5%70.0%17.5%26.25%35.0%17.5%26.25%35.0%

(1)
As noted, Deferred Awards are subject to additional performance goals during the Deferral Performance Period. Depending on our performance during the Deferral Performance Period, the Final Award will be worth 75% at Threshold, 100% at Target or 125% at Maximum of the original amount of the Deferred Award.

The table below presents the incentive opportunity percentages of earned base salary for Level I Participants for the 2017 and 2018 Performance Periods.
  Total Incentive as % of Compensation 50% of Total Incentive Earned and Vested at Year-End 
50% of Total Incentive Deferred (1) for 3 Years
Position Threshold Target Maximum Threshold Target Maximum Threshold Target Maximum
CEO 50.0% 80.0% 100.0% 25.0% 40.0% 50.0% 25.0% 40.0% 50.0%
EVP 40.0% 60.0% 80.0% 20.0% 30.0% 40.0% 20.0% 30.0% 40.0%
SVP 35.0% 52.5% 70.0% 17.5% 26.25% 35.0% 17.5% 26.25% 35.0%

(1)
As noted, Deferred Awards are subject to additional performance goals during the Deferral Performance Period. Depending on our performance during the Deferral Performance Period, the Final Award will be worth 75% at Threshold, 100% at Target or 125% at Maximum of the original amount of the Deferred Award.

2016 Annual Award (Paid in 2017). Pursuant to the Incentive Plan, the board of directors established the 2016 Annual Award Performance Period Goals, consisting of 4 mission goals, and 10 components within these goals, for all participants, including the NEOs. These goals were tied to profitability, member products, Information Technology performance and risk management performance. Our performance for 2016 resulted in a total weighted average payout of 96%. Although ERM had somewhat different goals for the 2016 Annual Award Performance Period, its 2016 performance also resulted in a total weighted average payout ratio of 96%.

The percent of base salary that an NEO (as a Level I Participant) may have earned for certain achievement levels and the actual percent of base salary payout achieved for 2016 and paid in 2017 (based on the total weighted average achievement) are presented below. As noted, 50% of each NEO's 2016 Award is deferred for a three-year period.

2016 Incentive Plan - Annual Award Performance Period
% of Earned Base Salary By Achievement Level - Paid in 2017
        Actual Payout
NEO Threshold Target Maximum % of Earned Base Salary 
 Amount (1)
Cindy L. Konich 25.0% 37.5% 50% 48% $373,085
Gregory L. Teare 17.5% 26.25% 35% 34% 125,583
William D. Miller (2)
 17.5% 26.25% 35% 34% 108,670
Mary M. Kleiman 17.5% 26.25% 35% 34% 103,729
K. Lowell Short, Jr. (3)
 17.5% 26.25% 35% 34% 102,372

(1)
These amounts were paid on March 3, 2017.
(2)
Although the weighted values of certain goals were different for Mr. Miller (ERM), his resulting percentage of earned base salary was the same as the other NEOs, excluding Ms. Konich. Mr. Miller elected to defer 10% of this Annual Award in accordance with the terms of the SETP described below.
(3)
Mr. Short elected to defer 20% of this Annual Award in accordance with the terms of the SETP.



170
160
Table of Contents




2017 Annual Award (Paid in 2018). In 2016,On December 16, 2020, the board of directors established Annual Award Performance Goals for 20172021 for Level I Participants relating to specific mission goals for profitability,financial performance and operational efficiency; member advances growth, MPP performance, Community Investment Program ("CIP") advances originated, achievement of ERM objectivesactivity; ERM; Diversity, Equity & Inclusion; and achievement of Office of Minority and Women Inclusion ("OMWI") objectives. operational excellence.The weights and specific achievement levels for each 20172021 mission goal are presented below.
2021 Mission Goals
Weighted ValuePerformance LevelsActual ResultAchievement PercentageWeighted Average Achievement
Bank (1)
ERM ThresholdTargetMaximum
Bank (1)
ERM
Profitability (3)
25 %15 %189 bps292 bps414 bps293 bps75%18.8 %11.3 %
Operating Expenses vs. Budget (3)
10 %10 %<=100%<=97.5%<=95%Maximum100%10.0 %10.0 %
Member Participation (4)
10 %%58.0%60.0%62.5%61.8%93%9.3 %4.6 %
Member Education and Outreach (5)
10 %%50% of All MembersThreshold and 75% of Tier 1 MembersTarget and 50% of Tier 2 MembersMaximum100%10.0 %5.0 %
Fee Income Increase (6)
%%5%10%20%Maximum100%5.0 %5.0 %
CIP Advances Originated (7)
10 %%$37.5 MM$75 MM$150 MMMaximum100%10.0 %5.0 %
Complete Enterprise Risk Management Objectives (8)
10 %35 %234Maximum100%10.0 %35.0 %
Host education/information sessions to prepare diverse businesses for opportunities to do business with member institutions%%123Maximum100%5.0 %5.0 %
Develop and promote each Employee Resource Group through hosting cultural awareness events/activities (9)
%%30%40%50%Maximum100%5.0 %5.0 %
Member facing technology (One Bank Portal & Access) (10)
%%Technical ReadinessThreshold and Operational ReadinessTarget and Production ImplementationMaximum100%5.0 %5.0 %
Workday Phase 2 (11)
%%Technical ReadinessThreshold and Operational ReadinessTarget and Transition System of RecordMaximum100%5.0 %5.0 %
Total100%100%93.1%95.9%
(1)    For all NEOs other than the CRO. The CRO's weighted average achievement percentages are presented under the ERM column.
(2)    For purposes of this goal, profitability is defined as the Bank’s profitability rate in excess of the Bank’s cost of funds rate. Profitability is the Bank’s core net income reduced by the portion of net income to be added to restricted retained earnings under the JCE Agreement dated August 5, 2011, as amended, by and among the Federal Home Loan Banks and increased by the Bank’s accruals for incentive compensation, net of the AHP assessment. Core net income represents GAAP Net Income adjusted to exclude: (i) debt extinguishment costs and Advance prepayment fees received in cash on unswapped Advances that are not restructured, net of the AHP assessment, (ii) mark-to-market adjustments and other transitory effects from derivatives and hedging activities, net of the AHP assessment, (iii) interest expense on MRCS, (iv) realized gains and losses on sales of investment securities, net of the AHP assessment, (v) accelerated amortization of concession fees on called COs, net of the AHP assessment, and (vi) other non-recurring components of GAAP earnings that do not necessarily reflect the underlying results of the operations of the Bank, net of the AHP assessment. However, certain excluded amounts may require amortization included in other periods to properly state core net income. The Bank’s profitability rate is profitability, as defined above, as a percentage of average total regulatory capital stock. This goal assumes no material change in investment authority under the FHFA's regulation, policy, directive, guidance, or law.

161
2017 Mission Goals 
Weighted Value (1)
 Weighted Value (ERM)  Threshold Target Maximum Actual Result Achievement Percentage (Interpolated) Weighted Average Achievement Weighted Average Achievement (ERM)
Profitability (2)
20% 15% 290 bps 480 bps 660 bps maximum 100% 20% 15%
Member Advances             
 
Member Advances Growth (3)
 15% 10% 0% 1.3% 3.5% maximum 100% 15% 10%
Number of Members that Increase Average Daily Advance Balance (4)
 10% 10% 115 members 120 members 140 members maximum 100% 10% 10%
MPP Performance             
 
Mortgage Delinquency Rate (5)
12.5% 7.5% 0.75% 1.00% 1.25% maximum 100% 12.50% 7.50%
Member Participation(6)
12.5% 7.5% 100 members 107 members 110 members threshold 50% 6.25% 3.75%
CIP Advances Originated (7)
10% 10% $50MM $100MM $150MM maximum 100% 10% 10%
ERM
Objectives
(8)
10% 30% Achieve One ERM Objective Achieve Two ERM Objectives Achieve Three ERM Objectives maximum 100% 10% 30%
Minority and Women Inclusion (9)
10% 10% Achieve One Diversity and Inclusion Objective Achieve Two Diversity and Inclusion Objectives Achieve Three Diversity and Inclusion Objectives maximum 100% 10% 10%
Total 100% 100%         93.75% 96.25%

(1)
For all Level I Participants, excluding those in ERM.
(2)
For purposes of this goal, profitability is defined as the Bank’s profitability rate in excess of the Bank’s cost of funds rate. Profitability is the Bank’s adjusted net income reduced by the portion of net income to be added to restricted retained earnings under the JCE Agreement and increased by the Bank’s accruals for incentive compensation. Adjusted net income represents GAAP Net Income adjusted: (i) for the net impact of certain current and prior period Advance prepayments and debt extinguishments, net of the AHP assessment, (ii) to exclude mark-to-market adjustments on derivatives and certain other effects from derivatives and hedging activities, net of the AHP assessment, and (iii) to exclude the effects from interest expense on MRCS. The Bank’s profitability rate is profitability, as defined above, as a percentage of average total regulatory capital stock (B1 weighted at 100% and B2 weighted at 80% to reflect the relative weights of the Bank’s dividend). Assumes no material change in investment authority under the Finance Agency's regulation, policy, directive, guidance, or law.
(3)
Member advances growth is calculated as the growth in the average daily balance of advances outstanding to members at par. Average daily balances are used instead of point-in-time balances to eliminate point-in-time activity that may occur and to reward for the benefit of the income earned on advances balances while outstanding. Members that become non-members during 2017 and all captive insurance company members will be excluded from the calculation. Goal assumes no material change in membership eligibility under the Finance Agency's regulation, policy, directive, guidance, or law.

171




(4)
Member average daily advance balances are calculated for each member individually. This goal compares: (a) the average daily balance of advances outstanding at par to the member during calendar 2016, to (b) the average daily balance of advances outstanding at par to the same member during calendar 2017. Each member for which (b) is greater than (a) is counted as one member for purposes of this goal. Members that become non-members in 2017 will be excluded from the calculation.
(5)
Mortgage Delinquency Rate is the difference between (a) the 90 day MBA National Delinquency rate, expressed as a percentage, minus (b) the Bank's MPP conventional mortgage loan portfolio 90 day delinquency rate, expressed as a percentage. The measure is calculated as the simple average of four quarterly calculations.
(6)
Member participation is calculated by counting each member that delivers a mortgage loan through the Mortgage Purchase Program during 2017.
(7)
CIP Advances are newly-originated Community Investment Cash Advances, including CIP and other qualifying Advances and CIP qualified letters of credit, provided in support of targeted projects as defined in 12 C.F.R. Part 1291 and the Bank Act.
(8)
The Board has established three ERM Objectives for 2017. The first ERM Objective, develop Capital Adequacy and Loss Absorption Analysis, requires ERM to develop a process and perform an analysis of the Bank's capital adequacy and loss absorption capacity. The second ERM Objective, enhance ERM Oversight of Bank Information Security, requires ERM to establish and implement processes and procedures to enhance the Bank's ability to identify, measure, monitor, and evaluate information security risk and cybersecurity risk. The third ERM Objective, Acquired Member Asset Risk Analysis, requires ERM to develop and implement an integrated approach to evaluate the Bank's credit and market risk posed by its AMA portfolio. ERM will demonstrate its achievement of each ERM Objective by reporting on them to the Risk Committee and Risk Oversight Committee.
(9)
The Bank has established three Diversity and Inclusion (D&I) objectives for 2017. The first D&I Objective, Diversity Strategy, requires the Bank to develop a diversity and inclusion strategy for the Bank. The second D&I Objective, Employee Engagement, requires the Bank to host a diversity and inclusion employee engagement event. The third D&I Objective, Training, requires the Bank to hold diversity and inclusion training. Status and reporting on this Goal and its attainment will be provided in writing by the Bank's Minority and Women Inclusion Officer and CFO, and will be confirmed by the President - CEO. If one or more of these designated positions are open at the time any of the foregoing approvals are required, the General Counsel will be substituted.

(3)    Operating Expenses vs. Budget is a measure of to what degree our core operating expenses are equal to or less than the operating expense budget approved by our board. Core operating expenses are operating expenses excluding incentive compensation, excise tax, and voluntary contributions to the Bank’s DB Plan. Core operating expenses are measured as a percentage of the core operating expense budget for 2021.
The percent(4)    Member participation is the percentage of base salarymembers that an NEO (asutilize any one of the following products during the year: advances, letters of credit, lines of credit or MPP. Any member that utilizes a Level I Participant) may have earned for certain achievement levels andqualifying product during the actual percentyear will be counted in the numerator even if that member ceases to be a member as of base salary payout achieved for 2017 and paid in 2018 (based onDecember 31, 2021. Membership will be calculated as the total weightedsimple average achievement) are presented below. As noted, 50%of the membership at the end of each NEO's 2017 Award was deferredmonth in 2021. Goal assumes no material change in membership eligibility under FHFA’s regulation, policy, directive, guidance or law.
(5)    Member education and outreach events for purposes of threshold achievement include symposia, conferences, workshops, webinars, educational events, presentations at trade conferences, presentation to member Boards of Directors or Committees thereof or to management committees, in-person joint presentations to members (where a three-year period.

2017 Incentive Plan - Annual Award Performance Period
%subject matter expert or senior officer of Earned Base Salary By Achievement Level - Paid in 2018
        Actual Payout
NEO Threshold Target Maximum % of Earned Base Salary 
 Amount (1)
Cindy L. Konich 25.0% 40.0% 50% 47% $388,842
Gregory L. Teare 20.0% 30.0% 40% 38% 153,777
William D. Miller (2)
 20.0% 30.0% 40% 39% 132,893
Mary M. Kleiman 17.5% 26.25% 35% 33% 107,042
K. Lowell Short, Jr. (3)
 17.5% 26.25% 35% 33% 102,708

(1)
These amounts were paid on February 23, 2018.
(2)
The percent of earned base salary for Mr. Miller is different from the other NEOs because the weighted values of certain goals were different for ERM.
(3)
Mr. Short elected to defer 100% of this Annual Award in accordance with the terms of the SETP.


172
Tablethe Bank participates) and other events educating Bank members about Advances, MPP, the Bank’s community investment products and activities, industry trends, and other products and services. For purposes of Contents



2018 Annual Award (Payable in 2019). On January 19, 2018, the board of directors established Annual Award Performance Goals for 2018 for Level I Participants relating to specific mission goals for profitability, member activity, ERM, minorityTarget and women inclusion, and operational risk.The weights and specificMaximum achievement, levels for each 2018 mission goal are presented below.
2018 Mission Goals 
Weighted Value (1)
 Weighted Value (ERM) Threshold Target Maximum
Profitability (2)
 20% 15% 415 bps 571 bps 656 bps
Member Activity 
 
 
 
 
  A. Member Advances Growth (3)
 20% 10% 0% 1.38% 3.15%
  B. Member Education and Outreach (4)
 15% 15% 10 events 14 events 18 events
  C. Increase in MPP Portfolio (5)
 5% 5% Net Growth of $0 Net Growth of $635 MM Net Growth of $800 MM
  D. CIP Advances Originated (6)
 10% 5% $50MM $100MM $150MM
ERM Objectives (7)
 10% 30% Achieve One ERM Objective Achieve Two ERM Objectives Achieve Three ERM Objectives
Minority and Women Inclusion - Portion of 2018 Vendor Spend with Qualifying Vendors (8)
 10% 10% 12% 15% 18%
Operational Risk Objective - End-User Computing Inventory System of Record (9)
 10% 10% After the end of the Third Quarter and on or before the end of the Fourth Quarter After the end of the Second Quarter and on or before the end of the Third Quarter On or before the end of the Second Quarter
Total 100% 100%      
(1)
For all Level I Participants, excluding those in ERM.
(2)
For purposes of this goal, profitability is defined as the Bank’s profitability rate in excess of the Bank’s cost of funds rate. Profitability is the Bank’s adjusted net income reduced by the portion of net income to be added to restricted retained earnings under the JCE Agreement and increased by the Bank’s accruals for incentive compensation. Adjusted net income represents GAAP Net Income adjusted: (i) for the net impact of certain current and prior period Advance prepayments and debt extinguishments, net of the AHP assessment, (ii) to exclude mark-to-market adjustments on derivatives and certain other effects from derivatives and hedging activities, net of the AHP assessment, and (iii) to exclude the effects from interest expense on MRCS. The Bank’s profitability rate is profitability, as defined above, as a percentage of average total regulatory capital stock (B1 weighted at 100% and B2 weighted at 80% to reflect the relative weights of the Bank’s dividend). Assumes no material change in investment authority under the Finance Agency's regulation, policy, directive, guidance, or law.
(3)
Member advances growth is calculated as the growth in the average daily balance of advances outstanding to members at par. Average daily balances are used instead of point-in-time balances to eliminate point-in-time activity that may occur and to reward for the benefit of the income earned on advances balances while outstanding. Members that become non-members during 2018 and all captive insurance company members will be excluded from the calculation. Goal assumes no material change in membership eligibility under Finance Agency's regulation, policy, directive, guidance, or law.
(4)
Member education and outreach events are symposia, conferences, workshops, webinars (with a maximum of four webinars towards achievement of this goal), educational events, presentations at trade conferences, and other events educating Bank members about Advances, MPP, the Bank's community investments products and activities, industry trends, and other products and services. To qualify, events must target more than one member. Status and reporting on this Goal and its attainment will be provided in writing by the officer responsible for the event, and will be confirmed by the CFO or by the CBOO.
(5)
Net Growth is calculated as the increase in the size of the Bank's MPP portfolio measured as of December 31, 2017, and December 31, 2018. Net Growth is calculated: (a) excluding the effect of any allowances for loan losses on MPP balances; (b) excluding the effect of any AMA obtained from or through other Federal Home Loan Banks; (c) including both FHA and conventional loans; (d) assuming no capital requirement for MPP; and (e) assuming no material change in AMA authority under the Finance Agency's regulation, policy, directive, guidance, or law.
(6)
CIP Advances are newly-originated Community Investment Cash Advances, including CIP and other qualifying Advances and CIP qualified letters of credit, provided in support of targeted projects as defined in 12 C.F.R. Part 1291 and the Bank Act.

173
Table of Contents



(7)
The Board has established three ERM Objectives for 2018. The first ERM Objective, Program Maturity Self-Assessment, requires ERM to perform a comprehensive, enterprise-wide self-assessment of the maturity of the Bank’s Enterprise Risk Management Program, and report on the results of the assessment to the Board. The second ERM Objective, Information Technology Assessment, requires ERM to assess the Bank’s information technology program against the Information Technology risk management framework and report on the results of the assessment to the Board. The third ERM Objective, Business Continuity, requires the Bank to operate under its business continuity / disaster recovery plan for a defined period of time, and to return back to normal operations. ERM will demonstrate its achievement of each ERM Objective by reporting on them to the Risk Committee and Risk Oversight Committee.
(8)
"Qualifying Vendors" are vendors that qualify as minorities, women, individuals with disabilities, and minority-, women-, and disabled-owned businesses.
(9)
Achievement of this goal requires the Bank to have designated a tool as its system of record for its end-user computing applications inventory, and to have performed an inventory of end-user computing applications using the tool. Satisfaction of this goal will be evidenced in one or more reports to the Bank's Risk Committee.

The weights and specific goals for the 2018 Performance Period differ in some respects from those used for the 2017 Performance Period.The threshold, target and/or maximum performance levels for profitability and advances growth were revised for 2018. The threshold and target performance levels for profitability were increased for 2018 compared to 2017 (to 415 bps from 290 bps, and to 571 bps from 480 bps, respectively), while the maximum performance level for profitability was reduced slightly for 2018 compared to 2017 (to 656 bps from 660 bps) to align those performance levels with our 2018 strategic financial forecast.

With respect to advances, the target mission goal for member advances growth was increased for 2018 compared to 2017 (to 1.38% from 1.3%) while the maximum mission goal for advances growth was reduced for 2018 compared to 2017 (to 3.15% from 3.5%), to align those performance levels with our 2018 strategic financial forecast. For 2018, the board of directors established a new mission goal, with specific minimum, target and maximum achievement levels, relating to the number of member education and outreach events conducted during the year. The combined weighted valueinclude presentations to member Boards of these two mission goals for 2018 (35%) is greater than the combined weighted valueDirectors or committees thereof, presentations to member management committees or in-person joint presentations to members (where a subject matter expert or senior officer of the 2017 advances-related mission goals (25%). The board of directors also eliminated a missionBank participates) to discuss or educate regarding Advances, MPP, the Bank’s community investment products, industry trends or other products and services. Member tiers are defined by management based upon core business levels or the capacity to engage in core business with the Bank and are established annually. Status and reporting on this Goal and its attainment will be supported by the Bank’s Customer Relationship Management (CRM) system. Achievement towards this goal used in 2017 relating towill be calculated by dividing the number of members that participated in one of the above events (defined as a member at the time of participation in the event) during the calendar year by the simple average of the total number of members of the Bank (Threshold), total Tier 1 members (Target), or Tier 2 members (Maximum) as of the end of each month of 2021.
(6)    Fee income consists of fees earned on Bank products and services, including letters of credit, lines of credit, safekeeping services, and other products and services as may be approved by the board from time to time. The goal is defined as the percentage increase their average daily advances balance. These changes were madein the total fee income relative to give greater weight to advances-related performance resultstotal fee income earned in 2020.
(7)    "CIP" means Community Investment Program. "CIP Advances" are newly originated Community Investment Cash Advances, including CIP and to reinforce our marketing planother qualifying Advances and efforts relating to advances growth.CIP qualified letters of credit, provided in support of targeted projects as defined in 12 C.F.R. Part 1291 and the Federal Home Loan Bank Act.

The board(8)    Status and reporting of directors established a new MPP missionthis goal, for 2018, with specified minimum, target and maximum achievement levels, relatedits attainment, will be provided in writing to the net growth in the MPP portfolio for 2018.Risk Committee. The weighted value of the 2018 MPP mission goal is 15%, while the 2017 MPP goals had a combined weighted value of 25%. The board also eliminated two MPP-related goals used in 2017 involving mortgage delinquency rates and the extent of member participation in MPP. These revisions in MPP-related goals were made to align the performance levels with our 2018 strategic financial forecast and evolving business strategies, with appropriate risk limits reflecting our risk appetite, to allow for improved measurements of growth and performance in the MPP portfolio, and to reflect management's expectations of mortgage market conditions for 2018.Enterprise Risk Management Excellence objectives are:

The threshold, target and maximum performance levels for CIP advances originated are unchanged from 2017 to 2018, and the board of directors maintained the weighted value of this mission goal at 10% for 2018. The board also maintained mission goals for 2018 relating to the achievement of up to three specific ERM objectives and maintained the weighted value of this mission goal at 10%.

With respect to OMWI, the board of directors established a new mission goal for 2018 relating to the Bank’s usage of third-party vendors meeting certain criteria, to reflect the importance of this objectiveObjective #1: Enhancements to the board approved Risk Appetite Statement ("RAS"). ERM is to prepare a comprehensive proposal to enhance the RAS, including recommendations of changes to methodology, risk categories and supporting key metrics. The proposal shall reflect feedback received from the Bank’s first line management while adhering to applicable regulatory guidance. In conjunction with the proposal, ERM shall develop a new or modify the existing process governing RAS metrics including, but not limited to, metric tracking and associated procedures. ERM’s proposal will be presented for approval by the Risk Committee and Risk Oversight Committee by June 30, 2021.
Objective #2: Implement enhancements to the BankAMA/MPP prepayment estimation process. ERM is to review the prepayment estimation process for AMA/MPP and propose enhancements to improve performance metrics related to prepayment modeling. The proposed enhancements shall reflect feedback from the model users (first and second line management), model risk management, subject matter experts and the model vendor, while adhering to applicable regulatory guidance. ERM’s proposal will be presented to the Risk Committee by September 30, 2021 and implemented by December 31, 2021. It is also understood that implementation of enhancements would require review by the ERM Model Risk Management Group, approval from the Risk Committee, and non-objection from the FHFA.
Objective #3: Enhancements of the counterparty credit risk methodology. ERM is to review and revise the methodology used to monitor and evaluate unsecured credit counterparties, including the determination of the level used to determine a counterparty’s regulatory capacity. The proposal shall reflect feedback from the Bank’s first line management while adhering to applicable regulatory guidance. ERM’s proposal will be presented for approval by the Risk Committee and Risk Oversight Committee by August 31, 2021.

162
Table of Contents


Objective #4: Enhancements to the scripting governance program. ERM, in collaboration with IT, will develop an enterprise-wide policy governing scripting use cases, guidelines and methodologies. The policy will establish baseline requirements for utilizing scripting languages across the organization as well as a whole. Asmethod for inventorying. Determination for additional technical resources, formal training or establishment of working groups will be made and recommendations for such will be presented for approval by the appropriate committee(s). The policy and related elements will be presented for approval by the Risk Committee and Risk Oversight Committee by August 31, 2021.
The criteria and milestones to successfully complete each objective will be reviewed and approved by the Risk Committee.
(9)    This goal applies to any Employee Resource Groups ("ERGs") in place as of January 1, 2021 and the number of members as of that date; however, non-members can also be counted in attendance. The percentages are based on the average number of employees attending a resulttotal of regulatory changes,4 events hosted by each ERG. (Example: If the board also eliminatedWomen’s ERG has 50 members, to reach the 50% maximum goal, there must be an average of 25 attendees at their 4 events, or 100 total attendees for 2018 the OMWI-related mission4 events). Each ERG is measured separately and both must meet the percentage goal used inseparately.
(10)    The criteria and milestones for achievement, as well as the 2017 Performance Goals relatingstatus and reporting of this goal and its attainment, will be reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Steering Committee. Threshold, Target, and Maximum performance achievement levels are defined as follows:
Technical Readiness: "Technical Readiness" is the development and testing of the One Bank Portal.
Operational Readiness: "Operational Readiness" is the governance, training, and operational activities required to strategy, engagementsupport the operation of the One Bank Portal.
Production Implementation: "Production Implementation" is implementation of the One Bank Portal into production.
(11)    The criteria and milestones for achievement, as well as status and reporting of this goal and its attainment, will be reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Steering Committee. Threshold, Target, and Maximum performance achievement levels are as follows:
Technical Readiness: "Technical readiness" is the configuration and testing of the core financial modules of Workday.
Operational Readiness: "Operational Readiness" is the governance, training, on diversity and inclusion matters. In addition,operational activities required to support the board established a new mission goal for 2018, under whichoperation of the Bank must designate a specific software tool as itscore financial modules of Workday.
Transition System of Record: "Transition System(s) of Record" is transitioning the system of record for its end-user computing applications and conductto the core financial modules of Workday.

There is no guaranteed payout under the provisions of the Incentive Plan. Therefore, the minimum that could be paid out to an inventory using the designated tool.

NEO was $0. The board of directors established separate weighted valuesmaximum amounts that could have been earned for the 2018Annual Award Performance Period goals for ERM, as it did forare presented below. The actual amounts earned are also presented below and in the 2017 Performance Period.Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation table.


2013
MaximumActual
NEOBase SalaryAnnual Award OpportunityWeighted Average AchievementAnnual Award
Weighted Average Achievement (1)
Annual Award
Cindy L. Konich$959,946 50%100%$479,973 94.5%$453,478 
Gregory L. Teare470,132 40%100%188,053 93.1%175,077 
Brendan W. McGrath413,472 40%100%165,389 95.9%158,658 
Deron J. Streitenberger436,857 40%100%174,743 93.1%162,686 
K. Lowell Short, Jr.348,738 35%100%122,058 93.1%113,636 

(1)    Rounded to the nearest tenth of a percent.

163
Table of Contents


2018 Deferred Award (Paid in 2017)2022). Under the Incentive Plan, 50%Fifty percent of each Level I Participant's 20132018 Award ("20132018 Deferred Award") was deferred for a three-year period that ended December 31, 20162021 ("2014-20162019-2021 Deferral Performance Period"). All conditions for payment of the 2013 Deferred Award were satisfied, including the achievement of specific Bank performance goals relating to our profitability, retained earnings and prudential management standards for the 2014-2016 Deferral Performance Period.

174
Table of Contents



The following table presents the payouts to the NEOs who were Level I Participants when the 2013 Deferred Award was made by applying the actual achievement levels to the performance goals for the 2013 Deferred Award.

2013 Incentive Plan - 2014-2016 Performance Period
% of Original Award - Paid in 2017
NEO (1)
 Incentive Award for 2013 Percentage Deferred Deferred Incentive Award Total Achievement 
Payout (2)
Cindy L. Konich $355,202
 50% $177,601
 125% $222,001
Gregory L. Teare 153,480
 50% 76,740
 125% 95,925
K. Lowell Short, Jr. 153,868
 50% 76,934
 125% 96,168
(1)
Mr. Miller and Ms. Kleiman were not Level I participants when the 2013 Deferred Awards were made.
(2)
These amounts were paid on March 3, 2017.

2014 Deferred Award (Paid in 2018).Under the Incentive Plan, 50% of each Level I Participant's 2014 Award ("2014 Deferred Award") was deferred for a three-year period that ended December 31, 2017 ("2015-2017 Deferral Performance Period"). As noted, the 20142018 Deferred Award became earned and vested on that date, subject to the achievement of specific Bank performance goals over the 2015-20172019-2021 Deferral Performance Period and certain other conditions.conditions described below. The performance goals for the 2019-2021 Deferral Performance Period Award are substantially similar to those established for the 2018-2020 Deferral Performance Period. The following table presents the performance goals for the 20142018 Deferred Award relating to our profitability, retained earnings and prudential management standards, together with actual results and specific achievement levels for each mission goal.
2019-2021 Mission GoalsWeighted ValuePerformance LevelsActual ResultAchievement %Weighted Average Achievement
 Threshold (1)
Target (1)
Maximum (1)
Profitability (2)
35%25 bps50 bps150 bpsmaximum125%44%
Retained Earnings (3)
35%3.5%3.9%4.3%maximum125%44%
Prudential Standards (see below)30%Achieve 1 Prudential Standard(a)Achieve both Prudential Standardsmaximum125%37%
Prudential Standard 1: Maintain a regulatory capital-to-assets ratio of at least 4.16% as measured on each quarter-end in 2019 through 2021.
Prudential Standard 2: Award to FHLBI members the annual AHP funding requirement in each plan year.
Total100%125%
2015-2017 Mission Goals 
Weighted Value (1)
 
 Threshold (2)
 
Target (2)
 
Maximum (2)
 Actual Result Achievement % Weighted Average Achievement
Profitability (3)
 35% 25 bps 50 bps 150 bps maximum 125% 44%
Retained Earnings (4)
 35% 3.5% 3.9% 4.3% maximum 125% 44%
Prudential 30% Achieve 2 Prudential Standards (a) Achieve all 3 Prudential Standards maximum 125% 37%
Maintain a regulatory capital-to-assets ratio of at least 4.16% as measured on each quarter-end in 2015 through 2017.      
Without Board pre-approval, do not purchase more than $2.5 billion of conventional AMA assets per plan year.      
Award to FHLBI members the annual AHP funding requirement in each plan year.      
Total 100%         125%
(1)
For Level I Participants.
(2)
Deferred Awards are subject to additional performance goals for the Deferral Performance Period. Depending on our performance during the Deferral Performance Period, the Final Award will be worth 75% at Threshold, 100% at Target or 125% at Maximum of the original amount.
(3)
For purposes of this goal, profitability is defined as the Bank's profitability rate in excess of the Bank's cost of funds rate. Profitability is the Bank's adjusted net income reduced by the portion of net income to be added to restricted retained earnings under the JCE Agreement and increased by the Bank's accruals for incentive compensation. Adjusted net income represents GAAP net income adjusted: (i) for the net impact of certain current and prior period advance prepayments and debt extinguishments, net of the AHP assessment, (ii) to exclude mark-to-market adjustments and certain other effects from derivatives and hedging activities, net of the AHP assessment, and (iii) to exclude the effects from interest expense on MRCS. The Bank's profitability rate, as defined above, as a percentage of average total regulatory capital stock (B1weighted at 100% and B2 weighted at 80% to reflect the relative weights of the Bank's divide). Assumes no material change in investment authority under the Finance Agency's regulation, policy, directive, guidance, or law.
(4)
Total retained earnings divided by mortgage assets, measured at the end of each month. Calculated each month as total retained earnings divided by the sum of the carrying value of the MBS and AMA assets portfolios. The calculation will be the simple average of 36 month-end calculations.
(a)
There is no target level for this goal.



(1)    Deferred Awards are subject to additional performance goals for the Deferral Performance Period. Depending on our performance during the Deferral Performance Period, the Final Award will be worth 75% at Threshold, 100% at Target or 125% at Maximum of the original amount.
(2)    For purposes of this goal for 2019 and 2020, profitability is defined as the Bank's profitability rate in excess of the Bank's cost of funds rate. Profitability is the Bank's adjusted net income reduced by the portion of net income to be added to restricted retained earnings under the JCE Agreement and increased by the Bank's accruals for incentive compensation. Adjusted net income represents GAAP net income adjusted: (i) for the net impact of certain current and prior period advance prepayments and debt extinguishments, net of the AHP assessment, (ii) to exclude mark-to-market adjustments on derivatives and certain other effects from derivatives and hedging activities, net of the AHP assessment, and (iii) to exclude the effects from interest expense on MRCS. The Bank's profitability rate, as defined above, as a percentage of average total regulatory capital stock (B1 weighted at 100% and B2 weighted at 80% to reflect the relative weights of the Bank's dividend). This goal assumes no material change in investment authority under the Finance Agency's regulation, policy, directive, guidance, or law.

For purposes of this goal for 2021, profitability is defined as the Bank’s profitability rate in excess of the Bank’s cost of funds rate. Profitability is the Bank’s core net income reduced by the portion of net income to be added to restricted retained earnings under the JCE Agreement and increased by the Bank’s accruals for incentive compensation, net of the AHP assessment. Core net income represents GAAP Net Income adjusted to exclude: (i) debt extinguishment costs and Advance prepayment fees received in cash on unswapped Advances that are not restructured, net of the AHP assessment, (ii) mark-to-market adjustments and other transitory effects from derivatives and hedging activities, net of the AHP assessment, (iii) interest expense on MRCS, (iv) realized gains and losses on sales of investment securities, net of the AHP assessment, (v) accelerated amortization of concession fees on called COs, net of the AHP assessment, and (vi) other non-recurring components of GAAP earnings that do not necessarily reflect the underlying results of the operations of the Bank, net of the AHP assessment. However, certain excluded amounts may require amortization included in other periods to properly state core net income. The Bank’s profitability rate is profitability, as defined above, as a percentage of average total regulatory capital stock. This goal assumes no material change in investment authority under the FHFA's regulation, policy, directive, guidance, or law.
Attainment of this goal will be computed using the simple average of annual profitability measures over the three-year period.
(3)    Total retained earnings divided by mortgage assets, measured at the end of each month. Calculated each month as total retained earnings divided by the sum of the carrying value of the MBS and AMA assets portfolios. The calculation is the simple average of 36 month-end calculations.
(a)    There is no target level for this goal.

175
164
Table of Contents




Each ofNEO received at least the Level I Participants listed below received an averageminimum required performance rating for each year of the 2015-20172019-2021 Deferral Performance Period of at least "Fully Meets Expectations" or "Satisfactory" (or, for 2016 and subsequent years, the numerical equivalent of such rating in our performance measurement structure), and each was employed by the Bank on the last day of the 2015-2017 Deferral Performance Period,that period, thereby satisfying the two remaining conditions applicable to our NEOs for payment of the 20142018 Deferred Award.


The following table presents the payouts of the 2018 Deferred Awards to the NEOs who were Level I Participants when the 2014 Deferred Award was made by applying the total achievement levels described above tolevel of the performance goals for the 20142018 Deferred Award. These payouts are also presented in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation table. Mr. McGrath was not eligible for a 2018 Deferred Award.


2014 Incentive Plan2018 Deferred Award - 2015-20172019-2021 Performance Period
% of Original Award - Paid in 2018
NEO (1)
 Incentive Award for 2014 Percentage Deferred Deferred Incentive Award Total Achievement 
Payout (2)
Cindy L. Konich $602,568
 50% $301,284
 125% $376,605
Gregory L. Teare 180,802
 50% 90,401
 125% 113,001
William D. Miller 195,906
 50% 97,953
 125% 122,441
K. Lowell Short, Jr. 181,192
 50% 90,596
 125% 113,245
(1)
Ms. Kleiman was not a Level I participant when the 2014 Deferred Awards were made.
(2)
These amounts were paid on February 23, 2018, except Mr. Short elected to defer 100% of his 2014 Deferred Award in accordance with the terms of the SETP. The amount deferred was not paid on the date indicated.

NEOTotal Award for 2018Percentage Deferred
Deferred
Amount
Total AchievementDeferred
 Award Paid in 2022
Cindy L. Konich$884,242 50%$442,121 125%$552,651 
Gregory L. Teare342,850 50%171,425 125%214,281 
Deron J. Streitenberger237,282 50%118,641 125%148,301 
K. Lowell Short, Jr.226,812 50%113,406 125%141,758 
2018 Deferred Award (Payable in 2022). The board of directors established Deferred Award Performance Goals for Level I Participants (which include all of our NEOs) for the three-year period ending December 31, 2021 ("2019-2021 Deferral Performance Period"), relating to our profitability, retained earnings and prudential management standards. The mission goals, weighted values and performance levels for the 2019-2021 Deferral Performance Period are the same as those previously established by the board for the 2018-2020 Deferral Performance Period and are substantially similar to those previously established by the board for each of the three-year Deferral Performance Periods covering 2015 through 2019.

The table below presents the mission goals, weighted values and performance levels for the 2019-2021 Deferral Performance Period.
2019 - 2021 Mission Goals  
Threshold (2)
 
Target (2)
 
Maximum (2)
 
Weighted Value (1)
 
Profitability (3)
 35% 25 bps 50 bps 150 bps
Retained Earnings (4)
 35% 3.5% 3.9% 4.3%
Prudential Standards: (5)
 30% 
Achieve 1 Prudential
Standard
 (a) Achieve 2 Prudential Standards
Maintain a regulatory capital-to-assets ratio of at least 4.16% as measured on each quarter-end in 2019 through 2021.

Award to FHLBI members the annual AHP Competitive funding requirement in each plan year.
(1)
For Level I Participants.
(2)
Deferred Awards are subject to additional Performance Goals for the Deferral Performance Period. Depending on the Bank's performance during the Deferral Performance Period, the Final Award will be worth 75% at Threshold, 100% at Target or 125% at Maximum of the original amount.
(3)
For purposes of this goal, profitability has the same definition as for the 2015-2017 mission goals (set forth above). This rate assumes no material change in investment authority under Finance Agency regulation, policy, directive, guidance, or law. Attainment of this goal will be computed using the simple average of annual profitability measures over the three-year period.
(4)
Total retained earnings divided by the sum of the carrying value of the MBS and AMA assets portfolios, measured at the end of each month. The calculation will be the simple average of 36 month-end calculations.
(5)
For each of the three-year Deferral Performance Periods ending December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Threshold and Maximum performance levels for the Prudential Standards goal were 2 and 3, respectively.
(a)
There is no target level for this goal.


176
Table of Contents



Other Incentive Plan Provisions. The Incentive Plan provides that a termination of service of a Level I Participant during a Performance Period or Deferral Performance Period may result in the forfeiture of the Participant's award. TheHowever, the Incentive Plan recognizes certain exceptions to this general rule if the termination of service is (i) due to the Level I Participant's death, "Disability," or "Retirement"; (ii) for "Good Reason"; or (iii) without "Cause" due to a "Reduction in Force" (in each case as defined in the Incentive Plan). If one of these exceptions applies, a Level I Participant's Annual Award or Deferred Awards generally will be treated as earned and vested, and will be calculated using certain assumptions with respect to our achievement of applicable performance goals for the applicable Performance Period or Deferral Performance Period. PaymentAdditionally, payment of an award may be accelerated if the Participantparticipant dies or becomes "Disabled" while an employee of the Bank, or if the termination is without "Cause" due to a "Reduction in Force".


The Incentive Plan provides that awards may be reduced or forfeited in certain circumstances. If, during a Deferral Performance Period, we realize actual losses or other measures or aspects of performance related to the Performance Period or Deferral Performance Period that would have caused a reduction in the final award for the Performance Period or Deferral Performance Period, the remaining amount of the final award to be paid at the end of the Deferral Performance Period will be reduced to reflect this additional information. In addition, all or a portion of an award may be forfeited at the direction of the board of directors if we have failed to remediate to the satisfaction of the board an unsafe or unsound practice or condition (as identified by the Finance Agency) that is material to our financial operation and within the Level I Participant's area(s) of responsibility. Under such circumstances, the board may also direct the cessation of payments for a vested award. Further, the board may reduce or eliminate an award that is otherwise earned but not yet paid if the board finds that a serious, material safety-soundness problem or a serious, material risk management deficiency exists at our Bank, or in certain other circumstances.


Retirement Benefits.We have established and maintain a comprehensive retirement program for our NEOs. During 2017, we providedemployees, which includes our qualified (DB Plan) and non-qualified (SERP) defined benefit plans and our qualified (DC Plan) and non-qualified (SETP) defined contribution plans to certain of our NEOs.plans. The benefits provided by these plans are components of the total compensation opportunity for NEOs.our employees. The board of directors believes that these plans serve as valuable retention tools and provide significant tax deferral opportunities and resources for the participants' long-range financial planning. These plans are discussed below.


Pension and Thrift Plans - In General. Our retirement program is comprised of two qualified retirement plans: the DB Plan (for eligible employees hired before February 1, 2010) and the DC Plan (for all eligible employees).

Our board of directors established a SERP in 1993 in response to federal legislation that imposes restrictions on the retirement benefits otherwise earned by executives. The SERP was frozen, effective December 31, 2004, and is now referred to as the "Frozen SERP." A separate SERP ("2005 SERP") was established effective January 1, 2005 to conform to the IRC Section 409A regulations. As described below, the SERP restores retirement benefits of NEO participants and certain other employees under the DB Plan that would otherwise be limited by Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") regulations. The DB Plan and SERP provide benefits based on a combination of a participant's length of service, age and annual compensation.

In November 2015, we established the SETP, effective January 1, 2016. As described below, the purpose of the SETP is to permit the NEOs and certain other employees to elect to defer compensation in addition to their DC Plan deferrals. The DC Plan and SETP provide benefits based upon amounts deferred by the participant and employer matching contributions based upon the amount of the participant's deferral and compensation. In addition, as described below, the DC Plan and SETP provide enhanced benefits for qualified employees who do not participate in the DB Plan. The DB Plan, the SERP, the DC Plan and the SETPhave all been amended and restated from time to time to comply with changes in laws and regulations of the IRS and to modify certain benefit features.    
DB Plan and SERP.SERP. All employees who met the eligibility requirements and were hired before February 1, 2010 participate in the DB Plan, a tax-qualified, multiple employer defined benefit pension plan. The plan neither requires nor permits employee contributions. Participants' pensionPension benefits vest upon completion of five years of service. Benefits under the DB Plan are based upon compensationcompensation up to the annual compensation limit established by the IRS,Internal Revenue Service ("IRS"), which was $270,000$290,000 in 2017.2021. In addition, benefits payable to participants in the DB Plan may not exceed a maximum benefit limit established by the IRS, which in 20172021 was $215,000,$230,000, payable as a single life annuity at normal retirement age.


165
Table of Contents


In connection with the DB Plan, the board of directors established a supplemental non-qualified plan in 1993 in response to federal legislation that imposed restrictions on the retirement benefits otherwise earned by certain management or highly-compensated employees. The original supplemental non-qualified plan was frozen effective December 31, 2004, and is now referred to as the "Frozen SERP." A separate SERP ("2005 SERP") was established effective January 1, 2005 to conform to IRC Section 409A requirements. The SERP as a non-qualifiedis an extension of our retirement plan, preservescommitment to the NEO participants and certain highly-compensated employees. The SERP restores the full pension benefits that are not payable fromof NEO participants and certain other employees under the DB Plan due tothat would otherwise be limited by IRS limitationsregulations regarding compensation, years of service or benefits payable. The DB Plan and SERP provide benefits based on a combination of a participant's length of service, age and annual compensation. In determining whether a participant is entitled to a restoration of retirement benefits, the SERP utilizes the identical benefit formula applicable to the DB Plan. In the event that the benefit payable from the DB Plan has been reduced or otherwise limited due to IRS limitations, the participant's lost benefits areBenefits payable under the terms2005 SERP are reduced by (among other things) benefit amounts that would have been payable under the Frozen SERP, calculated as if the participant in the Frozen SERP had terminated employment on December 31, 2004. SERP benefits are funded by a grantor trust we have established as part of the SERP. In this respect,Bank's general assets. The assets of the grantor trust are subject to the claims of our general creditors. Any rights created under the SERP is an extensionare unsecured contractual rights of our retirement commitment to the NEO participants and certain other employees as highly-compensated employees.against the Bank.


177
Table of Contents




Our board of directors amended the DB Plan, effective for all employees hired on or after July 1, 2008, to provide a reduced benefit. All eligible employees hired on or before June 30, 2008 (including two NEOs) were grandfathered under the benefit formula and the terms of the DB Plan in effect as of June 30, 2008 ("Grandfathered DB Plan") and are eligible to continue under the Grandfathered DB Plan, (except as described below in footnote 4 to the Pension Benefits Table), subject to future plan amendments made by the board of directors. All eligible employees hired on or after July 1, 2008 but before February 1, 2010 (including two NEOs) are enrolled in the amended DB Plan ("Amended DB Plan"). Thus, as shown below in the Pension Benefits Table, as of December 31, 2017, four NEOs participate (or have previously accumulated benefits) in either the Grandfathered DB Plan or the Amended DB Plan and three of those four are eligible to participate in the SERP.


During 2010, our board of directors discontinued eligibility in the Amended DB Plan for new employees. As a result, no employee hired on or after February 1, 2010 is enrolled in that plan, while participants in the Grandfathered DB Plan or Amended DB Plan as of January 31, 2010 continue to be eligible for the GrandfatheredGrandfathered DB Plan or Amended DB Plan (and, as applicable, the 2005 SERP) and accrue benefits thereunder until termination of employment.


Effective August 1, 2021, our board of directors amended the 2005 SERP to enhance the retention of participating employees. The amendment provides greater predictability of the dollar amount of benefits payable upon separation of employment or retirement from the Bank. The applicable retirement plan interest rates and mortality tables used to calculate benefits are set as of May 2021 and June 2021, respectively, rather than as of the employee's date of separation of employment or retirement. The amendment included similar provisions for the calculation of death benefits payable, except that the applicable retirement plan interest rates and mortality tables are set as of July 2021 and June 2021, respectively. While the long-term impact of the amendment on employees' pension values is expected to be favorable to the employee, the amendment had a one-time unfavorable impact on employees' pension values in 2021.


166
Table of Contents


The following sections describe the differences in the benefits provided under these plans.plans.


Grandfathered DB Plan.The following table shows estimated annual benefits payable upon retirement at age 65 by combining the Grandfathered DB Plan and the SERP. The estimated annual benefits are calculated in accordance with the formula currently in effect for specified years of service and compensation for individuals participating in both plans, and hired prior to July 1, 2008.
 Sample High 3-Year Average Compensation Annual Benefits Payable at age 65 Based on Years of Benefit Service
30 35
$1,000,000 $750,000
 $875,000
1,100,000 825,000
 962,500
1,200,000 900,000
 1,050,000
2008, which includes Ms. Konich and Mr. McGrath.
 Sample High 3-Consecutive-Year Average CompensationAnnual Benefits Payable at age 65 Based on Years of Benefit Service
25303540
$500,000$312,500 $375,000 $437,500 $500,000 
600,000375,000 450,000 525,000 600,000 
700,000437,500 525,000 612,500 700,000 
800,000500,000 600,000 700,000 800,000 
900,000562,500 675,000 787,500 900,000 
1,000,000625,000 750,000 875,000 1,000,000 
1,100,000687,500 825,000 962,500 1,100,000 
1,200,000750,000 900,000 1,050,000 1,200,000 
1,300,000812,500 975,000 1,137,500 1,300,000 
1,400,000875,000 1,050,000 1,225,000 1,400,000 
1,500,000937,500 1,125,000 1,312,500 1,500,000 
 
Formula: The combined Grandfathered DB Plan and SERP benefit equals 2.5% times years of benefit service times the high three-yearthree-consecutive-year average compensation. Benefit service begins one year after employment, and benefits are vested after five years. Benefit payments commencing before age 65 are reduced by applying an early retirement factor based on the participant's age when payments begin. The allowance payable at age 65 would be reduced by 3.0% for each year the employee is under age 65. However, if the sum of age and years of vesting service at termination of employment is at least 70 ("Rule of 70"), the retirement allowance would be reduced by 1.5% for each year the employee is under age 65. Beginning at age 66, retirees are also provided an annual retiree cost of living adjustment of 3.0% per year, which is not reflected in the table.


178
Table of Contents



Amended DB Plan.The following table shows estimated annual benefits payable upon retirement at age 65 by combining the Amended DB Plan and the 2005 SERP. The estimated annual benefits are calculated in accordance with the formula currently in effect for specified years of service and compensation for individuals participating in both plans, hired on or after July 1, 2008 but before February 1, 2010. 2010, which includes Mr. Teare and Mr. Short. 

 Sample High 5-Year Average Compensation Annual Benefits Payable at age 65 Based on Years of Benefit Service
15 20
$300,000 $67,500
 $90,000
400,000 90,000
 120,000
500,000 112,500
 150,000
600,000 135,000
 180,000
700,000 157,500
 210,000
 Sample High 5-Consecutive-Year Average CompensationAnnual Benefits Payable at age 65 Based on Years of Benefit Service
1520
$500,000$112,500 $150,000 
600,000135,000 180,000 
700,000157,500 210,000 


Formula: The combined Amended DB Plan and 2005 SERP benefit equals 1.5% times years of benefit service times the high five-yearfive-consecutive-year average compensation. The benefit is not payable under the Frozen SERP because no participant in the Amended DB Plan is an eligible participant in the Frozen SERP. Benefit service begins 1one year after employment, and benefits are vested after five years. The allowance payable at age 65 would be reduced according to the actuarial equivalent based on actual age when early retirement commences. Benefit payments commencing before age 65 are reduced by applying an early retirement factor based on the participant's age when payments begin. If a participant satisfied the Rule of 70 at termination of employment, the retirement allowance would be reduced by 3.0% for each year the participant is under age 65.
 

167
Table of Contents


The following table sets forth a comparison of the Grandfathered DB Plan and the Amended DB Plan. 

DB Plan Provisions 
 Grandfathered DB Plan
(All Employees Hired on or before June 30, 2008)
 
 Amended DB Plan
(All Employees Hired between July 1, 2008 and January 31, 2010)
DB Plan Provisions Grandfathered DB Plan
(All Employees Hired on or before June 30, 2008)
 Amended DB Plan
(All Employees Hired between July 1, 2008 and January 31, 2010)
Benefit Increment 2.5% 1.5%Benefit Increment2.5%1.5%
Cost of Living Adjustment 3.0% Per Year Cumulative, Commencing at Age 66 NoneCost of Living Adjustment3.0% Per Year Cumulative, Commencing at Age 66None
Normal Form of Payment Guaranteed 12 Year Payout Life AnnuityNormal Form of PaymentGuaranteed 12 Year PayoutLife Annuity
Early Retirement Reduction for less than Age 65:    Early Retirement Reduction for less than Age 65:
i) Rule of 70 1.5% Per Year 3.0% Per Year
ii) Rule of 70 Not Met 3.0% Per Year Actuarial Equivalent
(i) Rule of 70 (i) Rule of 701.5% Per Year3.0% Per Year
(ii) Rule of 70 Not Met(ii) Rule of 70 Not Met3.0% Per YearActuarial Equivalent


With respect to all employees hired before February 1, 2010:

Eligible compensation includes salary (before any employee contributions to tax qualified plans), short-term incentive, bonus (including Annual Awards under the Incentive Plan), and any other compensation that is reflected on the IRS Form W-2 (but not including long-term incentive payments, such as Deferred Awards under the Incentive Plan).
Retirement benefits from the DB Plan are paid in the form of a lump sum, annuity, or a combination of the two, at the election of the retiree at the time of retirement. Any payments involving a lump sum are subject to spousal consent.
Retirement benefits from the 2005 SERP may be paid in the form of a lump sum payment, or annual installments up to 20 years, or a combination of lump sum and annual payments.

DC Plans and SETP. The benefits due fromBank participated in the SERPPentegra Defined Contribution Retirement Savings Plan for Financial Institutions, as amended, a multiple employer retirement savings plan qualified under IRC Section 401(k), through October 1, 2020. Effective October 2, 2020, the Bank adopted the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis Retirement Savings Plan, which is a single employer retirement savings plan qualified under IRC Section 401(k). The terms of such plans are paid out of a grantor trust that we have established or out of our general assets. The assets ofsubstantially the grantor trustsame and are subjectcollectively referred to as the claims of our general creditors."DC Plan."


179
Table of Contents



DC Plan and SETP.All employees including the NEOs, who have met the eligibility requirements may participate in the DC Plan, a retirement savings plan qualified under IRC Section 401(k).Plan. All of the NEOs participate in the DC Plan. The DC Plan generally provides for an immediate (after the first month of hire) fully vested employer match of 100% on the first 6% of base pay thatsalary of the participant contributes. In November 2017, the board of directors approved an amendment to the DC Plan, effective January 1, 2018, to establish an employer-funded non-elective contribution ("NEC") program. This plan amendment ("NEC Amendment") provides an additional employer-funded benefit for certain DC Plan participants, including two of our NEOs, who were hired (or re-hired)participant's biweekly contributions on a pre-tax, post-tax, and/or after February 1, 2010 and therefore do not participate (or do not currently accumulate benefits) in the Grandfathered DB Plan or the Amended DB Plan. Under the NEC Amendment, the Bank will make an additional NEC of 4% of base pay per year to the DC Plan account of each employee who is eligible to participate in the DC Plan and does not participate in the DB Plan. The NEC Amendment further provides for a vesting schedule for NECs based on an employee's years of service at the Bank. Partial vesting begins when an eligible employee has attained at least two years of service. Eligible employees become fully vested in their NECs when they have attained five years of service.Roth basis.


Eligible compensation in the DC Plan is defined as base salary. A participant in the DC Plan may elect to contribute up to 50% of eligible compensation, subject to the following limits. Under IRS regulations,regulations, in 20172021 an employee could contribute up to $18,000$19,500 of eligible compensation on a pre-tax basis, and an employee age 50 or over could contribute up to an additional $6,000$6,500 on a pre-tax basis. Participant contributions over that amount may be made on an after-tax basis.basis but are also limited by Section 415 of the IRC. A total of $54,000$58,000 per year ($60,00064,500 per year including catch-up contributions for employees age 50 or over) could have been contributed to a participant's account in 2017,2021, including our matching contribution and the participant's pre-tax and after-tax contributions. In addition, no more than $270,000$290,000 of annual compensation could have been taken into account in computing eligible compensation in 2017.2021. The amount deferred on a pre-tax basis will beis taxed to the participant as ordinary income when distributed from the DC Plan. The plan permits participants to self-direct the investment of their DC Plan accountsaccount into one or more investment funds. All returns are at the market rate of the respective fund(s) selectedselected by the participant.


The DC Plan also permits a participant (in addition to making pre-tax elective deferrals) to fund a separate "Roth Elective Deferral Account" (also known as a "Roth 401(k)") with after-tax contributions. A participant may make both pre-tax and Roth 401(k) contributions, subject to the limitations described in the previouspreceding paragraph. All Bank contributions will beare allocated to the participant's safe-harborDC Plan account, subject to the maximum match amount described above. Under current IRS rules, withdrawals from a Roth 401(k) account (including investment gains) are tax-free after the participant reaches age 59 1/2 and if the withdrawal occurs at least five years after January 1 of the first year in which a contribution to the Roth 401(k) account occurs. In addition, the DC Plan permits in-plan Roth conversions, which allow participants to convert certain vested contributions into Roth contributions, similar to a Roth Individual Retirement Account conversion.


Any Bank employee
168
Table of Contents


Effective January 1, 2018, the board of directors established, within the DC Plan, an employer-funded non-elective contribution ("NEC") program. The NEC provides an additional employer-funded benefit for all employees who is a participanthave met the eligibility requirements to participate in the DC Plan who were hired on or after February 1, 2010 and therefore do not participate in the Grandfathered DB Plan or the Amended DB Plan. The Bank makes this additional NEC of 4% of base salary per year to the DC Plan account of each participant. The NEC is upon approval bysubject to a vesting schedule based on a participant's years of service at the Bank. Partial vesting begins when a participant has attained at least two years of service. Participants become fully vested in their NECs when they have attained five years of service. Mr. Streitenberger receives the NEC and is fully vested.

In November 2015, the board of directors eligibleestablished the SETP, effective January 1, 2016. As described below, the purpose of the SETP is to become apermit the NEOs and certain other employees to elect to defer compensation in addition to compensation deferred under the DC Plan. The DC Plan and SETP provide benefits based upon amounts deferred by the participant in the SETP. and employer-matching contributions.

Each DC Plan participant who is an officer with a title of First Vice President or a higher officer levelmore senior (which includes all NEOs) is automatically eligible to become a SETP participant. We intend thatIn addition, the board of directors in its discretion may designate other DC Plan participants as eligible to participate. The SETP constituteconstitutes a nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement that complies with IRC Section 409A regulations. The SETPregulations and permits a participant to elect to have all or a portion of his or hersuch participant's base salary and/or annual incentive plan payment withheld and credited to the participant's deferral contributionSETP account. The SETP provides that,Under this plan, subject to certain limitations, the Bank will contribute to the participant's account each plan year, up to the contribution that would have been made for the benefit of the participant under the DC Plan, including, if applicable, the NECs described above, as if the participant did not participate in the SETP and without regard to benefit or compensation limits imposed by the IRC. The plan permits participants to self-direct the investment of their deferred contributionSETP account into one or more investment funds. All returns are at the market rate of the respective fund(s) selected by the participant. ThePlan benefits are paid out of an investment account established for each participant under a grantor trust that we have established outas part of our general assets. The assets of the grantor trust are subject to the claims of our general creditors. The trust will be maintained such that the SETP is at all times considered unfunded and constitutes a mere promise by the Bank to make SETP benefit payments in the future. Any rights created under the SETPthis plan are unsecured contractual rights against the Bank.



The DB Plan, the 2005 SERP, the DC Plan and the SETP have all been amended from time to time to comply with changes in laws and IRS regulations and to clarify or modify other benefit features.
180
Table of Contents



Perquisites and Other Benefits.We offer the following additional perquisites and other benefits to all employees, including the NEOs, under the same general terms and conditions:
 
medical, dental, and vision insurance (subject to employee expense sharing);
vacation leave, which increases based upon officer title and years of service;
life and long-term disability insurance (the PEOCEO, CFO, and the PFOCBOO are eligible for enhanced monthly benefits under our disability insurance program);
travel and accident insurance, as well as kidnappingspecial crime coverage, which include life insurance benefits;
educational assistance;
employee relocation assistance, where appropriate, for new hires; and
student loan repayment assistance.


In addition, we provide as a taxable benefit to the NEOs and certain other officers limited spouse/guest travel to board of directors meetings and preapproved industry activities (limited to two events per year unless otherwise approved by the President - CEO, or by the Chief Internal Audit Officer in the case of the President - CEO).activities.
 
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.


Severance Pay Plan. The board of directors has adopted a Severance Pay Plan that pays each NEO, upon a qualifying termination as described below (or in the Bank's discretion on a case-by-case basis), up to a maximum 52 weeks of base paysalary computed at the rate of 4four weeks of severance pay for each year of service with a minimum of 8eight weeks of base paysalary to be paid. In addition, the plan pays a lump sum amount equal to the NEO's cost to maintain health insurance coverage under thea Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act ("COBRA")-like coverage for the time period applicable under the severance pay schedule. The Severance Pay Plan may be amended or eliminated by the board at any time. Receipt of benefits under the Severance Pay Plan is conditioned on the execution of a binding separation contract.



169
Table of Contents


The Severance Pay Plan does not apply to NEOs who have entered into a KESA with the Bank or who are participants under the Bank's Key Employee Severance Policy ("KESP") if a qualifying event has triggered payment under the terms of the KESA or the KESP. As of the date of this Report,Filing Date, Ms. Konich is the only NEO with whom we have a KESA; all other NEOs are participants under the KESP. If any NEO's employment is terminated, but a qualifying event under the KESA or the KESP, as applicable, has not occurred, the provisions of the Severance Pay Plan apply.


The following qualifying events will trigger an NEO's right to severance benefits under the Severance Pay Plan:
 
the elimination of a job or position;
a reduction in force;
a substantial job modification, to the extent the incumbent NEO is no longer qualified for, or is unable to perform, the restructured job; or
the reassignment of staff requiring the relocation by more than 75 miles of the NEO's primary residence.residence; or

termination of employment in connection with a reorganization, merger or other change of control of the Bank.

In addition, the Bank has discretion under the Severance Pay Plan to provide additional pay or outplacement services to amicably resolve employment separations involving our NEOs and other employees.


The following table listspresents the estimated amounts that would have been payable to the NEOs under the Severance Pay Plan if triggered as of December 31, 2017,2021, absent a qualifying event that would result in payments under Ms. Konich's KESA or the KESP.

 Months of Cost of Weeks of Cost of TotalMonths ofCost ofWeeks ofCost ofTotal
NEO COBRA COBRA Salary Salary SeveranceNEOCOBRACOBRASalarySalarySeverance
Cindy L. Konich 12 $21,444
 52 $887,614
 $909,058
Cindy L. Konich12$25,930 52$959,946 $985,876 
Gregory L. Teare 10 12,526
 40 331,220
 343,746
Gregory L. Teare1218,231 52470,132 488,363 
William D. Miller 7 4,013
 28 197,022
 201,035
Mary M. Kleiman 3 3,758
 12 78,294
 82,052
Brendan W. McGrathBrendan W. McGrath1225,930 52413,472 439,402 
Deron J. StreitenbergerDeron J. Streitenberger919,447 36302,440 321,887 
K. Lowell Short, Jr. 9 11,273
 36 225,378
 236,651
K. Lowell Short, Jr.1218,231 52348,738 366,969 


The amounts listed above do not include payments and benefits to the extent that they are provided on a nondiscriminatory basis to NEOs generally upon termination of employment. These payments and benefits include:
 
accrued salary and vacation pay;
distribution of benefits under the DB Plan; and
distribution of plan balances under the DC Plan.



181
Table of Contents



TheSimilarly, the amounts listed above also do not include payments from the SERP or the SETP. Amounts payable from the SERP may be found in the Pension Benefits Table. Account balances for the SETP may be found in the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table.


Key Employee Severance Agreement and Key Employee Severance Policy. In general, key employee severance arrangements in the form of agreements or a board-approved policy are intended to promote retention of certain officers in the event of discussions concerning a possible reorganization or change in control of the Bank, to ensure that merger or reorganization opportunities are evaluated objectively, and to provide compensation and other benefits to covered employees under certain circumstances in the event of a consolidation, change in control or reorganization of the Bank. As described in the following paragraphs, these arrangements provide for payment and, in some cases, continued and/or increased benefits if the officer's employment terminates under certain circumstances in connection with a reorganization, merger or other change in control of the Bank. If we were not in compliance with all applicable regulatory capital or regulatory leverage requirements at the time payment under the KESA or KESP becomes due, or if the payment would cause our Bank to fall below applicable regulatory requirements, the payment would be deferred until such time as we achieve compliance with such requirements. Moreover, if we were insolvent, have had a receiver or conservator appointed, or were in "troubled condition" at the time payment under an arrangement becomes due, the Finance Agency could deem such a payment to be subject to its rules limiting golden parachute payments.



170
Table of Contents


Key Employee Severance Agreement.Ms. Konich's KESA was entered into during 2007. Under the terms of her agreement, Ms. Konich is entitled to a lump sum payment equal to a multiplier of her three preceding calendar years':


base salary (less salary deferrals), bonus, and other cash compensation;
salary deferrals and employer matching contributions under the DC Plan and SETP; and
taxable portion of automobile allowance, if any.


Ms. Konich is entitled to a multiplier of 2.99, if she terminates for "good reason" or is terminated "without cause" during a period beginning 12 months before and ending 24 months after a reorganization. This agreement also provides that benefits payable to Ms. Konich pursuant to the SERP would be calculated as if she were three years older and had three more years of benefit service. The agreement with Ms. Konich also provides her with coverage for 36 months under our medical and dental insurance plans in effect at the time of termination (subject to her payment of the employee portion of the cost of such coverage).


We do not believe payments to Ms. Konich under the KESA would be subject to the restriction on change-in-control payments under IRC Section 280G or the excise tax applicable to excess change-in-control payments, because we are exempt from these requirements as a tax-exempt instrumentality of the United States government. If it were determined, however, that Ms. Konich is liable for such excise tax payment,payment, the agreement provides for a "gross-up" of the benefits to cover such excise tax payment. This gross-up of approximately $2.8$3.4 million is not shown as a component of the value of the KESA in the table below.


Further, the agreement with Ms. Konich provides that she will be reimbursed for all reasonable accounting, legal, financial advisory and actuarial fees and expenses she incurs with respect to execution of the agreement or at the time of payment under the agreement. The agreement also provides that Ms. Konich will be reimbursed for all reasonable legal fees and expenses she incurs if we contest the enforceability of the KESA or the calculation of the amounts payable under the agreement, so long as she is wholly or partially successful on the merits or the parties agree to a settlement of the dispute.



182
Table of Contents



If a reorganization of our Bank had triggered payments under Ms. Konich's KESA on December 31, 2017,2021, the value of the payments for her would have been approximately as follows in the table below.
Benefit Value
2.99 times average of the 3 prior calendar years base salary, bonuses and other cash compensation paid to the executive except for salary deferrals which are included below $3,549,447
2.99 times average of the executive's salary deferrals and employer matching contributions under the DC Plan and SETP for the 3 prior calendar years 275,615
Additional amount under the SERP equal to the additional benefit calculated as if the executive were 3 years older and had 3 more years of credited service 2,236,689
Medical and dental insurance coverage for 36 months 43,920
Reimbursement of reasonable accounting, legal, financial advisory, and actuarial services (1)
 15,000
Total value of KESA $6,120,671

follows:
(1)
Benefit
TheValue
2.99 times average of the 3 prior calendar years base salary, bonuses and other cash compensation paid to the executive except for salary deferrals which are included below$5,194,696 
2.99 times average of the executive's salary deferrals and employer matching contributions under the DC Plan and SETP for the 3 prior calendar years422,236 
Additional amount under the SERP equal to the additional benefit calculated as if the executive were 3 years older and had 3 more years of $15,000credited service2,131,746 
Medical and dental insurance coverage for reimbursement36 months77,789 
Reimbursement of reasonable accounting, legal, financial advisory, and actuarial services is an estimate and does not represent a minimum or maximum amount that could be paid.(1)
15,000 
Total value of KESA$7,841,467 


(1)    The amount of $15,000 for reimbursement of reasonable accounting, legal, financial advisory, and actuarial services is an estimate and does not represent a minimum or maximum amount that could be paid.

Key Employee Severance Policy.On March 9, 2017,November 20, 2020, the board of directors adoptedre-adopted the KESP, effective as of that date, which establishes three participation levels for covered employees: (i) Level 1 Participants, which include any Executive Vice President, (ii) Level 2 Participants, which include any Senior Vice President, and (iii) Level 3 Participants, which include any other officer designated by the HR Committee to be a Level 3 Participant from time to time. Thus, covered executives under the KESP (as of the Filing Date) include all NEOs other than Ms. Konich. Mr. Teare, Mr. McGrath, and Mr. MillerStreitenberger are Level 1 Participants, andParticipants. Mr. Short and Ms. Kleiman areis a Level 2 Participants.Participant.



171
Table of Contents


Under the KESP, if the covered employee terminates for "good reason" or is terminated without "cause," in either case within six months before or 24 months after a reorganization, the covered employee is entitled to a lump-sum payment equal to a multiple (2.0 for Level 1 Participants, 1.5 for Level 2 Participants and 1.0 for Level 3 Participants) of the average of his or her three preceding calendar years' base salary (inclusive of amounts deferred under a qualified or nonqualified plan) and gross bonus (inclusive of amounts deferred under a qualified or nonqualified plan); provided that, for any calendar year in which the covered employee received base salary for less than the entire year, the gross amount shall be annualized as if such amount had been payable for the entire calendar year. All amounts payable under the KESP are capped at an amount equal to one dollar ($1) less than the aggregate amount which would otherwise cause any such payments to be considered a “parachute payment”"parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G of the IRC.


In addition, to the extent the covered employee is eligible, he or she will continue after a compensated termination to be covered by the Bank’s medical and dental insurance plans in effect immediately prior to the compensated termination, subject to the covered employee’s payment of the employee’s portion of the cost of such continued coverage. The coverage will continue for Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 Participants for 24 months, 18 months and 12 months, respectively. In the event the covered employee is ineligible under the terms of such plans for continuing coverage or such plans shall have been modified, the Bank will provide through other sources coverage which is substantially equivalent to the coverage provided immediately prior to the compensated termination, subject to the covered employee’s payment of a comparable portion of the cost of such continued coverage as under the Bank’s medical and dental insurance plans. The KESP also provides for outplacement services for all covered employees.



The following table presents the amounts that would have been payable under the KESP if triggered as of December 31, 2021:

NEOAmount
Gregory L. Teare$1,622,901 
Brendan W. McGrath910,262 
Deron J. Streitenberger1,387,786 
K. Lowell Short, Jr.893,994 
183
172
Table of Contents




Summary Compensation Table
Name and Principal PositionYear
Salary (1)
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation (2)
Change in Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings (3)
All Other Compensation (4)
Total
Cindy L. Konich (5)
President - CEO (PEO)
2021$959,946 $1,006,129 $— $59,480 $2,025,555 
2020996,867 941,870 4,616,000 61,878 6,616,615 
2019931,996 839,154 5,665,000 69,610 7,505,760 
Gregory L. Teare
EVP - CFO (PFO)
2021470,132 389,358 115,000 29,334 1,003,824 
2020488,214 368,486 301,000 30,509 1,188,209 
2019456,430 303,036 368,000 28,353 1,155,819 
Brendan W. McGrath (6)
EVP - CRO
2021413,472 158,658 356,000 25,857 953,987 
Deron J. Streitenberger
EVP - CBOO
2021436,857 310,987 — 44,637 792,481 
2020423,981 287,388 — 43,609 754,978 
2019378,040 253,559 — 28,959 660,558 
K. Lowell Short, Jr.
SVP - CAO
2021348,738 255,394 117,000 21,879 743,011 
2020362,151 242,792 223,000 22,877 850,820 
2019338,572 222,766 223,000 21,256 805,594 

(1)    Salary reflects 26 biweekly pay periods for 20172021 and 2019 and 27 biweekly pay periods for 2020.
Name and Principal Position Year 
Salary 
 
Bonus 
 
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation (1)
 
Change in Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings (2)
 
All Other Compensation (3)
 Total
(a) (b) (c) (d) (g) (h) (i) (j)
Cindy L. Konich
President - CEO (PEO)
 2017 $829,530
 $
 $765,447
 $3,980,000
 $49,772
 $5,624,749
 2016 775,242
 
 595,086
 2,996,000
 46,515
 4,412,843
 2015 680,030
 
 430,624
 1,943,000
 15,900
 3,069,554
Gregory L. Teare
EVP - CFO
(PFO)
 2017 410,072
 
 266,778
 234,000
 24,604
 935,454
 2016 372,788
 
 221,508
 153,000
 22,367
 769,663
 2015 342,491
 
 196,657
 97,000
 15,900
 652,048
William D. Miller
EVP - CRO 
 2017 345,176
 
 255,334
 
 
 600,510
 2016 322,582
 
 108,670
 
 19,355
 450,607
 2015 313,170
 
 87,630
 
 15,900
 416,700
Mary M. Kleiman SVP - GC & CCO (4)
 2017 326,222
 
 107,042
 70,000
 19,573
 522,837
              
K. Lowell Short, Jr.
SVP - CAO
 2017 313,014
 
 215,953
 137,000
 18,781
 684,748
 2016 303,888
 
 198,540
 93,000
 18,233
 613,661
 2015 294,557
 
 184,184
 62,000
 15,900
 556,641

(1)
(2)    The Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation table below shows the components of the "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation" column and the dates that these amounts were paid.
(2)
These amounts represent a change in pension value under the Grandfathered DB Plan, Amended DB Plan and the SERP, as applicable. The change in pension values are determined by calculating the present values of pension benefits accrued through the beginning and ending plan valuation dates. The calculations incorporate various assumptions and changes in compensation, age and service, and utilize discount interest rates based on market interest rates. Therefore, changes in market interest rates can have a significant impact on the change in pension value. The discount rates used as of December 31, 2017 were significantly lower than the discount rates used as of December 31, 2016, which caused a significant increase in the change in pension values for 2017. No NEO received preferential or above-market earnings on deferred compensation.
(3)
The All Other Compensation table below shows the components of the "All Other Compensation" column.
(4)
Ms. Kleiman was not an NEO in 2016 or 2015.


184
Table of Contents



Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation - 2017table below presents the components of the "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation" column and the dates that these amounts were paid.
(3)    These amounts represent a change in pension value under the Grandfathered DB Plan, Amended DB Plan and the SERP, as applicable. The change in pension value is determined by calculating the present value of pension benefits accrued through the beginning and ending plan valuation dates, based on the provisions of the applicable plan. The calculations incorporate various assumptions and changes in compensation, age and tenure, and utilize discount interest rates based on applicable interest rates. Therefore, changes in applied interest rates can have a significant impact on the change in pension value. No portion of this change in pension value is realizable until a qualifying event occurs, such as retirement, and therefore, no portion of this change in pension value has been paid or made available to any of the NEOs. No NEO received preferential or above-market earnings on deferred compensation.
    
Annual Incentive 
 
Deferred Incentive 
 Total Non-Equity
Name Year 
Amounts Earned 
 Date Paid Amounts Earned Date Paid 
Incentive Plan
Compensation
Cindy L. Konich 2017 $388,842

2/23/2018
$376,605

2/23/2018 $765,447
  2016 373,085
 3/3/2017 222,001
 3/3/2017 595,086
  2015 280,355
 3/4/2016 150,269
 3/4/2016 430,624
Gregory L. Teare 2017 153,777
 2/23/2018 113,001
 2/23/2018 266,778
  2016 125,583
 3/3/2017 95,925
 3/3/2017 221,508
  2015 97,547
 3/4/2016 99,110
 3/4/2016 196,657
William D. Miller (1)
 2017 132,893
 2/23/2018 122,441
 2/23/2018 255,334
  2016 108,670
 3/3/2017 (a)
 (a) 108,670
  2015 87,630
 3/4/2016 (b)
 (b) 87,630
Mary M. Kleiman (2) 
 2017 107,042
 2/23/2018 (c)
 (c) 107,042
K. Lowell Short, Jr. (3)
 2017 102,708
 N/A 113,245
 N/A 215,953
  2016 102,372
 3/3/2017 96,168
 3/3/2017 198,540
  2015 83,894
 3/4/2016 100,290
 3/4/2016 184,184

(1)
Mr. Miller elected to defer 10% of his 2016 Annual Incentive pursuant to the SETP. The amount deferred was not paid on the date indicated.
(2)
Ms. Kleiman was not an NEO during 2016 or 2015.
(3)
Mr. Short elected to defer 100% and 20% of his 2017 and 2016 Annual Incentive, respectively, and 100% of his 2014 Deferred Award pursuant to the terms of the SETP. The amount deferred for 2016 was not paid on the date indicated.
(a)
Mr. Miller was not a Level I participant in the Incentive Plan when the 2013 Deferred Awards were made.
(b)
Mr. Miller was not a Level I participant in the Incentive Plan when the 2012 Deferred Awards were made.
(c)
Ms. Kleiman was not a Level I participant in the Incentive Plan when the 2014 Deferred Awards were made.

All Other Compensation - 2017
Name Year 
 Bank Contribution
to DC Plan (1)
 
Total All Other
Compensation
Cindy L. Konich 2017 $49,772

$49,772
  2016 46,515
 46,515
  2015 15,900
 15,900
Gregory L. Teare 2017 24,604
 24,604
  2016 22,367
 22,367
  2015 15,900
 15,900
William D. Miller 2017 
 
  2016 19,355
 19,355
  2015 15,900
 15,900
Mary M. Kleiman (2)
 2017 19,573
 19,573
K. Lowell Short, Jr. 2017 18,781
 18,781
  2016 18,233
 18,233
  2015 15,900
 15,900

(1)
Includes Bank contributions to the SETP, as appropriate.
(2)
Ms. Kleiman was not an NEO during 2016 or 2015.

There(4)    Includes contributions to the DC Plan, NEC program, and the SETP, as applicable, for Ms. Konich ($57,597), Mr. Teare ($28,208), Mr. McGrath ($24,808), Mr. Streitenberger ($43,551), and Mr. Short ($20,924). Also includes life insurance policy premiums and income tax gross-ups provided to all employees related to gift cards and years of service awards, as applicable. None of the NEOs received more than $10,000 in perquisites or other personal benefits and there were no other perquisites or benefits that are available to the NEOs that are not available to all other employeesemployees.
(5)    The change in pension values under the DB Plan and that are valued at greater than $10,000, either individually orSERP for Ms. Konich in 2021 was a decrease of $1,462,000. In accordance with SEC guidance, the amount reported in the aggregate.table is $0.

(6)    Mr. McGrath was not an NEO for 2020 or 2019.




185
173
Table of Contents




Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

Annual AwardDeferred AwardTotal Non-Equity
NameYear
Amounts Earned
Date Paid
Amounts Earned (1)
Date PaidIncentive Plan
Compensation
Cindy L. Konich2021$453,478 3/4/2022$552,651 3/4/2022$1,006,129 
2020455,817 3/5/2021486,053 3/5/2021941,870 
2019372,798 3/6/2020466,356 3/6/2020839,154 
Gregory L. Teare2021175,077 3/4/2022214,281 3/4/2022389,358 
2020176,265 3/5/2021192,221 3/5/2021368,486 
2019146,058 3/6/2020156,978 3/6/2020303,036 
Brendan W. McGrath (2)
2021158,658 3/4/2022— N/A158,658 
Deron J. Streitenberger (3)
2021162,686 3/4/2022148,301 3/4/2022310,987 
2020153,074 3/5/2021134,314 3/5/2021287,388 
2019120,973 3/6/2020132,586 3/6/2020253,559 
K. Lowell Short, Jr. (4)
2021113,636 3/4/2022141,758 3/4/2022255,394 
2020114,407 N/A128,385 3/5/2021242,792 
201994,800 N/A127,966 3/6/2020222,766 

(1)    Amounts earned in 2021, 2020, and 2019 represent the 2018, 2017, and 2016 Deferred Awards, respectively.
(2)    Mr. McGrath elected to defer 15% of his 2021 Annual Award payable in 2022 pursuant to the terms of the SETP. Mr. McGrath was not eligible for a 2018 Deferred Award.
(3)    Mr. Streitenberger elected to defer 10% of his 2017 Deferred Award payable in 2021, pursuant to the terms of the SETP.
(4)    Mr. Short elected to defer 100% of his 2020 and 2019 Annual Awards, and 80% of his 2017 Deferred Award payable in 2021, pursuant to the terms of the SETP.
Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for 2017 2021

Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plans
NamePlan NameGrant Date
Threshold (1) (2)
TargetMaximum
Cindy L. KonichIncentive Plan - Annual12/16/20$11,999 $383,978 $479,973 
Incentive Plan - Deferred12/16/20340,109 453,478 566,848 
Gregory L. TeareIncentive Plan - Annual12/16/204,701 141,040 188,053 
Incentive Plan - Deferred12/16/20131,308 175,077 218,846 
Brendan W. McGrathIncentive Plan - Annual12/16/204,135 124,042 165,389 
Incentive Plan - Deferred12/16/20118,993 158,658 198,322 
Deron J. StreitenbergerIncentive Plan - Annual12/16/204,369 131,057 174,743 
Incentive Plan - Deferred12/16/20122,014 162,686 203,357 
K. Lowell Short, Jr.Incentive Plan - Annual12/16/203,051 91,544 122,058 
Incentive Plan - Deferred12/16/2085,227 113,636 142,045 

(1)    The Incentive Plan - Annual threshold payout is the amount expected to be paid when meeting the threshold for the smallest weighted of the eleven components of the 2021 Annual Award Performance Period Goals. If the threshold for the smallest weighted of the eleven components was achieved, but the threshold for all of the other components was not reached, the payout would be 2.50% of the maximum Annual Award for each of the NEOs (1.25% x base salary for Ms. Konich, 1.00% x base salary for Mr. Teare, 1.00% x base salary for Mr. McGrath, 1.00% x base salary for Mr. Streitenberger, and 0.88% x base salary for Mr. Short). There was no guaranteed payout under the 2021 Annual Award provisions of the Incentive Plan. Therefore, the minimum that could be paid out under this plan is $0 for each NEO.
(2)    The Incentive Plan - Deferred threshold payout is based upon the amount earned under the Incentive Plan - Annual and is further dependent on attaining the threshold over the Deferral Performance Period (2022-2024). The threshold is the amount expected to be paid when meeting the threshold for achievement under the Deferred Award provisions of the Incentive Plan over the three-year period. Depending on our performance during the Deferral Performance Period, the Final Award will be worth 75% at Threshold, 100% at Target or 125% at Maximum of the original amount of the Deferred Award (from the Incentive Plan - Annual Award Performance Period table previously presented). There is no
174
  Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plans
Name Plan Name 
Grant Date (1)
 
Threshold (2) (3)
 Target Maximum
(a)   (b) (c) (d) (e)
Cindy L. Konich Incentive Plan - Annual 12/1/2011 $20,738
 $331,812
 $414,765
  Incentive Plan - Deferred 12/1/2011 291,632
 388,842
 486,053
Gregory L. Teare Incentive Plan - Annual 12/1/2011 8,201
 123,022
 164,029
  Incentive Plan - Deferred 12/1/2011 115,333
 153,777
 192,221
William D. Miller Incentive Plan - Annual 12/1/2011 5,178
 103,553
 138,070
  Incentive Plan - Deferred 12/1/2011 99,670
 132,893
 166,116
Mary M. Kleiman Incentive Plan - Annual 12/1/2011 5,709
 85,633
 114,178
  Incentive Plan - Deferred 12/1/2011 80,281
 107,042
 133,802
K. Lowell Short, Jr. Incentive Plan - Annual 12/1/2011 5,478
 82,166
 109,555
  Incentive Plan - Deferred 12/1/2011 77,031
 102,708
 128,385

(1)
The Grant Date shown is the original adoption date of the Incentive Plan. The 2017 Awards were granted in November 2016, effective January 1, 2017.
(2)
The Incentive Plan - Annual threshold payout is the amount expected to be paid when meeting the threshold for the smallest weighted of the eight components of the 2017 Annual Award Performance Period Goals. If the threshold for the smallest weighted of the eight components was achieved, but the threshold for all of the other components was not reached, the payout would be 5.00% of the maximum Annual Award for Ms. Konich, 3.75% for Mr. Miller, and 5.00% for Mr. Teare, Ms. Kleiman, and Mr. Short (2.50% x earned base salary for Ms. Konich, 1.50% x earned base salary for Miller, 2.00% x earned base salary for Mr. Teare, and 1.75% x earned base salary for Ms. Kleiman and Mr. Short). There was no guaranteed payout under the 2017 Annual Award provisions of the Incentive Plan. Therefore, the minimum that could be paid out under this plan is $0 for each NEO. The Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation - 2017 table previously presented shows the amounts actually earned and paid under the 2017 Annual Award provisions of the Incentive Plan.
(3)
The Incentive Plan - Deferred threshold payout is based upon the amount earned under the Incentive Plan - Annual and is further dependent on attaining the threshold over the three-year deferral period (2018-2020). The threshold is the amount expected to be paid when meeting the threshold for achievement under the Deferred Award provisions of the Incentive Plan over the three-year period. Depending on our performance during the Deferral Performance Period, the Final Award will be worth 75% at Threshold, 100% at Target or 125% at Maximum of the original amount of the Deferred Award (from the 2017 Incentive Plan - Annual Award Performance Period table previously presented). There is no guaranteed payout under the Deferred Award provisions of the Incentive Plan. Therefore, the minimum that could be paid out to an NEO under this plan is $0.


186




guaranteed payout under the Deferred Award provisions of the Incentive Plan. Therefore, the minimum that could be paid out to an NEO under this plan is $0.

The Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation - 2021 table previously presented shows the amounts actually earned and paid under the 2021 Annual Award provisions of the Incentive Plan.

Pension Benefits Table for 2017

Name (1)
 Plan Name 
Number of Years of Credited Service (2)
 Present Value of Accumulated Benefits Payments During Last Fiscal Year
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Cindy L. Konich DB Plan 33 $2,527,000
 $
  SERP 33 14,259,000
 
Gregory L. Teare (3)
 DB Plan 15 622,000
 
  SERP 9 332,000
 
Mary M. Kleiman (4)
 DB Plan 7 572,000
 
K. Lowell Short, Jr. DB Plan 7 363,000
 
  SERP 7 169,000
 
Name (1)
Plan Name
Number of Years of Credited Service (2)
Present Value of Accumulated Benefits (3)
Payments During Last Fiscal Year
Cindy L. Konich (4)
DB Plan37$3,426,000 $— 
SERP3723,158,000 — 
Gregory L. Teare (5)
DB Plan19967,000 — 
SERP13949,000 — 
Brendan W. McGrath (6)
DB Plan211,834,000 — 
SERP21968,000 — 
K. Lowell Short, Jr. (7)
DB Plan11745,000 — 
SERP11427,000 — 

(1)
Mr. Miller is not a participant in the DB Plan or the SERP.
(2)
For each of the NEOs, the years of credited service have been rounded to the nearest whole year.
(3)
Mr. Teare earned six years of credited service in the DB Plan as an employee of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle.
(4)
Ms. Kleiman earned seven years of credited service in the DB Plan during her previous employment by the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis. When Ms. Kleiman left the Bank in 2008, her participation and accumulated benefits were frozen and her benefits under the SERP were paid. As she can no longer accumulate benefits under the DB Plan, she is eligible for the NEC under the DC Plan.


(1)    Mr. Streitenberger is not eligible to participate in the DB Plan or the SERP.
(2)    For each of the NEOs, the years of credited service have been rounded to the nearest whole year.
(3)Pension values are determined by calculating the present values of pension benefits accrued through the plan valuation dates. The calculations incorporate the provisions of the applicable plan, various assumptions and changes in compensation, age and service, and utilize discount interest rates based on market interest rates.rates or the rates specified in the plan. The present value of the accumulated benefits is based upon a retirement age of 65, using65. Benefits under the RP-2014DB Plan are based on a discount rate of 2.83% and the PRI-2012 white collar worker annuitant tables (with Scale MP-2017)MP-2021) for qualified annuities or the IRS applicable mortality table for 2021 for qualified lump sums. SERP benefits are based on age 65 lumps sums valued with IRS May 2021 Lump Sum Segment Rates (0.61%, a discount rate of 3.60%2.84%, 3.54%), discounted to current age at 2.29% and the IRS applicable mortality table for the DB Plan, and a discount rate of 3.00% for the SERP for 2017, compared to 4.14% and 4.00%, respectively, for 2016.2021. The discount rates for the DB Plan and the SERP are based on the CitiFinancial Times Stock Exchange ("FTSE") Pension Liability Index and the CitiFTSE Pension Discount Curve, respectively, both of which are determined by yields on high-quality corporate bonds at the valuation dates.

(4)    Ms. Konich is eligible to retire under the DB Plan and SERP due to the combination of her age and years of credited service.
(5)    Mr. Teare earned six years of credited service in the DB Plan as an employee of the FHLBank of Seattle and is eligible to retire under the DB Plan and SERP due to the combination of his age and years of credited service.
(6)    Mr. McGrath is not eligible to retire under the DB Plan and SERP.    
(7)    Mr. Short is eligible to retire under the DB Plan and SERP due to the combination of his age and years of credited service.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation - 2021
Name
NEO Contributions in Last FY (1)
Bank Contributions in Last FY (2)
Aggregate Earnings
in Last FY (3)
Aggregate Withdrawals / Distributions in Last FY
Aggregate Balance at
Last FYE (4)
Cindy L. Konich$57,597 $40,497 $189,676 $— $943,331 
Gregory L. Teare70,520 11,108 23,029 — 407,886 
Brendan W. McGrath99,272 7,708 41,132 — 318,368 
Deron J. Streitenberger26,537 14,851 5,908 — 67,043 
K. Lowell Short, Jr.239,000 3,824 69,923 — 1,111,730 

(1)    The contributions by Ms. Konich and Mr. Teare are included in the "Salary" reported in the Summary Compensation Table for 2021. Of the contributions by Mr. McGrath, $82,694 are included in the "Salary" reported in the Summary Compensation Table for 2021. The remaining $16,578 of contributions by Mr. McGrath reflect the amounts deferred related to the 2020 Annual Award. Of the contributions by Mr. Streitenberger, $13,106 are included in the "Salary" reported in the Summary Compensation Table for 2021. The remaining $13,431 of contributions by Mr. Streitenberger reflect the amounts deferred related to the 2017 Deferred Award reported as "Non-Equity Incentive Plan
175
Table of Contents


Name 
Executive Contributions in Last FY (2017)
$
 
Bank Contributions in Last FY (2017)
$
 
Aggregate Earnings in Last FY (2017)
$
 
Aggregate Withdrawals / Distributions
$
 
Aggregate Balance at Last FYE (12/31/2017)
$
(a) 
(b)(1)
 
(c)(2)
 (d) (e) 
(f)(3)
Cindy L. Konich $49,772
 $33,577
 $24,770
 $
 $185,541
Gregory L. Teare 24,604
 8,404
 3,251
 
 63,055
William D. Miller 10,867
 
 8,918
 
 54,315
Mary M. Kleiman 19,573
 3,373
 1,545
 
 24,492
K. Lowell Short, Jr. 58,036
 2,581
 12,796
 
 110,957
Compensation" in the Summary Compensation Table for 2020. Of the contributions by Mr. Short, $24,412 are included in the "Salary" reported in the Summary Compensation Table for 2021. The remaining $214,588 of contributions by Mr. Short reflect the amounts deferred related to the 2020 Annual Award ($111,881) and the 2017 Deferred Award ($102,708) reported as "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation" in the Summary Compensation Table for 2020. Contributions are net of taxes, as applicable.

(2)    The amounts are included as a component of "All Other Compensation" in the Summary Compensation Table. In addition, the amounts for Mr. Streitenberger include the portion of the NEC in excess of the IRS limit applicable to the DC Plan.
(1)
The amounts in this column do not reflect amounts an NEO may have elected to defer related to the 2017 Annual Award paid on February 23, 2018.
(2)
The amounts in this column are also disclosed as a component of "All Other Compensation" in the Summary Compensation Table.
(3)
No amount reported in this column has been reported in the Summary Compensation Table for prior years.

(3)    The amounts are not reported in the Summary Compensation Table because these amounts are not above market or preferential.
(4)    The amounts have been reported in the Summary Compensation Table either in 2021 or prior years, with the exception of aggregate earnings.

The SETP is described in more detail above in "Retirement Benefits - DC Plan and SETP." Participants in the SETP elect the timing of distribution of their benefitsbenefits; provided, however, that they area participant is permitted to withdraw all or a portion of the amount in theirhis or her account, in a single lump sum, if the participant has experienced an unforeseeable emergency (as defined by the SETP and determined by an administrative committee appointed by our board) or in certain other, limited circumstances. None of the NEOs made a withdrawal or received a distribution from the SETP during 2017.2021.


187
Table of Contents




Principal Executive Officer Pay Ratio Disclosure


Our President - CEO is our PEO. As described below, for the year ended December 31, 2017,2021, we determined the ratio of the total compensation, as determined in the Summary Compensation Table ("Total Compensation"), of our PEO to the Total Compensation of the Bank's median employee.


Total Compensation includes, among other components, amounts attributable to changes in pension value under the Bank's Grandfathered DB Plan, Amended DB Plan and the SERP, as applicable. Such change in pension value represents the difference between the present value of pension benefits accrued through the beginning valuation date and the present value of pension benefits accrued through the ending valuation date. The present value calculations incorporate many assumptions and utilize discount rates based on market interest rates. The discountTherefore, changes in market interest rates used as of December 31, 2017 were significantly lower than the discount rates used as of December 31, 2016, which causedcan have a significant increase inimpact on the change in pension values for 2017. Conversely, an increase in discount rates, all else being equal, would have caused a decrease in the pension value. Additionally, the change in pension value varies considerably among employees based upon their tenure at the Bank, their annual compensation and several other factors. Finally, no portion of this change in pension value has been paid or made available to the PEO or median employee; in fact, no portion is realizable until a qualifying event occurs, such as retirement.


For 2017,2021, the Total Compensation of the PEO was $5,624,749.$2,025,555. As of December 31, 2017,2021, our PEO had 3337 years of credited service under the Grandfathered DB Plan and SERP. Her Total Compensation therefore includes the change in the present value of her pension benefits, which amounted to $3,980,000,is reported as $0, and, as a result, constituted 71%0% of her reported 20172021 Total Compensation. Excluding the 2017 change

As required by SEC rules, we reevaluated our employees to identify a new median employee for our pay ratio disclosures in pension value, the PEO’s Total Compensation was $1,644,749.

2020. We identified the median employee by first determining the total of salary, wages, bonuses (if any) and incentive awards (collectively, "cash compensation") for each of the full-time and part-time employees of our Bank on the last pay date of 20172020 and annualizing the cash compensation of those who were not employed by the Bank for all of 2017.2020. We then ranked the 20172020 annual cash compensation for all such employees from lowest to highest, excluding the PEO.


There were two employeeswas one employee at the median based on cash compensation, but neither participatesthat employee does not participate in a pension plan. We therefore selected as the median employee the individual who participates in the same plan as our PEO (the Grandfathered DB Plan), and whose 20172020 annual cash compensation was closest to that of the actual median employees.employee. We made no other material assumptions or adjustments in identifying the median employee. This approach ensures that the median employee's Total Compensation, like the PEO's Total Compensation, includes a change in pension value and thereby provides an appropriate comparison. We then calculated the median employee's Total Compensation in the same manner that we calculated Total Compensation for the PEO.


The median employee’sFor 2021, the Total Compensation consisted of cash compensationthe median employee was $165,141. As of $120,670 and change in pension value, based on nineDecember 31, 2021, our median employee had 14 years of credited service in the DB Plan. The median employee's Total Compensation includes a change in the present value of $65,000, for a totalpension benefits of $185,670.$20,000. As a result, the ratio of the PEO’s Total Compensation to that of the median employee was 30:12:1. Excluding the 20172021 changes in pension value from the Total Compensation of both the PEO'sPEO and the median employee's Total Compensation,employee, the ratio was 14:1.



188
176
Table of Contents




Director Compensation


Finance Agency regulations provide that each FHLBank may pay its directors reasonable compensation for the time required of them and their necessary expenses in the performance of their duties, as determined by a compensation policy to be adopted annually by the FHLBank's board of directors. The Finance Agency Director annually reviews the compensation and expenses of FHLBank directors and has the authority to determine that the compensation and/or expenses paid to directors are not reasonable. In such case, the Director could order the FHLBank to refrain from making any further payments; however, such an order would only be applied prospectively and would not affect any compensation earned but unpaid or expenses incurred but not yet reimbursed.


2017 Compensation. In October 2016, after consideration of McLagan's market research data, a director fee comparison among the FHLBanks and our ability to recruit and retain highly-qualified directors, our board adopted a director compensation and travel expense policy for 2017 ("2017 Policy"). Under the 2017 Policy, compensation was comprised of per-day attendance fees for mandatory in-person events, per-call fees for participating in conference calls and quarterly retainer fees, subject to the combined fee cap shown below. The fees were intended to compensate directors for:

time spent reviewing materials sent to them on a periodic basis;
preparing for meetings and teleconference calls;
actual time spent attending meetings and participating in conference calls of our board of directors or its committees; and
participating in any other activities, such as attending new director orientations and director meetings called by the Finance Agency or the Council of FHLBanks.

Member marketing meetings and customer appreciation events were not counted in calculating the in-person meeting fees. Additional compensation was paid for serving as chair or vice chair of the board or as chair of a board committee. Director per-day and per-call fees were subject to forfeiture and penalties in certain circumstances for excessive absences. In addition, the 2017 Policy authorized a reduction of a director's quarterly retainer fee if a majority of disinterested directors determined that such director's performance, ethical conduct or attendance was significantly deficient. Because we are a cooperative and only member institutions can own our stock, no director may receive equity-based compensation. Director fees were paid at the end of each quarter.

The following table summarizes the payment terms of the 2017 Policy as approved by the board of directors.
Position Per-call Fee 
Per-day 
In-Person Fee
 
Quarterly
Retainer Fee
 
Additional
Committee Chair Fee (1)
 
Combined Annual
Fee Cap
 
Chair $300
 $5,273
 $14,875
 $10,000
 $129,000
(a)
Vice Chair 300
 4,818
 13,625
 
 109,000
 
Audit Committee Chair 300
 4,318
 12,250
 10,000
 108,000
 
Finance Committee Chair 300
 4,318
 12,250
 10,000
 108,000
 
HR Committee Chair 300
 4,318
 12,250
 10,000
 108,000
 
Budget/Information Technology Committee Chair 300
 4,318
 12,250
 10,000
 108,000
 
Affordable Housing Committee Chair 300
 4,318
 12,250
 10,000
 108,000
 
Risk Oversight Committee Chair 300
 4,318
 12,250
 10,000
 108,000
 
All other directors 300
 4,318
 12,250
 
 98,000
 

(1)
It has been the board of directors' practice not to appoint any director as more than one Committee Chair.
(a)
For 2017, the Chair of our board of directors also served as Chair of the Executive/Governance Committee and, like the other Committee Chairs, was eligible to receive $10,000 for serving as a Committee Chair. This amount is included in the Combined Annual Fee Cap.


189
Table of Contents



Director Compensation Table for 2017
Name 
Fees Earned or
Paid-in Cash
 Total
(a) (b) 
(h) (1)
Jonathan P. Bradford $108,000
 $108,000
Charlotte C. Decker 98,000
 98,000
Matthew P. Forrester 98,000
 98,000
Karen F. Gregerson 108,000
 108,000
Michael J. Hannigan, Jr. 98,000
 98,000
Carl E. Liedholm 108,000
 108,000
James L. Logue, III 98,000
 98,000
Robert D. Long 108,000
 108,000
James D. MacPhee 129,000
 129,000
Michael J. Manica 98,000
 98,000
Dan L. Moore 109,000
 109,000
Christine Coady Narayanan 108,000
 108,000
Jeffrey A. Poxon 98,000
 98,000
John L. Skibski 108,000
 108,000
Thomas R. Sullivan 98,000
 98,000
Larry A. Swank 98,000
 98,000
Ryan M. Warner 98,000
 98,000
Total $1,768,000
 $1,768,000

(1)
The amounts listed in this table do not reflect any reduction for 2017 compensation deferred by a director under the DDCP described below, or earnings on such deferred compensation. Eight directors elected to defer all or a portion of their 2017 compensation pursuant to the DDCP.

We provide various travel, accident, and kidnapping insurance coverages for all of our directors, officers and employees. These policies provide a life insurance benefit in the event of death within the scope of the policy. Our total annual premium for these coverages for all directors, officers and employees was $8,118 for 2017.

We also reimburse directors or directly pay for reasonable travel and related expenses in accordance with the director compensation and travel reimbursement policy. Total travel and related meeting expenses reimbursed to or paid for directors, together with other meeting expenses, totaled $252,252 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

2018 Compensation. 2021 Compensation. In September 2017, after2020, after considering McLagan market data research and a director fee comparison among the FHLBanks, the board of directors adopted a director compensation and expense reimbursement policy for 20182021 ("20182021 Policy"). Under the 20182021 Policy, each director hashad an opportunity to earn an annual fee (divided into quarterly payments), subject to the combined fee limit shown below. The fees arewere intended to reflect the time required of directors in the performance of official Bank and board business, measured principally by meeting attendance thresholds and participation at board and committee meetings and secondarily by performance of other duties, which include:


preparing for board and committee meetings;
chairing meetings as appropriate;
reviewing materials sent to directors on a periodic basis;
attending other related events such as management conferences, FHLBank System meetings, director training and new director orientation; and
fulfilling the responsibilities of directors.


Additional compensation is paid for serving as chair or vice chair of the board of directors or as chair of a board committee. Because we are a cooperative and only member institutions may own our stock, no director may receive equity-based compensation. The 20182021 Policy provides that director fees were to be paid at the end of each quarter.

The 2021 Policy authorizes a reduction of a director’s fourth quarterly payment if a majority of disinterested directors determines that such director’s performance, ethical conduct or attendance is significantly deficient. Because we are a cooperative and only member institutions may own our stock, no director may receive equity-based compensation. The 2018 Policy provides that director fees are to be paid at the end of each quarter.No such reductions occurred for 2021.



190
Table of Contents



The following table summarizes the payment termsannual fee limits of the 20182021 Policy as approved by the board of directors.
Position 
Annual
Fee Limit (1)
 
Chair $135,000
(a)
Vice Chair 115,000
 
Audit Committee Chair 115,000
 
Finance/Budget Committee Chair 110,000
 
Human Resources Committee Chair 110,000
 
Technology Committee Chair 110,000
 
Affordable Housing Committee Chair 110,000
 
Risk Oversight Committee Chair 110,000
 
All other directors 100,000
 


(1)
Position
It has been the board of directors' practice not to appoint any director as more than one Committee Chair.
Annual
Fee Limit
(a)
Chair
For 2018, the$137,000 
Vice Chair of our board of123,000 
Audit Committee Chair122,000 
Affordable Housing Committee Chair117,000 
Finance/Budget Committee Chair117,000 
Human Resources Committee Chair117,000 
Risk Oversight Committee Chair117,000 
Technology Committee Chair117,000 
All other directors also serves as107,000 
Other Committee Chair of the Executive/Governance Committee and, like the other Committee Chairs, is eligible to receive $10,000 for serving as a Committee Chair. This amount is included in the Combined Annual Fee Limit.(a)


(a)    Directors serving as Chair of newly-formed Committees, or serving as Chair of an additional Committee, were entitled to an additional $10,000 fee per year, prorated by the number of quarters for which the director served as Chair.

177
Table of Contents


Director Compensation Table for 2021

Name
Fees Earned or
Paid-in Cash
Total
Brian D. J. Boike$107,000 107,000 
Ronald Brown107,000 107,000 
Clifford M. Clarke107,000 107,000 
Lisa D. Cook107,000 107,000 
Charlotte C. Decker117,000 117,000 
Robert M. Fisher117,000 117,000 
Karen F. Gregerson123,000 123,000 
Michael J. Hannigan, Jr.107,000 107,000 
Jeffrey G. Jackson107,000 107,000 
James L. Logue III107,000 107,000 
Robert D. Long122,000 122,000 
Michael J. Manica117,000 117,000 
Dan L. Moore137,000 137,000 
Larry W. Myers117,000 117,000 
Christine Coady Narayanan117,000 117,000 
Todd E. Sears107,000 107,000 
Larry A. Swank117,000 117,000 

We provide various travel, accident, and kidnapping insurance coverages for all of our directors, officers and employees. These policies provide a life insurance benefit in the event of death within the scope of the policy. We also reimburse directors or directly pay for reasonable travel and related expenses in accordance with the director compensation and travel reimbursement policy.
Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan. In November 2015, we established the DDCP, effective January 1, 2016. The DDCP permits members of our board of directors to elect to defer all or a portion of the fees payable to them for a calendar year for their services as directors. We intend that theThe DDCP constituteconstitutes a deferred compensation arrangement that complies with Section 409A of the IRC, as amended. Any duly elected and serving member of our board may become a participant in the DDCP. We make no matching contributions under the DDCP.The DDCP was amended and restated effective January 1, 2021 to increase flexibility as to when distributions may be made.


All contributions credited to a participant’s account will be invested in an irrevocable grantor trust ("Trust")established to provide for the Plan’sDDCP's benefits. The DDCP is administered by an administrative committee appointed by our board, currently the HR Committee. The Trusttrust will be maintained such that the DDCP at all times for income tax purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 will be unfunded and constitutes a mere promise by the Bank to make DDCP benefit payments in the future. Any rights created under the DDCP are unsecured contractual rights against the Bank. The Bank establishes an investment account for each participant under the Trust,trust, which at all times remains an asset of the Bank, subject to claims of the Bank’s general creditors. The DDCP permits participants to allocate their investment account among investment options established by the HR Committee or the board. No above-market or preferential earnings are paid on any earningsbalances under the DDCP. In general, a participant may elect to have his or her deferred compensation paid in a single lump sum payment, in annual installment payments over a period of two to five years, or in a combination of both such methods.



191
178
Table of Contents




ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS


The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our Class B common stock as of February 28, 2018,2022, by each shareholder that beneficially owned more than 5% of the outstanding shares. Each shareholder named (with its parent holding company) has sole voting and investment power over the shares beneficially owned.
Name and Address of Shareholder Number of Shares Owned % Outstanding Shares
Flagstar Bank, FSB - 5151 Corporate Drive, Troy, MI 3,025,028
 14.8%
Lincoln National Life Insurance Company - 1300 S Clinton Street, Fort Wayne, IN 1,360,000
 6.7%
Jackson National Life Insurance Company - 1 Corporate Way, Lansing, MI 1,253,921
 6.1%
Chemical Bank - 333 E. Main Street, Midland, MI 1,101,720
 5.4%
Total 6,740,669
 33.0%
Name and Address of ShareholderNumber of Shares Owned% Outstanding Shares
Flagstar Bank, FSB - 5151 Corporate Drive, Troy MI3,286,357 15.4 %
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company - 1301 S Harrison Street, Fort Wayne, IN1,854,473 8.7 %
Jackson National Life Insurance Company - 1 Corporate Way, Lansing MI1,193,452 5.6 %
Total6,334,282 29.7 %


The majority of our directors are officers and/or directors of our financial institution members. The following table sets forth the financial institution members that have one of its officersan officer and/or directorsdirector serving on our board of directors as of February 28, 2018.2022.
Director NameName of MemberNumber of Shares Owned by Member% of Outstanding Shares
Brian D. J. BoikeFlagstar Bank, FSB3,286,357 15.40 %
Clifford M. ClarkeThree Rivers Federal Credit Union76,653 0.36 %
Robert M. FisherLake-Osceola State Bank13,252 0.06 %
Karen F. GregersonThe Farmers Bank15,532 0.07 %
Jeffrey G. JacksonMichigan State University Federal Credit Union136,879 0.64 %
Michael J. ManicaUnited Bank of Michigan49,299 0.23 %
Dan L. MooreHome Bank SB21,775 0.10 %
Larry W. MyersFirst Savings Bank171,433 0.80 %
Sherri L. ReaginThe North Salem State Bank5,063 0.02 %
Total3,776,243 17.68 %

Name of Member Director Name Number of Shares Owned by Member % of Outstanding Shares
United Fidelity Bank, FSB Ronald Brown 48,961
 0.24%
The Farmers Bank Karen F. Gregerson 17,325
 0.08%
First State Bank James D. MacPhee 2,346
 0.01%
Kalamazoo County State Bank James D. MacPhee 3,090
 0.02%
United Bank of Michigan Michael J. Manica 39,600
 0.19%
Home Bank SB Dan L. Moore 20,526
 0.10%
First Savings Bank Larry W. Myers 86,764
 0.43%
Monroe Bank & Trust John L. Skibski 41,482
 0.20%
Mercantile Bank of Michigan Thomas R. Sullivan 110,355
 0.54%
Bippus State Bank Ryan M. Warner 7,875
 0.04%
Total   378,324
 1.85%

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE


We use acronyms and terms throughout this Item that are defined herein or in the Glossary ofDefined Terms.


Related Parties


We are a cooperative institution and owning shares of our Class B stock is generally a prerequisite to transacting business with us. As such, we are wholly-owned by financial institutions that are also our customers (with the exception of shares held by former members, or their legal successors, in the process of redemption). In addition, a majority of our directors may serve as officers and/or directors of our members, and we conduct our advances and AMA business almost exclusively with our members. Therefore, in the normal course of business, we extend credit to and purchase mortgage loans from members with officers or directors who may serve as our directors. However, such transactions are on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to our Bankus (i.e., other members), and that do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable terms.


Also, in the normal course of business, some of our member directors and independent directors are officers of entities that may directly or indirectly participate in our AHP. All AHP transactions, however, including those involving (i) a member (or its affiliate) that owns more than 5% of the Bank's capital stock, (ii) a member with an officer or director who is aserves as our director, of our Bank, or (iii) an entity with an officer, director or general partner who serves as aour director of our Bank (and that has a direct or indirect interest in the AHP transaction), are subject to the same eligibility and other program criteria and requirements and the same Finance Agency regulations governing AHP operations.


192
Table of Contents




We do not extend credit to or conduct other business transactions with our directors, executive officers or any of our other officers or employees. Executive officers may obtain loans under certain employee benefit plans but only on the same terms and conditions as are applicable to all employees who participate in such plans.


179
Table of Contents


Related Transactions


We have a Code of Conduct that requiresand Conflict of Interest Policy for Directors, a Code of Conduct and Conflict of Interest Policy for Affordable Housing Advisory Council ("AHAC") Members, a Code of Conduct and Conflict of Interest Policy for Employees and Contractors, and a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers. These codes require all directors, AHAC members, officers and employees to disclose any related party interests through ownership or family relationship. These disclosures are reviewed by our ethics officers and, where appropriate, our board of directors to determine the potential for a conflict of interest. The review is performed by our ethics officers for disclosures relating to officers and employees, and by our General Counsel and board of directors (or, when appropriate, the disinterested members of our board of directors) for directors and AHAC members. In the event of a conflict, appropriate action is taken, which may include: recusal of a director from the discussion and vote on a transaction in which the director has a related interest; removal of an employee from a project with a related party vendor; disqualification of related vendors from transacting business with us; or requiring directors, officers or employees to divest their ownership interest in a related party.party; or removal of an AHAC member. The Corporate SecretaryGeneral Counsel and ethics officers maintain records of all related party disclosures, and there have been no transactions involving our directors, officers or employees that would be required to be disclosed herein.


Director Independence


General. As of the filing date of this Form 10-K, we have 17 directors: pursuant to the Bank Act, nine were elected or re-elected as member directors by our member institutions and eight were elected or re-elected as "independent directors" by our member institutions. None of our directors are "inside" directors, that is, none of our directors are employees or officers of our Bank. Further, our directors are prohibited from personally owning stock in our Bank. Each of the nine member directors, however, is a senior officer or director of an institution that is our member and is encouraged to engage in transactions with us on a regular basis.


Our board of directors is required to evaluate and report on the independence of our directors under two distinct director independence standards. First, Finance Agency regulations establish independence criteria for directors who serve as members of our Audit Committee. Second, SEC rules require that our board of directors appliesapply the independence criteria of a national securities exchange or automated quotation system in assessing the independence of our directors.


Finance Agency Regulations Regarding Independence. The Finance Agency director independence standards prohibit an individual from serving as a member of our Audit Committee if he or she has one or more disqualifying relationships with ourthe Bank or our management that would interfere with the exercise of his or her independent judgment. Relationships considered to be disqualifying by our board of directors are: employment with us at any time during the last five years; acceptance of compensation from us other than for service as a director; serving as a consultant, advisor, promoter, underwriter or legal counsel for our Bank at any time within the last five years; and being an immediate family member of an individual who is or who has been an Executive Officer within the past five years. Our board of directors assesses the independence of each director under the Finance Agency's independence standards, regardless of whether he or she serves on the Audit Committee. As of the date of this Form 10-K, each of our directors is "independent" under these criteria relating to disqualifying relationships.


SEC Rules Regarding Independence. SEC rules require our board of directors to adopt a standard of independence with which to evaluate our directors. Pursuant thereto, our board adopted the independence standards of the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") to determine which of our directors are "independent," which members of our Audit Committee are not "independent," and whether our Audit Committee's financial expert is "independent.".


As noted above, some of our directors who are "independent" (as defined in and for purposes of the Bank Act) are employed by companies that may from time to time have (or seek to have) limited business relationships with our Bankus due to those companies' participation in projects funded in part through our AHP. None of those companies, however, has, or within the past three most recently completed fiscal years had, a relationship with us that resulted in payments to, or receipts from, the Bank in excess of the limits set forth in the NYSE independence standards. Moreover, any business relationship between those directors' respective companies and the Bank is established and conducted on the same terms and conditions provided to similarly-situated third parties. After applying the NYSE independence standards, our board determined that, as of the date of this Form 10-K, our eight directors (Mses.(Directors Bosway, Cook, Decker, andHines, Long, Narayanan, and Messrs. Bradford, Hannigan, Liedholm, Logue, LongSears and Swank) who are "independent" directors, as defined in and for purposes of the Bank Act, are also independent under the NYSE standards.




193
180
Table of Contents




Based upon the fact that each member director is a senior officer or director of an institution that is a member of ourthe Bank (and thus the member is an equity holder in ourthe Bank), that each such institution routinely engages in transactions with us (which may include advances, MPP and AHP transactions), and that such transactions occur frequently and are encouraged in the ordinary course of our business and our member institutions' respective businesses, our board of directors concluded for the present time that none of the member directors meet the independence criteria under the NYSE independence standards. It is possible that, under a strict reading of the NYSE objective criteria for independence (particularly the criterion regarding the amount of business conducted with our Bankus by the director's institution), a member director could meet the independence standard on a particular day. However, because the amount of business conducted by a member director's institution may change frequently, and because we generally desire to increase the amount of business we conduct with each member institution, we believe it is inappropriate to draw distinctions among the member directors based upon the amount of business conducted with our Bankus by any director's institution at a specific time.


OurThe board of directors has a standing Audit Committee comprised of seven directors (including the ex-officio member), five of whom are member directors and two of whom are "independent" directors (according to Bank Act director classifications established by HERA).a standing HR Committee. For the reasons noted above, ourthe board of directors determined that none of the current member directors on our Audit Committeethese committees (including Directors Boike, Clarke, Fisher, Gregerson, Reagin, Jackson, Myers and Moore (ex-officio)) are "independent" under the NYSE standards for audit committee members. However, ourstandards. The board of directors determined that all of the independent director who serves as Chairdirectors on these committees (including Directors Bosway, Decker, Hines, Long and Sears) are independent under NYSE standards.

Audit Committee members are subject to further tests of independence under the NYSE standards. To be considered independent under those standards, a member of the Audit Committee and is the Audit Committee Financial Expert under SEC rules, due primarily tomay not, other than in his previous experienceor her capacity as an audit partner at a major public accounting firm, is "independent" under the NYSE independence standards for Audit Committee members.

SEC Rule Regarding Audit Committee Independence. The Exchange Act, as amended by HERA, requires the FHLBanks to comply with the substantive Audit Committee director independence rules applicable to issuers of securities pursuant to the rulesmember of the Exchange Act. Those rules provide that, to be considered an independent member of an Audit Committee, the director may notboard or any board committee (i) accept any consulting, advisory, or other compensation from us or (ii) be an affiliated person of the Exchange Act registrant. The term "affiliated person" means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the registrant. The rule provides a "safe harbor," whereby a person will not be deemed an affiliated person if the person is not the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of any class of voting securitiesBank. All members of the registrant. All of our Audit Committee member directors' institutions presently meet this safe harbor.were determined to be independent under these criteria.


ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES


The following table sets forth the aggregate fees billed or to be billed for the years ended December 31, 20172021 and 20162020 by our independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP ($ amounts in thousands).

 2017 2016 20212020
Audit fees $753
 $676
Audit fees$950 $812 
Audit-related fees 41
 150
Audit-related fees61 58 
Tax fees 
 
Tax fees— — 
All other fees 1
 6
All other fees
Total fees $795
 $832
Total fees$1,012 $873 


Audit fees were incurred for professional services rendered for the audits of our financial statements. Audit-related fees were incurred for certain FHLBank System assurance and related services, as well as fees related to PwC's participation at FHLBank conferences. All other fees were incurred for non-audit services were incurred for an annual license for PwC's disclosure software and other advisory services rendered.software.


We are exempt from all federal, state, and local taxation, except employment and real estate taxes. Therefore, no fees were paid for tax services during the years presented.


Our Audit Committee has adopted Independent Accountant Pre-approval Policies and Procedures ("Pre-approval Policy"). In accordance with the Pre-approval Policy and applicable law, on an annual basis, the Audit Committee reviews the list of specific services and projected fees for services to be provided for the next 12 months by our independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approves audit services, audit-related services, tax services and non-audit services, as applicable. Pre-approvals are valid until the end of the next calendar year, unless the Audit Committee specifically provides otherwise.


194
Table of Contents




Under the Pre-approval Policy, the Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to one or more of its members subject to a pre-approval fee limit. The Audit Committee has designated the Committee Chair as the member to whom such authority is delegated. Pre-approved actions by the Committee Chair as designee are reported to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. New services that have not been pre-approved by the Audit Committee that are in excess of the pre-approval fee level established by the Audit Committee must be presented to the entire Audit Committee for pre-approval.


181
Table of Contents


ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES


The exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed below.


EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit NumberDescription
Exhibit Number3.1*Description
3.1*
3.2*
4*4.1*
10.1*+4.2
10.1*+
10.2*+

10.3*
10.4*
10.5*+
10.6*+
10.7*+
10.8*+
10.9*+
10.6*10.10*+
182
Table of Contents


10.7+Exhibit NumberDescription
10.11+
10.12*+
10.13*+
10.8*10.14*+

10.09*10.15*+

10.10+

195
Table of Contents


Exhibit Number10.16+Description
10.11*+

1224
24
31.1
31.2
31.3
32
101.INSXBRL Instance Document
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document


* These documents are incorporated by reference.

+ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.




ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.
196
183
Table of Contents



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF INDIANAPOLIS
/s/ CINDY L. KONICH
Cindy L. Konich
President - Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date: March 9, 201810, 2022


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated below:

SignatureTitleDate
/s/ CINDY L. KONICHPresident - Chief Executive OfficerMarch 10, 2022
Cindy L. Konich
(Principal Executive Officer)
SignatureTitleDate
/s/ CINDY L. KONICHPresident - Chief Executive OfficerMarch 9, 2018
Cindy L. Konich
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ GREGORY L. TEAREExecutive Vice President - Chief Financial OfficerMarch 9, 201810, 2022
Gregory L. Teare
(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ K. LOWELL SHORT, JR.Senior Vice President - Chief Accounting OfficerMarch 9, 2018
K. Lowell Short, Jr.
(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ JAMES D. MACPHEE*Chair of the board of directorsMarch 9, 2018
James D. MacPhee
/s/ DAN L. MOORE*Vice Chair of the board of directorsMarch 9, 2018
Dan L. Moore
/s/ JONATHAN P. BRADFORD*DirectorMarch 9, 2018
Jonathan P. Bradford
/s/ RONALD BROWN*DirectorMarch 9, 2018
Ronald Brown
/s/ CHARLOTTE C. DECKER*DirectorMarch 9, 2018
Charlotte C. Decker
/s/ KAREN F. GREGERSON*DirectorMarch 9, 2018
Karen F. Gregerson
/s/ MICHAEL J. HANNIGAN, JR.*DirectorMarch 9, 2018
Michael J. Hannigan, Jr.

197


Signature/s/ K. LOWELL SHORT, JR.TitleSenior Vice President - Chief Accounting OfficerDateMarch 10, 2022
K. Lowell Short, Jr.
/s/ CARL E. LIEDHOLM*(Principal Accounting Officer)DirectorMarch 9, 2018
Carl E. Liedholm
/s/ DAN L. MOORE*Chair of the board of directorsMarch 10, 2022
/s/ JAMESDan L. LOGUE III*MooreDirectorMarch 9, 2018
James L. Logue III
/s/ KAREN F. GREGERSON*Vice Chair of the board of directorsMarch 10, 2022
Karen F. Gregerson
/s/ BRIAN D.J. BOIKE*DirectorMarch 10, 2022
Brian D.J. Boike
/s/ MICHAEL E. BOSWAY*DirectorMarch 10, 2022
Michael E. Bosway
/s/ CLIFFORD M. CLARKE*DirectorMarch 10, 2022
Clifford M. Clarke
/s/ LISA D. COOK*DirectorMarch 10, 2022
Lisa D. Cook
/s/ CHARLOTTE C. DECKER*DirectorMarch 10, 2022
Charlotte C. Decker
/s/ ROBERT D. LONG*M. FISHER*DirectorMarch 9, 201810, 2022
Robert D. LongM. Fisher
/s/ MICHAEL J. MANICA*DirectorMarch 9, 2018
Michael J. Manica
/s/ LARRY W. MYERS*DirectorMarch 9, 2018
Larry W. Myers
/s/ CHRISTINE COADY NARAYANAN*DirectorMarch 9, 2018
Christine Coady Narayanan
/s/ JOHN L. SKIBSKI*DirectorMarch 9, 2018
John L. Skibski
/s/ THOMAS R. SULLIVAN*DirectorMarch 9, 2018
Thomas R. Sullivan
/s/ LARRY A. SWANK*DirectorMarch 9, 2018
Larry A. Swank
/s/ RYAN M. WARNER*DirectorMarch 9, 2018
Ryan M. Warner



SignatureTitleDate
/s/ PERRY G. HINES*DirectorMarch 10, 2022
Perry G. Hines
/s/ JEFFREY G. JACKSON*DirectorMarch 10, 2022
Jeffrey G. Jackson
/s/ ROBERT D. LONG*DirectorMarch 10, 2022
Robert D. Long
/s/ MICHAEL J. MANICA*DirectorMarch 10, 2022
Michael J. Manica
/s/ LARRY W. MYERS*DirectorMarch 10, 2022
Larry W. Myers
/s/ CHRISTINE COADY NARAYANAN*DirectorMarch 10, 2022
Christine Coady Narayanan
/s/ SHERRI L. REAGIN*DirectorMarch 10, 2022
Sherri L. Reagin
/s/ TODD E. SEARS*DirectorMarch 10, 2022
Todd E. Sears
/s/ LARRY A. SWANK*DirectorMarch 10, 2022
Larry A. Swank

* By:/s/ K. LOWELL SHORT, JR.
K. Lowell Short, Jr., Attorney-In-Fact